Measuring ICT for development: the importance of data and statistics in the implementation of the WSIS and the Global Digital Compact

Measuring ICT for development: the importance of data and statistics in the implementation of the WSIS and the Global Digital Compact

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development’s efforts to assess and improve data collection for monitoring digital development goals, particularly in relation to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review, Universal and Meaningful Connectivity, and the Global Digital Compact (GDC). Esperanza Magpantay from ITU introduced the partnership, which comprises 14 international and regional organizations working together to develop methodologies and build capacity for ICT indicator collection. The partnership has established a core list of over 50 ICT indicators covering infrastructure, access, enterprise use, education, government services, and e-waste, which has been endorsed by the UN Statistical Commission.


The session highlighted ongoing mapping exercises to align these indicators with WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and meaningful connectivity frameworks. Despite having extensive indicators, significant gaps remain in areas such as employment, health, security, and governance. Representatives from various organizations presented their contributions: UNDESA discussed e-government indicators, ECLAC shared their Digital Development Observatory and Regional AI Index, ESCWA outlined their 85 indicators for measuring digital development, and ILO presented new employment-related ICT indicators focusing on the ICT sector workforce.


Key challenges identified included insufficient funding for data collection, particularly in developing countries, limited technical capacity in national statistical offices, and the need for more disaggregated data to understand digital inequalities. Participants emphasized the importance of incorporating alternative data sources like big data and satellite imagery while maintaining international comparability standards. The partnership aims to finalize its mapping matrix, publish data through ITU’s data hub, and continue building capacity in countries most in need of support for evidence-based digital policymaking.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Mapping ICT indicators to global frameworks**: The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development is conducting a comprehensive mapping exercise to align their 50+ core ICT indicators with WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals to identify measurement gaps and areas needing new indicators.


– **Expanding indicator coverage beyond traditional ICT metrics**: Participants identified significant gaps in current indicators, particularly in areas like employment (with ILO proposing new ICT sector employment indicators), health, security, governance, AI usage, and digital platform work that require new measurement approaches.


– **Funding and capacity challenges for data collection**: Multiple speakers emphasized the critical need for sustainable funding mechanisms to support national statistical offices and data collection efforts, particularly in developing countries where the need for data is greatest but resources are most limited.


– **Integration of alternative data sources**: Discussion focused on incorporating innovative data sources like big data, mobile phone data, and satellite imagery to complement traditional surveys, while maintaining international comparability standards through official statistical channels.


– **Strengthening multi-stakeholder coordination**: Emphasis on improving collaboration between national statistical offices, international organizations, regional commissions, civil society, and other stakeholders to enhance data availability, quality, and policy relevance at both national and international levels.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to assess the current state of ICT measurement frameworks and identify how to strengthen data collection and indicator development to support monitoring of major global digital initiatives (WSIS+20, Global Digital Compact, Universal Meaningful Connectivity) while addressing persistent data gaps and capacity challenges.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with participants demonstrating strong commitment to the partnership’s mission. While speakers acknowledged significant challenges around funding, data gaps, and capacity constraints, the overall atmosphere was solution-oriented and forward-looking, with organizations offering concrete contributions and expressing readiness to take on expanded roles in addressing measurement needs.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Esperanza Magpantay** – Senior statistician at ITU, steering committee member of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development


– **Alexandre Barbosa** – Head of CETIC (research center linked to the Brazilian Networking Information Center, NIC.br and CGI.br)


– **Marco Llinas** – Representative from UN ECLAC (United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean)


– **Scarlett Fondeur** – Works with the e-commerce and digital economy branch of the UN Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)


– **Participant** – Gembly Camacho, senior monitoring and evaluation specialist at APC (international civil society network)


– **Deniz Susar** – Representative from UNDESA (United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs)


– **Ayman El Sherbiny** – Chief of digital cooperation and digital development in UNESCO (regional commission)


– **Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava** – Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau of the ITU


– **Alison Gillwald** – Representative from Research ICT Africa


– **Michael Frosch** – Works at the Department of Statistics within the ILO (International Labour Organization)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Titi Casa** – Works for the AGI (Agency for Digital Italy) for the Italian government


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Discussion


## Executive Summary


This discussion focused on the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development’s efforts to strengthen global ICT measurement frameworks and address critical data gaps. The session brought together representatives from 14 international organisations to discuss three main themes: mapping existing indicators against major international frameworks (WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals), addressing significant data gaps particularly in employment, health, security and governance areas, and showcasing regional innovations in data collection methodologies. Key outcomes included commitments to complete the mapping exercise, launch an enhanced ITU data hub, and explore new employment-related indicators using existing microdata.


## Partnership Structure and Current Framework


### Organisational Foundation


Esperanza Magpantay from ITU introduced the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development as a collaborative response to the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) call for comprehensive ICT indicators. The partnership comprises 14 international and regional organisations, with a steering committee led by ITU, UNCTAD, and UNDESA.


The partnership has developed a core list of over 50 ICT indicators that received endorsement from the UN Statistical Commission. These indicators cover infrastructure development, household and individual access, enterprise usage, educational applications, government services, and electronic waste management. Despite this comprehensive framework, significant gaps remain in areas such as employment, health, security, and governance applications of ICT.


### Current Data Availability


ITU’s 2024 stocktaking exercise revealed that while internet access at home and usage indicators are widely collected globally, significant gaps exist in ICT skills indicators, mobile ownership data, ICT expenditure measurements, and barriers to internet use. This assessment provides the foundation for prioritising future indicator development and capacity building efforts.


## Key Questions and Framework Alignment


### Guiding Questions for Strengthening Measurement


Cosmas Zavazava from ITU posed four critical questions that framed the discussion:


1. How to strengthen national statistical offices and improve international coordination


2. The role of alternative data sources including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data


3. Better mapping of ICT indicators against international frameworks


4. Translating data into actionable insights for national digital strategies


### Mapping Exercise Initiative


A central focus was the partnership’s ongoing mapping exercise to align existing indicators with three major international frameworks: WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity goals. This systematic alignment aims to identify measurement gaps and guide future indicator development priorities.


Magpantay explained that this mapping process involves detailed analysis of each indicator’s relevance to specific action lines and objectives, creating a comprehensive matrix to guide future development. The exercise is particularly important given the recent adoption of the Global Digital Compact and the ongoing WSIS Plus 20 review process.


### WSIS Plus 20 Review Context


Deniz Susar from UNDESA highlighted the significance of the WSIS Plus 20 review, noting that it acknowledges the lack of established targets for many action lines and requests proposals for comprehensive monitoring frameworks. The review process has created momentum for strengthening measurement frameworks, with documents like the Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly recognising the importance of financing data availability for evidence-based policymaking.


## Regional Contributions and Innovations


### Latin American Leadership


Marco Llinas from UN ECLAC presented their Digital Development Observatory, which incorporates over 100 indicators following partnership standards. ECLAC has developed a Regional AI Index called “ILIA” covering 19 countries, demonstrating innovative approaches to measuring emerging technology adoption. This regional framework serves as a model for combining global standards with regional priorities.


### Middle Eastern and African Approaches


Ayman El Sherbiny from ESCWA outlined their framework of 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states, emphasising primary data collection capabilities through direct country engagement.


Alison Gillwald from Research ICT Africa highlighted critical insights from their household and enterprise surveys, revealing that despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake occurs due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators. This demonstrates the crucial distinction between technical availability and meaningful access. However, she noted concerning funding sustainability challenges, with digital inequality funding being diverted to newer areas, significantly reducing their survey coverage from previously covering 20 African countries.


### Brazilian Innovation and Capacity Building


Alexandre Barbosa from CETIC presented Brazil’s comprehensive approach, including training programmes, capacity building initiatives, and adoption of innovative technologies such as machine learning and big data for official statistics production. Brazil’s digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops demonstrate how countries with advanced capabilities can support regional development.


Brazil is already implementing AI usage indicators in national surveys, positioning them at the forefront of measuring emerging technology adoption. Their multi-stakeholder funding model involves regulators, ministries, and internet registry agencies supplementing national statistical office budgets.


## Critical Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


### Employment Indicators Gap


Michael Frosch from ILO addressed the employment measurement gap, proposing development of ICT sector employment indicators using existing microdata. His analysis suggested coverage possibilities for 55 countries using 3-digit ISIC level data (2022-2024) and 90 countries using 2-digit level data, demonstrating how existing data infrastructure can address identified gaps without requiring entirely new collection mechanisms.


### Capacity and Resource Constraints


Alexandre Barbosa highlighted the fundamental challenge facing many countries: increasing pressure to produce data across diverse areas while facing technical and skill capacity gaps in implementing required methodologies. This tension between growing demand and limited capacity represents a critical bottleneck in global measurement efforts.


The capacity challenges extend beyond technical skills to include institutional coordination, with many countries lacking effective mechanisms for coordinating data collection across different government agencies and stakeholders.


### Emerging Measurement Areas


The discussion identified several areas requiring new measurement approaches:


– Artificial intelligence usage and impact across different sectors


– Meaningful connectivity beyond basic access measures


– Environmental sustainability aspects of digital development


– Information integrity and digital security measures


## Innovation in Data Sources and Methodologies


### Alternative Data Integration


Cosmas Zavazava emphasised the potential of alternative data sources including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional survey methods. This approach recognises both the limitations of traditional data collection and opportunities presented by new data sources, particularly in contexts where traditional statistical capacity is limited.


### Technological Advancement in Official Statistics


Brazil’s experience incorporating machine learning and big data into official statistics production provides a concrete example of how traditional statistical offices can evolve while maintaining rigour and international comparability standards.


## Stakeholder Engagement and Participation


### Civil Society Participation


Gembly Camacho from APC asked about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes. Scarlett Fondeur from UNCTAD’s e-commerce and digital economy branch explained that the partnership works primarily with official statistics producers to ensure international comparability, while acknowledging the importance of broader stakeholder engagement in measurement processes.


### Questions on Measurement Scope


Titi Casa from Italy’s Agency for Digital Italy asked about measurements beyond meaningful access, highlighting the need for indicators that capture the full spectrum of digital experiences and outcomes. Online participants also raised questions about supporting countries facing data collection difficulties.


## Data Platform Development and Access


### ITU Data Hub Launch


Esperanza Magpantay announced the development of an ITU data hub that will host compiled data from all partnership organisations. The platform will feature country dashboards launching in 2025, with upgrades in 2026 including an AI-powered chatbot for enhanced user interaction. A GDC monitoring dashboard is expected soon after the main platform launch.


This centralised platform addresses fragmentation across multiple data sources and will support more comprehensive analysis while reducing the burden on users to navigate multiple platforms.


### Data Quality and Transparency


The partnership’s commitment to publishing available data while conducting quantitative risk assessments demonstrates attention to data quality and transparency. This approach recognises that perfect data should not prevent access to useful data, while maintaining standards for international comparability.


## Future Directions and Commitments


### Immediate Deliverables


The partnership committed to several concrete deliverables:


– Finalising the mapping matrix of indicators against international frameworks


– Launching the ITU data hub with enhanced user features


– ILO’s further exploration of employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata


### Strategic Priorities


Longer-term priorities include developing sustainable funding mechanisms for regular ICT surveys in developing countries and enhancing coordination between national statistical offices and international organisations. The partnership also aims to develop an indicator framework mandate for the WSIS Plus 20 review to secure political support and resources for enhanced measurement efforts.


### Addressing Sustainability Challenges


The discussion highlighted the need for innovative approaches to resource mobilisation that recognise the public good nature of statistical information while addressing practical funding constraints, particularly in developing countries where data needs are greatest but resources most limited.


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated strong collaborative commitment among partnership organisations to improving ICT measurement capabilities globally. While significant challenges remain regarding funding sustainability and capacity constraints, the partnership shows clear potential for addressing critical measurement gaps through coordinated action and innovative approaches.


The commitment to concrete deliverables including the mapping exercise completion and data hub launch provides a foundation for continued progress. The identification of specific gaps in employment, AI usage, and meaningful connectivity offers a clear roadmap for future indicator development. Success will require sustained attention to both technical measurement improvements and the broader resource and capacity challenges that affect measurement capabilities globally.


The partnership’s evolution from basic ICT measurement to addressing complex questions of digital inclusion, emerging technologies, and sustainable development reflects the growing sophistication required in digital development measurement frameworks.


Session transcript

Esperanza Magpantay: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the session organized by the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. We are going to start the session, and I’m going to share with you a presentation that will talk about measurement progress relating to the ICT indicators that are needed for the WSIS for the Universal and Meaningful Connectivity and the Global Digital Compact. My name is Esperanza Magpantay, and I’m from the ITU. I’m the senior statistician and one of the steering committee members of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. So those of you who are not familiar with the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development, let me introduce to you the partnership, which was initiated in a direct call from WSIS with regards to improving availability and quality of ICT indicators. And I just saw Mr. Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava entering the room, so we will welcome him for his opening remarks. Mr. Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava is the director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau of the ITU. Over to you, Cosmas.


Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava: Yeah. Thank you. Thank you. I apologize for coming a bit late. I was speaking at another event. Thank you very much for inviting me. It is always a pleasure. I see a lot of friends here, familiar faces, and I would like to welcome you all at Palexpo, and I think we’ll be seeing each other very soon when we have the World Telecommunications Indicators Symposium and also the two expert groups. Over the past decades, the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development has been growing and growing from strength to strength, and this session builds on these achievements. As we enter the second decade of WSIS, in tandem with the outcomes of the Summit of the Future and the broader WSIS Plus initiative, I would like to welcome you to the World Telecommunications 20 review, reliable data and robust statistics have never been more critical. So we wanted to work with a double effort to make sure that we reinforce our efforts towards this, and also that’s why we have started measuring the information, the universal meaningful connectivity, which we thank, of course, the European Union for partnering with us. Crucially, they enable us to gauge progress on the WSIS Action Lines from infrastructure to inclusion, capacity building to e-applications and cyber security, and on the commitments of the global digital compact. Every strategy depends on high quality, timely and comparable data, this you know already. That includes Action Line C2 when ensuring affordable internet access, as well as Action Line C7 on empowering communities through e-services. Without data, we cannot identify where the digital divide exists, nor can we design evidence-based policies to close it. With it, we can have a positive and measurable impact on people’s lives. Today, our discussion must also reflect the SDG imperatives, enabling Goal 4 on education, Goal 5 on gender equality, and I’m pleased to say that there are some regions that are doing very well, they’ve reached parity. The Caribbean, for example, the CIS region, and Europe is doing very well. There are some other regions that need hand-holding and we are ready to do that. We thank also many of our partners, including the ILO, who participated in our global skills development in Bahrain, where together we launched the skills toolkit. Goal 8 on decent work and growth, and Goal 9 on resilient infrastructure, Goal 13 on climate action, and we just recently launched our greening digital report, and we thank the private sector for contributing to this effort, and Goal 17 on partnerships, and I think this partnership is made in heaven. We are doing a… Thank you very much, Dr. Zavazava, and thank you to all of you for joining us today. We have a lot together, and we should continue to sustain it. First, how can we strengthen national statistical offices and international coordination so we improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data? And second, what role can alternatives like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data play in complementing traditional data sources? And thirdly, how can we better map core ICT indicators against international development frameworks, including the WSIS Action Lines, the Global Digital Compact, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity, which I referred to earlier on? And fourthly, how do we translate the data into action, ensuring it directly informs national digital strategies and embeds accountability and inclusivity in digital transformation? If we can consider these questions, we can embed data-driven accountability at the heart of the Global Digital Compact and WSIS process. We need all stakeholders to commit to strengthening national statistical systems, including through appropriate financing, to integrating innovative data sources ethically and responsibly, and to ensure data is disaggregated by gender, location, and income in order to design effective targeted interventions for digital inclusion. I invite each of you to contribute your insights and expertise, and I wish you a productive and engaging session. And it is important, of course, for us to recognize that at the base or the foundation of artificial intelligence is data. Without connecting everyone or certain regions or certain groups of countries, like least developed countries, landlocked developing states, and small island developing states, we are limited in terms of the availability of data. So it is important for us to join hands and make sure that together with industry and ITU as over 8,000 private sector industry and academic members, we should join our hands and make sure that we move forward together and make data available so that we can embrace the benefits of artificial intelligence while we effectively confront the ills that come with artificial intelligence. Thank you very much.


Esperanza Magpantay: Thank you very much Mr. Zavazava and with those words I’d like to continue presenting the partnership. So some of you may not be here in previous sessions that we organized during WSIS so I was just describing the partnership on measuring ICT for development which is an initiative that is a direct response to the call of WSIS to produce ICT indicators and data, improve data availability and quality of those ICT indicators. It’s our way of coordinating the work that different international organizations is doing with regards to ICT indicators. Currently we have 14 members comprising of international organizations as well as regional organizations working together to develop methodologies and build capacities in countries. Currently the partnership is led by three agencies through a steering committee ITU, UNCTAD and UNDESA. We have developed the core list of ICT indicators covering many areas and this core list of ICT indicators were endorsed by the UN Statistical Commission so it is recognized by national statistical offices as a list where they can start their data collections. We had conducted a number of workshops and trainings to help countries build their capacity with regards to the collection of those indicators. So you’ll see on the screen the different organizations that are working together in this partnership. So what are included in the core list? ICT indicators. So we have from the ITU, ICT infrastructure and access indicators, and ICT access and use by households and individuals. We have from UNCTAD, ICT access and use by enterprises, ICT sector and trade in ICT goods indicators, UNESCO Institute of Statistics on ICT in education, UNDESA for ICT in government indicators, and UNITAR on e-waste indicators. So this work also on e-waste indicators is in collaboration with the ITU. So currently, there are more than 50 indicators in this core list of indicators. So in today’s session, we would like to explore whether these 50 indicators are enough to measure different goals and targets and global monitoring with regards to, for example, universal and meaningful connectivity, the WSIS action lines, as well as the global digital compact, which all require measurements and data to make sure they can monitor the implementation, as well as monitor progress, identify gaps, and guide policymaking. So currently, the partnership is undergoing a mapping exercise of those 50 indicators, where we are listing each and every indicator that I mentioned earlier against the WSIS targets that was initially defined in the very first events of WSIS, as well as WSIS action lines, and the GDC objectives, as well as universal and meaningful connectivity. So this work, we are hoping to achieve and complete very soon. And the idea here is to basically look at the different goals and targets, as well as make an assessment. on whether these indicators are sufficient to measure and identify all the areas that need to be measured. And so far, what we found out is that although we have more than 50 indicators, there are still a number of areas that need indicators or measurement, particularly on employment, on health, on security, on governance, for example. There’s strong coverage, of course, on ICT access and use, and thanks to colleagues who are around on this table, and we will hear from them with regards to the updates that are happening on those areas. From the ITU side, we continue to collect data and help countries improve data availability with regards to ICT, household and access and use indicators for individuals. And currently, what we found out is that from the stocktaking exercise that we initiated in 2024, that most of the countries that responded to the stocktaking exercise, that internet access at home and internet usage indicators are particularly collected in many countries. However, there’s still a lot of gaps with regards to data availability, particularly for ICT skills indicators disaggregated by type of the activity, as well as indicators that relates to mobile ownership and ICT expenditure, as well as indicators on ICT on internet use barriers. So, those indicators are very important to identify why certain proportion of population is still not using the internet, for example. So, internet barriers is an important indicator. So, the partnership is also working on towards third objective. So the third objective is about dissemination of the data that are collected for those core ICT indicators. And so just recently the ITU and also the different partners who are here agreed to compile the data in a single point where users can see all the data that pertains to the core ICT indicators. It will be hosted in the ITU data hub and the idea here is the indicators will be accessible via a data catalog where they can select the indicators and countries that they want to explore. And country dashboards will also be launched in 2025 and upgraded in 2026. So again the idea here is to help monitor the different goals and targets including the GDC objectives and next year and in the coming months we hope that another dashboard will come and become available to reflect the indicators that will be needed to monitor the GDC. An AI-powered chatbot on the data hub is also expected to be launched very soon that will facilitate the availability and interaction with regards to the different outputs and ICT indicators that will be hosted in the ITU data hub. So this is something that I invite you to look forward to and check as soon as this gets available. In terms of the way forward so we hope to finalize the mapping matrix that will be made available in the partnership website and to identify indicators that are needed to be included in the current core list. We also would like to publish available data as I mentioned in the data hub and conduct a quantitative assessment of the risk and my colleague, Dennis, will talk about this particular point in detail, as well as, of course, the first objective of the partnership. We remain committed to improving data availability, and I’d like to point to the recently concluded financing for development conference that happened in Seville, Spain, where the Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly included different mentions about data and the importance of financing the data availability, improving data availability to help policymaking. So I invite you to check the Compromiso de Sevilla, where you will find several mentions of data and different initiatives that needs to be put in place to make sure data are available. And of course, there’s a lot of new data sources. The ITU and partners has been very active in exploring new data sources, particularly on the use of mobile phone data for the indicators that we are responsible for, and also in other areas where applications of mobile phone big data were proven to be very helpful. There’s a lot of information that I’m not able to cover in this presentation, but I invite you to look at the partnership website and also to listen to the rest of the presentation during this session. Thank you very much, and over to you, Deniz.


Deniz Susar: Thank you very much, Esperanza. Good morning. This is Deniz Susar from UNDESA. I will first raise the paragraphs, the section monitoring and measurement in the elements paper of the WSIS plus 20 overall review by the UNGA. We are serving as the secretariat, and as you know, UN General Assembly is reviewing the progress in the WSIS implementation in the last 20 years, and it will conclude with a high-level meeting in December. If you look at the elements paper, the paragraphs from 82 to 84 is monitoring and measurement. uh the co-facilitators acknowledged that WSIS plus 20 uh WSIS plus 10 10 years ago review didn’t establish targets for the uh for the WSIS however they also acknowledged that there are different uh target indicators available in different fora and now they are asking in paragraph 84 proposals concerning monitoring and measurement which Esperanza mentioned it could be the WSIS action lines but then the co-facilitators as we know based on the UNCTAD resolution trying to integrate GDC and WSIS so maybe it could be a set of indicated action lines that Esperanza showed in the spreadsheet earlier so I think one one idea that could go from here and as partnership we can propose to them is maybe to give the mandate of coming up with this indicators in the resolution that will be adopted end of the year with some timeline ahead because I think the partnership is well positioned to undertake this task of course with the involvement of all agencies and my second point is about our work on ICT in government indicators we will be updating the indicators as instructed by the partnership in the in the spreadsheet our indicators are related to e-government so we look at how national governments and also the cities use technology to deliver public services so this is all part of the UN e-government survey and for the cities we have the local online service index so these will be our contribution from this over to you


Marco Llinas: thank you Deniz Thank you, Esperanza. I introduce myself quickly, Marco Ginaz from UN ECLAC. It’s my pleasure to be attending once again this meeting of the partnership at the WSIS meeting. At ECLAC, we firmly believe that sound, timely, and comparable ICT statistics are foundational to effective policymaking and to measuring progress on digital transformation. So today, let me quickly share two concrete regional initiatives that exemplify our commitment to measurement. First, the ECLAC’s Digital Development Observatory. This is an online open access platform, including ICT-related indicators across Latin America and the Caribbean. The observatory offers up-to-date statistics on connectivity, access, usage, and digital skills, desegregated whenever possible by gender, age, income, and geography. We already have over 100 indicators. We are particularly interested in deepening efforts on measuring usage, and especially digital technology adoption by the productive sector, where initial measurements suggest we have huge gaps. It is worthwhile mentioning that the observatory’s methodology follows international standards set by the partnership, ensuring regional data comparability with global frameworks. And the second initiative is the Regional AI Index, also known as ILIA, which is prepared in conjunction with CENIA, AI National Center of Chile. The ILIA, and we are now preparing its third edition, complements traditional ICT is a professor at the University of California, San Diego. He is a professor of statistics by measuring key aspects of AI ecosystems in 19 countries of the region. Ilia covers three critical dimensions. The first, enabling factors, including infrastructure, connectivity, and human capital. Second, research, development, and adoption, which includes national AI strategies, regulatory frameworks, ethics, and sustainability. Importantly, for ILIA 2025, we are emphasizing the production of innovative indicators that capture emerging and actionable dimensions of AI readiness and adoption. Just to finish, ECLAC reaffirms its commitment to the partnership and to the strengthening of the AI ecosystem. And it looks forward to continuing participating in the partnership. Thank you, Esperanza, and over to Ayman. Ayman.


Ayman El Sherbiny: Thank you so much, Mike. So thank you so much. I will follow up to my colleague, Marco, from ECLAC, and my name is Ayman Elshirbeh. I am the chief of digital cooperation and digital development in UNESCO, another regional commission working with the partnership on measurement since its inception. And we have been some time also active on the steering committee. It is not, I mean, this time is historical challenge for our partnership, especially with the new elements introduced in the GDC. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions, in, like, bringing the information and the data from the countries to complement the data that are sent by NSOs. We can have also direct, let us say, primary sources of data through our connections with multiple sectors in our countries. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions in, like, bringing the information and the data from the countries to complement the data that are sent by NSOs. And I’m very glad that it is part of the roadmap that we have to continue our role, especially as regional commissions in, like, bringing the information and the data from multiple sectors in our countries. And therefore, we can also contribute to this evolution of whether measuring the GDC objectives or certain elements of it, or measuring the rest of the elements of the WSIS that has been, let us say, not left behind, but put aside for its complexity. So we know the core indicators. We know the, let us say, advancement in them and the evolution of the WSIS. And we still have something to offer. Regarding the digital economy in our region. We have 85 indicators that we use for Measuring digital development across the 22 member states and these 85 indicators Some of them are Row data primary data directly for of countries through reviews. We want to share with you the methodology and Metadata and so on maybe they can become comparable and we can benefit Out of them all of us and of course some of them are part of what you produce so the measurement paradigm itself that we use is we have made like a kind of intersection between all the wishes action lines and All the SDGs in under like five holistic clusters the state the ICT sector Digital economy or the economy and the society The government and and this kind of constellation are five We have underneath them as I said about 85 indicators some of them are going to be measured for the first time and We would like to revise with you the metadata and everything and then we might also work on them globally I’ll give an example for example Issues related to FDI in ICT sector is not measured at all It is difficult, but Torbjorn told me there are solutions for it. So he was working with UNCTAD Also, we can find the the job like And also employment related things Simple things like zero or one like using a common statistical manual for classifying the ICT sector Isaac four for example or whatever in each country. We just need to know zero one. Yes, it is The same manual or not and so on and so forth many things we can fill gaps in digital economy also in certain simple boolean parameters like Strategies existing or not these sectors bla bla bla e x or e y or e z These let us say thematic strategies. We need to know who has what. Other examples also related to this AI index, we need to take it from you now and also to implement it in other regions. So we have a lot to do in the next few months, not a lot, because we need to reflect some kind of convictions in the drafts, not zero of course, but maybe in subsequent ones. So I think we can declare our readiness and our will to undertake as regional commissions the part of the burden of measurement with you and with all the partners for 20 plus or 2026 and beyond. And that is my two cents I have to leave now because we have a meeting in room E for regional commissions on AI governance. And I will leave, of course, Marco, he has committed to stay, but he will also come a little bit earlier to catch up with us. Thank you so much and I have to leave. Thank you. Thank you for giving me the time.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much, Eamon, for giving, expressing once more the support of the regional commissions to the measurement work. We’re going to hear now from the International Labour Organization, ILO, who’s one of the more recent members of the partnership and is advancing work in terms of measurement of employment by digital platforms.


Michael Frosch: Yes, thank you. There we go. Thank you very much. I had some slides, I don’t know, are they, they should be there. OK, let’s see. Oh. Yes, but let me introduce myself to begin with. So, yes. Michael Frosch working at the Department of Statistics within the ILO and as you heard we have recently joined the partnership and I think already now we start to see how fruitful this collaboration is for all of us including the ILO. So I will spend some short time to talk a little bit about the ILO stat and the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators. But first of all a few words about the Department of Statistics within the ILO. So we are working in different areas but all related to the labor market of course. One of the core areas in which we are engaged is in relation to developing statistical standards related to labor statistics and in addition to that developing and providing technical tools and recommendations for data collection which can support countries in the implementation of the labor standards. But beyond that we are also the focal point to the UN in relation to labor statistics and this includes developing and maintaining and updating the ILO stat which is the labor statistical database in which we produce and collect labor market indicators and make them available for users. So the ILO stat is draws from different statistical sources. Household surveys particularly labor force surveys is the key source for us in order to produce our indicators but beyond that we are also using official estimates, administrative sources, establishment based surveys and also statistics from the national accounts and we collect this data through different means. We have automated processes that collect the data from the websites of the statistical offices if they publish them. But beyond that, and that’s probably our most important way of collect data, is that countries are sharing their microdata with us and then we can process it in order to produce our indicators. And finally, for those countries that don’t share data or which we are unable to collect it through automated means, then we are also collecting it through sending out an Excel questionnaire to the countries. So looking into the ILO stat, well, then it covers a wide range of different topics, again, of course, all related to the labor market and labor statistics. The core focus is typically on the labor supply, so that would include indicators relating to the population and labor force, employment and unemployment, and labor underutilization. But beyond that, we are also covering areas such as working conditions, competitiveness, poverty and inequality, industrial relations, as well as other key topics, such as the SDGs that the ILO is host for, as well as child labor and unpaid work. And we are also producing indicators for some selected groups, such as labor migrants, youth, women and volunteers. So the ILO stat includes a broad, broad range of different indicators, and in addition, it also includes the possibility to disseminate these indicators by the use of different characteristics. So this includes demographic characteristics, as well as employment-specific characteristics and other characteristics as well. So the ILO stat is really a flexible tool, I would say. It includes a broad range of indicators for users to use. They can produce their own tables, looking at countries, looking at regions. looking at global estimates and on top of that there’s also the possibility to disseminate these indicators based on on the need of the user. But the ILO stat also includes the possibility due to that we have all this underlying data to create new indicators as well and this would also include the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and by that maybe fill some of the gaps in the core list of the ICT indicators which was pointed out in the introductory presentation. So in other words based on the available data in the ILO stat it would be a possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and this could for example include an indicator on the proportion of the employed persons in the ICT sector where we define the ICT sector based on the definition already provided in the handbook for the collection of administrative data on telecommunications. So this could be a core indicator that really would reflect well the importance of the ICT sector from the point of view of employment and employment creation and also allow to track the development in terms of trends development over time as well as also enabling cross-country comparison and then in addition it would be possible to do further disaggregation and also to also reflect the characteristics and the structures of the persons and the types of jobs within this sector. So this could include disaggregation by sex, occupation, institutional sector and so on. So one way in which this could be done is to base definition of the indicator on a 3-digit ISIC level which so this would be an indicator that would be in a complete alignment with the definition of the ICT sector as provided in the handbook and it would really capture the proportion of employed persons in the ICT sector out of total employment. Now to create this indicator would require that we would have access to countries three digit level ISIC and it would also require us to produce these indicators based on the microdata that we have received from countries. So if we’re looking at the number of countries for which we would be able to produce these indicators and if we’re looking at it in the period of 2022 to 2024, well then currently we would be able to produce this indicator for 55 countries globally, 12 countries from Africa, 14 in the Americas, three in the Arab states, 20 in Asia and Pacific and six in Europe and Central Asia. And then we could produce these indicators for example twice per year and again we would also be able to disseminate this indicator with additional characteristics. However in addition and as an approach to increase the number of countries for which we could produce an indicator for, it could also be relevant to as well include a kind of a complementary supplementary indicator that has a bit broader definition but that would include an increased number of countries. So that could be a two digit ISIC level based definition. It would of course be less precise but it could still give valuable insights on the size and development of the ICT sectors in terms of employment and this would be an indicator that actually is already available in the ILO stat and then we would be able to produce this indicator for 90 countries globally. So this would really increase the number of countries. So we would then have 24 countries in Africa, 17 in the Americas, 4 in the Arab states, 24 in Asia and the Pacific and 20 in Europe and Central Asia. And of course if we are removing this time limit because this is really just looking back at the two last year but if we’re looking at countries with any available data well then obviously we would increase the number of countries for which we can produce this indicator for so on a two-digit level we would be able to provide the indicator for 155 countries and on the three-digit level we would be able to provide this indicator for 100 countries. So to summarize the idea here is really that well because the data is already available in the ILOs that an employment related ICT indicator could relatively be easy produced so it’s in a sense a low-hanging fruit here and a possibility is to use an indicator based on this more precise definition that would be in alignment to the boundaries of the ICT sector but then potentially complement this indicator with a slightly broader an indicator with based on a slightly broader definition in order to be able to increase the number of countries for which the data can be produced and these indicators well they would provide valuable insights in terms of the development and importance of the ICT sector from the perspective of employment so it could be contribute to the understanding of the role of the ICT sector within countries labor markets. So a next step for us would be in collaboration to further explore these two different indicators to see how they relate to each other how they correlate to each other as well as assess the possibilities for dissemination look at more closely what is actually feasible in order to still ensure that we are producing indicators with a robust estimation as well as working more on providing more detailed definitions about these indicators as well as its methodology. So I will stop there yeah but of course happy to discuss further later thanks.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you thank you very much Michael and Ailo and Marco. from ECLEC. We’ll leave a good good luck with your regional commission, Sibel. Thank you again for your support of the partnership. So in the case of, I’m Scarlet Fonder by the way, I’m with the e-commerce and digital economy branch of the UN Conference on Trade and Development. Maybe can we put back the slide that Esperanza presented with the table that shows the mapping for the indicators, please? In the meantime, just to let you know, UNCTAD as well as DESA and ITU is part, has been a long-standing member of the steering committee of the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. UNCTAD in particular focuses on the indicators on ICT used by enterprises. Until now, we’re still collecting or trying, attempting to collect the indicator unemployment in the ICT sector. We cover also value-added of the ICT sector and international trade in ICT goods, ICT services and digitally deliverable services. Now, in addition, UNCTAD is currently in the process of developing methodological guidelines on measuring e-commerce value, which we hope will lead to comparable statistics in this area in a few years. Despite limited availability of official statistics on use of digital technologies by businesses and enterprises, the core indicators under UNCTAD’s aegis are already due for a review that would reflect the evolution in the digital economy over the past decade. review is coming at the same time as was already evoked by some of our speakers as the convergence of both the WSIS plus 20 review and figuring out how the international community and countries will monitor GDC commitments. So UNCTAD is contributing to the partnerships mapping presented by Esperanza earlier that you can see here in the slide, but also we expect to use this mapping to inform the review of our own core indicators so that we are able to make some comeback with a new core indicators list that is useful for the future and forward looking. The review of the core indicators under our mandate will be done through a consultation with national statistical offices and other producers of official statistics because in the case of e-commerce and the digital economy, producers of official statistics may include also central banks, customs authorities, ministries of trade and technology. We will need to eliminate probably some core indicators that have become less important for digital policymaking. We might also relinquish indicators like we will probably do with the employment in the ICT sector to ILO. We will probably develop new ones like the e-commerce value indicators and maybe others that could be gathered through the review process that we will launch in the second half of this year. We hope to have a completed reviewed core indicators list by next year and at that time we also will need to both raise awareness and build capacity among producers of official statistics as widely as possible, but particularly in developing countries so that we can ensure the indicators will be produced and do not remain a theoretical exercise. So we hope that, I don’t know how many national statistical offices or producers of official statistics are sitting down here, but we hope to have your support in conducting this review and also in providing inputs to the mapping that we have here because we’re still at a very low level of official statistics in information society and digital economy for developing countries and this needs to be remedied in order to guide policy making that will help place the developing world in a better position. So I would like now to open the floor for questions and answers. And I would like to ask the remote moderator if there are any remote participant questions to please let us know. Thank you. I would like to give the floor to our old friend Alexander.


Alexandre Barbosa: Thank you Scarlett and good morning everyone. For us it’s a pleasure to be here in this session since Brazil is following the partnership since the very beginning, since its inception that it was in Brazil in 2004. I’m Alexandre Barbosa, head of CETIC, which is a research center linked to the Brazilian Networking Information Center, NIC.br and CGI.br. I guess that what we have seen in this presentation today was a summary of this very hard working being conducted by the partnership which are very strategic alliance that really is providing proper guidance to member states in the field of measurement and of course data collection in standard setting, data compilation and dissemination. But I think that despite the great effort we still have to face many challenges because countries are being pressured to have more and more data in a very different areas that it’s difficult to really keep up to date with the requirements of data for evidence policymaking and I think that the data gap that we still face in many regions like in my region Latin America we are advancing in data production in many countries. Brazil is a good example of that but we are still facing difficulties in funding surveys so National Statistical Office are not always able to fund national surveys and also in some countries we still have technical and skill capacity gap in terms of implementing the methodologies that are being set by those organizations. So I think that we need really to force a new institutional arrangement where NSOs can cooperate with other organizations and also of course as I guess it was a Marco Linas from Sepau has mentioned to use new alternative data sources. We have been making a great exercise in an effort in Brazil in adopting new data sources in using new technologies like machine learning and big data. to produce official statistics and I think that one good example that Brazil is giving is also providing training and capacity building programs not only for Brazil but also for the region. One of our partners is UNECLAC, CEPAL, we have been running for 12 years digital transformation school in which we invite not only national statistical office but policy makers and regulators to discuss this new data ecosystem and also the NIC.br annual workshop on survey methodologies that we have in this room many partners including UNCTAD, ITU, OSD, UNDESA that has been coming to Brazil to help improve the dialogue with these different stakeholders. But not to talk too much I would like just to make a reflection that the partnership has to look ahead and try to advance in developing new indicators. We have now new agendas like the global digital compact now with the WSIS plus 20 review and I think that we could prioritize topics that include like meaningful connectivity and ITU has already made a very important contribution in proposing a framework for measurement and Brazil was one of the first countries that adopted last year and during the G20 under the Brazilian presidency ITU was the knowledge partner of the Brazilian government and also CETIC was one of the organizations that helped ITU and the Brazilian government to set a toolkit a framework for the G20 member states and it was adopted. So, I think that we have to promote this framework to allow countries to really provide indicators on meaningful connectivity. Also artificial intelligence issues, ITU is now working on the household survey to include some indicators on the use of AI by individuals. In Brazil, we have already adopted the IRISTAT set of indicators that is already on the field right now being collected. We are going to provide very soon released data on the use of AI by individuals. Also information integrity is something that we have to think in the context of the mandate of the partnership, how to measure information integrity. And also other topics such as DPI and environmental sustainability in the digital age. So those are areas that we should move ahead because there is a real pressure to have indicators to design proper and effective policies in these new areas and we have to follow up these new data ecosystems, not only NSOs but also other organizations. They are very relevant, providing relevant data sources that we should take advantage of. Thank you very much.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much. Thank you very much, Aleksandar. We also have a question from Alison.


Alison Gillwald: Thank you. Like Aleksandar, I suppose it’s also some by way of comment, but hopefully there’s some feedback on it as well. I’m Alison Gilbert from Research ICT Africa. We have been conducting surveys, household, individual, and microenterprise informal sector surveys together alongside CETIQ for over 20 years. Unfortunately not adequately funded like CETIQ. far more irregularly. And perhaps just to make the point that in the heyday of these surveys, we were supported to be able to cover 20 African countries. Of course, we were looking at much smaller surveys, just looking at telecom and mobile and early internet penetration. Now, because it costs so much to go into the field, we pack in a survey that looks extensively at some of these usage issues that have been raised here as not covered in currently by the indicators, including digital inclusion, including platform work, some of the demand side data that’s obviously not available in the administrative data or in big data for that matter. But it’s absolutely critical to getting the disaggregated data that we need on the exact points of policy intervention. And even, you know, masked by some of the disaggregated high level statistics we have, for example, on gender, that is informing some of the discourse and some of the inappropriate responses to some of these intersectional inequalities. You know, these are really challenges around intersections around poverty and gender and multiple other things, geographic location, not women as a homogenous group that are, you know, inexplicably affected by this. So gender is just one of them. But I think the ability to model this data and really identify, you know, where the challenges are and where the barriers are, you know, it’s absolutely critical that we get funding for this. And just to make the point that together with ITU as knowledge partners of the G20 under South Africa’s presidency, one of the objectives, hopefully we’ll see this come through in final declarations, is the finding funding for the support of this. You know, it keeps coming up. It’s in the GDC. It’s been longstanding and, you know, underpinning of the WSIS process. But actually the sustainable funding for this is just not there. digital inequality, which we like to describe not just digital divide funding, has dried up. That funding’s all been diverted to data governance now, DPI, and artificial intelligence. And of course, unless we address these underpinning inequalities, you don’t get transformative DPI or equitable AI, all those sorts of things. So just to make an appeal, that while at the very high level, one might see enormous progress over the last 20 years, for the majority of Africans, for example, people are as inequitably excluded, the bulk of people. And if we apply those meaningful connectivity work done under the Brazilian G20 and the ITU, under the Brazilian G20, on a global level, as we’ve tried to do, and on a continental level for the work that we’re doing within the G20, then those figures of 2.6 billion are actually more like double that in terms of meaningful connectivity. And further to extend the scope of the meaningful connectivity to look at equitable digital inclusion, which would look at some of those things that are out of scope for the meaningful connectivity, but are absolutely critical to understanding why with 95, 99% coverage in many African countries, many of the least developed countries, they’ve got a signal, and yet we have less than 20%, less than critical mass. uptake of these services, and therefore we don’t see the correlations with GDP and growth and other developmental aspects of that. So just an appeal for us to absolutely extend those indicators to look at the usage factors, the cost of the device, of course, absolutely critical, but even where in our micro enterprise and our informal sector surveys, for example, done with the World Bank, even where people have access to a device, they are very often not using it for anything at all, but if anything at all for WhatsApp. And again, just to say again, the importance of getting this data at more than the just very high level that you either get from the labour survey or from the census or something like that. We see equity in many countries in the informal sector around very poor, but equity or parity, I should say, around internet access. But in fact, as soon as you unpack that a little bit between men and women, parity, as soon as you unpack that a bit, you see that women become unable to use it. They don’t have the education, the skills, the affordability to use these devices. So just a appeal that we continue.


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you, Alison. Sorry, it’s just we have just a few more minutes to go before we have to give up the room. We had one hand raised here and another one over there. Thank you. Thank you very much.


Participant: My name is Gembly Camacho. I’m the senior monitoring and evaluation specialist at APC. APC is an international civil society network. Yes, we are based in a membership of network all over the world, especially in the global south. But I have just a specific question. I really wanted to know how much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data to analyze the results and how the indicators are behaving and how they are connected with the policymaking. Then I just wanted to know how much the civil society is participating and also how much importance do you think the civil society have in the participation of the civil society, how much importance you think it has, and I’m talking about that because of the right of the population to create the data they need to really reflect on their own realities. Then I wanted to know that part. Thank you so much. Thank you very much. We’ll answer that question, I think, at the end. Okay, thank you. My name is Titi Casa. I work for the AGI, the Agency for Digital Italy, for the Italian government. I am also AGF magma. So thank you so much for your great presentation. And as far as I understand, I mean, most of the measurements you are doing are related to the meaningful access. So I wonder if, in relation to the other 11 action lines, there are other kinds of measurements that you are doing, that you are collecting. And the second question is referring also to the source that you are using to collect this data. As, for instance, in Italy, are you using just the National Statistic Institute or are you using also other…


Scarlett Fondeur: Thank you very much and we had one question online which I’ll add to the list and then maybe we can attempt to respond within five minutes so that we can leave the room for the next session. We were asked online, the countries which are in most need are usually those where there is most difficulty in obtaining reliable data and what measures will be made to support them. So maybe I would like to just mention that the issue of funding for data collection that was raised by Alexander and by Alison is one that is definitely difficult but the interlocutors for the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development have to be producers of official statistics because one of the main objectives of the partnership is to make available and improve the availability of comparable, internationally comparable statistics and in order for them to be internationally comparable, official statisticians or producers of official statistics have to agree on what are the parameters of comparability. So there is scope at the national level to use other sources of data and I think that’s part of the work that Alexander pointed to of how can national statistical offices or other producers of official statistics can incorporate innovative sources of data but they have a critical role in giving a stamp of approval in so far as the methodologies are and how that data is used and disseminated. Maybe you would like to add something?


Esperanza Magpantay: Thank you so much for the question. So just to add to what Scarlett had mentioned. But that part of the work is still ongoing at the national level, but it will be indirectly sent to the national statistical offices so that international organizations such as ITU, for example, will be able to get them from the national statistics office. So the point of contact is really the national statistics office. In terms of the question from our colleague with regards to other data collections, so the core indicators are mainly selected indicators that pertain to specific areas. So from the ITU where I came from, there are probably not more than 30 indicators in the core list that’s coming from our big data collection. From the ITU, we have two big questionnaires that we send to national statistical offices and regulators and ministries, and it includes a number of indicators, more than 100 indicators that are available for data users to get more information on areas that are not necessarily covered by the core list. So the quick reply is yes, there’s a lot more data that are available and are collected directly from countries. On the online participants, I think the quick answer there is that, from the ITU, we have conducted a number of workshops and events that are related to indicators on meaningful Universal and Meaningful Connectivity, and particularly engaging all the stakeholders for countries that are coming and those that have challenges in producing the data to help them understand the methodologies that we have, that we use in our data collections, and also to improve national coordination in the country. We always believe that national coordination among the different stakeholders in the country is the most important starting point, like the case of Brazil. I think the other stakeholders in the country facilitated availability, high availability of the data, because funding was identified and there are other stakeholders helping the NSO or the agency collecting the data to produce those statistics. So those are not necessarily budgets that are coming from the national statistics regular operation, but resources that are coming either from the regulators or the ministries or, for the case of Brazil, the Internet Registry Agency that facilitates the collection and improving data availability. Over to you, Scarlet. Thank you, Espy. Just one more point. I think


Scarlett Fondeur: the question coming from Italy also asked about other action lines and how we might measure or whether there are indicators for that, and that is part of the mapping process that we presented now, because we do recognize that the partnership has limits. We have the international organizations in the partnership have a mandate, cover a specific area according to their mandate, and where there are gaps, this mapping exercise is an attempt to identify them and hopefully point out that maybe, I don’t know, in health there might be a gap in data and hopefully have new partners that will help us remedy that gap. Our colleague from DESA would like to add something.


Deniz Susar: Yeah, just something quick. For example, we have e-government indicators, which is in response to WSIS Action Line C7 e-government. But let’s just remember that these are proxy indicators because WSIS has GDC as principles, WSIS has targets. So these are proxy indicators. Within the e-government indicators, we have 200 sub-indicators. So maybe some of those could be proxy to certain WSIS or GDC indicators.


Scarlett Fondeur: And finally, just one more comment regarding the mapping. I think there is also scope. Once we have finished this exercise, we will try to convey what work might be done, what support might be needed to help fill in gaps in the mapping, but also to help national statistical offices and producers of official statistics produce that data in a sustainable manner. That is not something that can be put on a table. That is something that needs to be articulated as accompanying such a mapping. But Partnership has been able to provide its inputs throughout the past 20 years to high-level political processes in the UN and to the UN Statistical Commission. So we hope to convey all of these needs, including the things that have been raised in this session. Thank you very much. Any other questions? No, I think we’re out of time now. Yeah. Thank you so much for joining us, and we encourage you to take a look at the session outcome that should be made available tomorrow, hopefully, and continue giving us your feedback. Thank you. Thank you so much. Recording stopped.


E

Esperanza Magpantay

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

1766 words

Speech time

828 seconds

Partnership initiated as direct response to WSIS call for ICT indicators with 14 member organizations coordinating measurement work

Explanation

The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development was created specifically to respond to WSIS requirements for producing ICT indicators and improving data availability and quality. It serves as a coordination mechanism for different international organizations working on ICT measurement.


Evidence

Currently has 14 members comprising international and regional organizations, with core list of ICT indicators endorsed by UN Statistical Commission


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


Partnership led by steering committee of ITU, UNCTAD and UNDESA with core list of 50+ indicators endorsed by UN Statistical Commission

Explanation

The partnership operates under the leadership of three key agencies through a steering committee structure. The core indicators they developed have received official recognition from the UN Statistical Commission, giving them legitimacy for national statistical offices.


Evidence

More than 50 indicators in the core list covering areas like ICT infrastructure, household access, enterprise use, education, government, and e-waste


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Current 50+ indicators insufficient for measuring all areas, particularly employment, health, security, and governance

Explanation

Despite having over 50 indicators in the core list, significant gaps remain in coverage of important areas needed for comprehensive digital development measurement. The partnership’s mapping exercise has revealed these deficiencies.


Evidence

Mapping exercise shows strong coverage on ICT access and use but gaps in employment, health, security, and governance areas


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald
– Participant

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity

Explanation

The partnership is systematically reviewing how their existing indicators align with major international frameworks to identify coverage gaps and ensure comprehensive monitoring capability. This mapping will inform future indicator development priorities.


Evidence

Mapping exercise listing each indicator against WSIS targets, action lines, GDC objectives, and universal meaningful connectivity framework


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ITU data hub will host compiled data from all partners with country dashboards and AI-powered chatbot launching in 2025-2026

Explanation

A centralized data platform is being developed to provide single-point access to all core ICT indicators from partnership members. The platform will include interactive features and AI assistance to improve data accessibility and usability.


Evidence

Data catalog for indicator and country selection, country dashboards launching 2025 and upgrading 2026, AI-powered chatbot for data interaction


Major discussion point

Data Dissemination and Access


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Partnership committed to publishing available data and conducting quantitative risk assessments

Explanation

Beyond data collection, the partnership is focusing on making data publicly available and assessing the quality and reliability of the information being gathered. This ensures transparency and helps identify areas needing improvement.


Evidence

Plans to finalize mapping matrix, publish data in data hub, and conduct quantitative assessment of risks


Major discussion point

Data Dissemination and Access


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly mentions importance of financing data availability for policymaking

Explanation

Recent international agreements are recognizing the critical need for adequate funding to support data collection and availability for effective policy development. This provides political backing for data initiatives.


Evidence

Financing for development conference in Seville, Spain produced agreement with several mentions of data and initiatives needed for data availability


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection

Explanation

Successful data collection requires coordination among different national stakeholders and funding sources beyond just national statistical offices. Brazil’s model demonstrates how multiple agencies can collaborate effectively.


Evidence

Brazil’s case where funding comes from regulators, ministries, and Internet Registry Agency rather than just NSO regular operations


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


M

Michael Frosch

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

1501 words

Speech time

610 seconds

ILO recently joined partnership and collaboration is proving fruitful for all members

Explanation

The International Labour Organization has become a new member of the partnership and is already seeing positive results from the collaboration. This demonstrates the value of the partnership approach for expanding measurement capabilities.


Evidence

ILO Department of Statistics working on labor market indicators and joining partnership to contribute employment-related ICT measurements


Major discussion point

Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development Overview and Structure


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


ILO can create employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata for 55-155 countries depending on precision level

Explanation

The ILO has access to extensive labor market microdata that can be used to generate ICT sector employment indicators without requiring new data collection. The number of countries covered depends on the level of detail required.


Evidence

Can produce 3-digit ISIC level indicators for 55 countries (2022-2024) or 2-digit level for 90 countries, expanding to 100 and 155 countries respectively with historical data


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Economic | Development


M

Marco Llinas

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

326 words

Speech time

164 seconds

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries

Explanation

ECLAC has developed comprehensive regional measurement initiatives that complement the global partnership work. Their observatory provides detailed regional data while maintaining international comparability through partnership standards.


Evidence

Observatory with over 100 indicators disaggregated by gender, age, income, and geography; Regional AI Index (ILIA) covering three dimensions across 19 countries in third edition


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


S

Scarlett Fondeur

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

1309 words

Speech time

655 seconds

UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators

Explanation

UNCTAD is conducting a comprehensive review of their core indicators to ensure they remain relevant for current policy needs while removing outdated measures. This review will align with major international frameworks and may transfer some indicators to other organizations.


Evidence

Review through consultation with national statistical offices, eliminating less important indicators, potentially transferring employment in ICT sector to ILO, developing new e-commerce value indicators


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


UNCTAD developing methodological guidelines for measuring e-commerce value

Explanation

UNCTAD is working on new methodological approaches to measure the economic value of e-commerce activities, which will enable comparable statistics in this important area of the digital economy. This addresses a significant gap in current measurement capabilities.


Evidence

Methodological guidelines expected to lead to comparable e-commerce value statistics in a few years


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Economic | Development


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement

Explanation

The partnership maintains focus on official statistics for international comparability while acknowledging the importance of other stakeholders. National statistical offices provide the necessary validation and standardization for comparable international data.


Evidence

Interlocutors must be producers of official statistics for international comparability, but scope exists for incorporating innovative data sources at national level


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Engagement and Civil Society Participation


Topics

Development


Disagreed with

– Participant
– Esperanza Magpantay

Disagreed on

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development


P

Participant

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

313 words

Speech time

150 seconds

Most needed countries are often those with greatest difficulty obtaining reliable data

Explanation

There is a paradox where the countries that would benefit most from data-driven policy making are precisely those that face the greatest challenges in collecting reliable statistics. This creates a significant barrier to evidence-based development.


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes

Explanation

A participant questioned the extent to which civil society organizations are involved in the various stages of indicator development and data analysis. This reflects concerns about inclusivity and the right of populations to participate in creating data that reflects their realities.


Evidence

Specific question about civil society participation in design, collection, analysis, and connection to policymaking, emphasizing population’s right to create data reflecting their realities


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Engagement and Civil Society Participation


Topics

Development | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Esperanza Magpantay

Disagreed on

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development


D

Deniz Susar

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

405 words

Speech time

189 seconds

WSIS plus 20 review acknowledges lack of established targets and requests proposals for monitoring framework

Explanation

The UN General Assembly review of WSIS implementation recognizes that no specific targets were established in the previous 10-year review and is now seeking proposals for monitoring mechanisms. This creates an opportunity for the partnership to provide guidance.


Evidence

Elements paper paragraphs 82-84 on monitoring and measurement, co-facilitators acknowledging different target indicators in different fora, requesting proposals in paragraph 84


Major discussion point

Mapping Exercise and Framework Alignment


Topics

Development


A

Ayman El Sherbiny

Speech speed

178 words per minute

Speech length

786 words

Speech time

264 seconds

ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection

Explanation

ESCWA has developed a comprehensive measurement framework for their region that includes both primary data collection and secondary data sources. They organize indicators around five holistic clusters that intersect WSIS action lines with SDGs.


Evidence

85 indicators across 22 member states, some primary data through country reviews, organized in five clusters: ICT sector, digital economy, society, government, using intersection of WSIS action lines and SDGs


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


C

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

778 words

Speech time

327 seconds

Need to explore alternative data sources like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional sources

Explanation

Traditional data collection methods need to be supplemented with innovative data sources to improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data. This approach can help address data gaps and provide more timely information for policy making.


Evidence

Questions posed about strengthening national statistical offices, role of big data and satellite imagery, and mapping indicators against international frameworks


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


A

Alison Gillwald

Speech speed

156 words per minute

Speech length

793 words

Speech time

304 seconds

Despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators

Explanation

High network coverage statistics mask the reality that most people in African countries are not meaningfully using digital services due to barriers not measured by traditional indicators. This highlights the need for more nuanced measurement of digital inclusion.


Evidence

95-99% coverage in many African LDCs but less than 20% uptake, lack of correlation with GDP and growth, micro-enterprise surveys showing people with devices not using them beyond WhatsApp


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Participant

Agreed on

Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges


Research ICT Africa conducts household and enterprise surveys covering usage issues and digital inclusion barriers

Explanation

Research ICT Africa has been conducting comprehensive surveys for over 20 years that go beyond basic access metrics to examine usage patterns, digital inclusion barriers, and intersectional inequalities. These surveys provide critical demand-side data not available through administrative sources.


Evidence

20+ years of household, individual, and microenterprise surveys with CETIQ, covering 20 African countries in heyday, examining digital inclusion, platform work, and intersectional inequalities


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks


Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities

Explanation

Funding for addressing fundamental digital inequalities has been redirected to newer areas like data governance and artificial intelligence, even though basic connectivity and inclusion issues remain unresolved. This threatens the foundation needed for equitable implementation of advanced digital technologies.


Evidence

Funding diverted from digital inequality to data governance, DPI, and AI; without addressing underpinning inequalities, cannot achieve transformative DPI or equitable AI


Major discussion point

Funding and Sustainability


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


Disagreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection


A

Alexandre Barbosa

Speech speed

126 words per minute

Speech length

734 words

Speech time

348 seconds

Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies

Explanation

Many countries, particularly in Latin America, struggle with inadequate funding for conducting national ICT surveys and lack the technical skills needed to implement standardized methodologies. This creates persistent data gaps that hinder evidence-based policymaking.


Evidence

National Statistical Offices not always able to fund national surveys, technical and skill capacity gaps in implementing methodologies, particularly in Latin America region


Major discussion point

Data Gaps and Measurement Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alison Gillwald

Agreed on

Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection


Disagreed with

– Alison Gillwald

Disagreed on

Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics

Explanation

Brazil is pioneering the use of advanced technologies and alternative data sources to enhance official statistics production. This represents a model for how countries can modernize their statistical systems while maintaining quality and reliability.


Evidence

Great exercise in adopting new data sources, using machine learning and big data for official statistics, providing training and capacity building programs for the region


Major discussion point

New Data Sources and Methodologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Esperanza Magpantay

Agreed on

Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops

Explanation

Brazil has established comprehensive training programs that serve not only national needs but also support capacity building across Latin America. These programs bring together various stakeholders including statistical offices, policymakers, and regulators.


Evidence

12-year digital transformation school with UNECLAC, NIC.br annual workshop on survey methodologies, partnerships with UNCTAD, ITU, UNDESA


Major discussion point

Regional Contributions and Initiatives


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability

Explanation

The partnership needs to expand beyond traditional ICT indicators to address emerging policy priorities including meaningful connectivity, AI adoption, information integrity, and environmental impacts of digitalization. These areas face real pressure for measurement to support effective policymaking.


Evidence

ITU meaningful connectivity framework adopted by Brazil and G20, ITU working on household AI indicators, Brazil already collecting AI use data, need for information integrity and environmental sustainability measures


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ITU working on household survey indicators for AI use by individuals with Brazil already adopting these measures

Explanation

ITU is developing new indicators to measure artificial intelligence use at the individual level through household surveys, with Brazil serving as an early adopter. This represents expansion into cutting-edge measurement areas that reflect current technological developments.


Evidence

ITU household survey including AI indicators, Brazil adopted IRISTAT set of indicators currently being collected in field, data on AI use by individuals to be released soon


Major discussion point

Emerging Areas for Measurement


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for comprehensive data collection and measurement frameworks

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Michael Frosch
– Marco Llinas
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Arguments

Partnership initiated as direct response to WSIS call for ICT indicators with 14 member organizations coordinating measurement work


ILO recently joined partnership and collaboration is proving fruitful for all members


ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics


Research ICT Africa conducts household and enterprise surveys covering usage issues and digital inclusion barriers


Summary

All speakers agree on the fundamental importance of robust data collection and measurement frameworks for ICT development, with each organization contributing specialized indicators and methodologies to create comprehensive coverage


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Recognition of significant data gaps and measurement challenges

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald
– Participant

Arguments

Current 50+ indicators insufficient for measuring all areas, particularly employment, health, security, and governance


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Despite 95-99% coverage in many African countries, less than 20% uptake due to usage barriers not captured in current indicators


Most needed countries are often those with greatest difficulty obtaining reliable data


Summary

Speakers acknowledge that despite extensive indicator frameworks, significant gaps remain in data coverage and collection capabilities, particularly in developing countries and for measuring actual usage versus access


Topics

Development | Digital access


Importance of funding and sustainable financing for data collection

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Alison Gillwald

Arguments

Compromiso de Sevilla explicitly mentions importance of financing data availability for policymaking


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities


Summary

All speakers emphasize the critical need for adequate and sustainable funding mechanisms to support data collection efforts, noting that funding challenges are a major barrier to comprehensive measurement


Topics

Development | Economic


Need to incorporate innovative data sources and methodologies

Speakers

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need to explore alternative data sources like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to complement traditional sources


Brazil adopting new technologies like machine learning and big data to produce official statistics


Partnership committed to publishing available data and conducting quantitative risk assessments


Summary

Speakers agree on the necessity of complementing traditional data collection methods with innovative approaches including big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data to improve data quality and coverage


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Regional organizations are developing comprehensive measurement frameworks that complement global efforts while providing capacity building and training to support other countries in their regions

Speakers

– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of aligning existing indicators with major international frameworks and conducting systematic reviews to ensure relevance and eliminate outdated measures

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


Topics

Development


Both speakers advocate for expanding measurement into emerging areas while emphasizing the importance of multi-stakeholder coordination and innovative funding approaches for sustainable data collection

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Civil society participation in data processes

Speakers

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Participant

Arguments

Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Explanation

While a participant raised concerns about limited civil society participation, there was unexpected consensus that broader stakeholder engagement is important, even though the partnership must maintain focus on official statistics for comparability


Topics

Development | Human rights


Transfer of indicators between organizations

Speakers

– Scarlett Fondeur
– Michael Frosch

Arguments

UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


ILO can create employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata for 55-155 countries depending on precision level


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus on the practical approach of transferring responsibility for specific indicators (like employment in ICT sector) from UNCTAD to ILO based on organizational expertise and data availability


Topics

Economic | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus among speakers on the fundamental importance of comprehensive ICT measurement frameworks, the need for sustainable funding, recognition of significant data gaps, and the value of incorporating innovative data sources. Regional organizations demonstrated alignment in their approaches to capacity building and complementary measurement initiatives.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with collaborative spirit – speakers consistently built upon each other’s points rather than disagreeing, indicating a mature partnership with shared understanding of challenges and solutions. The implications are positive for continued cooperation and coordinated efforts to address measurement gaps in ICT development.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of civil society in data collection and indicator development

Speakers

– Participant
– Scarlett Fondeur
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Summary

A participant questioned the extent of civil society involvement in all stages of indicator development, emphasizing populations’ right to create data reflecting their realities. Partnership representatives responded that they must work primarily through official statistical offices for international comparability, though they acknowledge broader stakeholder needs.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Funding priorities and resource allocation for data collection

Speakers

– Alison Gillwald
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

Digital inequality funding has dried up and been diverted to data governance, DPI, and AI despite persistent inequalities


Countries face funding difficulties for national surveys and technical capacity gaps in implementing methodologies


Summary

Alison Gillwald argues that funding has been inappropriately diverted from addressing basic digital inequalities to newer areas like AI and data governance, while Alexandre Barbosa focuses on the general funding difficulties countries face for surveys and capacity building.


Topics

Development | Economic


Unexpected differences

Tension between standardization and local relevance in data collection

Speakers

– Participant
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Question raised about civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes


Partnership primarily works with national statistical offices as official data producers while recognizing need for broader stakeholder engagement


Explanation

Unexpected disagreement emerged about whether the partnership’s focus on official statistics and international comparability might exclude important local perspectives and civil society contributions. This tension between standardization needs and inclusive participation was not anticipated as a major discussion point.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed limited but significant disagreements around funding priorities, stakeholder inclusion, and measurement approaches. Most speakers agreed on fundamental needs but differed on implementation strategies and priorities.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers largely shared common goals of improving ICT measurement and data availability, but showed different perspectives on how to achieve these goals, particularly regarding civil society participation, funding allocation, and the balance between standardization and local needs. These disagreements reflect broader tensions in international development work between top-down standardization and bottom-up participation, but did not prevent collaborative progress on the partnership’s objectives.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Regional organizations are developing comprehensive measurement frameworks that complement global efforts while providing capacity building and training to support other countries in their regions

Speakers

– Marco Llinas
– Ayman El Sherbiny
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

ECLAC operates Digital Development Observatory with 100+ indicators following partnership standards and Regional AI Index covering 19 countries


ESCWA has 85 indicators measuring digital development across 22 member states with primary data collection


Brazil provides training programs and capacity building for the region through digital transformation school and survey methodology workshops


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of aligning existing indicators with major international frameworks and conducting systematic reviews to ensure relevance and eliminate outdated measures

Speakers

– Esperanza Magpantay
– Scarlett Fondeur

Arguments

Partnership conducting mapping of 50 indicators against WSIS action lines, GDC objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity


UNCTAD reviewing core indicators to align with WSIS plus 20 and GDC commitments while eliminating less important indicators


Topics

Development


Both speakers advocate for expanding measurement into emerging areas while emphasizing the importance of multi-stakeholder coordination and innovative funding approaches for sustainable data collection

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Esperanza Magpantay

Arguments

Need for indicators on meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence use, information integrity, and environmental sustainability


National coordination and multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach are essential for sustainable data collection


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development has grown to 14 member organizations with 50+ core indicators, but significant gaps remain in measuring employment, health, security, and governance aspects of digital development


A comprehensive mapping exercise is underway to align existing indicators with WSIS action lines, Global Digital Compact objectives, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity frameworks to identify measurement gaps


Funding constraints and technical capacity gaps are major barriers preventing countries, especially in the Global South, from conducting regular ICT surveys and producing comparable statistics


New data sources including big data, mobile phone data, and satellite imagery offer potential to complement traditional survey methods, with several countries like Brazil already implementing innovative approaches


Regional organizations are making significant contributions with ECLAC’s Digital Development Observatory, ESCWA’s 85-indicator framework, and various AI measurement initiatives across regions


The partnership is evolving to address emerging areas like artificial intelligence use, meaningful connectivity, information integrity, and environmental sustainability in the digital age


A centralized data hub hosted by ITU will launch in 2025-2026 to provide unified access to all partnership indicators with AI-powered tools for enhanced user interaction


Resolutions and action items

Finalize the mapping matrix of indicators against WSIS, GDC, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity frameworks to be published on the partnership website


Launch the ITU data hub with country dashboards in 2025 and upgrade in 2026, including an AI-powered chatbot for data interaction


ILO to further explore and develop employment-related ICT indicators using existing microdata, potentially covering 55-155 countries depending on precision level


UNCTAD to conduct a comprehensive review of core indicators through consultation with national statistical offices in the second half of the year


Partnership to propose indicator framework mandate to WSIS plus 20 review co-facilitators for inclusion in end-of-year resolution


Regional commissions (ECLAC, ESCWA) to continue contributing primary data and methodologies to complement national statistical office data


Conduct quantitative risk assessment of current indicator coverage and data availability gaps


Unresolved issues

Sustainable funding mechanisms for regular ICT surveys in developing countries remain unclear, with digital inequality funding being diverted to other priorities


The extent and methodology for incorporating civil society participation in indicator design, data collection, and analysis processes needs clarification


How to effectively measure meaningful connectivity beyond basic access, particularly addressing usage barriers that prevent transformative digital inclusion


Standardization challenges for new data sources like big data and mobile phone data to ensure international comparability while maintaining official statistics standards


Capacity building needs for national statistical offices to implement new methodologies and incorporate alternative data sources


Coordination mechanisms between national statistical offices and other data producers (regulators, ministries, private sector) for comprehensive data collection


Suggested compromises

ILO proposed using both 3-digit ISIC level indicators (more precise, fewer countries) and 2-digit ISIC level indicators (broader definition, more countries) to balance precision with coverage for employment indicators


Partnership to work with proxy indicators for complex areas like WSIS action lines and GDC objectives while acknowledging they may not capture all dimensions


UNCTAD suggested eliminating less important core indicators while developing new ones like e-commerce value indicators to keep the framework manageable and relevant


Use of multi-stakeholder funding models like Brazil’s approach where regulators, ministries, and internet registry agencies supplement national statistical office budgets


Regional organizations to provide complementary data collection through direct country engagement to fill gaps in official statistics while maintaining coordination with national statistical offices


Thought provoking comments

Without data, we cannot identify where the digital divide exists, nor can we design evidence-based policies to close it. With it, we can have a positive and measurable impact on people’s lives… it is important for us to recognize that at the base or foundation of artificial intelligence is data. Without connecting everyone or certain regions or certain groups of countries, like least developed countries, landlocked developing states, and small island developing states, we are limited in terms of the availability of data.

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Reason

This comment is insightful because it establishes the fundamental connection between data availability and AI development, while highlighting how digital exclusion creates a vicious cycle that limits both connectivity and AI advancement for vulnerable populations. It reframes the discussion from technical measurement to equity and inclusion.


Impact

This opening comment set the tone for the entire session by establishing data as foundational to both policy-making and emerging technologies like AI. It influenced subsequent speakers to address gaps and inequalities in their presentations, and established the urgency of the measurement work being discussed.


So far, what we found out is that although we have more than 50 indicators, there are still a number of areas that need indicators or measurement, particularly on employment, on health, on security, on governance, for example.

Speaker

Esperanza Magpantay


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it reveals a critical gap between the perceived comprehensiveness of existing measurement frameworks and the actual coverage needed for holistic digital development assessment. It challenges the assumption that 50+ indicators are sufficient.


Impact

This observation directly led to concrete responses from other organizations. Michael Frosch from ILO immediately addressed the employment gap by proposing specific ICT employment indicators, and other speakers began identifying how their organizations could fill identified gaps.


But I think the ILO stat also includes the possibility due to that we have all this underlying data to create new indicators as well and this would also include the possibility to create employment related ICT indicators and by that maybe fill some of the gaps in the core list of the ICT indicators… So in other words based on the available data in the ILO stat it would be a possibility to create employment related ICT indicators

Speaker

Michael Frosch


Reason

This comment is insightful because it demonstrates how existing data infrastructure can be leveraged to address identified gaps without requiring entirely new data collection mechanisms. It shows practical problem-solving and resource optimization.


Impact

This response directly addressed the employment gap identified by Esperanza and provided a concrete solution with specific country coverage numbers. It shifted the discussion from identifying problems to proposing actionable solutions and demonstrated how partnership collaboration can work effectively.


But I think that despite the great effort we still have to face many challenges because countries are being pressured to have more and more data in a very different areas that it’s difficult to really keep up to date with the requirements of data for evidence policymaking… we still have technical and skill capacity gap in terms of implementing the methodologies that are being set by those organizations.

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it introduces the critical tension between the growing demand for data and the practical limitations countries face in producing it. It challenges the assumption that more indicators automatically lead to better outcomes.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from technical measurement issues to practical implementation challenges. It prompted subsequent speakers like Alison Gillwald to elaborate on funding challenges and led to discussions about alternative data sources and capacity building needs.


And just to make the point that in the heyday of these surveys, we were supported to be able to cover 20 African countries… Now, because it costs so much to go into the field, we pack in a survey that looks extensively at some of these usage issues… But it’s absolutely critical to getting the disaggregated data that we need on the exact points of policy intervention… digital inequality funding has dried up. That funding’s all been diverted to data governance now, DPI, and artificial intelligence.

Speaker

Alison Gillwald


Reason

This comment is deeply insightful because it exposes a fundamental contradiction in development priorities: while there’s increased focus on advanced digital technologies, funding for basic measurement of digital inequalities has decreased. It reveals how funding trends may be undermining the foundational work needed for equitable digital development.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical reality check about resource allocation and sustainability. It connected the technical discussion to broader development funding patterns and highlighted how policy attention to emerging technologies might be inadvertently undermining basic measurement infrastructure needed for inclusive development.


I really wanted to know how much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data… I’m talking about that because of the right of the population to create the data they need to really reflect on their own realities.

Speaker

Gembly Camacho


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it challenges the top-down approach to indicator development and raises fundamental questions about data sovereignty and participatory measurement. It introduces the concept of communities’ rights to shape how they are measured and represented in data.


Impact

This question introduced a new dimension to the discussion about governance and participation in measurement frameworks. While it came near the end and wasn’t fully addressed due to time constraints, it highlighted a significant gap in the partnership’s approach and raised questions about legitimacy and representation in international measurement efforts.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it beyond technical measurement issues to address systemic challenges in digital development measurement. The conversation evolved from a presentation of existing frameworks to a critical examination of gaps, resource constraints, and governance issues. Zavazava’s opening established the stakes and urgency, Magpantay’s gap analysis prompted concrete responses from partners, and the later interventions by Barbosa, Gillwald, and Camacho introduced increasingly complex challenges around implementation, funding, and participation. The discussion demonstrated both the collaborative potential of the partnership (as seen in ILO’s immediate response to identified gaps) and the deeper structural challenges that technical solutions alone cannot address. The flow moved from optimistic collaboration to sobering realism about resource constraints and power dynamics in global measurement frameworks.


Follow-up questions

How can we strengthen national statistical offices and international coordination so we improve the frequency, quality, and granularity of ICT data?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This is a fundamental question about improving the institutional capacity and coordination mechanisms needed to enhance ICT data collection and quality globally.


What role can alternatives like big data, satellite imagery, and mobile phone data play in complementing traditional data sources?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This addresses the need to explore innovative data sources to fill gaps in traditional statistical collection methods, particularly important for developing countries with limited statistical capacity.


How can we better map core ICT indicators against international development frameworks, including the WSIS Action Lines, the Global Digital Compact, and Universal Meaningful Connectivity?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This is crucial for ensuring that measurement efforts align with and support monitoring of key international digital development commitments and frameworks.


How do we translate the data into action, ensuring it directly informs national digital strategies and embeds accountability and inclusivity in digital transformation?

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This addresses the critical gap between data collection and policy implementation, ensuring that statistics lead to meaningful policy changes.


Whether these 50 indicators are enough to measure different goals and targets and global monitoring with regards to universal and meaningful connectivity, the WSIS action lines, as well as the global digital compact

Speaker

Esperanza Magpantay


Explanation

This is a fundamental assessment question about the adequacy of current measurement frameworks for monitoring key digital development objectives.


How much the civil society is participating in the design of the indicators, in the design of the data collection processes, and how much the civil society organization is participating in the analysis of the data

Speaker

Gembly Camacho (APC)


Explanation

This addresses the important question of stakeholder participation and the right of populations to participate in creating data that reflects their realities.


In relation to the other 11 action lines, are there other kinds of measurements that you are doing beyond meaningful access?

Speaker

Titi Casa (Agency for Digital Italy)


Explanation

This seeks to understand the scope of measurement beyond connectivity and access indicators to cover other aspects of digital development.


What measures will be made to support countries which are in most need but where there is most difficulty in obtaining reliable data?

Speaker

Online participant


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of data collection in the most vulnerable countries that often have the greatest need for support but face the most barriers to data collection.


How to measure information integrity in the context of the mandate of the partnership

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This identifies a new area requiring measurement frameworks as information integrity becomes increasingly important in the digital age.


How to develop indicators for artificial intelligence usage by individuals and enterprises

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This addresses the need for new measurement frameworks to capture the adoption and impact of AI technologies across different sectors.


How to measure environmental sustainability in the digital age

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Explanation

This identifies the need for indicators that capture the environmental impact and sustainability aspects of digital transformation.


How to measure e-commerce value and develop comparable statistics in this area

Speaker

Scarlett Fondeur (UNCTAD)


Explanation

This addresses a significant gap in measuring the economic value and impact of digital commerce activities.


How to measure employment by digital platforms and platform work

Speaker

Michael Frosch (ILO)


Explanation

This addresses the need to capture new forms of employment and work arrangements enabled by digital platforms.


How to extend meaningful connectivity indicators to look at equitable digital inclusion, including usage factors and barriers

Speaker

Alison Gillwald


Explanation

This seeks to develop more comprehensive measures that go beyond basic connectivity to understand actual usage patterns and barriers to digital inclusion.


How to secure sustainable funding for regular data collection, particularly in developing countries

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa and Alison Gillwald


Explanation

This addresses a critical operational challenge where funding constraints limit the ability to collect regular, comprehensive data needed for policy making.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Digital Transformation for all: An Information Society that respects and protects human rights

Digital Transformation for all: An Information Society that respects and protects human rights

Session at a glance

Summary

This roundtable discussion, organized by the European Commission and African Union, focused on the importance of human rights due diligence in technology development and implementation, particularly in the context of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. The panel brought together representatives from the European Commission, the UN Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, the African Union, civil society, and the private sector to examine how human rights frameworks can guide technological innovation.


The discussion emphasized that human rights should serve as a “compass” for innovation rather than an obstacle, helping to surface hidden harms and ensure technology benefits all people. Panelists highlighted that human rights due diligence is essential for building trust in the digital economy, as consumers are more likely to share data with companies that respect their rights. From a business perspective, Nokia’s representative explained that human rights due diligence must be integrated throughout the technology lifecycle, from research and development to sales processes, requiring strong management support and continuous training.


The conversation addressed the balance between voluntary and mandatory measures, with participants noting that while some companies proactively implement human rights safeguards, regulatory frameworks like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive help create level playing fields. Special attention was given to protecting vulnerable populations, particularly children, given Africa’s young demographic. The African Union representative emphasized the need for algorithmic transparency and digital dignity indices to assess the net effects of technological deployment.


The WSIS Plus 20 co-facilitators concluded by reaffirming their commitment to embedding human rights principles throughout the review process, while acknowledging that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected twenty years after the original WSIS vision of a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) as a Framework for Technology**: The discussion emphasized HRDD as a systematic approach to identify, prevent, and mitigate human rights risks in technology development and deployment, with speakers describing it as a “compass” rather than an obstacle to innovation.


– **Business Case for Human Rights in Technology**: Panelists argued that respecting human rights is not only ethically correct but also economically beneficial, with trust being fundamental to the data economy – companies that respect user rights build greater trust and achieve more sustainable business models.


– **Implementation Strategies and Best Practices**: The conversation covered practical approaches including embedding human rights considerations early in product development, requiring management support for human rights policies, conducting continuous training, and using external audits through multi-stakeholder initiatives.


– **Integration of Human Rights into WSIS Plus 20 Review**: Participants discussed how to strengthen human rights language in the World Summit on the Information Society review process, emphasizing that human rights should be “by default” rather than an add-on, and calling for explicit inclusion of UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.


– **Addressing Digital Divides and Vulnerable Populations**: The discussion highlighted the need to focus on those left behind, particularly the 2.6 billion people still unconnected globally, with special attention to children, women, and other vulnerable groups in the context of AI and emerging technologies.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how human rights due diligence can be integrated into technology development and digital governance frameworks, specifically within the context of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. The goal was to demonstrate that human rights considerations enhance rather than hinder technological innovation and business success, while providing practical guidance for implementation.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was consistently collaborative, constructive, and optimistic throughout the conversation. Speakers demonstrated strong alignment on core principles, with the discussion maintaining a professional yet passionate advocacy for human rights integration. The tone remained solution-oriented rather than confrontational, with panelists building on each other’s points and the co-facilitators expressing genuine openness to incorporating human rights perspectives into the WSIS review process. There was a sense of urgency balanced with pragmatic realism about implementation challenges.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thibaut Kleiner** – European Commission representative, moderator/organizer of the roundtable discussion


– **Anna Oosterlinck** – Article 19 representative


– **Suela Janina** – Co-facilitator of WSIS Plus 20 review process


– **Gbenga Sesan** – Executive Director of Paradigm Initiative, IGF Leadership Panel member


– **Ekitela Lokaale** – Co-facilitator of WSIS Plus 20 review process, diplomat and human rights lawyer


– **Fiona Cura-Pietre** – Head of Human Rights at Nokia


– **Peggy Hicks** – Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights (OHCHR) representative, panel moderator


– **Lavina Ramkissoon** – Ambassador from the African Union (Her Excellency)


– **Participant** – Josiane with Child Rights and Business in UNICEF


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond those in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology Development – WSIS Plus 20 Roundtable Discussion


## Executive Summary


This roundtable discussion, jointly organised by the European Commission and African Union, examined the role of human rights due diligence (HRDD) in technology development within the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process. The discussion brought together representatives from government, UN agencies, civil society, private sector, and international organisations to explore how human rights frameworks can guide technological innovation while addressing the reality that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected twenty years after the original WSIS vision.


## Key Participants


**Thibaut Kleiner** from the European Commission opened the discussion, framing it within current global challenges including surveillance, misinformation, and digital exclusion. **Peggy Hicks** from the Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights (OHCHR) served as moderator, emphasising how human rights can serve as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology while avoiding risks.


**Suela Janina** and **Ekitela Lokaale** served as co-facilitators of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. Lokaale emphasised the need to ask “who is left behind and why?” when considering the 2.6 billion people still unconnected globally, while both demonstrated openness to incorporating human rights perspectives into the review process.


**Anna Oosterlinck** from Article 19 advocated for strengthening human rights language in the WSIS framework. **Gbenga Sesan** from Paradigm Initiative provided insights on the business case for human rights, while **Fiona Cura-Pietre**, Head of Human Rights at Nokia, offered practical implementation perspectives. **Ambassador Lavina Ramkissoon** from the African Union emphasised algorithmic transparency and child rights protection. A participant from UNICEF raised questions about balancing mandatory and voluntary measures.


## Human Rights as a Framework for Innovation


Ambassador Ramkissoon referenced former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay’s observation that “human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass,” explaining how this framework determines “the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not.” This reframing positioned human rights as guidance for sustainable development rather than a constraint on technological progress.


Peggy Hicks reinforced this perspective, describing human rights as “a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks.” The framework’s value lies in its ability to surface hidden harms and make invisible impacts visible, providing a structured methodology for thinking through technology impacts on people in advance.


Suela Janina highlighted technology’s dual nature, noting that it “can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards,” underscoring the need for human rights protection throughout the entire technology lifecycle.


## The Business Case for Human Rights


Gbenga Sesan provided compelling analysis of why human rights protection makes business sense: “the new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it.” He emphasised that “human dignity is a core need. Everyone wants to be respected.”


This insight links human rights directly to the core asset of digital businesses – user data and trust. Sesan noted the need to find “that bite point, that balance between people and profits,” while identifying “a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights.”


Fiona Cura-Pietre reinforced this from a corporate perspective, explaining that “it’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations.” She noted that Nokia, being “active in over 120 countries,” wants to “deliver connectivity in a responsible way.”


## Practical Implementation Strategies


Cura-Pietre shared Nokia’s approach: “we do [human rights due diligence] as part of our sales approval process… before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this.”


Key implementation elements include:


– **Management Support**: CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


– **Continuous Training**: Awareness building across all business units


– **Lifecycle Integration**: Building HRDD into R&D processes for both near-term and future technology development


– **External Assessment**: Multi-stakeholder engagement provides valuable external input and accountability


Sesan added that “documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur,” emphasising the importance of clear audit trails.


## Integration into WSIS Plus 20 Review


Anna Oosterlinck observed that “human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles.” Sesan emphasised that “human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process.”


The co-facilitators demonstrated commitment to incorporating these perspectives. Lokaale explained their “open, multi-stakeholder approach to the WSIS Plus 20 consultation process” and committed to strengthening human rights language in the zero draft. She emphasised that a “human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination.”


Janina noted that “the Global Digital Compact provided positive language developments and compromise formulations” that could inform the WSIS review. Both co-facilitators extended deadlines for written inputs to enable broader participation.


The original WSIS vision of a “people-centred, inclusive, development-oriented information society” inherently embodies human rights principles, providing a foundation for strengthening the framework.


## Addressing Digital Divides and Vulnerable Populations


The discussion repeatedly addressed the challenge that 2.6 billion people remain unconnected. Vulnerable groups requiring special attention include:


– **Children and Young People**: Ramkissoon highlighted that “child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population”


– **Women**: Janina specifically mentioned women among vulnerable categories needing special focus


– **Persons with Disabilities**: Recognised as facing particular barriers in digital access


The conversation emphasised ensuring that human rights safeguards enhance rather than hinder digital inclusion for marginalised populations.


## Balancing Mandatory and Voluntary Measures


Participants expressed different perspectives on regulatory approaches. Cura-Pietre advocated that “companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach,” while acknowledging moves toward mandatory requirements through legislation like the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive.


The UNICEF participant raised concerns about finding the right balance between mandatory and voluntary measures, particularly considering impacts on startups and small tech companies. The discussion suggested that complementary mandatory and voluntary measures may be most effective.


## Future Challenges and Considerations


Ramkissoon raised forward-looking questions about “how to navigate human-AI coexistence and prepare for a society with multiple humanoids functioning alongside humans,” advocating for “algorithmic transparency and checkpoints” and proposing “digital dignity indices” to assess technological impacts.


Current challenges include surveillance, misinformation, and deprivation of choice and voice, demonstrating that human rights concerns require immediate attention alongside preparation for future technologies.


Ramkissoon identified cultural change as particularly challenging, noting that “cultural mindset shifts are needed, which may be the hardest problem to solve in today’s age.” She emphasised that “human rights requires storytelling, open dialogue, and community engagement as fundamental building blocks.”


## Conclusions


The discussion demonstrated broad agreement among stakeholders on the importance of human rights due diligence in technology development. The business case for human rights protection emerged as particularly compelling, with speakers showing that trust built through rights protection is both morally correct and economically advantageous.


The commitment of WSIS Plus 20 co-facilitators to strengthening human rights language, combined with practical insights from business and civil society representatives, indicates momentum for advancing human rights integration in digital governance frameworks.


Key challenges remain in connecting 2.6 billion unconnected people while ensuring human rights safeguards enhance rather than hinder digital inclusion. The ongoing work requires balancing various stakeholder concerns while maintaining focus on the original WSIS vision of people-centred digital development.


Session transcript

Thibaut Kleiner: Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Mr. Thibaut Kleiner, Ms. Lavina Ramkissoon Okay, good afternoon. So I’m Thibaut Kleiner from the European Commission, and I’m happy to welcome you today to this discussion, this roundtable. I think that we have really esteemed participants today, so I think excellencies are very happy to be able to also engage with this discussion overall. I think that human rights sometimes seems to be taken for granted in some of the conversations, but I think we have the opportunity today to reaffirm the importance of human rights for our work. And I wanted to start by, in fact, congratulating really the co-facilitators of the YSYS plus 20, because I think that the way you have approached the process, being very open to suggestions, also organizing now a consultation that will be very much based on multi-stakeholder principles, is something that I think has to be underlined, and I think that it is very promising for the following steps. I think we are all looking forward to sharing with you some initial reactions to the first elements, but also towards the zero draft, because we have little time left, actually, until December and the conclusion of these processes. But what is important is indeed that we also benefit from the very important discussions that took place already in the past two years around the Global Digital Compact. I think that there was a lot of positive development, and by and large I think that the language that was found in terms of compromise formulations were very helpful in bridging also various positions. And I think it was very nice to see also last September how countries from the Global South, if I may say, were also actually raising the issue that human rights are not to be compromised with, and I think this was really something that was very much noticed. and I think that it’s also something that from the side of the European Union we really want to again underline that it’s not something that is an issue that is just coming from one part of the spectrum, it’s an issue that we all share and it’s an issue also that we need to repeat because what is clear when you look around even in the whole talking about AI for instance is that the technology is extremely promising in terms of benefits but also that the risks and the opportunities to misuse technology have just increased. I think where we are today is a world where surveillance is a reality, where we are today is a world where you can be deprived from your choice, from your voice and where you can be subject to a lot of misinformation and disinformation. So I think that we cannot basically overlook these issues and these risks and that’s why it’s very important when we contemplate the future of the internet, the YSYS, we also remember its very origin and the formulations we had 20 years ago where again I think that human-centric, human rights-based approach were really cornerstone. So I don’t want to say much more but to basically open the floor I think that we are fortunate to have with us also Peggy Higgs from the Office of the High Commissioner on Human Rights who doesn’t need any introduction because I think that you’ve been also very influential in these debates including on AI precisely and I would like also to commend the participation of precisely the co-facilitators today. Great, thank you so much.


Peggy Hicks: It’s such a pleasure to be with you, to be working with the EU and the AU in partnership on co-organizing this event and to start off from that standpoint of really recognizing as you have the important role that with us. co-facilitators are having in the process. We’re grateful to have you with us, Ambassadors, and we hope it’ll be a fruitful discussion for you as well, especially, of course, as we’ve discussed, emphasizing the multi-stakeholder nature of the process and the inclusive approach that you’ve been taking. And this is an example of that, I think, being part of a conversation like this. As Thibaut has said, we all know that human rights has been brought into the WSIS process and that we’re looking to see how we can continue that engagement and strengthening in the WSIS Plus 20 review. But also, of course, we were quite pleased with the outcome of the Global Digital Compact that really sees human rights as a cross-cutting thread in each of the chapters and has really actionable steps that can be taken in this regard. But I think the most important point I wanted to say in introduction is the way we frame this conversation is important. We really want to start off by talking about how human rights can help, how it can be a tool that allows us to be able to deliver on the benefits that we see from digital technology and AI, and allow them to achieve their greatest purpose for people on the ground in all localities. And through that, of course, do it in a way that avoids the risks and makes it more certain that we’re able to achieve the benefits that are potentially there but sometimes might get lost. If we don’t, in advance, think through how will these technologies relate with real people and how will they be able to deliver the results we seek. And that’s what human rights due diligence is all about. It’s sort of a long phrase which we even, in that horrible UN way, tend to use an acronym of HRDD. But really, it’s just about thinking through what will the impacts of this technology be on people and how can we make sure that it achieves for people what we want it to and avoids or mitigates as many of the risks as we can at the same time. OHCHR, of course, is itself very engaged in this process and, as I said, really looking forward to being able to support the process as it moves forward in terms of how we can bring these issues both into WSIS the WSIS Review, but into the work of UNGIS and through the GDC as well. So with us today in spirit, if not in physical reality, we have a very esteemed panel that I’m happy to now introduce. Unfortunately, some things have interfered and are not actually with us, but I’m assured by our technical colleagues that we will have access to all of them. I would like to introduce them now, and then I’ll go to a question right away. So the three people that will be with us online are Her Excellency Lavina Ramkissoon, who is Ambassador from the African Union, and my good friend Gbenga Sison, who is the Executive Director of the Paradigm Initiative and on the IGF Leadership Panel. It’s good to have you with us, Gbenga. And then also Fiona Kira-Pietre, the Head of Human Rights at Nokia, and it’s very great to have that perspective, the business perspective brought into the conversation as well. So I’m going to tee it up for them in a fairly easy way with just a general question about why do you think human rights due diligence is useful for technology? What’s motivated you in this space and what positive impacts have you seen? And I think, are we still having some problems with getting the Ambassador online? We don’t have her yet? No, we do. Okay, perfect. Then I’d like to turn the floor to Ambassador Ramkissoon to answer that first question.


Lavina Ramkissoon: Thank you so very much, Madam Moderator and the audience, definitely in spirit, and apologies ahead of time. So this is, the question of human rights and due diligence is really sort of the center focus when we have to talk about the sort of African continent. When we really start thinking and unpacking a little bit about HRDD, it really then starts to what we believe is lend and give us a framework, a framework in terms of surfacing a lot of the hidden sort of harms that may or may not be there. And You know, as such, I think it is allowing us to see a lot of the invisibility of what actually is the net effect of what is actually happening alongside us. To quote one of the previous UN higher commissioners, I think it was Navi Pillay who really said that human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass. And I think this becomes even more true as we sort of engage into the sort of digital realm of things. You know, how we embed it and how that becomes so ingrained and part and parcel of how we function really determines the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not. So let me stop there and pass over to the other colleagues.


Peggy Hicks: Great. Thank you. A wonderful start. I really like that compass imagery from High Commissioner Pillay and allowing us to look more visibly at the impacts that are surfaced through this type of analysis. I’m going to turn next to Benga Sassan. Benga, are you with us?


Gbenga Sesan: 100 percent, though virtual. Hello. Yes, thank you so much, Peggy. It’s great to be able to join, although virtually, and this is a topic that I’m very excited about. We were just having conversations about this last week, so I’m glad that we’re also continuing with this important conversation. I think that centrally human rights or whatever name we call it, and I want to maybe, you know, talk about dignity of the human person right now is a core need. Everyone wants to be respected. Just try to remember the first time you met the person sitting beside you earlier today. If they were kind to you, you are definitely going to listen more when they speak. If someone walks past you and sort of even disrespects you, when they speak there’s almost an automatic response that you’re giving, you know, even in your body language, you’re like not listening to them because everyone wants to be respected. We remember, like they say, how people treat us even before we remember the things they’re saying. So human dignity is a core need. We all want to be respected. We want our rights to be respected. Now where there is a challenge is that business models don’t always respect rights. And that is a problem, you know, that we need to admit. There are many times when businesses say, oh, you know, we’re going to do good. We’re going to make sure nothing goes wrong. But more often than not, some businesses have to choose certain things that don’t exactly respect rights. I mean, I don’t need to talk about the extractives industry. I don’t need to talk about even the data economy that we’re in many times. This is the one reason why we need to talk about human rights due diligence, where we need to bring business models back to the table, break it down, analyze it, and ensure that there is a balance between people and profits. There are times when the focus is on profits and people get forgotten. There are times when arguments are made that, well, if you focus on people alone, there’ll be no profit and no company will exist. So we need to find that bite point, that balance between people and profits, making sure that, yes, you can make profits, but you don’t make profits at the expense of people. Of course, it then brings, you know, the central question that I always love to ask, is human rights good for business or do businesses suffer when they try to respect rights? My answer to that is yes, and I’m going to use my sector, the digital sector, as a very good example. Right now, the new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it. If you don’t process it, you can’t make money from that particular process. And guess what? What makes me trust you is when you respect my rights. So if you respect my rights, I trust you, and you can use my data, and we can both win. You make money, I’m respected. And this is the major reason why I believe that human rights due diligence is important, because many times businesses forget that rights and trust are at the center of the sustainability of their whole system. So when they need reminders, human rights due diligence does that job for them.


Peggy Hicks: Thank you. Thank you so much, Benga. And I love the way that you brought in the dignity of the person, because we do as a lot of lawyers in the room, probably some technologists, we sometimes forget what the conversation can be about. And that linking of the people to the business models and the approaches is crucial. And it’s actually a very good bridge to turn the floor to Fiona Chiaropetri, who’s head of human rights at Nokia, who obviously has tons of experience in this. So it’s a leading company that’s obviously facing these issues on a day-to-day basis. Over to you,


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Fiona. Thank you very much. It’s an honor to be speaking here, even if it’s just virtually. So thank you very much for the invite. So why is human rights due diligence important? Well, for Nokia, I mean, it’s obviously the right thing to do. I mean, we’re active in over 120 countries, and we want to deliver connectivity in a responsible way. And in order to do that, we must have a way to look at what our biggest risks are and mitigate those risks. And that’s where our human rights due diligence process comes in. You know, responsible business is a key part of our sustainability strategy, and we take pride in having strong ethical practices. It’s not just that. I mean, our stakeholders demand it as well. It’s not just the right thing to do. It’s demanded from us, from regulators, including export regulators, investors, structured financers, customers, and much, much more. It’s just the right way to do things. And I would say I would even go as far as to say it’s more profitable to do it this way than end up with something going wrong, and then you have reputational hits, and then you have all sorts of other different troubles. So it’s just the right way to do things. And it’s the best way to do things, in our opinion.


Peggy Hicks: That’s really wonderful to hear that you’re so positively answering the question that Benga asked as well about, you know, is human rights good for business? And the case that it’s actually the best way to do business in that you avoid those risks. And that’s what’s proven by the approach that Nokia is taking with regards to human rights due diligence. I’m going to turn to the online panelists again for one more question, and then we will, if we have time, try to open it up to the room as well for a couple of questions. But going back to Ambassador, your perspective from the AU, could you give us a sense of how you think we could build awareness of and support for human rights due diligence? Fiona mentioned that part of what drives companies to do this is also that stakeholders are demanding it. And sometimes we wonder, you know, whether consumers are really at the table and engaged in the conversation, certainly investors, as she mentioned as well. But how do we make sure that we have the awareness and support for human rights due diligence that we need, Ambassador?


Lavina Ramkissoon: Yeah, thanks so much for that. I think, you know, to continue on what Fiona sort of mentioned, I think around community being a fundamental block, you know, as part of that solution is definitely one area to look at. You know, generally speaking, I think human rights has really been about storytelling, you know, to a large degree, opening this up further to ensuring, you know, open halls and town halls, or even finding, you know, other areas of awareness and, you know, buy-in that is required is fundamental. Culture is something that is, again, you know, the cornerstone of all of that. And it becomes, you know, one where it’s a mind shift, mindset shift that’s required. So some say this is probably the hardest problem for us to solve in today’s day and age is, you know, changing the human mindset. But, you know, I think that definitely then lends itself into, you know, having sustainable models around human rights, especially given in the age of AI. where I think things like child rights and that awareness needs to become quite larger and louder. In addition to that, I think Gbenga Sison mentioned digital dignity and us putting together something like a digital dignity index or having an impact audit or assessment that is there to understand what is the actual net effect again that is being interpreted or being absorbed by everyone. At the end of the day, awareness is one thing, buy-in is another but sustainability is probably where we’re really after when it comes to ensuring that this digital universe that we have is not just bending towards justice but it is something that we are consciously contributing to all the time. Great, thank you so much Ambassador.


Peggy Hicks: That awareness, buy-in and leading to sustainability I think is just a wonderful framework for how we think about this and you gave us some good tips on how we might be able to get there. Fiona, I’m going to turn to you next and obviously coming from your perspective in the private sector, could you give us a little bit more detail about how you’re building human rights due diligence into your work and what tangible results you’ve seen on your side?


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Sure, so first of all the cornerstone of how we look at human rights is based on the UNGPs, so that’s how we look at it and the salient risk for Nokia, maybe if I back up a second, so we sell communications networks, we sell fixed networks, IP networks, mobile networks, data center technology, that’s what we sell and we sell to operators, service providers, enterprises and governments. So the salient risk for Nokia is the potential misuse of our technology by those customer groups to infringe on freedom of expression or right to privacy. So, to mitigate this, we have a human rights due diligence process, and we do that as part of our sales approval process. So, it has to be preempted. It has to be before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this. Once the sale is done, basically, the deeds and the goods are gone, and we have no specific access to the technology. So, we do it before, and it’s institutionalized in our sales approval process. It’s a mandatory step. All sales need to go through this. It’s in our tools. It’s in our sales approval tool. But it’s not just that you need management support. Our human rights policy documents are approved by our CEO and our senior leaders. You need to have the management backing to be able to make decisions based purely on human rights, and that requires management backing to say, we’re not going to go after this deal, because we can’t mitigate the human rights concerns that we see. So, that’s absolutely critical when you’re doing this. And then, of course, you need to build awareness within the company, and it’s continuous training, continuous, continuous training, different kinds of training, but it’s never just a one-and-done. You need to make sure you’re reaching all those groups, all that person when he’s making that initial sales contact. It’s in his head. What are the things I should be thinking about should I be going after this deal? So, that’s very high-level how we implement it.


Peggy Hicks: I think it’s high-level, but very clear, I think, in terms of those three sort of key ingredients that you talked about. When it’s done in the process, and you do it before you’ve lost your leverage by already having committed to a deal to sell. The second piece of it all needs management support, and the human rights policy has to be real. You have to be able and willing to take the decisions that the process leads to. And then, the third piece is, as you said, sort of the continual awareness and training that needs to be part of it. Benka, I’d like to turn to you, finally, and ask you… You’ve obviously engaging quite a bit with protection of human rights and the people involved in it and innovation. And if you can tell us how human rights due diligence really helps to enable protection of human rights and helps us to make innovation more effective, that would be great. Thanks.


Gbenga Sesan: Thank you so much, Peggy. One is the fact that whatever we don’t document, we can’t change, right? And one of the advantages of the human rights due diligence process is it allows us to go through a series of documented and proven processes. We definitely need the opportunity to look at case studies. We can talk about the fact that human rights is good for business, but we need more case studies of how respectful rights, and like I said earlier, one of the things that we’ve seen is the role that trust plays in this data economy. And we need to see more examples. We need to see more examples of businesses that have made hard decisions. And I know that there are always the tough choices to make between maybe the engineering team and the policy team that says, you know what, let’s put people at the center. And we need to see more examples of that, the examples of the struggles and the examples of the outcomes where we can then make an argument, a very strong argument that human rights is good for business. And also when we, you know, in civil society, one of the tools that we use a lot is strategic litigation. And when we do strategic litigation, we need proof. You need to be able to state that this is what the process is. This is where there has been a deviation. This is where rights have been respected, and this is what could have been done. When we’re able to do that, one of the powerful tools that we’re able to rely on is the business and human rights framework that the Office of the High Commissioner and other partners within the ecosystem have been able to work on. To say that this is a procedure that has been discussed. This is the convention. These are the principles that have been established as possibilities for human rights in business, and this is where there’s a deviation. And because there is a standard that has been set, we can then use that standard to make an argument that someone has made the least effort. Because to be honest, where we have a lot of problems is where businesses do just enough to meet legal requirements, and there’s a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights. So, that gap of just enough to meet legal requirements and enough to respect rights is the space where we need to put a lot more emphasis and where we’re glad that there’s a documented process that allows us to make arguments for


Peggy Hicks: address. Great. That’s really practical in terms of where we need to focus our attention and how to do it. Thank you, Benga. The panel’s actually been really good at keeping their answers short, but we’re still already behind schedule, which I think is how these panels tend to go. So, I have a final question for the three of you, and then we’re going to open it. I hope to be able to have a little bit of time for questions from the room, as I said. So, maybe if you could just give me like a one-sentence or two-sentence answer. As we said, we’re very fortunate to have the WSIS plus 20 co-facilitators with us, and so it’d be good to hear from you how you think human rights broadly and human rights due diligence specifically can be part of WSIS implementation going forward. Shall I just go in the same order? Ambassador, would you like to jump in first?


Lavina Ramkissoon: Yeah, thank you so much. That’s quite a pertinent question, and for me, we find ourselves in such a blended moment for now, because technology is shaping culture, and culture is shaping technology, and given that is the dynamic, in addition to the fact that AI is contributing to the content online, and so are humans. Somewhere between all of these, we’ve got to find a blend between the common phrase, man and machine. So, I think you know, besides being embedded in just the sort of cultural aspect of it, the dignity, accountability, and justice really need to be the sort of cornerstone points. In addition to that, I think, you know, things like having checkpoints in place, having, you know, algorithmic transparency becomes quite key. In addition to that, you know, how exactly are we maneuvering ourselves towards an era and a society where, you know, there’s multiple humanoids amongst us functioning and engaging together with, you know, humans at the same time. What does that sort of blend, you know, in the U.S.’s world sort of look like, and are we making enough provisions for that? In addition to that, you know, I bring up child rights just purely because, you know, on the continent being the largest, youngest population, it is something that becomes quite a key, you know, embodiment for us, ensuring that, you know, there is sufficient, you know, protection, but at the same time that there is no digital divide that is widening as a result of the progress or the adoption that is actually happening on a grand scale. So, you know, one of the examples that come to mind when both the other panelists were talking was something around, you know, what if every business had to, you know, allocate, you know, be it 5%, 10% of their sort of work towards any ethical, you know, sort of focus or ethical alignment that is required or needed to happen, probably in an idealistic world perhaps, but, you know, some of the examples that, you know, I earlier mentioned, whether it be around audit, whether it be around, you know, having an assessment or having, you know, some form of index for us needs to become the sort of guideline pillars as we sort of navigate this. there is no, you know, human rights is one of those areas that is super complex but yet it is, you know, comes almost intuitively to us, you know, naturally. So we need to kind of tap more into the natural sort of reaction states that we would turn towards. Thanks. Thanks very much. A


Peggy Hicks: lot of good touchstones for us to think about as the WSIS process moves forward. Fiona, your 30


Fiona Cura-Pietre: seconds. I’m going to have two points here. I think, first of all, you also need to have this, the human rights diligence built in your close R&D station, new products that are coming up, but also far out. So, for example, with Bell Labs a while back, we realised that there was a technology shift happening with AI. So we built six pillars of responsibility for our business when it made sense for our business. So that’s far outlooking. So, and then the second point I’ve heard touched upon by both other speakers about this transparency and assessments, Nokia is part of the Global Network Initiative, which is a multi-stakeholder group. And as part of that, the companies need to go through these assessments where external auditors come in and assess your practices and policies and processes. And there’s real life cases, real life examples, and it’s really quite thorough. And we find this a very, very useful way of having, getting input, getting voices from other stakeholders who we don’t necessarily get that much input from to see what their view is on our processes and policies. So these multi-stakeholder groups, especially like the GNI are very helpful for us. And also going forward,


Peggy Hicks: we will be very helpful in the future. Great. Now, Fiona, we work closely with GNI and I totally endorse what you’ve said. And it brings a point that I often have thought during AI for Good this year, is that we have a tendency to sort of refer to companies as a group, as if they’re all doing the same things at the same level. And if we’re really going to make progress, we have to start differentiating more. And if we do that with external audits of that sort, it actually gives us a firm foundation to say, no, there are good practices or at least better practices than some. And we really want to encourage that race to the top amongst the companies to get this right. Benga, over to you. Thank you. So, two weeks ago, we had a chance of meeting with the co-facilitators, I’m speaking of the IGF leadership panel, and we spoke to the place of human rights in the internet we want. And that leads me to the two points I want to make. Number one is the fact that as we continue with the research process, we must realize that when we have conversations about human rights and dignity, it has to be by default. It is not a nice add-on, it is not a tokenistic topic, it is not something we put campaign dollars behind, it is a default that we require. And I think the second is that there are frameworks for human rights, you know, in business, and the due diligence that supports that, that states already agreed to, that I believe we can do very easily into the WSIS implementation process, and the review process of WSIS itself, the IGF, and other elements of all the UN processes. Thank you. Thanks very much. So, I feel like it’s been a little bit rapid fire. I hope you’ve, we’ve been able to condense a lot of information into that short conversation. We do have about five minutes, so I can take a couple of questions and then sort of refer them back to the panel quickly. Who would like to come in? Hands? On the end there, please.


Participant: Hi, my name is Josiane with Child Rights and Business in UNICEF, and thank you, Ambassador, for sort of referencing child rights as well. And I just wanted to ask, you know, we see, I think, also in exploring the many startups that are present in this, in this forum, the potential also risks, human rights risks associated with small tech, and also many countries and governments being quite concerned with economic growth and preserving innovation. The panelists did kind of gesture to this, but I was wondering, what is the role of sort of mandatory measures in this space, in relation to some of those arguments that you’re mentioning, that human rights are also good for business, and those cases where actually it is? requiring costs and investment from companies to build in these measures? What is the balance, you think, between the mandatory measures and the voluntary measures, and what are some examples of good practice in encouraging the scale-up of these approaches?


Peggy Hicks: That’s a nice, meaty question, both on the child rights side, but more generally as well, I think, about the balance between. Maybe one other question, and I’m going to throw it back. Please.


Anna Oosterlinck: Sorry. Thank you. I’m Anna from Article 19. I just wanted to pick up on one point that was made by Fiona from Nokia, which I fully agree with, is that human rights need to be built in across a full lifecycle of all technologies, so ideally from pre-design all the way to export, trade, and further use. The second point I’d like to make is that for us, what would be important in terms of the WSIS process, review process, is to really anchor the UNGPs in there very clearly, because human rights-based language is, at the moment in the WSIS framework, fairly light, so we’ve been advocating very strongly with the co-facilitators to hopefully, throughout the process, to strengthen the human rights-based approach, but specifically, I think, the UN guiding principles, if we can really explicitly put those in and then build off the work from the OCHR, including from BTEC, and several great reports from UN special procedures, etc., then that would be, I think, a great point to start from. Thank you. Great. You must guess that we


Peggy Hicks: actually endorse that as well from the side of the UN Human Rights Office. Thank you very much. So, I’m going to go back to the panel. I’m sorry we don’t have more time, but I do think that the co-facilitators want to give them the last word, and we want to get people out of the room marginally on time. So, Ambassador, do you want to come back on the question that was asked about child rights and mandatory human rights due diligence for companies? Yeah. So, from an African


Lavina Ramkissoon: Union perspective, we obviously have two things in play at the moment, one being the digital transformation plan and the other being the Agenda 2063. So, given those two are the focus areas, a lot of everything is driven towards that. If you have to unpack what they mean and take a deeper dive into it, A lot of it speaks towards either an economic sort of impact or a balanced sort of narrative that is needed across the continent. So when we have to talk about impact towards a living standard, impact towards healthcare, impact towards GDP of a particular country or us as a continent, whatever the case may be, I think those are the sort of areas that everyone is nudging towards. In addition to that, I think when we have to talk about it from a corporate perspective, there are definite areas of alignment that can happen between what is happening on a sort of global scale, continental and, you know, internal. And therein always lies the sort of balance between the sort of digital, economic, social and infrastructural issues. And there is a framework that was developed a while ago around the four of these in particular that I would encourage you guys to perhaps have a look at in addition to it.


Peggy Hicks: Great. Thanks very much. Fiona, over to you. Obviously, in the EU context of the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, which I’m sure is informing your efforts in this area.


Fiona Cura-Pietre: Yeah. I mean, we have been supportive of CSF triple D or the iterations, some of the iterations that we’ve seen. So it often focuses on supply chain, which is, of course, important. But I think for us, what’s very important is it’s the guidance whenever it will appear and where it will appear for our sector, because a lot of the time, the guidance is for supply chain, which is critical. I’m not saying that’s not critical, but when we’re talking about the use of technology, that’s a different set of things. So we are supportive, definitely, of this mandatory due diligence, but that’s not the only reason we do it. We’re doing it now anyway, before there’s been a law. So yes, I think it’s helpful for level playing fields and these sorts of things. But it’s something that we do anyway, as of now, because we feel it’s the right thing to do as of now.


Peggy Hicks: Great, thanks very much. Benga? Uh, thanks. Just to emphasize again that the guiding principles exist. They have, you know, very useful language that we can engage in the process and that human rights is central. We must emphasize as much as possible, you know, any opportunity that we have in this process and implementation, human rights must be by default. Thanks very much. I just want to thank the panelists. I have to say, I walked into the room quite worried about how this whole virtual panel would work. I have to thank the tech people for seamlessly, it felt like they were in the room with us and I felt like the conversation pulled itself together very well. As I said, we’re very happy to have the co-facilitators with us, excellencies. I wanted to give you the floor, the last word in this conversation. If you have anything you would like to say about the next steps or how we can contribute or, you know, what you take away from this conversation. I’m not sure which of you would like to go first.


Suela Janina: Thank you very much. First, allow me to thank you for organizing this panel. It has been really fruitful. If you started with this kind of remark, Peggy, I think that it has really fulfilled the expectations. Uh, when we talk about this issue, we feel also the need to have more time. So, but let’s put it like a way that we will be continuing discussing this. We started in little storm. We have heard a lot of expectations, especially starting from the input that we have presented with the elements paper, but I need all the time to repeat the thing that it’s like incremental engagement that we need to have. So, we started with something and we need also to have into account some constraints in terms of of, of, of time, but it is important that, uh, what also has been mentioned by, uh, by the panelists is that, uh, the discussion in human rights in the WSIS, uh, plus 20 review is discussion. And the principle that we take with us also that has been also mentioned in all UN document is that human rights and fundamental freedoms should be protected online and offline in the same way. So we have seen, and for me, the picture that we take from this discussion is also a picture of reality that we are facing, each of us in our everyday life, that we have this great impact of technology on human rights in both ways. Technologies can be enables of human rights and we have seen it right in the access to information. But from the other side, if we don’t have the safeguards, they can be damaging or can be just infringing the enjoyment of freedoms and human rights. So we need to see that in both ways. A second element that it is important in my view is the fact that this enjoyment or protection of human rights should be seen in whole cycle of development of the technology. Another important element in my view is the fact that we need also to address, it has been mentioned by several of the panelists and also from the discussion we have heard, of categories in vulnerable situation, children, persons with disabilities, but also when we speak about women and girls empowerment. Because if we see today the big digital divide in gender that we have, we need really to focus on that element. So building also on some previous discussions we had at IGF, also the fact that there is a need also to more precisely refer to some UN documents that have set also the standard which we need not to lower but to uphold and to enrich them. So we have taken note of all of this and also one element that may be also important for yourself is the fact that we see also a growing role and we need to identify a role that the Office of High Commission should have in this discussion and also on the future improved architecture of UN in terms of also bringing the experience and expertise that you have on this discussion. So for the time being we have had a lot of useful inputs. What we need now is to go on the concrete stage of discussing the language on the zero draft that we are going to prepare. So the last call from my side it will be please be engaged and active with written inputs. We have also extended the deadline in order to accommodate the needs of different stakeholders to be prepared and to present them but we’ll be in contact through different ways in order that we see the ambition to have an outcome that will reflect also the objective to promote and to


Ekitela Lokaale: protect human rights. Thank you Peggy, thank you Thibaut and the panelists as well. First let me thank the panelists. I think they have done a great job in this discussion within the short time that we had. Now for us as co-facilitators we are at the point where all of us are engaged in the review of the WSIS and when you are reviewing an important process such as WSIS it’s important to keep in mind the original vision why we had it in the first place. there’s always the risk of running into specifics and then, you know, getting your eyes off the reason why we had WSIS in the first place, which is that we wanted a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society. So even as we dig deep, you know, into important concepts such as human rights due diligence and so on, let us always keep in mind that even as we speak today, 20 years after WSIS, 2.6 billion people in the world are not connected. And, you know, in human rights, it’s always important to ask ourselves who is left behind and why? Because if we don’t ask that question, then you go on and on, on and on, you know, further widening the divide, further entrenching the divide, because then, you know, you sharpen, you know, the other aspects. So I think it’s important for us to remind ourselves. And there is no more human rights-centered vision in a lot of the outcome documents that we’ve produced as a UN community than the WSIS one, because what’s the essence of human rights? Is it not the inherent dignity of the human person? So when the vision says, you know, people-centered, inclusive, yeah, and development-oriented, I think it captures the whole essence of human rights. That’s my first point. Second, in both process and outcome, I think it’s important that we make sure that everybody gets to participate, there is accountability, there is non-discrimination in the process, you know, there’s equality and rule of law. Director, OCHR, and UHKM. My challenge to the rest of us, I speak as a human rights lawyer in addition to being a diplomat, is to keep asking ourselves why the 2.6 billion people are still not connected 20 years after we adopted the WSIS vision. So until and unless we look at the fundamentals that keep 2.6 billion people off the internet, we’ll continue building upon all these other concepts and we’ll not be crossing the digital divide. Then finally, we’ve been trying to live up to the expectation of a human rights-based approach in our engagement, which is why, for example, in creating the multi-stakeholder sounding board, we’ve made every attempt to make sure that different stakeholders from the technical community, civil society, women, men, I don’t think we’re lucky this time to get children on board, but I think that’s ambitious for next time. But it’s an improvement to create spaces where all these other groups, which are often left behind, are able to participate. We take your point that the progressive language on human rights, which has been adopted in recent outcome documents. needs to find its way into the zero draft and so on. As my colleague has said, it might not have been apparent in the elements paper, but it’s every intention on our part to make sure that it is strengthened, but not in a way that makes the process unnecessarily contentious, because sometimes as human rights people, and I’m one of them, like I said, we drum the language and in the negotiation process, we problematize it instead of, and it’s common, it should not be one that’s contentious. So I think I’ll give you the commitment on our part as co-facilitators to make sure that human rights runs through the document and really forms the basis of whatever outcomes will be put forward, because that’s what the WSIS vision is all about. People-centered, inclusive, development-oriented. So thank you again for having us. Thank you so much, both ambassadors. I think everyone in the room, I hope, shares my sense of gratitude, really, that we have two people who are looking at this in such an open, thoughtful, and human rights-based approach. I mean, it was almost like we could have written the talking


Peggy Hicks: points for some of what both of you were saying on these things in terms of the elements of the human rights-based approach. And I have to say, I’m not sure if in these rooms that’s always been so easy. So it’s really, really gratifying to hear the commitment that you have to looking at this. And Ambassador, I especially appreciate it. I had already written down that the approach that you’re taking is a forward-looking one, which is very important because we want something that will deliver for children, as the ambassador has emphasized. But also, it’s also looking behind. It’s also looking at who is being left behind currently and how we actually use this process to move things forward in a way that creates greater equity and greater inclusion. going forward. So I think those are critical points that you’ve made. We are very committed to the ongoing dialogue. Thanks again to the European Union and African Union for their partnership on this event and to all of you for participating. Very good to be with you today. Maybe a round of applause for our panelists.


L

Lavina Ramkissoon

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1178 words

Speech time

488 seconds

HRDD provides a framework for surfacing hidden harms and making invisible impacts visible

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence serves as a framework that helps identify and bring to light potential harms that may not be immediately apparent. It allows organizations to see the actual net effects of their actions and technologies that might otherwise remain hidden or invisible.


Evidence

Referenced quote from former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay that ‘human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle

Explanation

Rather than hindering technological development, human rights principles provide guidance and direction for innovation. This becomes particularly important in the digital realm where how we embed human rights considerations determines whether we create or avoid digital divides.


Evidence

Quote from former UN High Commissioner Navi Pillay


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights requires storytelling, open dialogue, and community engagement as fundamental building blocks

Explanation

Building awareness and support for human rights fundamentally depends on effective communication through storytelling, creating open forums for discussion, and ensuring community participation. Culture serves as a cornerstone for this engagement and requires a fundamental mindset shift.


Evidence

Mentioned the need for open halls, town halls, and other areas of awareness and buy-in


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Cultural mindset shifts are needed, which may be the hardest problem to solve in today’s age

Explanation

Achieving sustainable human rights protection requires changing human mindsets and cultural approaches. This transformation is identified as potentially the most challenging aspect of implementing human rights protections in the digital age.


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Sustainable models around human rights are essential, especially regarding child rights in the AI age

Explanation

Beyond just awareness and buy-in, there’s a need for sustainable, long-term models that ensure human rights protection. This is particularly crucial for child rights as AI becomes more prevalent and integrated into society.


Evidence

Mentioned the need for digital dignity index, impact audits, and assessments


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Children rights


The review should focus on dignity, accountability, and justice as cornerstone principles

Explanation

The WSIS Plus 20 review should be grounded in three fundamental principles: human dignity, accountability mechanisms, and justice. These should serve as the foundational elements guiding the review process and outcomes.


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Algorithmic transparency and checkpoints are key for navigating human-AI coexistence

Explanation

As society moves toward an era where humans and AI systems coexist and interact, establishing transparency in algorithmic processes and implementing checkpoint mechanisms becomes crucial. This is necessary to manage the blended reality where technology shapes culture and culture shapes technology.


Evidence

Referenced the dynamic where ‘technology is shaping culture, and culture is shaping technology’ and the need to find balance between ‘man and machine’


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population and need to prevent widening digital divides

Explanation

Given that Africa has the world’s largest young population, protecting child rights in the digital space is particularly important. There’s a need to ensure sufficient protection while preventing the digital divide from widening as technology adoption progresses on a large scale.


Evidence

Mentioned Africa having the ‘largest, youngest population’ on the continent


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Children rights | Development


Agreed with

– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection


G

Gbenga Sesan

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

1041 words

Speech time

374 seconds

HRDD helps balance people and profits by ensuring business models respect human dignity

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence addresses the fundamental challenge that business models don’t always respect rights by requiring companies to analyze their practices and find the balance between profitability and human dignity. It ensures that profits are not made at the expense of people’s rights and dignity.


Evidence

Referenced examples from extractive industries and the data economy where businesses sometimes choose approaches that don’t respect rights


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success

Explanation

The modern data economy is built on trust between users and companies. When companies respect users’ rights, it builds trust, which leads to users sharing their data, which companies can then process to generate revenue. This creates a win-win situation where rights are respected and business succeeds.


Evidence

Explained the chain: ‘If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data. If I don’t give you my data, you can’t process it. If you don’t process it, you can’t make money’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Privacy and data protection


Agreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Agreed on

Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights are violated

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence creates documented standards and processes that civil society can use in strategic litigation. When companies deviate from established human rights procedures, these documented standards provide the evidence needed to make legal arguments about rights violations.


Evidence

Referenced the business and human rights framework developed by the Office of the High Commissioner and partners as a tool for strategic litigation


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis

Explanation

Many businesses only do the minimum required to meet legal compliance, but there’s a significant gap between legal compliance and truly respecting human rights. This gap represents the space where more emphasis and attention is needed to ensure genuine rights protection.


Major discussion point

Building Awareness and Support for Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process

Explanation

Human rights and dignity should be fundamental, default elements of the WSIS review process rather than optional additions or token gestures. This represents a core requirement that should be integrated throughout the process rather than treated as a separate campaign issue.


Evidence

Referenced meeting with co-facilitators two weeks prior where the IGF leadership panel discussed ‘the place of human rights in the internet we want’


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


F

Fiona Cura-Pietre

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

955 words

Speech time

319 seconds

HRDD is the right thing to do and demanded by stakeholders including regulators, investors, and customers

Explanation

For Nokia, implementing Human Rights Due Diligence is both morally correct and a business necessity driven by stakeholder expectations. Operating in over 120 countries, the company faces demands from multiple stakeholder groups who expect responsible business practices.


Evidence

Nokia operates in over 120 countries and faces demands from regulators, export regulators, investors, structured financers, and customers


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations

Explanation

From a business perspective, proactively implementing Human Rights Due Diligence is more cost-effective than dealing with the consequences of rights violations. The costs of reputational damage and other troubles that arise from rights violations exceed the investment in prevention.


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan

Agreed on

Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models


HRDD must be integrated into sales approval processes before deals are finalized to maintain leverage

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence must be conducted as part of the sales approval process before transactions are completed because this is when companies have the most leverage to make decisions. Once a sale is finalized and products are delivered, companies lose their ability to influence how their technology is used.


Evidence

Nokia’s salient risk is potential misuse of communications networks by customers to infringe on freedom of expression or right to privacy


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions

Explanation

Successful implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence requires strong leadership commitment, including CEO approval of human rights policies. This management backing is crucial for making difficult business decisions, such as walking away from profitable deals due to human rights concerns.


Evidence

Nokia’s human rights policy documents are approved by CEO and senior leaders


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Continuous training and awareness building across all business units is necessary

Explanation

Implementing Human Rights Due Diligence requires ongoing, continuous training programs that reach all relevant business units. This isn’t a one-time effort but requires sustained education so that human rights considerations are embedded in employees’ decision-making from initial customer contact onwards.


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Multi-stakeholder groups like Global Network Initiative provide valuable external assessment and input

Explanation

Participation in multi-stakeholder organizations provides companies with external auditing and assessment of their human rights practices. These groups offer perspectives from stakeholders that companies don’t typically engage with directly, providing valuable feedback on policies and processes.


Evidence

Nokia participates in the Global Network Initiative, which conducts thorough external audits of company practices, policies, and real-life cases


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


HRDD should be built into R&D processes for both near-term and far-out technology development

Explanation

Human Rights Due Diligence should be integrated into research and development processes, covering both immediate product development and long-term technological shifts. This forward-looking approach helps companies prepare for emerging technologies and their potential human rights implications.


Evidence

Nokia worked with Bell Labs to develop six pillars of responsibility for AI when they recognized the technology shift happening with artificial intelligence


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Agreed with

– Suela Janina
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive represents move toward mandatory requirements, though guidance for technology sector use cases still needed

Explanation

While supportive of mandatory due diligence requirements like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, there’s a need for sector-specific guidance. Current guidance often focuses on supply chain issues, but technology companies need guidance on the use of their products and services.


Evidence

Referenced the EU Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and noted that much current guidance focuses on supply chain rather than technology use cases


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach

Explanation

Companies should implement Human Rights Due Diligence proactively, not just in response to legal mandates. While mandatory requirements help create level playing fields, responsible companies should adopt these practices because they represent the right way to do business.


Evidence

Nokia implements HRDD ‘before there’s been a law’ because ‘we feel it’s the right thing to do’


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Disagreed with

– Participant

Disagreed on

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements


T

Thibaut Kleiner

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

603 words

Speech time

250 seconds

Current world reality includes surveillance, deprivation of choice and voice, and misinformation risks

Explanation

The current technological landscape presents significant risks to human rights, including widespread surveillance capabilities, systems that can deprive people of their choices and voices, and increased exposure to misinformation and disinformation. These risks have grown as technology has become more sophisticated and powerful.


Evidence

Referenced AI as ‘extremely promising in terms of benefits but also that the risks and the opportunities to misuse technology have just increased’


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


A

Anna Oosterlinck

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

182 words

Speech time

72 seconds

Human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles

Explanation

The current WSIS framework contains insufficient human rights language and needs to be strengthened by explicitly incorporating the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. This would provide a stronger foundation for human rights protection in the digital space.


Evidence

Referenced advocacy work with co-facilitators and mentioned building off work from OHCHR, BTEC, and UN special procedures reports


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Ekitela Lokaale

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


P

Participant

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

165 words

Speech time

59 seconds

Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns

Explanation

There’s a need to find the right balance between mandatory human rights measures and voluntary approaches, particularly considering concerns about economic growth and preserving innovation. This includes addressing human rights risks associated with small tech companies and startups while supporting innovation.


Evidence

Referenced concerns about human rights risks from startups and governments’ concerns with economic growth and innovation preservation


Major discussion point

Mandatory vs Voluntary Measures


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Development


Disagreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Disagreed on

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements


S

Suela Janina

Speech speed

152 words per minute

Speech length

634 words

Speech time

249 seconds

Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards

Explanation

Technology has a dual nature regarding human rights – it can serve as an enabler by improving access to information and other rights, but it can also be damaging and infringe on freedoms and human rights if proper safeguards are not in place. This dual impact must be recognized and addressed.


Evidence

Referenced the principle that ‘human rights and fundamental freedoms should be protected online and offline in the same way’


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights protection should be considered throughout the entire technology lifecycle

Explanation

The protection and promotion of human rights should be integrated throughout the complete development cycle of technology, from initial conception through deployment and use. This comprehensive approach ensures that human rights considerations are not overlooked at any stage.


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Vulnerable categories including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus

Explanation

Special attention must be paid to vulnerable populations including children, persons with disabilities, and women and girls in the context of digital rights and empowerment. This is particularly important given the significant gender digital divide that currently exists.


Evidence

Referenced ‘the big digital divide in gender that we have’ and the need to focus on women and girls empowerment


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon

Agreed on

Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection


E

Ekitela Lokaale

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

723 words

Speech time

325 seconds

2.6 billion people remain unconnected 20 years after WSIS, requiring focus on fundamental barriers

Explanation

Despite two decades since the World Summit on the Information Society, 2.6 billion people worldwide still lack internet connectivity. This persistent digital divide requires addressing the fundamental barriers that prevent people from accessing digital technologies and services.


Evidence

Cited the specific figure of 2.6 billion unconnected people


Major discussion point

Technology’s Impact on Human Rights


Topics

Development | Digital access


Multi-stakeholder sounding board includes diverse representation from technical community, civil society, and gender balance

Explanation

The co-facilitators have created a multi-stakeholder sounding board that ensures diverse participation from various groups including the technical community, civil society, and maintains gender balance. This approach aims to include voices that are often left behind in such processes.


Evidence

Mentioned attempts to include different stakeholders and noted ambition to include children in future processes


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination

Explanation

Both the process of the WSIS review and its outcomes should be guided by human rights principles, ensuring accountability, non-discrimination, equality, and rule of law. This approach should be embedded throughout the entire review process.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Gbenga Sesan
– Anna Oosterlinck

Agreed on

Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions


The original WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, development-oriented information society embodies human rights principles

Explanation

The foundational WSIS vision, which calls for a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society, inherently captures the essence of human rights by focusing on the inherent dignity of the human person. This vision remains relevant and should guide current efforts.


Evidence

Connected the WSIS vision to the essence of human rights being ‘the inherent dignity of the human person’


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Approach and Process


Topics

Human rights | Development


P

Peggy Hicks

Speech speed

188 words per minute

Speech length

2362 words

Speech time

751 seconds

Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks

Explanation

Human rights should be framed as an enabling tool that helps maximize the benefits of digital technology and AI for people while mitigating potential risks. This approach ensures that technologies achieve their greatest purpose for people in all localities by thinking through how they will impact real people.


Evidence

Referenced human rights due diligence (HRDD) as a process of thinking through what impacts technology will have on people


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights due diligence is about thinking through technology impacts on people in advance

Explanation

Human rights due diligence, despite being a complex term often abbreviated as HRDD, is fundamentally about proactively considering how technologies will affect real people. This advance planning helps ensure technologies deliver intended results while avoiding or mitigating risks.


Evidence

Explained HRDD as thinking through ‘what will the impacts of this technology be on people and how can we make sure that it achieves for people what we want it to’


Major discussion point

Human Rights Due Diligence in Technology


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Agreed on

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices


External audits help differentiate between companies and encourage a race to the top in human rights practices

Explanation

Rather than treating all companies as doing the same things at the same level, external audits provide a firm foundation to identify better practices among companies. This differentiation encourages companies to compete in improving their human rights approaches.


Evidence

Referenced the Global Network Initiative’s external audit process as providing firm foundation for differentiation


Major discussion point

Implementation of Human Rights Due Diligence in Business


Topics

Human rights | Economic


OHCHR is engaged in supporting the WSIS review process and bringing human rights issues into implementation

Explanation

The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights is actively involved in supporting the WSIS Plus 20 review process. They are committed to helping integrate human rights considerations into both the WSIS review and the work of UNGIS through the Global Digital Compact.


Evidence

Mentioned OHCHR’s engagement in the process and looking forward to supporting how human rights can be brought into WSIS Review, UNGIS work, and through the GDC


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review and Human Rights Integration


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Human Rights Due Diligence is essential for technology development and business practices

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

HRDD provides a framework for surfacing hidden harms and making invisible impacts visible


HRDD helps balance people and profits by ensuring business models respect human dignity


HRDD is the right thing to do and demanded by stakeholders including regulators, investors, and customers


Human rights due diligence is about thinking through technology impacts on people in advance


Summary

All speakers agree that Human Rights Due Diligence is a crucial framework for identifying potential harms, balancing business interests with human dignity, and ensuring responsible technology development through proactive impact assessment.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Human rights should be integrated throughout the entire technology lifecycle

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Anna Oosterlinck

Arguments

Human rights protection should be considered throughout the entire technology lifecycle


HRDD should be built into R&D processes for both near-term and far-out technology development


Human rights need to be built in across a full lifecycle of all technologies, so ideally from pre-design all the way to export, trade, and further use


Summary

There is strong consensus that human rights considerations must be embedded from the earliest stages of technology development through to deployment and use, rather than being added as an afterthought.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Trust is fundamental to the success of digital technologies and business models

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success


It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations


Summary

Both speakers recognize that trust, built through respecting human rights, is essential for sustainable business success in the digital economy, and that proactive rights protection is more cost-effective than dealing with violations.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Privacy and data protection


Human rights must be embedded by default in WSIS processes, not as optional additions

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Anna Oosterlinck

Arguments

Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process


Human rights-based approach should guide both process and outcomes with accountability and non-discrimination


Human rights language in current WSIS framework is fairly light and needs strengthening with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles


Summary

There is consensus that human rights should be fundamental to the WSIS Plus 20 review process rather than peripheral considerations, with calls for strengthening the human rights framework and making it central to both process and outcomes.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Vulnerable populations require special attention in digital rights protection

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Child rights protection is crucial given Africa’s young population and need to prevent widening digital divides


Vulnerable categories including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus


Summary

Both speakers emphasize the need for special focus on protecting vulnerable populations, particularly children, persons with disabilities, and women, in the context of digital rights and preventing digital divides.


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Rights of persons with disabilities


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers frame human rights as an enabling and guiding force for technology development rather than a barrier, emphasizing its role in maximizing benefits while mitigating risks.

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle


Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks


Topics

Human rights | Development


Both speakers recognize that true human rights protection goes beyond mere legal compliance and requires companies to proactively adopt ethical practices regardless of regulatory requirements.

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Both speakers emphasize the importance of institutional commitment and documented processes for effective human rights implementation, whether for internal decision-making or external accountability.

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Business case for human rights is stronger than compliance case

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

It’s more profitable to implement HRDD than deal with reputational damage from violations


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting rights builds trust which enables business success


Explanation

It’s somewhat unexpected to see such strong consensus between a corporate representative and a civil society advocate that human rights protection is not just morally right but actually more profitable than violations. This alignment suggests a maturation in understanding the business value of human rights.


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Technology has dual nature requiring balanced approach

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards


Current world reality includes surveillance, deprivation of choice and voice, and misinformation risks


Explanation

The consensus between EU and co-facilitator perspectives on acknowledging both the benefits and serious risks of technology represents a balanced, realistic approach that avoids both techno-optimism and techno-pessimism.


Topics

Human rights | Development | Cybersecurity


Need for mandatory measures while maintaining voluntary leadership

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Participant

Arguments

Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive represents move toward mandatory requirements, though guidance for technology sector use cases still needed


Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns


Explanation

The consensus between a corporate representative supporting mandatory measures and a participant raising concerns about balancing mandatory/voluntary approaches suggests a nuanced understanding that regulation and voluntary action can be complementary rather than opposing forces.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

There is remarkably strong consensus among all speakers on the fundamental importance of human rights in technology development, the need for proactive due diligence processes, and the business case for rights protection. Key areas of agreement include the necessity of embedding human rights throughout technology lifecycles, the importance of trust in digital economies, and the need to strengthen human rights frameworks in international processes like WSIS Plus 20.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy development. The alignment between diverse stakeholders (government, business, civil society, international organizations) suggests strong foundation for advancing human rights in technology governance. The consensus on both moral and business cases for human rights protection indicates potential for sustainable implementation without requiring stakeholders to choose between ethics and economics.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Mandatory vs Voluntary Human Rights Due Diligence Requirements

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Participant

Arguments

Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Balance needed between mandatory and voluntary measures, with consideration for economic growth and innovation concerns


Summary

Fiona advocates that companies should proactively implement HRDD because it’s the right thing to do, regardless of legal mandates, while the participant emphasizes the need to balance mandatory measures with economic growth and innovation concerns, particularly for startups and small tech companies.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Scope of Human Rights Due Diligence Implementation

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

HRDD must be integrated into sales approval processes before deals are finalized to maintain leverage


Human rights must be embedded by default, not as a tokenistic add-on to the WSIS process


Explanation

While both speakers strongly support HRDD, they have different perspectives on implementation scope. Fiona focuses on specific business process integration (sales approval), while Gbenga advocates for broader, default integration across all processes. This represents a tactical vs strategic approach difference that wasn’t expected given their shared commitment to human rights.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus on the importance of human rights due diligence, with only minor disagreements on implementation approaches. The main area of disagreement centered on the balance between mandatory and voluntary measures, particularly regarding economic impacts on innovation.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with high implications for practical implementation. The consensus on principles but differences on methods suggests that while there’s strong political will for human rights integration, the technical details of implementation will require careful negotiation to balance various stakeholder concerns, particularly around mandatory requirements and their economic impacts.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers frame human rights as an enabling and guiding force for technology development rather than a barrier, emphasizing its role in maximizing benefits while mitigating risks.

Speakers

– Lavina Ramkissoon
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Human rights serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle


Human rights serves as a tool to deliver benefits from digital technology and AI while avoiding risks


Topics

Human rights | Development


Both speakers recognize that true human rights protection goes beyond mere legal compliance and requires companies to proactively adopt ethical practices regardless of regulatory requirements.

Speakers

– Gbenga Sesan
– Fiona Cura-Pietre

Arguments

There’s a gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting rights that needs emphasis


Companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements because it’s the right approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Both speakers emphasize the importance of institutional commitment and documented processes for effective human rights implementation, whether for internal decision-making or external accountability.

Speakers

– Fiona Cura-Pietre
– Gbenga Sesan

Arguments

Management support and CEO-approved policies are essential for making human rights-based decisions


Documented processes enable strategic litigation and provide proof when rights violations occur


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Human Rights Due Diligence (HRDD) serves as a compass for innovation rather than an obstacle, providing a framework to surface hidden harms and make invisible impacts visible in technology development


Trust is fundamental to the data economy – respecting human rights builds trust which enables business success, creating a win-win scenario where companies can be profitable while respecting people’s rights


HRDD must be integrated early in business processes (before sales are finalized) to maintain leverage, requires strong management support, and needs continuous training across organizations


Human rights must be embedded by default in the WSIS Plus 20 review process, not as a tokenistic add-on, with explicit reference to UN Guiding Principles


2.6 billion people remain unconnected 20 years after WSIS, highlighting the need to focus on fundamental barriers and ask ‘who is left behind and why?’


Technology can both enable human rights through access to information and infringe rights without proper safeguards, requiring protection throughout the entire technology lifecycle


Vulnerable populations including children, persons with disabilities, and women need special focus, particularly given concerns about widening digital divides


The original WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, development-oriented information society inherently embodies human rights principles and should guide the review process


Resolutions and action items

Co-facilitators committed to strengthening human rights language in the zero draft of WSIS Plus 20 review, building on progressive language from recent UN documents like the Global Digital Compact


Co-facilitators extended the deadline for written inputs to accommodate different stakeholders’ needs for preparation


Participants called to actively engage with written inputs for the zero draft preparation process


Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) to have a growing role in future discussions and improved UN architecture for digital governance


Need for more case studies and documented examples of businesses making human rights-based decisions to strengthen the argument that human rights is good for business


Unresolved issues

The balance between mandatory versus voluntary human rights due diligence measures, particularly considering economic growth and innovation concerns


How to effectively reach and protect the 2.6 billion people who remain unconnected to the internet


Specific guidance needed for technology sector use cases under emerging mandatory due diligence frameworks like the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive


How to navigate human-AI coexistence and prepare for a society with multiple humanoids functioning alongside humans


Bridging the gap between meeting legal requirements and actually respecting human rights in business practices


How to effectively change human mindsets and achieve cultural shifts needed for sustainable human rights implementation


Suggested compromises

Finding balance between people and profits in business models – ensuring companies can be profitable while respecting human rights rather than choosing one over the other


Incremental engagement approach for WSIS Plus 20 review – starting with foundational elements while acknowledging time constraints and building progressively


Strengthening human rights language in negotiations without making the process unnecessarily contentious – making human rights common sense rather than problematic


Blending mandatory and voluntary approaches – supporting mandatory due diligence while recognizing that leading companies should implement HRDD regardless of legal requirements


Balancing innovation and protection – ensuring human rights safeguards don’t stifle technological development while preventing misuse of technology


Thought provoking comments

Human rights is not an obstacle to innovation, but it is a compass… how we embed it and how that becomes so ingrained and part and parcel of how we function really determines the sort of digital divide that we end up with or not.

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Reason

This reframes the entire human rights debate by positioning it not as a constraint on technological progress, but as a guiding framework. The compass metaphor is particularly powerful as it suggests direction rather than limitation, and connects human rights directly to digital equity outcomes.


Impact

This comment established a foundational framework that other speakers built upon throughout the discussion. It shifted the conversation from defensive justifications of human rights to proactive positioning of human rights as essential for effective technology deployment.


Business models don’t always respect rights… There are times when the focus is on profits and people get forgotten. There are times when arguments are made that, well, if you focus on people alone, there’ll be no profit and no company will exist. So we need to find that bite point, that balance between people and profits.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This comment directly addresses the core tension in business and human rights discussions by acknowledging the legitimate concerns of both sides. It moves beyond idealistic positions to practical reality, introducing the concept of finding a ‘bite point’ or optimal balance.


Impact

This honest assessment of business realities gave the discussion credibility and practical grounding. It allowed subsequent speakers, particularly Fiona from Nokia, to engage more authentically about real-world implementation challenges and solutions.


The new economy, the data economy, the gig economy, is built on the concept of trust. If I don’t trust you, I won’t give you my data… What makes me trust you is when you respect my rights.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This insight fundamentally reframes human rights as a business necessity rather than a compliance burden. It provides a compelling economic argument for human rights due diligence by linking it directly to the core asset of digital businesses – user data and trust.


Impact

This comment provided a bridge between human rights advocacy and business interests, making the business case more compelling. It influenced how other speakers, particularly from the private sector, could justify their human rights investments to stakeholders.


We do [human rights due diligence] as part of our sales approval process… before the sale is done, because that’s where our leverage is. It allows us to walk away and say, no, we don’t want to do this. Once the sale is done, basically, the deeds and the goods are gone.

Speaker

Fiona Cura-Pietre


Reason

This provides concrete, actionable insight into how human rights due diligence can be operationalized in business processes. It highlights the critical importance of timing and leverage in making human rights considerations effective rather than merely symbolic.


Impact

This practical example gave substance to the theoretical discussions and provided a replicable model. It demonstrated that human rights due diligence isn’t just about policies but about strategic business process design, influencing how other participants thought about implementation.


There’s a huge gap between doing just enough to meet legal requirements and doing enough to respect rights. So, that gap… is the space where we need to put a lot more emphasis.

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Reason

This comment identifies a critical implementation gap that often gets overlooked in policy discussions. It distinguishes between compliance and genuine human rights respect, highlighting where real progress needs to be made.


Impact

This observation shifted the discussion toward more nuanced implementation strategies and helped explain why legal frameworks alone are insufficient. It influenced the later discussion about mandatory versus voluntary measures.


Even as we speak today, 20 years after WSIS, 2.6 billion people in the world are not connected. And, you know, in human rights, it’s always important to ask ourselves who is left behind and why?

Speaker

Ekitela Lokaale


Reason

This comment grounds the entire discussion in stark reality, preventing the conversation from becoming too abstract or theoretical. It connects human rights due diligence to fundamental questions of digital equity and inclusion.


Impact

This intervention brought the discussion full circle and provided crucial context for why human rights considerations matter in practice. It challenged participants to think beyond process improvements to fundamental questions of access and equity.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing human rights not as a constraint on innovation but as an essential framework for sustainable digital development. The conversation evolved from defensive justifications to proactive business cases, with speakers building on each other’s insights to create a comprehensive view of how human rights due diligence can be practically implemented. The most impactful comments successfully bridged the gap between human rights advocacy and business realities, while the final interventions by the co-facilitators grounded the entire discussion in the fundamental challenge of digital inclusion. This created a discussion that was both practically actionable and morally grounded, setting a constructive tone for the WSIS+20 review process.


Follow-up questions

How can we build more case studies demonstrating that human rights is good for business?

Speaker

Gbenga Sesan


Explanation

There’s a need for more documented examples of businesses that have made hard decisions prioritizing people over profits, showing the struggles and positive outcomes to make stronger arguments for human rights in business


What would a digital dignity index or impact audit/assessment look like and how would it function?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

This would help understand the actual net effect of digital technologies and provide a framework for measuring and ensuring digital dignity


How do we navigate a future society where multiple humanoids function alongside humans?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

As AI becomes more prevalent, there’s a need to understand what provisions are needed for human-AI coexistence in the WSIS framework


What is the balance between mandatory measures and voluntary measures for human rights due diligence, especially for small tech companies?

Speaker

Josiane (UNICEF)


Explanation

There’s concern about economic growth and innovation preservation while ensuring human rights protection, particularly for startups and smaller companies that may face cost barriers


How can sector-specific guidance for human rights due diligence be developed, particularly for technology use rather than just supply chain?

Speaker

Fiona Cura-Pietre


Explanation

Current guidance often focuses on supply chain issues, but technology companies need specific guidance for the use and deployment of their technologies


How can the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights be explicitly anchored in the WSIS framework?

Speaker

Anna Oosterlinck (Article 19)


Explanation

The current WSIS framework has fairly light human rights-based language, and there’s advocacy to strengthen this by explicitly incorporating the UNGPs


Why are 2.6 billion people still not connected 20 years after WSIS, and what fundamental barriers need to be addressed?

Speaker

Ekitela Lokaale


Explanation

Understanding the root causes of digital exclusion is essential to ensure that human rights frameworks don’t inadvertently widen the digital divide


What role should the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights play in the future improved UN architecture for digital governance?

Speaker

Suela Janina


Explanation

There’s recognition of OHCHR’s expertise and experience, but the specific role in digital governance architecture needs to be defined


How can algorithmic transparency be effectively implemented and regulated?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

Algorithmic transparency was mentioned as a key cornerstone for human rights protection in the digital age, but implementation mechanisms need further exploration


What would a framework look like where every business allocates a percentage of their work toward ethical alignment?

Speaker

Lavina Ramkissoon


Explanation

This was mentioned as an idealistic but potentially valuable approach to ensuring businesses contribute to ethical digital development


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Developing capacities for bottom-up AI in the Global South: What role for the international community?

Developing capacities for bottom-up AI in the Global South: What role for the international community?

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on developing capacity for bottom-up AI in the Global South, examining what role the international community should play in supporting AI development in developing countries. The session was organized by the Diplo Foundation in partnership with Kenya’s Permanent Mission, Microsoft, and IT4Change, using a fictional case study of “Landia,” a landlocked agricultural country with 8 million people facing typical development challenges.


UN Tech Envoy Amandeep Singh Gill outlined the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing for AI capacity building, emphasizing the need for nuanced understanding of different countries’ AI needs across five development tiers. He highlighted that capacity building requirements vary significantly, from basic AI literacy to advanced development capabilities, and proposed a coordinated global response including a potential global AI fund and better coordination among funders to avoid fragmentation.


Microsoft’s Ashutosh Chadha framed AI adoption as fundamentally a policy challenge, arguing that countries need comprehensive national AI strategies addressing the entire technology stack, from electricity and connectivity to data governance and institutional capacity. He emphasized that technology should adapt to existing work patterns rather than forcing communities to change their practices.


Anita Gurumurthy from IT4Change advocated for “regenerative AI” that is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional, challenging the mainstream view that more computing power automatically leads to better AI outcomes. She highlighted the potential of smaller, task-specific models that can run locally and the importance of building on local knowledge and resources, including public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives.


Participants raised critical questions about infrastructure prerequisites, with representatives from Botswana questioning whether AI policies should be developed before addressing basic connectivity and power supply issues. Others emphasized the importance of ensuring AI serves genuine community needs rather than imposing external solutions, and highlighted the need for government support alongside private sector initiatives. The discussion concluded with plans to continue developing practical capacity-building strategies through an AI agent tool that participants could access after the session.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **AI Capacity Building Framework and Financing**: Discussion of the UN Secretary General’s upcoming report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building, including a proposed five-tier system for countries to progress from “AI nascent” to “AI developer” status, and the potential creation of a global AI fund to address the “AI divide.”


– **Bottom-Up vs. Top-Down AI Development**: Strong emphasis on developing AI solutions that serve local community needs rather than imposing external frameworks, with focus on “small beautiful models” that can run locally and address specific tasks rather than requiring large-scale infrastructure.


– **Infrastructure and Policy Challenges**: Recognition that basic infrastructure issues (reliable electricity, internet connectivity, data governance policies) must be addressed alongside AI development, with debate over whether to tackle these sequentially or simultaneously.


– **Alternative AI Development Models**: Discussion of emerging alternatives to mainstream Western AI approaches, including the BRICS AI declaration’s emphasis on balanced intellectual property rights and the potential for regional cooperation in AI development.


– **Community-Centered AI Applications**: Focus on practical applications that augment existing local practices (especially in agriculture) rather than displacing traditional methods, with emphasis on training local talent to support farmers and rural communities using accessible AI tools.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to move beyond abstract concepts of “capacity building” to develop concrete, practical strategies for AI development in the Global South, using the fictional case study of “Landia” (a landlocked, agriculture-based country) to explore how international cooperation can support bottom-up AI initiatives that respect local contexts and needs.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, characterized by genuine problem-solving rather than theoretical debate. The atmosphere was informal yet focused, with participants building on each other’s ideas. The tone remained consistently optimistic about finding practical solutions while being realistic about challenges. The use of the fictional “Landia” case study and the coffee machine AI assistant “IQ whalo” added a creative, engaging element that kept the discussion grounded in practical applications rather than abstract policy discussions.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Jovan Kurbalija** – Director of Diplo Foundation and Head of Geneva Internet Platform, session moderator


– **Amandeep Singh Gill** – UN Tech Envoy and Under-Secretary General


– **Ashutosh Chadha** – Head of Geneva’s Office of Microsoft


– **Anita Gurumurthy** – Representative from IT4Change


– **IQ whalo** – AI-powered coffee machine serving as an example/demonstration tool


– **Nandini Chami** – Representative from IT4Change, from India


– **Alan Ross** – Area of expertise, role, and title not specified


– **Baratang Miya** – From Girl Hype, organization that teaches women and girls how to code


– **Rudy Massamba** – From Congo Brazzaville, area of expertise and role not specified


– **Audience** – Various unidentified audience members who made comments


**Additional speakers:**


– **Tabaget Zavila** – Regulator from Botswana


– **Unnamed audience member** – Asked about BRICS membership and AI development approaches (specific identity not provided)


Full session report

# Report: Developing Capacity for Bottom-Up AI in the Global South


## Executive Summary


This discussion, organized by the Diplo Foundation in partnership with Kenya’s Permanent Mission, Microsoft, and IT4Change, explored how the international community should support AI development in developing countries. The session used a fictional case study of “Landia” – a landlocked agricultural country – to examine practical approaches to AI capacity building that prioritize local needs over externally imposed solutions.


The 45-minute workshop-style discussion featured diverse perspectives on AI capacity building, with participants generally emphasizing the importance of adapting technology to local contexts rather than forcing communities to change their practices. Key themes included the potential for alternative AI models that don’t require massive computational resources, the role of policy frameworks in enabling AI implementation, and the ongoing debate about infrastructure prerequisites versus pragmatic implementation approaches.


## Key Participants and Perspectives


**Jovan Kurbalija**, Director of Diplo Foundation, moderated the session and challenged assumptions about infrastructure prerequisites for AI development. He emphasized avoiding the anthropomorphization of AI and demonstrated practical AI applications using an AI-powered coffee machine called “IQ whalo” to illustrate that AI can be embedded in simple devices without requiring massive computational infrastructure.


**Amandeep Singh Gill**, UN Tech Envoy, provided the institutional perspective and outlined the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing for AI capacity building. Drawing from his previous work on lethal autonomous weapons, he emphasized that “correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding.” Gill mentioned a five-tier system for countries to progress in AI development and noted that capacity building requirements vary dramatically between contexts, observing that “three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is another context.”


**Ashutosh Chadha**, Head of Microsoft’s Geneva Office, framed AI adoption as fundamentally a policy challenge requiring comprehensive national strategies. His key insight was that “it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this.” Chadha emphasized addressing infrastructure, data governance, and institutional capacity simultaneously rather than treating AI as a standalone technology.


**Anita Gurumurthy** from IT4Change advocated for “regenerative AI” approaches that are indigenous, inclusive, and intentional. She warned against mainstream AI approaches, arguing that “mainstream AI may not always deliver… part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race.” Gurumurthy championed “smallest beautiful models” and task-based local AI solutions, advocating for the “right to tweak, transfer, and transform” AI systems to serve local contexts.


## Major Discussion Points


### AI Capacity Building and Financing Approaches


Participants discussed various approaches to AI capacity building, with Gill outlining the Secretary-General’s upcoming report on innovative financing options, including a proposed global AI fund to address the “AI divide.” The discussion highlighted that different countries require different types of support based on their development context.


**Nandini Chami** from IT4Change emphasized connecting with micro, small, and medium enterprises in similar agro-economic zones, while **Rudy Massamba** from Congo Brazzaville stressed that government support is essential for community-based AI development. **Alan Ross** focused on practical applications, advocating for helping farmers improve existing practices using simple technologies like $100 drones for leaf analysis.


### Technology Adaptation Versus Community Adaptation


A recurring theme was whether technology should adapt to local contexts or whether communities should change their practices to accommodate new technologies. **Baratang Miya** from Girl Hype raised the crucial question of agency: “AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here.”


Multiple participants emphasized the importance of radio networks as key connections in developing countries and the need to work with existing communication infrastructure rather than requiring entirely new systems.


### Alternative AI Models and Geopolitical Considerations


The discussion explored alternatives to mainstream Western AI approaches. Gurumurthy highlighted the BRICS AI declaration’s emphasis on balanced intellectual property rights as offering potential alternatives to current Western-dominated AI systems. She advocated for smaller, task-specific models that can run locally, building on resources such as public broadcast archives.


When asked about geopolitical alignment strategies, Kurbalija suggested working within the broader multilateral system while maintaining good relations with BRICS, noting that even the European Union finds itself in a similar position to developing countries regarding AI dependency.


## Areas of Different Emphasis and Debate


### Infrastructure Prerequisites Versus Pragmatic Implementation


The most significant difference in perspectives emerged around infrastructure requirements. **Tabaget Zavila**, a regulator from Botswana, questioned developing AI policies without addressing basic infrastructure challenges: “How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge.”


Kurbalija countered this perspective, arguing for addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially. He cited the example of a Botswana participant in Diplo’s AI apprenticeship program who successfully created an AI agent for non-communicable diseases despite intermittent electricity supply, demonstrating that infrastructure limitations need not prevent beneficial AI applications.


### Mainstream Versus Alternative Development Approaches


Participants offered different perspectives on working within existing AI frameworks versus developing alternative approaches. Gurumurthy advocated for alternative approaches including smaller local models and regenerative AI, while Chadha focused on working within existing frameworks while improving policy coordination across infrastructure, data governance, and institutions.


## Practical Applications and Examples


The Landia case study, used as a teaching tool by the Diplo Foundation, provided a framework for exploring capacity building strategies. Participants discussed how an agricultural country could leverage AI while respecting local contexts and addressing infrastructure constraints.


Key practical applications discussed included:


– Using simple AI tools like drones for agricultural analysis


– Training local graduates to serve as bridges between AI technology and rural communities


– Implementing AI solutions that work intermittently when electricity is available


– Leveraging existing broadcast archives for developing local language models


The session also referenced the successful Botswana AI agent for non-communicable diseases as a concrete example of effective AI implementation despite infrastructure limitations.


## Unresolved Questions and Future Directions


Several important questions remained open for further exploration:


**Implementation Mechanisms**: While participants discussed principles, specific mechanisms for ensuring AI serves community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions require further development.


**Scaling Challenges**: How to scale successful local AI solutions while maintaining their community-specific benefits presents ongoing challenges.


**Resource Coordination**: Despite proposals for a global AI fund, detailed implementation pathways for coordinating international AI capacity building efforts remain to be developed.


**Infrastructure Trade-offs**: The debate between sequential and simultaneous approaches to addressing infrastructure challenges and AI development reflects broader questions about development priorities and resource allocation.


## Conclusion and Next Steps


The discussion highlighted the complexity of AI capacity building in the Global South, with participants offering various perspectives on how to balance local adaptation with practical implementation challenges. While there was general agreement on the importance of serving local needs, specific approaches and priorities varied among participants.


The session concluded with practical next steps, including participants receiving access to an AI agent developed by the Diplo Foundation for continued strategy development, and plans for ongoing collaboration on the Landia case study. The Secretary-General’s report on innovative financing options is expected in the coming months.


The use of the Landia case study as a teaching tool proved effective in grounding abstract concepts in practical scenarios. The session’s emphasis on understanding local contexts before implementing solutions, and the recognition that developing countries can shape AI development to serve their specific needs, provides a foundation for continued exploration of these important questions.


Both Ashutosh Chadha and Anita Gurumurthy serve on the UNCTAD committee on data governance for development, suggesting potential avenues for continued collaboration on these issues within existing multilateral frameworks.


Session transcript

Jovan Kurbalija: Good morning, welcome to our session on Developing Capacity for Bottom-Up AI in the Global South, What Role for the International Community. My name is Jovan Kurbalija, I’m Director of Diplo Foundation and Head of Geneva Internet Platform and I’m particularly honored that we are co-organizing today’s session with Permanent Mission Kenya, Microsoft and IT4Change and our colleagues are here from the organization. I will introduce them shortly. The plan for today’s session is to see what we can do practically about capacity development or capacity building, there is terminological confusion and as you know this is a term which is frequently used in the international documents but like any inflated terms which is used a lot after sometimes it can lose the concrete meaning. Therefore our purpose of today’s session is to regain this meaning by having concrete examples. I’m really fortunate today to have with us Amandeep Singh Gill, Tech Envoy, UN Tech Envoy and Under-Secretary General. Amandeep, welcome. Next to him is Ashutosh Chadha, the Head of Geneva’s Office of Microsoft. It’s a pleasure meeting you. And we have also Anita Gurumurthy from IT4Change. I noticed one thing, and I’m here with three colleagues which are somehow connected to India. And I always tell my Indian friends, it’s probably you who attended our session, I said that India put us in trouble because they invented number zero, Shunya. And before that, we had the Romans number and the life was much simpler. And as you know, digitalization and everything else started with number zero. Of course, it’s a joke. But now it’s a time for our Indian colleagues to help us to deal with their invention, which is number zero, which took off gradually from Arab world and al-Khwarizmi and Fibonacci, but came to today where everything is based on these two numbers, zero and one. Therefore, it will be a really inspiring chat and I’m sure we’ll get to quite a few answers. But what is critical, after their introductory remarks, we will co-create the knowledge. I know it’s Amandeep, one of his favorite concepts of co-creation and education. And it is a genuine meaning. There is a lot of expertise around this table, from very young colleagues to more experienced. And instead of us lecturing, we will have that. And we will have also another panelist which joined the IG community in IGF Berlin 2019. It’s a coffee machine. His or her name, we are still deciding on its name, whatever it is, is IQ whalo. IQ whalo is basically an example that you don’t need to have a robot to have AI. It’s our warning about anthropomorphizing AI. You can have a coffee machine, you can have a Hoover, you can have a refrigerator, that can communicate to AI. I’m sure that I’m not going to be in the good books of our colleagues from AI for good, because even in the logo there is a human face. But I’m quite strong on that point that anthropomorphizingPoses major risks for, good AI governance and the development of AI. Therefore, we will ask later on Qvalo, what she thinks about AI development. Before a further due, I would like first to invite Amandeep Singh Gill, Tech Envoy, UN Tech Envoy, to tell us a few words from the perspective of New York and overall thinking.


Amandeep Singh Gill: Thank you so much, Jovan, and thank you to you, Diplo Foundation, and its partners for convening this very timely discussion, and couldn’t agree more with you on the need to avoid anthropomorphizing these technologies, a key principle in the 2017-2018 outcomes of discussion on lethal autonomous weapons. And a key part of my very first presentation to the UN Chief Executives Board in 2022. I don’t know how much we are listening to this, but I think this is key. The correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding. On capacity building, Yvonne, your point about what is it that we are dealing with. So I want to bring some reflections, very brief, from the work in the past six to eight months on the Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building, which he was asked to do by member states in the Global Digital Compact. There was a strong push, and I’m glad to see our friends from Kenya, a strong push by the African group for language on AI capacity building. in the GDC, including the idea of a global AI fund, taking into account the work of the high level advisory body on AI, which had several recommendations that targeted this, bridging the AI divide. They use the terminology, putting a floor under the AI divide, that it doesn’t grow further. And so that action over the past six to eight months has involved a thorough demand analysis of what is it, when we say AI capacity building, what do countries need? It included visits to different parts of the world, 150 plus consultations, submissions, inputs, analysis, because the demand for AI capacity building, you know, it’s a cliche to say you need talent, data, compute. But then in what form? Even the question of talent, in some places, you need talent in SMEs, MSMEs for AI adoption. Other places, you need AI development talent. And then in some other places, you need AI literacy. So there’s many kinds of, so nuanced understanding, and then, you know, categorizing it in terms of where different parts of the world are. Three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is, you know, is another context. So we need to get more nuanced. And so the SG’s report uses a tierification, five tiers, and looks at strategic pathways for countries to kind of graduate through them, from AI nascent to AI developer, and looks at what kind of financing, because at the end of the day, the SG has been asked to come up with options on financing this. So what kind of financing becomes relevant at what stage? So bootstrapping, perhaps, with donor funding, philanthropic contributions. In-kind contributions, then where do multilateral development banks come in, where do markets come in. we have started with, you know, dreams in our eyes about global development in many areas, health, climate change, food systems, and we’ve not often got it right. You know, sometimes it’s been too top down, doesn’t respond to realities, needs on the ground. Sometimes money has not been sufficient, you know, look at climate change, for example. And often we’ve ended up fragmenting the systems, you know, there are dozens of funds on climate change, for example, or on health. So how can we avoid the same experience? So there is some reflection in the report on how the international system could come together, leading to a kind of a match between a national minimum national capacity that’s needed everywhere in the world. Every country, regardless of size, level of development, needs a minimum capacity, policy, an ecosystem, some curation of local language data sets, a minimum amount of data storage, compute to even if you’re tuning models in your own context, then corresponding that you need a minimum global response. And that includes a global fund on AI. Look at Africa’s ambition, 60 billion over 10 years. So you know, try and expand that globally, then coordination for funders. So we avoid the previous fragmentation, we’ve seen coordination platform for funders, and then some way to direct in kind resources because in many parts, including Switzerland, you know, compute is lying idle, there are cycles of compute available, provided we can find the digital cooperation, incentives, protocols to link it. We need talent flow. you know, people with domain knowledge, agricultural health coming to places where the AI knowledge is more at another level. So those are the areas that we need to kind of, you know, leveraging our existing institutions, multi-stakeholder centers of excellence, find a way to network capacity building. And this is where I stop, you know, finding a way to create a global network of capacity building that’s multi-stakeholder, that’s impactful, closer to the context and the needs on the ground. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you, Amandeep. If I understand correctly, that proposal by Secretary General will be presented sometime in September, October, September. Therefore, it would be an interesting and I would say major development of putting all of these things together. Thank you, Amandeep. Ashutosh, am I pronouncing correctly? Thank you. Please let us know your quick input for the discussion. And yeah, please. Thanks.


Ashutosh Chadha: Thanks very much. And thanks Amandeep for the concept that you talked about, because that’s sort of something that I’ll build upon. And if I use the case study, which was given about, what is the name of the state? Landia. Landia. Landia, somewhere in the world, which is grappling with the issue on AI. I’m gonna sort of possibly position this more as a policy challenge. And the reason I’m gonna position this as a policy challenge is that when we look at AI adoption, diffusion, usage in countries, anywhere, we always talk about what is the AI stack. And it starts with having basic electricity, connectivity, access to data, data centers, access to technology by which people can use, and then the capacity. Right, but if you fundamentally look at all of this, when we talk about underdeveloped digital infrastructure, unreliable electricity, fragmented data ecosystems, I think so the fundamental premise that comes over there is that there’s possibly a lack of positive policy confirmation across all of these areas. The fact that we don’t have reliable electricity platforms, the fact that we don’t have data ecosystems or data governance policies, which talk to each other, or enable the usage of AI, the fact that we don’t have educational systems, right. So in my view, I would say, one of the biggest things that this country, Lodina, sorry,


Jovan Kurbalija: Landia, Landia, a far growing country.


Ashutosh Chadha: Right. Landia needs to work on is focus on policy issues, right? I’m not, I’m not underscoring or, or negating the importance of building the infrastructure. I’m not negating the fact that we need to have electricity, not negating the fact that we need to have data access, right data representation, right? All of those are important. But where does that process start when you start thinking about the policies which impact this? Right? That’s where I think so, if the question as a private sector, where, what is the role that we can play as the private sector, I think, I would, again, pass that into and I love talking in threes, right, is pass that into three areas. One is helping build a national AI strategy, which looks at this entire tech stack, right? The second is working with on building capacity of the institutions and the people within the within the country on how do you how do you actually drive data governance, right? And I’m actually very glad that both Anita and I are actually on a committee which has been set up as a part of the GDC by UNCTAD on building up a framework for data governance for development. And I think that’s the fundamental. If you can’t use AI and if you can’t use data to make an impact to the last person on the ground, you’re not doing it right. You’re not doing our jobs, right? So the second is checking data governance capacity in institutions, in the governance frameworks, in the people who are building those regulations and those policies. And the third is embedding the larger concept of AI in broader development opportunities in the country. So how will AI impact agriculture? How will it impact education? And how will education impact AI? How will it impact health? How will it impact logistics? Because when you, as our chairman very clearly says that away from all the glitz and glamor of AI which can help you do a lot of things, create pictures that you want and things of that sort and answer questions to difficult questions or give you answers to difficult questions, the real impact of AI is gonna be when it starts impacting positively our health, agriculture systems, climate and individual well-being. So in our opinion, from a private sector, one of the areas that we need to look at is defining what should be the policy gamut across all of these areas. I’ll stop here.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you. and Mr. Jovan Kurbalija. Thank you for the very, very colorful case study. We love Diplo for these wonderful storytelling ways of learning. So maybe I can be provocative, but yet productive. So I just wanted to say that mainstream AI may not always deliver. I think there’s immense and copious amounts of research out there that talks about cultural adaptation, data that’s not representative upon which AI is built. And the most important thing for governments and the people, particularly in the Global South, but also not just the Global South, where you don’t have control over the model and you need to keep sending the data out and the vendor is all powerful. So the question about the right to tweak, transfer, and transform, which broadly is understood as the right to repair, but broader, and completely agree with the ambassador that talking about infrastructure, talent, and data, well, it tells you one thing that the dice is loaded against you in the race. But that shouldn’t be so confounding because, you know, which simply means that part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race. So where’s the hope? We’ve been talking about this, the Secretary General, and I’ve also heard this from the ambassador and others about the possibility of a global public facility for AI and computing. and Mr. A.K. Nair and the International Surn which offers a shared compute power resource arrangement, a genuinely global public good, may be located in the beautiful city of Rio and supported by the BRICS. I hope all of you have read the BRICS latest AI declaration. It’s really good. People are talking about it. The second thing I want to say is there is a genuine curiosity and exploration about smallest beautiful models because you can, in Landia, which is landlocked and primarily agriculture-based, have task-based models that run locally, you know, so everything does not have to be on scale. You don’t need whole-of-systems automation. You can modularize and just have AI for small parts, some parts of the value chain. In fact, I wanted to inform you that the minister’s son in Landia just got back from the U.S. And his team’s research is telling you that LLMs and LRMs are collapsing with complex tasks. That’s what the minister’s son, you know, he’s an AI engineer. He went away from Landia in his 20s and he just got back. And you have the platform cooperative consortium’s latest experiments with local AI on new licenses for agriculture data cooperatives and immense possibilities in the agriculture sector for datafication, bottom-up. You don’t have to do this national top-down. In Landia, the minister’s son wants to advise Landia that the public broadcast archives in the three ethnic languages could be a very important resource to build their own large language model. So, well, can we have access to common data pools? Well, you can approach the FAO and look at the agroecological systems that are similar to Landia. Request for training data sets on climate and crops, can the FAO help? Will we be able to build an agri-data commons? And finally, I think the message I want to convey with all of this is what the Human Development Report of the UN says, that in your AI choices… you really need to augment. And that’s, I mean, and what is the meaning of augmenting? An AI that augments is really reinforcing human dignity. And it’s not only about competitive advantage, which is of course important in the real world, but not everyone is on the top of the AI chain, but human dignity is the same for everyone. At ID4Change, and we’d love to work with Landia, we call this region AI, regenerative AI, which is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you, Anita, for updating us about the traveling news from the son of the president of Landia. And he told me that he would return next year, but it’s good news that he decided to move back faster. A lovely input on the transfer, transformation, augmented AI, quite a few concepts on bottom-up AI. And I think you now corrected a bit of the predominant view that the more GPUs have, the more NVIDIA we have, the better AI we will develop. And I think it was already going to, as a trace from Amandeep, yes, we need GPUs, we need the hardware, but what we need is some, maybe something just around the corner. A small system, augmented artificial intelligence, capturing and preserving knowledge of the local communities, farmers, villagers, who are condensing thousands of the years of the wisdom of cultivating land, of solving problems, marriages, community problems, that huge, huge resource, huge, what defines us, as you said, as humans and our dignity, knowledge, in addition to ethics, basically a few things that defines us as humans. Therefore, thank you for helping with Landia. We’ll ask you just quickly, our advisor, IQ Vallo, before we open the floor. Hi, IQ Vallo, how are you?


IQ whalo: It sounds like you’re asking about the front end of something, can you qualify what you mean by IQ whalo?


Jovan Kurbalija: But You are IQ whalo, you are the adviser to the president of Lundia, and we need your help on AI strategy.


IQ whalo: I’m not an advisor to the president of Lundia; I’m an AI model designed to assist with various tasks, including information and advice on topics like AI strategies. How can you help you with that?


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you. She’s quiet. Okay, okay. Good. Great. We heard from our excellent speakers at the very beginning. Now, what is our plan is to use next 20 minutes, 10 minutes, to try to develop building blocks for the Landius capacity building, AI capacity building strategy. That’s the first point. This is bad news. We have only 10 or 15 minutes. Good news is that we’ll share with you, we’ll circulate the paper, we’ll share with you AI agent, which is behind IQ whalo, where you can start developing strategies yourself. We develop AI agent based on the all available AI strategies, including text on capacity building, and you can leave this session with inputs from our speakers and our discussion, but also start developing. The framework is here. I think Anita already introduced Landia, landlocked country, population 8 million, high percentage 60 living in rural areas, 50% of the population has access, low access, electricity, occasional power outages, reliance on agriculture, 65% employment, data ecosystem, lack of reliable national statistics, limited data collection efforts. You have all details, I’m just bringing you lines. Skills and workforce, medium level of digital literacy overall, divides in digital skills in particular between rural and urban areas. Policy environment, existing policy do not adequate support AI development. Other challenges, limited government capacity, few local private sector actors, concerns about brain drain. And some opportunities, of course, growing interest, people are excited about digital among youth, active civil society organization, especially community-based organization, ongoing discussion for partnership universities, neighboring countries, some pilot project in agriculture innovation funded by international donors, strong communities, radio networks. We shouldn’t forget in many developing countries, radio networks are basically key connection of the local communities. And diaspora of tech professionals who they are ready to help country, therefore we have quite a good building blocks. And we outline the potential questions, and I will say we will go in this really limited time through the few questions, but don’t be, when you intervene, just say a few words who you are, try to intervene to the point on all of these questions, we’ll collect them, put them back into the AI model, share AI model with you, and this session is only 45 minutes, but it will continue after we close. and of course, with our partners, we’ll continue interacting and other things. Good. Vision and priorities. What should be country’s vision and priorities for AI development? How can local communities and stakeholders be engaged in defining this vision? Let me just put it, that could be the preambular general formulation. But give us a few inputs, what we say about local communities, how to bring local communities there. What are the key elements required to develop national and local capacity for bottom-up AI? Infrastructure, data ecosystem, skill policy and institutional framework. Just the two points, but you can intervene on any point, raise your hand, make your suggestion what we should put in Landia’s AI capacity development strategy. Now, time is for your inputs, comments, suggestions. Please, go ahead. And our people are shy, coffee, we can’t serve the coffee, but I’m sure there is a lot of wisdom in the room. Please.


Nandini Chami: Hi, I’m Nandini from IT4Change. Sorry, from India again. You have to solve the problems. Yeah. So, I was thinking that from the perspective of Landia, when building community-driven AI, it would be very important to connect with other MSMEs and smaller economic actors in similar context, similar context as in similar agro-economic zones and things like that, who have built solutions for addressing productivity-related challenges. So, because this country’s existing advantage is in its agricultural sector, there will be very important choices about how to bring AI in agriculture without displacing farmers from their livelihoods. and not going in for models which would just focus on maybe aggregating the small landholdings and the productivity focus that is not looking at a livelihoods focus and a future of work strategy about what it would mean to gradually move populations out into other higher value add services and how to balance both the short term interest of economic productivity in agriculture with the longer term question of what future of work and meaningful opportunities for the workforce, this might be very critical in digital industrial strategy.


Jovan Kurbalija: Can I add to that, you know, one of the biggest problems is in any technology


Ashutosh Chadha: infusion or any sort of a new thing is that we try to do a bolt on to things, right? That doesn’t work. If I’m saying technology can make you more efficient, effective and add to the value that you’re creating, I should not be also asking you to change the way you’re working. That’s an extremely important perspective, which I think Nandini was mentioning, right? And that local, so it’s not about, it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this. So when we’re talking about local context, I think it’s important to understand the MSME, what their problems are, how are they working and build the vision on how then technology can be diffused in their system. It’s extremely critical rather than saying, this is how the technology works, adopt it. You can’t do that.


Jovan Kurbalija: This is so critical comment. Thank you so much for bringing that and building on that. We have then, quickly your name and make an intervention.


Alan Ross: Alan Ross, following on from these two things, one of the things is if you’re training young people in the developing world, probably in your country too, that there’s 20% of graduates that are unemployed. Let’s train them in how to use AI, but not models. Let’s look at how they can go into the rural countries and help the farmer, little drone up in the sky, you know, $100 or less. They can take a film and analyse it and show the farmer what he needs to be doing in nitrates or potassium or whatever. Have a leaf, where you take a photograph of the leaf and again helps the farmer to get better productivity doing what he’s doing, but just after giving him 20-30% more productivity so he can get his kids sent to school and he can feed his family. I think we should be seeing how we can help him do what he does, rather than changing what he does to fit whatever model we think society needs.


Jovan Kurbalija: Critical points, which is now nicely building from this point. Instead of trying to put the local communities into some framework that is imposed, let’s build on its underlying echoing message. Let’s use the local dynamics, help them to use AI and preserve their uniqueness and specificities for the AI era. I think it’s a great line of thinking. And now we will have you, please introduce yourself.


Audience: Thank you. My name is Tabaget Zavila from Botswana, the regulator in Botswana. I think all the comments are quite valid, but however, I’m finding it difficult to comprehend how to develop a policy for this country that there are key issues that need to be addressed, which are fundamental to supporting something that rides on solid networks. Just looking at the digital infrastructure, one of the key characteristics here is that 50% of the population have access to reliable broadband internet. Would it be prudent for us to think about building… something that would require a stable internet connection. Similarly, when you look at, I think there is somewhere where they talk about power supply, that electricity, occasional power outages and unreliable electrical power supply. How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge. I think in our development of this policy, we also need to address these two key features. Maybe I’m wrong, but I don’t think there will be any importance for us to continue building something that will need another primary source, something so primary as connectivity and also power supply for it to work well. So, in the development, I want us to also focus on how we are going to address these two features. Thank you.


Jovan Kurbalija: Great comment, and just a quick comment, and then we’ll come to you. I think it’s a really vital comment, which is underlying, and it’s also policy, which Ashmut mentioned at the very beginning. We have so many challenges. Are we addressing them sequentially? We sort out electricity, then we move to data, then we move to AI. All we address them simultaneously through different trade-offs, which we have to make. And I’ll give you one example, and then we move to panelists. We have the AI apprenticeship program, and we have participants from Botswana. Nelson, we can share the link. Who created AI agent for non-communicable diseases for Botswana? And it became very popular. People are using consulting on non-communicable diseases with zero funding. That was basically this thing. Therefore, sometimes, and of course, he told us sometimes there is no electricity in that region, but tomorrow there is electricity. Therefore, that’s a real challenge. How to make a policy, as you said, that we address the


Audience: Thank you. I am wondering whether Landi, as a member of the BRICS, and this is going to Anita’s point, do you think it is more a question than a comment but do you think it would be more beneficial for Landia to get closer to the BRICS and to that vision of AI or would you think that they should stick to the more sort of Western or mainstream dominant view of AI development?


Jovan Kurbalija: According to the latest news from the well-informed circles in Landia, they prefer to stay with G193 and with some ambitions to join maybe other Gs but they want to develop good relations with BRICS. Please.


Anita Gurumurthy: I think this is also a trade-off question and one has to put one’s eggs in different baskets but certainly it’s a question that the European Union is grappling with, right? And as a union of states but also individual countries like Germany are grappling with this question in a very big way. What happens to the automobile sector in Germany, the AI-fication of the automobile industry? It’s a very big question for that country. So I do believe that in respect of the search for viable alternatives that can stand up the test of time and can respect the planetary boundaries, it would be important not to lose sight of the fact and call these experiments utopian. For me, the most significant part of the BRICS declaration is its calling out for a balanced intellectual property. So my answer to that would be yes, Landia should go with the BRICS. It came out with a very sensible intellectual property.


Jovan Kurbalija: Let me add to this point that the geopolitics is changing. Position of European Union today is not different from Landia because European Union does not have all their knowledge and data to the large extent on its territory, its user. It’s basically user like Landia, like many developing countries on the knowledge generated somewhere else. Well, the big changes are ahead of us that we will see. We have three minutes. We have a comment from you and then we’ll wrap it up, collect the inputs and continue online with the development. Please.


Baratang Miya: My name is Baratang Mia from Girl Hype. We teach women and girls how to code. So for me, my thing is I was thinking from what he said from Botswana that we should be careful of what is needed in this community. AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here by thinking AI is going to solve the problem whilst we just automate the solutions that we are coming with instead of what the community needs.


Jovan Kurbalija: That’s fantastic. Bottom up AI, AI grounded in the local communities, not imposed on the local community, which was already mentioned in quite a few statements and what Anita told us reflected in this new BRICS declaration. Please, thank you.


Rudy Massamba: Thank you very much. My name is Rudy Masamba and I am from Congo Brazzaville. I just wanted to add on what my friend from Botswana said and also say that, okay, when we talk about AI in communities, it’s important also to understand that in most countries in the world, so even in Africa, we have geniuses everywhere. They are capable of learning these things. So for me, the question is not do they know how to use AI or are they going to use AI in a good or bad manner because AI for me is just like a knife. If you’re going to use it to kill your friends, it’s not the knife that’s responsible for killing your friend. So we have people who can actually develop AI and I have seen people developing what you talked about. I mean, they’re going to use AI in order to help farmers grow, I would say, different kind of products. But then my question is we’re talking about communities. If the government is not there to support that, how are we going to actually develop AI in these communities? Because what we have seen in the rest of the world is that, of course, even if there is the private sector, but the public sector is also sometimes helping developing AI.


Jovan Kurbalija: Thank you very much for these points. Sorin, I hope we won’t be persona non gratis. Ah, they’re coming, the next session. Lovely discussion, good points, and thank you very much first for our panellists and for Amandi, but also your great comments and inputs. We’ll follow up, just leave your email, and this is just the beginning of one long-lasting friendship, as they say in Casablanca movie, and a nice discussion that we will have for quite some time. Thank you. Thank you.


A

Amandeep Singh Gill

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

842 words

Speech time

370 seconds

Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers

Explanation

Gill argues that AI capacity building requirements vary significantly across different regions and contexts. He emphasizes that while the general categories of talent, data, and compute are often cited, the specific needs differ – some places need talent for AI adoption in SMEs, others need AI development talent, and still others need basic AI literacy.


Evidence

Examples provided include Ethiopia needing 3 extra GPUs (currently has 12 total) versus South Africa receiving 3000 GPUs, demonstrating different scales of need


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Economic


Proposal for Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options including global AI fund

Explanation

Gill discusses the UN Secretary General’s upcoming report on financing AI capacity building, which was requested by member states in the Global Digital Compact. The report includes analysis of different financing mechanisms and proposes a global AI fund as part of a coordinated international response.


Evidence

References 150+ consultations, submissions, and analysis conducted over 6-8 months; mentions Africa’s ambition of 60 billion over 10 years as a scale reference


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Economic


Importance of avoiding fragmentation seen in previous global development efforts

Explanation

Gill warns against repeating past mistakes in global development initiatives where efforts became too top-down, insufficiently funded, or fragmented across multiple competing funds. He cites examples from climate change and health sectors where dozens of separate funds created inefficiencies.


Evidence

Specific examples of fragmentation in climate change and health funding with dozens of separate funds


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Economic


Creating global network of multi-stakeholder capacity building closer to local contexts

Explanation

Gill advocates for establishing a networked approach to AI capacity building that involves multiple stakeholders and is more responsive to local contexts and needs. This approach would leverage existing institutions and create centers of excellence that can better serve ground-level requirements.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Nandini Chami
– Rudy Massamba

Agreed on

Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building


A

Ashutosh Chadha

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

808 words

Speech time

343 seconds

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks

Explanation

Chadha argues that the fundamental challenge for AI adoption in developing countries is the lack of coherent policy frameworks across critical areas. He contends that issues like unreliable electricity, fragmented data ecosystems, and inadequate educational systems stem from policy gaps rather than just resource constraints.


Evidence

Examples of policy gaps include lack of reliable electricity platforms, absence of data governance policies that enable AI usage, and inadequate educational systems


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches


Technology should adapt to local working methods rather than forcing communities to change

Explanation

Chadha emphasizes that successful technology implementation should not require communities to fundamentally change how they work. Instead, technology should be designed and implemented to enhance existing practices and workflows, making them more efficient and effective without disrupting established methods.


Evidence

Contrasts the approach of making technology work for people versus making people work for technology


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Focus on embedding AI in broader development sectors like agriculture, health, and education

Explanation

Chadha argues that the real impact of AI will come when it positively affects core development sectors rather than just providing general-purpose capabilities. He emphasizes that AI should be integrated into specific sectoral applications where it can deliver tangible benefits to people’s lives.


Evidence

Mentions specific sectors: agriculture, education, health, climate, and individual well-being as areas where AI should have real impact


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Need for data governance capacity building in institutions and regulatory frameworks

Explanation

Chadha highlights the importance of building institutional capacity for data governance, emphasizing that effective AI implementation requires robust frameworks for managing and governing data. He stresses that if data cannot be used effectively to impact the most vulnerable populations, the AI implementation is failing.


Evidence

References his participation in a UNCTAD committee established as part of the GDC to build frameworks for data governance for development


Major discussion point

Capacity Building Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


A

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

151 words per minute

Speech length

804 words

Speech time

318 seconds

Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems

Explanation

Gurumurthy argues that mainstream AI solutions often fail to serve Global South contexts due to cultural adaptation issues and unrepresentative data. She emphasizes the importance of having control over AI models and the right to modify them, rather than being dependent on external vendors where data must be sent out and users have no control.


Evidence

References copious research on cultural adaptation and data representation issues; mentions the broader concept of ‘right to repair’


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Disagreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha

Disagreed on

Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches


Potential for smallest beautiful models and task-based local AI solutions

Explanation

Gurumurthy advocates for smaller, localized AI models that can run locally and serve specific tasks rather than requiring large-scale infrastructure. She argues that not everything needs to be automated at scale, and modular approaches focusing on specific parts of value chains can be more appropriate for many contexts.


Evidence

Mentions that LLMs and LRMs are collapsing with complex tasks according to research from ‘the minister’s son’ character


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Regenerative AI that is indigenous, inclusive, and intentional

Explanation

Gurumurthy introduces the concept of ‘regenerative AI’ that prioritizes human dignity over competitive advantage. This approach focuses on AI that augments human capabilities while respecting indigenous knowledge systems and being intentionally designed for inclusive outcomes.


Evidence

References the UN Human Development Report’s emphasis on augmentation and human dignity


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Global public facility for AI and computing as shared resource

Explanation

Gurumurthy proposes the establishment of a global public facility that would provide shared computing resources as a genuine global public good. She suggests this could be supported by BRICS and located in cities like Rio, offering an alternative to current concentrated AI infrastructure.


Evidence

References discussions about International Surn and BRICS AI declaration


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Local language models using public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives

Explanation

Gurumurthy suggests that countries can build their own language models using local resources like public broadcast archives in ethnic languages. She also proposes creating agricultural data cooperatives and accessing common data pools from organizations like FAO for building sector-specific AI capabilities.


Evidence

Specific examples include using public broadcast archives in three ethnic languages and approaching FAO for agroecological training datasets


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach

Explanation

Gurumurthy highlights the BRICS AI declaration as offering a more balanced approach to intellectual property that could benefit developing countries. She argues this represents a viable alternative to current IP regimes that may be restrictive for Global South AI development.


Evidence

References the BRICS latest AI declaration and its call for balanced intellectual property


Major discussion point

Alternative AI Models and Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Disagreed with

– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment


N

Nandini Chami

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

185 words

Speech time

88 seconds

Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions

Explanation

Chami argues that when building community-driven AI, it’s important to connect with other small and medium enterprises in similar agricultural and economic contexts. This approach allows for sharing solutions and experiences that are relevant to similar challenges and environments.


Evidence

Emphasizes connecting with MSMEs and smaller economic actors in similar agro-economic zones who have built solutions for productivity challenges


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Balancing agricultural productivity with livelihoods and future of work considerations

Explanation

Chami emphasizes the need to carefully consider how AI implementation in agriculture affects farmer livelihoods and employment. She warns against models that focus solely on productivity through land aggregation without considering the displacement of farmers and the need for alternative economic opportunities.


Evidence

Discusses the tension between productivity focus and livelihoods focus, and the need for future of work strategy for transitioning populations to higher value-add services


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Economic | Development


A

Alan Ross

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

172 words

Speech time

55 seconds

Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods

Explanation

Ross argues for using AI tools to enhance what farmers are already doing rather than forcing them to adopt entirely new approaches. He advocates for simple, practical applications that can provide immediate productivity improvements while respecting existing farming practices and knowledge.


Evidence

Examples include using drones for field analysis and leaf photography for nutrient assessment, providing 20-30% productivity improvements


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development


Training unemployed graduates to use AI tools for rural community support

Explanation

Ross proposes addressing graduate unemployment by training young people to use AI tools that can support rural communities. This approach creates employment opportunities while providing technical support to farmers and rural populations who can benefit from AI applications.


Evidence

Notes that 20% of graduates are unemployed and suggests training them to help farmers with AI tools


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Development | Economic


A

Audience

Speech speed

118 words per minute

Speech length

300 words

Speech time

151 seconds

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation

Explanation

An audience member from Botswana’s regulator raises concerns about developing AI policies when fundamental infrastructure like reliable electricity and broadband connectivity are still lacking. They question the wisdom of building AI systems that require stable infrastructure when that infrastructure doesn’t exist.


Evidence

References the case study showing 50% population access to broadband and occasional power outages as fundamental barriers


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Disagreed on

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development


Question of whether countries should align with BRICS or Western AI development approaches

Explanation

An audience member asks whether developing countries like the fictional Landia would benefit more from aligning with BRICS AI development approaches or sticking with mainstream Western models. This reflects broader geopolitical considerations in AI development strategy.


Evidence

References BRICS vision of AI versus Western/mainstream dominant approaches


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


R

Rudy Massamba

Speech speed

156 words per minute

Speech length

222 words

Speech time

85 seconds

Government support is essential for community-based AI development

Explanation

Massamba argues that while communities have the talent and capability to develop and use AI effectively, government support is crucial for successful implementation. He emphasizes that even though private sector involvement is important, public sector backing is necessary for sustainable AI development in communities.


Evidence

References examples of people developing AI solutions for farmers but notes the need for government support, drawing parallels with AI development patterns in other parts of the world


Major discussion point

AI Capacity Building Framework and Strategy


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Nandini Chami

Agreed on

Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building


Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally

Explanation

Massamba emphasizes that genius and capability exist everywhere, including in African communities, and that people are capable of learning and developing AI solutions. He argues against assumptions that communities lack the intellectual capacity for AI development, comparing AI to a tool that can be used responsibly by capable individuals.


Evidence

Uses the analogy of AI being like a knife – the tool itself is neutral, and the responsibility lies with the user; mentions seeing people develop AI solutions for agricultural applications


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


B

Baratang Miya

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

109 words

Speech time

44 seconds

AI should serve community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions

Explanation

Miya warns against the risk of automating existing inequalities by imposing external solutions rather than addressing what communities actually need. She emphasizes the importance of letting communities determine their own needs rather than having outsiders decide what problems AI should solve for them.


Evidence

References her work with Girl Hype teaching women and girls to code, emphasizing community-driven approaches


Major discussion point

Bottom-Up vs Top-Down AI Development


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Agreed on

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions

Explanation

Miya argues for careful consideration of who decides what needs AI should address in communities. She warns that without proper community consultation, AI implementations risk automating existing inequalities rather than solving real problems identified by the communities themselves.


Evidence

Warns about automating inequality by thinking AI will solve problems while actually just automating externally imposed solutions


Major discussion point

Local Context and Community Engagement


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


J

Jovan Kurbalija

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1927 words

Speech time

805 seconds

Warning against anthropomorphizing AI; AI can be embedded in simple devices like coffee machines

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that anthropomorphizing AI poses major risks for AI governance and development. He demonstrates this by introducing a coffee machine as an AI advisor, emphasizing that AI doesn’t need to have human-like characteristics or robots to be functional and useful.


Evidence

Uses the coffee machine ‘IQ whalo’ as a practical example; mentions this goes against even AI for Good logos that show human faces


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that rather than waiting to solve infrastructure problems like electricity before moving to AI, countries should address multiple challenges simultaneously through trade-offs. He suggests that waiting for perfect infrastructure before implementing AI solutions may not be practical or necessary.


Evidence

Provides example of AI apprenticeship program participant from Botswana who created AI agent for non-communicable diseases that became popular despite occasional electricity outages


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Audience (Botswana regulator)

Disagreed on

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency

Explanation

Kurbalija argues that the geopolitical landscape is changing such that even the European Union faces similar challenges to developing countries in terms of AI dependency. He suggests that the EU, like many developing countries, largely relies on knowledge and data generated elsewhere rather than having full control over AI systems.


Evidence

Notes that EU does not have all their knowledge and data on its territory and is largely a user of knowledge generated elsewhere


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Preference for multilateral approach through G193 while maintaining good relations with BRICS

Explanation

Kurbalija suggests that countries like the fictional Landia prefer to work within the broader multilateral system (G193 referring to all UN member states) while maintaining good relationships with regional groupings like BRICS. This represents a balanced approach to international AI cooperation.


Evidence

References ‘latest news from well-informed circles in Landia’ as a diplomatic way of expressing this balanced position


Major discussion point

Geopolitical and Strategic Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment


I

IQ whalo

Speech speed

394 words per minute

Speech length

55 words

Speech time

8 seconds

Clarification of identity and role as AI assistant rather than political advisor

Explanation

IQ whalo corrects the assumption that it is an advisor to the president of Lundia, clarifying that it is an AI model designed to assist with various tasks including providing information and advice on topics like AI strategies. This demonstrates the AI’s attempt to establish appropriate boundaries and accurate understanding of its capabilities and role.


Evidence

States ‘I’m not an advisor to the president of Lundia; I’m an AI model designed to assist with various tasks, including information and advice on topics like AI strategies’


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Request for clarification when given ambiguous queries

Explanation

IQ whalo demonstrates appropriate AI behavior by asking for clarification when presented with unclear or ambiguous requests. When initially asked about being ‘IQ whalo’, it requests qualification of what the questioner means, showing responsible AI interaction patterns.


Evidence

Responds with ‘It sounds like you’re asking about the front end of something, can you qualify what you mean by IQ whalo?’


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Technical Considerations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreements

Agreement points

Technology should adapt to local contexts rather than imposing external frameworks

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Baratang Miya
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technology should adapt to local working methods rather than forcing communities to change


Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods


AI should serve community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions


Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems


Summary

Multiple speakers agreed that AI implementation should respect and build upon existing local practices, knowledge systems, and community-identified needs rather than forcing communities to adapt to externally designed technological frameworks.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Need for multi-stakeholder, networked approach to AI capacity building

Speakers

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Nandini Chami
– Rudy Massamba

Arguments

Creating global network of multi-stakeholder capacity building closer to local contexts


Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions


Government support is essential for community-based AI development


Summary

Speakers agreed that effective AI capacity building requires collaboration between multiple stakeholders including governments, private sector, and communities, with emphasis on networked approaches that connect similar contexts.


Topics

Development | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Importance of sectoral integration of AI in agriculture and development

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Alan Ross
– Nandini Chami
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Focus on embedding AI in broader development sectors like agriculture, health, and education


Focus on helping farmers improve existing practices rather than changing their methods


Connecting with MSMEs in similar agro-economic zones for agriculture-focused AI solutions


Local language models using public broadcast archives and agricultural data cooperatives


Summary

Multiple speakers emphasized that AI should be integrated into specific development sectors, particularly agriculture, where it can deliver tangible benefits while respecting existing practices and local knowledge systems.


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize the changing geopolitical landscape in AI development and the need for alternative approaches to current Western-dominated AI systems, with BRICS offering potential alternatives.

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that AI capacity building requires comprehensive policy frameworks and nuanced understanding of different contexts rather than one-size-fits-all approaches.

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the inherent capabilities and wisdom within local communities, arguing against assumptions that external expertise is always needed and advocating for community-driven approaches.

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Baratang Miya

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Unexpected consensus

Infrastructure challenges should be addressed simultaneously rather than sequentially

Speakers

– Jovan Kurbalija
– Audience

Arguments

Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Explanation

While an audience member raised concerns about implementing AI without basic infrastructure, Kurbalija’s response created an unexpected consensus that infrastructure challenges don’t need to be solved sequentially, but can be addressed through trade-offs and simultaneous approaches, as demonstrated by successful AI implementations despite infrastructure limitations.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Recognition of local talent and capabilities in developing countries

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Alan Ross
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Training unemployed graduates to use AI tools for rural community support


Potential for smallest beautiful models and task-based local AI solutions


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus across speakers from different backgrounds that developing countries have significant local talent and capabilities that can be leveraged for AI development, challenging common assumptions about capacity limitations in the Global South.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus around community-centered, locally-adapted approaches to AI development, with agreement on the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration, sectoral integration (especially agriculture), and respect for local knowledge systems. Speakers consistently emphasized bottom-up rather than top-down approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles of AI capacity building, with implications that successful AI development in the Global South requires paradigm shifts away from technology-first approaches toward community-first, locally-adapted strategies that build on existing capabilities and knowledge systems.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Sequential vs Simultaneous Infrastructure Development

Speakers

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Summary

The Botswana regulator argues that basic infrastructure like electricity and connectivity must be addressed before AI implementation, questioning the wisdom of building AI systems without stable infrastructure. Kurbalija counters that countries should address multiple challenges simultaneously through trade-offs rather than waiting for perfect infrastructure.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Mainstream vs Alternative AI Development Approaches

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Ashutosh Chadha

Arguments

Mainstream AI may not deliver for Global South; need for right to tweak, transfer, and transform AI systems


AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Summary

Gurumurthy argues that mainstream AI solutions often fail Global South contexts and advocates for alternative approaches including smaller local models and regenerative AI. Chadha focuses on working within existing frameworks but improving policy coordination across infrastructure, data governance, and institutions.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


BRICS vs Multilateral Alignment

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


Preference for multilateral approach through G193 while maintaining good relations with BRICS


Summary

Gurumurthy advocates for aligning with BRICS approaches, particularly praising their balanced intellectual property stance. Kurbalija suggests a more balanced approach, preferring to work within the broader multilateral system while maintaining good relations with BRICS.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Unexpected differences

Infrastructure Prerequisites vs Pragmatic Implementation

Speakers

– Audience (Botswana regulator)
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

Importance of addressing basic infrastructure needs like electricity and connectivity before AI implementation


Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously rather than sequentially


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are presumably supportive of AI development in developing countries, yet they have fundamentally different views on whether basic infrastructure must be in place before AI implementation can begin. The practical example of successful AI implementation despite infrastructure challenges adds complexity to this debate.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows moderate disagreement on implementation approaches rather than fundamental goals. Key areas of disagreement include infrastructure development sequencing, mainstream vs alternative AI approaches, and geopolitical alignment strategies.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with constructive implications – speakers share common goals of inclusive AI development but offer different pathways. These disagreements reflect healthy debate about practical implementation strategies rather than fundamental philosophical differences, suggesting multiple viable approaches could be pursued simultaneously.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize the changing geopolitical landscape in AI development and the need for alternative approaches to current Western-dominated AI systems, with BRICS offering potential alternatives.

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Jovan Kurbalija

Arguments

BRICS AI declaration offers balanced intellectual property approach


European Union faces similar challenges as developing countries in AI dependency


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that AI capacity building requires comprehensive policy frameworks and nuanced understanding of different contexts rather than one-size-fits-all approaches.

Speakers

– Ashutosh Chadha
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

AI capacity building should focus on policy challenges across infrastructure, data governance, and institutional frameworks


Need for nuanced understanding of AI capacity building across different contexts and tiers


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize the inherent capabilities and wisdom within local communities, arguing against assumptions that external expertise is always needed and advocating for community-driven approaches.

Speakers

– Rudy Massamba
– Baratang Miya

Arguments

Leveraging local genius and talent that exists in communities globally


Importance of understanding what communities actually need versus external assumptions


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Takeaways

Key takeaways

AI capacity building requires nuanced, context-specific approaches rather than one-size-fits-all solutions, with different countries needing different types of support (talent development, infrastructure, policy frameworks) based on their development tier


Bottom-up AI development should prioritize local community needs and adapt technology to existing working methods rather than forcing communities to change their practices


Basic infrastructure challenges (electricity, connectivity) must be addressed simultaneously with AI development rather than sequentially, as waiting for perfect infrastructure would delay beneficial AI applications


Alternative AI models like ‘smallest beautiful models’ and task-based local solutions can be more appropriate for developing countries than mainstream large-scale AI systems


Local communities possess existing genius and talent that can be leveraged for AI development, with unemployed graduates potentially serving as bridges between AI technology and rural communities


Policy frameworks should focus on data governance, institutional capacity building, and embedding AI in broader development sectors rather than treating AI as a standalone technology


The geopolitical landscape of AI is shifting, with initiatives like BRICS offering alternative approaches to intellectual property and AI development that may benefit Global South countries


Resolutions and action items

UN Secretary General’s report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building to be presented in September-October, including proposals for a global AI fund


Participants to receive access to an AI agent developed by Diplo Foundation based on available AI strategies for continued strategy development


Follow-up engagement planned with participants through email collection for ongoing collaboration on Landia case study


Continued development of the Landia AI capacity building strategy using inputs from the session


Sharing of AI apprenticeship program link and examples like the Botswana non-communicable diseases AI agent


Unresolved issues

How to balance sequential versus simultaneous approaches to addressing infrastructure challenges and AI development


Whether developing countries should align with BRICS AI approaches or Western/mainstream AI development models


How to ensure AI serves community-identified needs rather than externally imposed solutions without clear mechanisms for community consultation


How to prevent automation of existing inequalities when implementing AI solutions in underserved communities


Specific mechanisms for ensuring government support for community-based AI development initiatives


How to scale successful local AI solutions while maintaining their community-specific benefits


Detailed implementation pathways for the proposed global AI fund and coordination mechanisms


Suggested compromises

Addressing infrastructure challenges simultaneously with AI development through trade-offs rather than waiting for perfect conditions


Adopting a multi-basket approach to geopolitical AI alignment, maintaining relationships with both BRICS and Western AI initiatives


Focusing on augmented AI that enhances human dignity and local practices rather than replacing them entirely


Using simple, affordable AI tools (like $100 drones) that can provide immediate benefits while building toward more sophisticated systems


Developing AI solutions that work intermittently (when electricity is available) rather than requiring constant connectivity


Creating hybrid approaches that combine global AI resources with local data and knowledge systems


Building on existing community strengths (like radio networks) while introducing new AI capabilities


Thought provoking comments

The correct understanding of what we are dealing with, what it is, before policy, before capacity building, before anything else, that’s good action only flows from correct understanding.

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Reason

This comment establishes a foundational principle that challenges the typical rush to implementation. It emphasizes that understanding must precede action, which is particularly insightful in the AI context where there’s often pressure to adopt technology without fully comprehending its implications.


Impact

This set the philosophical tone for the entire discussion, establishing that the conversation would focus on deep understanding rather than superficial solutions. It influenced subsequent speakers to ground their comments in concrete realities rather than abstract concepts.


Three extra GPUs for Ethiopia, which has a total of 12 GPUs, is meaningful. But 3000 GPUs coming to South Africa, which is currently happening, is, you know, is another context. So we need to get more nuanced.

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Reason

This comment brilliantly illustrates the need for context-specific solutions in AI capacity building. It challenges the one-size-fits-all approach and demonstrates how the same resource can have vastly different impacts depending on the baseline context.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from generic capacity building to nuanced, tiered approaches. It influenced later speakers to consider local contexts more carefully and helped establish the framework for the Landia case study discussion.


Mainstream AI may not always deliver… the question about the right to tweak, transfer, and transform, which broadly is understood as the right to repair, but broader… part of humanity will just get extinct, right? I mean, those who can’t run the race.

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Reason

This is a provocative challenge to the dominant AI narrative. It introduces the concept of AI sovereignty and questions the assumption that mainstream AI solutions are universally beneficial. The stark warning about human extinction for those who can’t compete is particularly thought-provoking.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion from ‘how to adopt AI’ to ‘what kind of AI should we adopt.’ It introduced alternative models like small, task-specific AI and local language models, leading to a more critical examination of AI development pathways.


It’s not about, it’s about how do we make technology work for us? It’s not about how technology makes you work. That’s a very subtle shift in the way we need to apply this.

Speaker

Ashutosh Chadha


Reason

This comment captures a fundamental philosophical shift in technology adoption. It challenges the common assumption that communities must adapt to technology, instead proposing that technology should adapt to existing workflows and needs.


Impact

This comment reinforced and crystallized the bottom-up approach theme. It influenced subsequent speakers to focus on preserving local practices while enhancing them with AI, rather than replacing them entirely.


Would it be prudent for us to think about building something that would require a stable internet connection… How do we develop a policy, an AI policy, while the basic things like network availability and infrastructure, that’s still a challenge.

Speaker

Tabaget Zavila (Botswana regulator)


Reason

This comment brings crucial practical realities into the discussion. It challenges the assumption that AI development can proceed without addressing fundamental infrastructure gaps, forcing the group to confront the sequential vs. simultaneous development dilemma.


Impact

This intervention grounded the discussion in practical constraints and sparked a debate about whether to address challenges sequentially or simultaneously. It led to Kurbalija’s example of the Botswana AI agent working despite intermittent electricity, showing how trade-offs can be managed.


AI should serve whether their needs or is it a choice of the people that are bringing AI to them who’s going to decide what are the needs? Because we might end up automating the inequality that is existing here.

Speaker

Baratang Miya


Reason

This comment raises the critical question of agency and power in AI deployment. It warns against the risk of perpetuating existing inequalities through AI, which is a sophisticated understanding of how technology can embed and amplify social problems.


Impact

This comment brought the discussion full circle to the core theme of bottom-up AI. It reinforced the importance of community agency in determining AI applications and served as a powerful conclusion to the capacity building discussion.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about AI capacity building into a nuanced exploration of power, agency, and alternative development pathways. The discussion evolved from Gill’s foundational call for understanding, through Gurumurthy’s challenge to mainstream AI assumptions, to practical considerations about infrastructure and community needs. The comments created a progression from philosophical grounding to alternative models to practical constraints to community agency. This created a rich, multi-layered conversation that avoided both techno-optimism and techno-pessimism, instead focusing on contextual, community-driven approaches to AI development. The interplay between these comments established a framework for thinking about AI capacity building that prioritizes local needs, challenges dominant narratives, and acknowledges both opportunities and constraints in developing country contexts.


Follow-up questions

How can we avoid the same experience of fragmentation and insufficient funding that occurred with climate change and health initiatives when developing AI capacity building?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

This addresses the critical need to learn from past failures in international development funding to ensure AI capacity building efforts are more coordinated and effective


How can we create effective protocols and incentives to link idle compute resources across different regions for AI capacity building?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

This explores the technical and policy mechanisms needed to share computational resources globally, which could significantly reduce barriers to AI development in the Global South


How can AI be integrated into agriculture without displacing farmers from their livelihoods?

Speaker

Nandini Chami


Explanation

This addresses the critical balance between technological advancement and employment preservation in agriculture-dependent economies


What future of work strategies are needed when gradually moving populations from agriculture to higher value-added services?

Speaker

Nandini Chami


Explanation

This explores the long-term economic transition planning required when implementing AI in traditional sectors


How do we develop AI policies when basic infrastructure like reliable internet connectivity and stable power supply are still challenges?

Speaker

Tabaget Zavila (Botswana regulator)


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental question of whether to address infrastructure challenges sequentially or simultaneously with AI development


Should countries like Landia align more closely with BRICS AI vision or stick to Western/mainstream AI development approaches?

Speaker

Unnamed audience member


Explanation

This explores the geopolitical dimensions of AI development and the strategic choices countries must make regarding international partnerships


Who decides what AI needs a community has – the community itself or external actors bringing AI solutions?

Speaker

Baratang Miya


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental question of agency and self-determination in AI implementation to avoid automating existing inequalities


How can AI development in communities be sustained without strong government support?

Speaker

Rudy Massamba


Explanation

This explores the role of public sector involvement in supporting community-based AI initiatives and the challenges of grassroots AI development


What specific mechanisms are needed to implement the ‘right to tweak, transfer, and transform’ AI models for local contexts?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Explanation

This addresses the technical and legal frameworks needed to ensure communities can adapt AI technologies to their specific needs and contexts


How can public broadcast archives in local languages be effectively utilized to build indigenous large language models?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy (referencing the minister’s son in Landia)


Explanation

This explores practical approaches to leveraging existing cultural and linguistic resources for developing locally relevant AI systems


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

ITU’s Call for Input on WSIS+20

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the ITU’s call for input regarding the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process, which will assess progress and determine the future of WSIS beyond 2025. Cynthia Lesufi, chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, led the session alongside colleagues from ITU, Brazil, and Australia to gather stakeholder feedback on digital development progress over the past two decades.


Gitanjali Sah from ITU provided background on the WSIS process, which began in 1996 and has been coordinated by ITU with over 50 UN agencies to implement various action lines covering capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environments. The ITU maintains a stocktaking database and organizes annual WSIS prizes to showcase successful implementations. The Council Working Group has received 97 submissions from member states and stakeholders, which are being analyzed to identify both achievements and ongoing challenges in areas like connectivity, cybersecurity, and capacity building.


Participants raised several important concerns during the interactive session. A Canadian civil society representative expressed worry about decreased government engagement compared to earlier WSIS phases, while others discussed funding challenges facing the UN system and the need for greater private sector involvement. The discussion emphasized the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches at both national and international levels, with suggestions for encouraging voluntary participation and alternative funding mechanisms.


The session concluded with encouragement for continued participation in the input process, as all contributions will inform the UN General Assembly review scheduled for December 16-17, 2025, which will determine WSIS’s future direction.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and ITU’s Role**: The discussion centered on the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20-year review process, with ITU serving as the lead coordinator. The ITU Council Working Group has issued a call for input, receiving 97 submissions from member states and stakeholders to assess progress and identify future challenges in digital development beyond 2025.


– **Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation**: Participants discussed the importance of maintaining strong multi-stakeholder participation, with specific concerns raised about declining government involvement (particularly Canada’s reduced presence compared to earlier years). The conversation emphasized the need for continued engagement from all sectors – government, private sector, and civil society.


– **Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges**: A significant portion of the discussion addressed funding constraints facing UN processes, including the UN’s need to cut activities by 20-30%. Participants suggested solutions including increased private sector involvement, encouraging volunteerism, and creating member state contribution funds to support WSIS activities.


– **Implementation and Avoiding Duplication**: The conversation highlighted the need to use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives rather than creating duplicate structures. Emphasis was placed on practical implementation of WSIS action lines to make real differences in people’s lives, not just producing reports.


– **National Reporting and Best Practices Sharing**: Discussion of the importance of country-level reports for the WSIS Plus 20 review, with templates available at wsis.org/review. Participants emphasized the need for comparative analysis of these reports to identify best practices, gaps, and areas needing improvement.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to gather stakeholder input and feedback on the ITU’s contribution to the WSIS Plus 20 review process, encourage continued participation in the call for input, and discuss challenges and opportunities for digital development cooperation beyond 2025.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was collaborative and constructive throughout, with participants showing appreciation for the WSIS process while acknowledging real challenges. The conversation maintained an encouraging and solution-oriented approach, with speakers building on each other’s points and offering practical suggestions. There was a sense of urgency about the December 2024 deadline for the UN General Assembly review, but this was balanced with optimism about the multi-stakeholder model’s resilience and adaptability.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Cynthia Lesufi** – Chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on Nurses and SDGs


– **Gitanjali Sah** – ITU Secretariat member


– **Renata Santoyo** – Vice-chair of the ITU Council Working Group, from Brazil


– **Participant** – Representative from Australia, participant in the Council Working Group (appears to be William based on context)


– **Jennifer Corriero** – Works with an NGO based in Toronto, Canada; former part of Youth Caucus and used to be a key focal point in Canada from the government


– **Horst Kremers** – Chair of an international group of experts in risk information management, from Berlin, Germany


– **Mervi Kultamaa** – From Finland, representing ISOC Finland; former government representative and WSIS plus 10 coordinator at UNCTAD


– **Amali De Silva-Mitchell** – From the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies; participated at WSIS since PrepCom One


– **Wisdom Donkor** – Ghana IGF coordinator, speaking from Ghana


**Additional speakers:**


– **Professor Anki Goyal** – From India, Chairman of Association of Telecom IT (referred to as “Professor Gohel” at one point in the transcript)


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: ITU Council Working Group Discussion on WSIS Plus 20 Review Process


## Executive Summary


This discussion, led by Cynthia Lesufi, Chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, focused on gathering stakeholder feedback for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process. The session brought together representatives from ITU, member states, civil society organisations, and technical experts to assess two decades of digital development progress and chart the course for WSIS beyond 2025.


## Background and Context


### WSIS Historical Framework


Gitanjali Sah from the ITU Secretariat provided comprehensive background on the WSIS process, which began in 1996 when Tunisia, a member state, proposed that there should be a framework for the WSIS process at ITU’s plenipotentiary conference. The summit was conducted in two phases – Geneva and Tunisia – with ITU serving as the natural lead coordinator due to its mandate and expertise in telecommunications and information and communication technologies.


The WSIS framework encompasses action lines covering critical areas including capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure development, and enabling environments. ITU coordinates implementation efforts with over 50 UN agencies, maintaining a comprehensive stocktaking database that demonstrates global-to-local implementation of digital development projects. The organisation also administers annual WSIS prizes to showcase successful implementations and organises the annual WSIS Forum, which has become a significant platform for multi-stakeholder dialogue.


### Current Review Process


The ITU Council Working Group has issued a comprehensive call for input to assess progress over the past two decades and explore the future of WSIS beyond 2025. This initiative has generated substantial engagement, with 97 submissions received from member states and stakeholders, published on the ITU website with some exceptions for stakeholders who requested non-publication.


The review process utilises structured templates available at wsis.org slash review, designed to capture achievements, identify gaps and challenges, and articulate future visions. A key deadline of 15th of July was mentioned for contributing to the elements paper. Gitanjali noted that the WSIS Forum did not initially appear in the elements paper, describing this as “a careless omission” that needed to be addressed in the review process.


## Key Discussion Points and Stakeholder Perspectives


### Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Renata Santoyo, Vice-chair of the ITU Council Working Group from Brazil, emphasised the evolution of multi-stakeholder engagement over the past two decades. She noted that the multi-stakeholder model has improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago, creating more effective channels for collaboration between government, private sector, and civil society actors.


However, Jennifer Corriero from a Toronto-based NGO raised concerns about government participation, specifically noting that she did not see “any official government representative on the agenda” for the current week’s discussions. She observed that whilst Canada had over 50 people on its government delegation to WSIS in 2005, current official government representation appeared diminished.


In response to these concerns, it was noted that the ECOSOC president, who is the Canadian ambassador, had given a speech, indicating continued Canadian engagement at senior levels. Professor Anki Goyal also contributed supportive comments, describing WSIS as “the most wonderful platform for more than 20 years.”


### Resource Mobilisation and Financial Challenges


The discussion revealed concerns about funding constraints facing the UN system. Mervi Kultamaa from Finland, representing ISOC Finland, provided context by connecting the WSIS review to broader institutional realities. She highlighted that the UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less whilst maintaining effectiveness.


This financial reality prompted discussion about innovative resource mobilisation. Wisdom Donkor, Ghana IGF coordinator, advocated for greater private sector involvement in funding, arguing that private companies should contribute more as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes. He suggested that current UN funding policies may create barriers to private sector contribution and recommended examining these policies to increase engagement.


Amali De Silva-Mitchell from the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies, who mentioned participating “since the very initial PrepCom One,” offered a balanced perspective, emphasising that the spirit of volunteerism should remain important whilst encouraging private sector support for specific activities.


### Implementation Focus and Avoiding Duplication


A significant theme emerged around the need to focus on practical implementation rather than creating duplicate structures. Gitanjali Sah emphasised the importance of using existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact (GDC) objectives, avoiding duplication of efforts and maximising efficiency.


Renata Santoyo reinforced this perspective, arguing that WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real differences in people’s lives beyond just producing reports.


### Analytical Rigour and Best Practices


Horst Kremers, chair of an international group of experts in risk information management from Berlin, introduced methodological considerations. He argued that comprehensive reviews should include comparative analysis to identify what goals are positive, what goals are less successful, and where best practices can be identified. His intervention suggested that simply collecting reports without systematic comparison might not provide sufficient insights for meaningful policy development.


This prompted responses from both Cynthia Lesufi and Gitanjali Sah, who clarified that their templates do include sections for challenges and that analysis is planned.


## Areas of Consensus and Future Directions


### Leveraging Existing Architecture


Strong consensus emerged around the principle of leveraging existing WSIS structures rather than creating new mechanisms. Participants consistently emphasised that the established WSIS architecture should be utilised to implement new initiatives like the Global Digital Compact, particularly given resource constraints and the need for efficiency.


### Private Sector Engagement


Participants reached consensus on the need for increased private sector involvement, though they proposed different implementation approaches. There was agreement that private sector entities should contribute more to funding given their benefits from global policy discussions, whilst maintaining the inclusive character that has made WSIS successful.


## Recommendations and Action Items


### Immediate Actions


The discussion generated several concrete action items for stakeholders. Participants were encouraged to continue submitting contributions through the template available at wsis.org slash review and to submit national reports to strengthen ITU’s input to the UN General Assembly review scheduled for 16th and 17th of December.


### Engagement Strategies


Specific recommendations emerged for encouraging multi-stakeholder participation at domestic levels to sustain government engagement. The discussion also highlighted the importance of connecting civil society representatives with active government officials involved in WSIS processes.


### Analytical Enhancement


Participants agreed on the need to analyse received contributions to highlight successes, challenges, and recommendations for post-2025 implementation. This analysis should go beyond simple documentation to provide comparative insights and identify best practices.


## Conclusion and Future Outlook


The discussion demonstrated the continued relevance and adaptability of the WSIS process after two decades of implementation. Participants showed strong consensus on fundamental principles whilst engaging in constructive debate about optimisation strategies. The emphasis on practical implementation over mere documentation reflects growing sophistication in international digital cooperation.


Key challenges remain around resource mobilisation and sustaining government engagement across all member states. However, the multi-stakeholder model has proven adaptable and effective, with improvements in collaboration noted over the past two decades.


As the process moves towards the UN General Assembly review in December, the foundation laid by this discussion and similar stakeholder consultations will inform critical decisions about WSIS’s future direction. The discussion concluded with encouragement for continued participation in the input process, recognising that all contributions will inform the decisions about WSIS’s future role in global digital development cooperation.


Session transcript

Cynthia Lesufi: Hello, everyone. My name is Cynthia Alesofi. I’m the chairperson of the ITU Council Working Group on Nurses and SDGs. And really, it’s an honor to welcome all of you in this session. And with me, I’m joined by my esteemed colleagues, Gitanjali from the ITU, Renata as a vice chair of the ITU Council Working Group, and my good friend from Australia as a good participant of the Council Working Group work around this particular issue. And I really want to say to all of you that this is an interactive session. We welcome the input and feel free to say whatever that you want to say with regards to the ITU’s call for input. With this, I want to give Gitanjali as the ITU secretariat to say something about this. Thanks.


Gitanjali Sah: Thank you, Cynthia. So basically, we wanted to, hello, Professor Gohel. You can join us on the table since it’s a small place. Yeah. So as you all know, basically, the WSIS process started in 1996 when in ITU’s plenipotentiary conference, Tunisia, a member state, said that there should be a framework of the WSIS process. And it was then that we took it. to the UN General Assembly. And in the UN General Assembly, it was decided that the WSIS will be held in two phases, one in Geneva and the other one in Tunisia. So Geneva confirmed the Geneva Plan of Action, where we came up with the framework of the WSIS action lines. And in Tunisia, it was more about enhanced cooperation, internet governance, and that’s where IGF was born. So the ITU was a very natural lead coordinator since we work on issues of communication and technologies. We have been coordinating the implementation of the WSIS action lines with the different UN agencies. So we work with more than 50 UN agencies to implement the different action lines. We lead the coordination of the action line on capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment. We coordinate the WSIS forum every year. And internally within the ITU, we also have a system for member states to advise us on what we should be doing through our council working group that Cynthia chairs, and the plenipotentiary conference where we have a resolution 140. So we also maintain a WSIS stocktaking database where all of you are invited to submit entries every year. And this stocktaking database is a really good practice of sharing information amongst all stakeholders, countries, getting to know what you all are doing to implement the WSIS action lines. It’s connected to the SDGs. And now we’ve also provided a framework connecting it to the GDC, showing how the WSIS action lines are clearly implementing the GDC objectives. We also have the WSIS prizes that we… organized every year that showcase real good implementation of these action lines on the ground. You saw that they were awarded on Monday. Many of you here have been prizes champions and winners. And the last point, Cynthia, is this WSIS is really UN Digital Cooperation in Action. We have this group called the United Nations Group on Information Society that has been leading this coordination with more than 50 UN entities to implement the WSIS process. Now, what we hear from all the stakeholders is that in implementing the GDC, we should avoid duplication. We have limited resources. We should use the structure and the WSIS architecture, which was coined at the CSTD, to implement the GDC objectives and the process. GDC was really a booster to the WSIS process. It was a great achievement in terms of digital technologies. But we should use the existing WSIS architecture to implement it. That’s the message we have got from all of you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Back to you, Cynthia. Thank you, Ketanjali, for that background. I think it’s very useful. Perhaps before I give Renata and William the floor, I just need to take the colleagues through why the ITUs call for input. The Council of the ITU has actually, through a resolution, mandated the Council Working Group to issue a call for input into the review process and looking at the outcomes and the future of WSIS process beyond 2025 with the intention to assess progress, identify challenges, explore emerging trends in digital development. And this call was meant for member states and all stakeholders. And if I were to report as to how far we are with that call is that we have received about 97 submissions. And those submissions are currently published in the ITU website. But there are those submissions which are not published as a result of the stakeholders indicating that. that they don’t need those contributions to be published. So the other work that we have done together with the ITU Secretariat is to go through the contributions, which is really painting a picture of really showing the work that the ITU, through the UNJIS framework, has done with other UN agencies. And they are also highlighting the progress that we have made since 2003 to date in terms of the implementation of the WSIS outcomes. The contributions are highlighting that there’s actually a good progress in terms of the connectivity, the infrastructure. But they are also highlighting the fact that there are so many issues that are still lacking behind in terms of implementing the action lines. And the other components that these contributions are highlighting is the issue of cybersecurity. They’re also touching on issues of capacity building and many other issues. And so the intention, really, is to take all those contributions to then submit them at the UN General Assembly later this year. So with this, I want to give the floor to then Australia, William, to then say a few words about this process. Thank you.


Participant: Thank you very much for giving me the floor, Cynthia. And let me first thank both ITU for the process that it ran to prepare its members for the WSIS Plus 20 review. And obviously, Cynthia Renato, our chair and vice chair of the Council Working Group on WSIS. As you’ve outlined, Cynthia, the process has been quite extensive in terms of the preparations by ITU for the WSIS Plus 20 process, which I think has really shown a best practice. in terms of how the action line facilitators can support the WSIS Plus 20 review. And the Secretary General’s report is an excellent read if you haven’t had a chance to read it about how some of the work is going forth through ITU and through other action line agencies as well. I think the other thing to mention, obviously you talked about the 97 inputs from member states and other stakeholders. I think that is an excellent resource package as well. If you’re wanting to see where individual member states see the WSIS Plus 20 process going, those inputs are a really useful resource in that regard. Both showing the achievements that have been delivered so far, but also areas where further work may need to be done. So I think that’s a really, really important resource. The WSIS Forum, which we are all here this week, I think is an excellent demonstration of ITU’s contribution to the WSIS process in general. And also another important input into the WSIS Plus 20 review. And I know at our next council working group meeting in September, we’ll have an excellent opportunity to reflect upon this conversation here this week in Geneva. The other thing I just wanted to kind of draw out is the stocktaking database. And I know probably we have all had an opportunity to familiarize ourselves with that stocktaking database that ITU has been compiling over the last 20 years and some of the awards and prizes that many worthwhile recipients have received. But I think that stocktaking database really shows the global to the local. And what I mean by that is the opportunity. opportunity for global action through the WSIS to really be implemented on the ground through local and regional projects, in some cases very hyper-local regional projects. And the work that ITU does in that respect is really, really, really important, and I think that has really set a foundation upon which the call for inputs that Cynthia talked about was able to build upon. I might pause there. Thanks very much, Cynthia.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you, William, for such an extensive intervention in terms of, you know, looking at the process that we’ve been following in order to support the WSIS Plus 20 review. And I would now want to give the floor to my vice-chair, Renata, from Brazil.


Renata Santoyo.: Hi. Good afternoon. I just would like to add to what Cynthia and William said before, the importance about WSIS action lines and reflect about them, if we need some, maybe, how we’re going to interpret this WSIS action lines, because it’s a broader concept now, and I think it’s very important to have that in mind. Also about all this process with WSIS, we need to avoid duplication. And I think during this last 20 years, we had the opportunity to see how WSIS have increased the importance in evolution and importance of ITU coordinating all this process. I think it’s crucial to have in mind. Also how the multi-stakeholder model make a lot of differences, because we could see, like in the beginning, we didn’t have all this network created, people didn’t used to talk to each other, and now we can see a lot of difference 20 years ago. So I think this reflection is very important to think about the next steps for the WSIS that are going to be decided in the end of the year. All the achievements we want to have, all the inclusiveness, inclusive and transparency we saw this year, I think it’s also very important to take in mind. And I think that’s my words, I give back to Cynthia, and we’re going to be very happy to hear all of you. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you, Renata, for sharing your perspective on the ITU’s call in relation to the WSIS review process that is due to take place in New York later this year. And with this, I want to now open the floor for interaction for any reaction to this great work that I believe the ITU is doing, and of course supported by many stakeholders including member states in ensuring that there’s an efficient way of implementing WSIS action lines for achieving sustainable development. I now open the floor for any reaction, any comments to this. I see a hand there. And really, if you can just introduce yourself. I’m known as Professor Anki Goyal from India. Chairman of Association of Telecom IT. I’m not commenting on the subject, but on the views given by Geetanjali. Yes, WSIS has been the most wonderful platform for more than 20 years or so. Multi-stakeholder, inviting everybody, putting their views together, and we are very happy to be a part of that thing. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you, Prof, for that encouraging intervention and for supporting the WSIS process that we, me as a chair, really believe in that, is doing a great work in terms of implementing the action lines and ensuring that we are able to achieve the sustainable development by 2030. Any other reaction? Yes, ma’am.


Jennifer Corriero: Thank you. My name is Jennifer Corriero. I work with an NGO based in Toronto, Canada. And in 2005, there was over 50 people on the Canadian government delegation to WSIS. And in 2003, I was part of the Youth Caucus and the government of Canada was very, very involved in the process. But I’ve noticed this week, I haven’t seen any official government representative on the agenda. And I want to know what I can do to encourage my government to be more involved. And I would love to see a report by the government of Canada, highlighting our progress in the last 20 years and also looking at our priorities into the future. I just, I used to be a key focal point in Canada from the government. They used to ask me for inputs. We had national campaigns all around the world and I know the challenges, like I know maybe some of the reasons why, but at the end of the day, like commitments are commitments and we have a lot to also be proud of. So it’s, I don’t want countries like Canada to fall off the map because we have a lot of value to add. And I’d say like in the early 2000s, we were leading in investing in these areas. So I just, it hit me now, like I don’t think some civil society people are here and I did meet with them. There are Canadians, a few Canadians here, but I don’t think there was an official speech at all. So that’s my question. What can I do to urge my country?


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, I’m going to give the floor to Kitanjali as the IT Secretary to respond to those.


Gitanjali Sah: No, thank you so much. for your passion and it’s really nice to know that you were involved right from the beginning. We also heard your passionate speech about education and about children being involved in the process. I can reassure you that the Canadian government is very involved in the WSIS process, especially even within the ITU. They are very active. They attend our council working groups and here at the WSIS Forum, we even had the ECOSOC president who is the Canadian ambassador. So he very, and I was informed that he studied in Geneva. He’s very close to the WSIS process as well. So he gave a very nice speech highlighting the importance of the WSIS action lines, the WSIS process, and I do hope that he, as the president of ECOSOC, has also taken it back to New York, which is very important, colleagues. We really need all of you to be active in New York. It’s okay to say that WSIS is important, but all the decisions will be taken in New York on the 16th and 17th of December. There is an elements paper that the WSIS Plus 20 COFAQs have come up with, and I’m not sure if you’ve read it, but WSIS Forum does not appear in the elements paper. So when we asked, we were informed that as co-organizers, ITU, UNESCO, UNDP made an inquiry and we were informed that it was just a careless omission, but we definitely need to be more alert and ensure that we contribute to the elements paper. The deadline is, I think, 15th of July. It was extended. It was extended, right? Yeah, but we must really appreciate the COFAQs, the ambassador of Albania and the ambassador of Kenya. They were here all throughout the week, patiently listening to all of us, to all the stakeholders. So we really appreciate their kindness and their patience that they’ve been around. is we can put you in touch with the Canadian government officials who are very active right now because we have called for action the WSIS plus 20 reports. So we have country reports, we have stakeholder reports, so you should also submit one. We encourage everyone to submit WSIS plus 20 reports. South Africa was one of the first ones to submit their report. We have one from Saudi Arabia. I know William that Australia will submit one. So we encourage you to submit these. They don’t have a deadline because we really want you to contribute to showcase what we’ve done in these 20 years. So I’ll take, I have your email address


Cynthia Lesufi: and I’ll connect you to the Canadian government. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you Kitanjali for that. I see William also want to take the floor. Just very briefly, so from the Australian


Participant: perspective where we’re working very closely with our Canadian colleagues, I think you’re right, Canada has a really strong story to tell and I don’t want to speak for my Canadian colleagues, but just to say you obviously have some really important and difficult connectivity challenges in terms of remote and rural areas. You have cultural and linguistic diversity. You’ve got a range of really interesting and really positive stories to tell and certainly from an Australian government perspective, Canada has been a really strong partner in the review process with us and as Kitanjali said, I’m sure we can make the connection to your government as needed.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you William for that and as a chairperson of the Council Working Group, I can also attest to what Kitanjali and William are saying. Canada is actually active and yes, and I think the same challenges that William has highlighted about what Canada is experiencing, I think it’s the same thing that South Africa is experiencing, but not only South Africa, but Africa as a region. So, I think we have common challenges. So, can I give the floor? Yes, please introduce yourself.


Horst Kremers: My name is Horst Kramers, Berlin, Germany. I’m chair of an international group of experts in risk information management, and I have a suggestion or a question on these national reports. As far as I understood here, it’s more or less a report on the state of the art, what have we done, as we thought. In a review, in a complete review, there also should be some part of comparison, where are we, what goals are positive, what goals are not so positive. Governments sometimes are a little bit reluctant with this, so it’s good to have stakeholder private or public stakeholder additional reports. But what I see from a different process I observed in another program of United Nations was that it’s absolutely difficult to make analysis and comparison analysis of these reports. This is a list of reports, nice, you can read them. It would be better if some whosoever, person or institution or something, gets a task of seeing the difference, seeing the best practice, seeing, you see this management-oriented thing, not just what you have done. This is very important, no question. But nevertheless, even society is much more interested in is it positive or is it negative, what could be done, where it should be faster, where should it be deeper, where should it be broader, whatsoever. So just as a suggestion, I know it’s hard work if you would do it. society would appreciate.


Gitanjali Sah: I must say that the template in the, and I’m, and I’m, you will correct me if I’m gonna say something that is wrong here. The report that, I mean, the template that was published by the ITU in relation to this 20 year review reports, it does actually give all stakeholders, member states, not only member states, but also the private sector, the civil society, to make contribution, but in that template, they also are giving space for challenges, you know, the issues that you are raising, to highlight them. The report is not necessary to talk about the good things, but it also gives you an opportunity to highlight those challenges and to then also give recommendations as to how, you know, can we deal with those challenges. And I know that the Secretariat of the ITU, working with myself, we are in the process of actually analyzing, if possible, you know, because it’s quite a huge, you know, information that is contained in this report. You know, we are in the process of actually analyzing and the analysis, the intention of the analysis is to, of course, highlight the successes, but also highlight the challenges. And what is it that can be done to then address those challenges beyond 2025? Thanks. Gitanjali, do you wanna add on what I’ve said? Cynthia, you’ve covered most of it. I just want to give you all the web address of where you can find these templates. It’s wsis.org slash review. Very simple. So instead of forum, just replace it with and this plus 20 reports. You can also see samples of what we received. in 2014 and 2015. We received them for 10 years of WSIS as well, quite a few of them. And 20 years of WSIS, we should have more of them. And as Cynthia mentioned, the templates has various sections. What have you achieved? What are the main gaps and challenges? And what is the vision that you see for the future? So once we have all this information, maybe we can do a nice analysis of that as well. But for that, we need as many of you submitting the report as well. We can put them into nice covers and we can also promote them on your behalf. We can promote your work as well.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thanks, Kitanjali, for that. Anyone asking for the floor? Yes, ma’am.


Mervi Kultamaa: Yes, thank you. My name is Mervi Kultamaa, I’m from Finland. I’m representing here ISOC Finland, but I have also been government representative as well as the WSIS plus 10 coordinator at UNCTAD. I think there was a very valid point on how to sustain government’s interest in WSIS. And one of the approaches that could be taken would be to encourage governments to submit multi-stakeholder contributions to the review. I think that’s what we did as Finland 10 years ago. And that would be one possibility to try to get your government more engaged to show that there is lots of interest in the non-governmental side for this kind of activity. The second point that I wanted to make is the geopolitical situation and the sort of the financial crisis that UN faces at the moment. And I’m just wondering as at the same time when the governments are negotiating about the 20 year review, there is also negotiations on the UN 80 reform. And we all know that the UN needs to cut its activities by 20, 30%. And I’m just wondering how, when we think about all these gaps what more needs to be done, how we actually take into account that the UN might actually look a bit different next year, with reduced capacity, mergers and changes that will need to take place. And it’s kind of a challenge when all this happens during the same year. But it would be nice to know your reflections about it.


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, yes, indeed. That’s quite a very useful reflection to look at. And I believe that the review process itself will take that into consideration. And as Kitanjali has suggested, perhaps it will also be useful if you go to the website and then you include this, you know, you get the template and then you submit. Because submission, as Kitanjali has said, it’s going to assist us, or the ITU, rather, to receive this information so that it then forms part of the issues that the ITU will be then submitting to the UNGA review process. And again, as Kitanjali has mentioned, it’s also going to be helpful if, you know, most of you and your governments, your organizations, you also form part of the discussions that will be happening in New York with regard to the review itself. Any? Yes? Yes, take the floor. Is there anyone asking for the floor? Oh, yes, Yuna. Do you have any words you’d like to say?


Participant: Just in response to your excellent questions, I think your point about multi-stakeholder engagement at the domestic level in terms of supporting governments, I think, really, really important. It’s a process we have adopted in Australia, and I’m glad to hear that. We’re perhaps stealing from our Finnish friends in terms of that, and I think it would be incumbent on all of us to encourage governments to take forward a multi-stakeholder approach. I know South Africa’s doing similar, I know a number of other countries doing similar. On your question about the geopolitical situation, the kind of financial constraints that the UN finds itself in, I can only echo my colleague Cynthia’s comments around that being taken into account. But I think WSIS is one of those frameworks that has shown its ability to adapt to different circumstances over time, and the multi-stakeholder approach I think gives it a lot more resiliency than processes that are just tied to the regular UN budget, which is really the core challenge at the moment. And there is, I think, a significant opportunity through the WSIS Plus 20 review to work out how we deliver more with less, how we continue to drive efficiencies, how we continue to deploy the resources that we have in the most effective way, and how we continue to attract new resources, whether that be from the private sector, whether that be from civil society, the technical community, governments, other resources to closing the digital divides and building those digital transformation and digital development gaps. And I would say that’s probably a real strength of the ITU. Potentially it’s not there, so I can praise her. But I think that’s a real strength of the ITU, being able to work through and prioritise where resources can be best deployed across the world to close some of those digital development gaps. And I know once we have an outcome at WSIS Plus 20, then it’ll be an opportunity for for ITU members, through the working group, through other places, to work through how we can best deliver on the agreement that’s achieved in December.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thanks, William, and indeed, the issue of the resource, resource mobilisation is one of the issues that is coming out in terms of the analysis of the contributions that we have received to date, you know, through this process, the resource mobilisation is key to really close those gaps that we are identifying in, you know, in different regions, in different countries. This is what the member states and other stakeholders are also raising, William. Yes. Any, okay, I see there’s a hand online. Please come through and introduce yourself.


Wisdom Donkor: Thank you very much. My name is Wisdom Donkor. I’m speaking from Ghana. And then a motion for… No, we can see the hand online. Can you please unmute yourself and take the floor? Of course, I’ll unmute myself. Can you hear me? Okay. Then… Hello? Okay. Can you hear me? I’ve got a hand. Any other person wanting to make a comment on the issues we are… Okay. Mr. Moderator, can you hear me? Are they speaking? Yeah, because Wisdom’s hand is up. Okay. Yes, we can hear you. Okay. Thank you very much. My name is Wisdom. I’m speaking from Ghana, and then I’m the Ghana IGF coordinator. Yes, I just want to contribute to the UN funding. Yes, I will say that I think there is much funding if we try to involve… and we try to involve everyone. Over the years, I’ve been on the map before and then it looks like UN has policies on funding. And at most time, those kind of policies, I think makes it difficult for private sector to even come in and say, okay, they want to also contribute to whatever processes that is going on within the UN. So we need to look at that and if possible, open up to the private sector for them also to come in. I’m saying this because all that we are discussing at a global level, whatever forum or whatever meeting goes to the benefit of this private sector. So we need to open up for them to also come in, whatever benefit that they are looking for, whatever policies that we are discussing and then putting together. They need to also contribute somehow. And also, we also need to open up to the community. We have civil societies. There are more organizations that are willing to come in and support. And finally, I think the UN can also take it upon itself to engage the member states. And if there is an agreement, a member state can contribute towards a fund that can be utilized whenever we want to have any such event, activities or global, so that this issue of lack of funding and all of that should be behind us. Because there are issues that we need to be solved. We’ve progressed, we’ve done much more, but much more needs to be done. And then we all need to come together and then put in effort and solve these problems once and for all. And I’m just hoping that by 2030, I mean, we should be able to address. some of the issues and make progress before the 2030. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you Wisdom for this useful intervention in terms of resource mobilization. How was it? You know, the suggestions that you’re making in terms of how we can actually use the very same process or approach that we are advocating for multi-stakeholder approach to solve the issue of resource mobilization and something that my colleague William here has actually touched on. Your intervention is quite useful. Can I now give the floor to Amali?


Amali De Silva-Mitchell: Thank you so much. Amali De Silva Mitchell. I’m from the IGF Dynamic Coalition on Data-Driven Health Technologies. I actually have participated at WSIS since the very initial PrepCom One. I just want to say during those times, we really were voluntary based. And I just want to stress that, that, you know, we go through pockets of lack of funding through the decades, but you know, that spirit of volunteerism is very, very important. And I really think people really should promote that spirit of volunteerism. And I know it’s very strong in the UK and other places as well. And I know originally the civil society was just completely volunteer based. And even now the IGF, people are donating their time there. There are of course, lots of paid people. But I think if the private sector can be open to providing a little bit of funding to places like IGF and so forth, and various nonprofit groups for WSIS, I think that would be really good. But I think the main thing is to have that great spirit of volunteerism. It’s very inclusive bottom up. Thank you so much.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you so much for that. Also interesting, I would say, suggestion in terms of how we can address the issue of funding by actually encouraging the private sector in particular to volunteer in terms of putting, I would say, resources on the table to address these challenges. This is quite an interesting one and very useful intervention. Any other intervention or question in terms of? of the issues raised here. I see no one asking for the floor. Perhaps this is time where I would then ask my colleague, William, to then provide closing or parting words in terms of the experience and the issues that are raised here and how do we then can move forward with regard to the ITU’s call for input process. Thanks.


Participant: Thanks very much, Cynthia, and what a really good conversation that’s kind of touched on a number of issues in terms of participation of countries, in terms of multi-stakeholder participation, in terms of resourcing and capabilities. I think all issues that have been raised in the ITU call for input process and in the Secretary General’s report, which is an input to the co-facilitators as well. So I think all really positive and I think some of the challenges that we’ve got to tackle over the next five months between now and the 16th of December. I think from an ITU perspective, there’s an opportunity to continue to have these conversations within the ITU context for both governments and the ITU sector members, but there’s also an opportunity for ITU to take the outputs of the conversations and look at meaningful actions it can do to continue to deliver on the WSIS vision in the way as an action line facilitator, as a coordinator of UNGASS and in its other many roles that we have ahead. So probably as a closing remark, I would only encourage everyone to continue to have those conversations. continue to express your ideas and views, whether that’s to your government, whether that’s to the ITU directly. I’m sure Cynthia won’t mind if you express those ideas through to her and Renata as the Council Working Group on WSIS as well. So I’d only just encourage the more voices that are heard, the better and the stronger the process is going to be, and the better and the stronger the outcome is going to be. And I think ITU continues to have a good role in ensuring that outcome that we receive in December is an outcome that we all want to see. Thanks very much,


Cynthia Lesufi: Cynthia. Thank you, William. Yes, indeed, the call for input is still open. So as William has said, can we, you know, we encourage all of you to continue to make the input, I mean, to respond to the call. And as William has said, to then continue the conversation, even at the UN level.


Renata Santoyo.: Renata? Thank you, Cynthia. For the future of the WSIS, I just, I hope that we can bring everybody to the table more and more and speak the same language, because sometimes I think different sectors doesn’t like speak the same language between each other. So I think it’s very important. And from ITU perspectives, I hope to see another WSIS next year. And the WSIS Action Line is implemented in a proper way to really make some difference in people’s life, not only making reports, because I think that’s the real thing that we want to see, some efficient implementation of WSIS Action Line. And thank you, the presence of everybody here. And thank you, everybody. Thank you very much. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Yes, thank you very much for Renata and William for those closing remarks. And from my side, I really want to thank you for your active participation and for the, I would say, useful points that you have raised. And I’m also hoping that we can receive them in writing, some of the intervention that you’ve made here, because it can only make the ITU’s contribution to this review process more stronger only if you raise your voice and you keep on submitting this contribution. Thank you very much. Thanks. Thank you for watching!


G

Gitanjali Sah

Speech speed

148 words per minute

Speech length

1322 words

Speech time

533 seconds

WSIS started in 1996 at ITU’s plenipotentiary conference and was held in two phases (Geneva and Tunisia) with ITU as natural lead coordinator

Explanation

The WSIS process began when Tunisia proposed a framework at ITU’s 1996 plenipotentiary conference, leading to UN General Assembly approval for a two-phase summit. Geneva established the Plan of Action and action lines framework, while Tunisia focused on enhanced cooperation, internet governance, and created the IGF.


Evidence

Geneva confirmed the Geneva Plan of Action with WSIS action lines framework; Tunisia phase addressed enhanced cooperation and internet governance where IGF was born


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum

Explanation

ITU serves as the coordinating body for WSIS implementation across the UN system, managing multiple tools and platforms. The organization leads coordination on specific action lines including capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment while facilitating knowledge sharing through various mechanisms.


Evidence

ITU works with more than 50 UN agencies; leads coordination of action lines on capacity building, cybersecurity, infrastructure, and enabling environment; coordinates annual WSIS forum; maintains stocktaking database for sharing information; organizes annual WSIS prizes


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


WSIS represents UN Digital Cooperation in Action through coordinated implementation across multiple UN entities

Explanation

WSIS serves as a practical example of digital cooperation within the UN system through the United Nations Group on Information Society. This coordination mechanism demonstrates how multiple UN entities can work together effectively to implement digital development objectives and avoid duplication of efforts.


Evidence

United Nations Group on Information Society leads coordination with more than 50 UN entities; stakeholders recommend using existing WSIS architecture to implement GDC objectives to avoid duplication; GDC serves as a booster to the WSIS process


Major discussion point

WSIS Process Background and Structure


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Need to avoid duplication and use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives

Explanation

Stakeholders have consistently recommended leveraging the established WSIS framework and structures to implement Global Digital Compact goals rather than creating new mechanisms. This approach maximizes efficiency given limited resources while building on proven coordination systems that have been developed over two decades.


Evidence

Message received from all stakeholders is to use existing WSIS architecture to implement GDC objectives and process; GDC was a booster to WSIS process but should use existing structure; limited resources require avoiding duplication


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Agreed on

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency


C

Cynthia Lesufi

Speech speed

134 words per minute

Speech length

1496 words

Speech time

669 seconds

Council Working Group issued call for input to assess progress and explore future of WSIS beyond 2025, receiving 97 submissions highlighting both progress and remaining challenges

Explanation

The ITU Council mandated the Working Group to conduct a comprehensive review process through a call for input from member states and stakeholders. The submissions reveal mixed results, showing good progress in connectivity and infrastructure while identifying significant gaps in other areas like cybersecurity and capacity building.


Evidence

97 submissions received and published on ITU website; contributions highlight good progress in connectivity and infrastructure; also highlight lacking issues in implementing action lines, cybersecurity, and capacity building; submissions will be submitted to UN General Assembly


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis

Explanation

The reporting template is designed to capture a balanced view of WSIS implementation by requiring stakeholders to address both successes and shortcomings. This comprehensive approach enables meaningful analysis and recommendations for addressing challenges beyond 2025, rather than just highlighting positive developments.


Evidence

Template gives space for challenges and recommendations on how to deal with those challenges; analysis process underway to highlight successes and challenges; intention is to address challenges beyond 2025


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


P

Participant

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1195 words

Speech time

495 seconds

ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators

Explanation

The extensive preparation process undertaken by ITU, including the call for inputs and comprehensive stakeholder engagement, serves as a model for how action line facilitators should support major review processes. This approach has produced valuable resources including the Secretary General’s report and 97 stakeholder inputs that provide insights into both achievements and areas needing further work.


Evidence

Process has been quite extensive; Secretary General’s report is excellent resource; 97 inputs from member states and stakeholders provide useful resource showing achievements and areas for further work; WSIS Forum demonstrates ITU’s contribution


Major discussion point

ITU Call for Input and Review Process


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


R

Renata Santoyo.

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

356 words

Speech time

165 seconds

Multi-stakeholder model has significantly improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago

Explanation

The WSIS process has successfully created networks and communication channels that didn’t exist two decades ago, demonstrating the effectiveness of the multi-stakeholder approach. This evolution shows how the process has matured and created lasting connections between different stakeholder groups who previously didn’t interact regularly.


Evidence

In the beginning, people didn’t have networks created and didn’t use to talk to each other; now can see a lot of difference compared to 20 years ago; multi-stakeholder model made a lot of differences


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective


WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real difference in people’s lives beyond just reporting

Explanation

The action lines need to be understood as broader concepts that have evolved over time, with implementation focused on tangible impacts rather than just documentation. The emphasis should be on efficient implementation that creates meaningful change in people’s daily lives rather than simply producing reports about activities.


Evidence

WSIS action lines are broader concepts now; need to think about efficient implementation of WSIS Action Lines to make difference in people’s life, not only making reports


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


J

Jennifer Corriero

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

271 words

Speech time

95 seconds

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement

Explanation

Canada had significant participation in early WSIS phases with over 50 people in the 2005 delegation and active government engagement, but current participation seems diminished. The speaker advocates for renewed government involvement, highlighting Canada’s valuable contributions and leadership in digital development areas during the early 2000s.


Evidence

Over 50 people on Canadian government delegation to WSIS in 2005; speaker was part of Youth Caucus in 2003; government used to ask for inputs and had national campaigns; no official government representative seen on agenda this week; Canada was leading in investing in these areas in early 2000s


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


M

Mervi Kultamaa

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

252 words

Speech time

117 seconds

Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process

Explanation

Encouraging governments to submit multi-stakeholder contributions to reviews can be an effective strategy for maintaining government engagement in WSIS processes. This approach demonstrates broad domestic interest and support for WSIS activities, which can help justify continued government participation and resource allocation.


Evidence

Finland submitted multi-stakeholder contributions 10 years ago; this approach could encourage governments to be more engaged by showing non-governmental interest


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Government Participation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Renata Santoyo.
– Participant

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective


UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness

Explanation

The UN is experiencing significant financial pressures and may need to reduce activities by 20-30% while simultaneously conducting the WSIS Plus 20 review. This creates a challenging situation where the review process must consider how to address digital development gaps while working within reduced organizational capacity and resources.


Evidence

UN needs to cut its activities by 20-30%; UN 80 reform negotiations happening simultaneously with WSIS Plus 20 review; UN might look different next year with reduced capacity, mergers and changes


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Agreed on

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency


Disagreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


W

Wisdom Donkor

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

442 words

Speech time

194 seconds

Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes

Explanation

The private sector derives significant benefits from global policy discussions and frameworks developed through UN processes, yet their financial contribution is limited by restrictive UN funding policies. Opening up funding mechanisms to allow greater private sector participation would be logical since they are direct beneficiaries of the outcomes and policies being developed.


Evidence

UN has policies on funding that make it difficult for private sector to contribute; whatever is discussed at global level goes to benefit of private sector; private sector should contribute to whatever benefit they are looking for from policies being discussed


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Participant

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


Disagreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


A

Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

192 words

Speech time

68 seconds

Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support

Explanation

Volunteerism has been a cornerstone of WSIS participation since the initial stages, with civil society originally being completely volunteer-based and continuing this tradition in forums like IGF. While acknowledging funding challenges, maintaining the inclusive, bottom-up volunteer spirit is essential, complemented by private sector financial support for nonprofit groups and WSIS activities.


Evidence

Participated since initial PrepCom One when process was voluntary based; civil society was completely volunteer based originally; IGF people donate their time; spirit of volunteerism is very inclusive bottom up


Major discussion point

Resource Mobilization and Funding Challenges


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Wisdom Donkor
– Participant

Agreed on

Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization


Disagreed with

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Wisdom Donkor

Disagreed on

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization


H

Horst Kremers

Speech speed

117 words per minute

Speech length

241 words

Speech time

123 seconds

Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement

Explanation

While national reports provide valuable information about what countries have accomplished, there’s a need for systematic analysis that goes beyond individual country accounts. A comparative analysis would identify best practices, highlight positive and negative trends, and provide management-oriented insights that would be more valuable to society than simply having a collection of individual reports.


Evidence

Reports are more or less state of the art documentation; governments sometimes reluctant with comparison; difficult to make analysis and comparison of reports; society interested in what is positive or negative, what could be done, where should it be faster, deeper, broader


Major discussion point

Implementation and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

WSIS architecture should be leveraged to avoid duplication and maximize efficiency

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Arguments

Need to avoid duplication and use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives


UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

All speakers agree that existing WSIS structures and processes should be utilized rather than creating new mechanisms, especially given resource constraints and the need for efficiency


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Multi-stakeholder approach is essential and has proven effective

Speakers

– Renata Santoyo.
– Mervi Kultamaa
– Participant

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder model has significantly improved networking and communication compared to 20 years ago


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize the value and effectiveness of multi-stakeholder engagement in WSIS processes, noting improvements in collaboration and recommending its expansion


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Private sector should contribute more to funding and resource mobilization

Speakers

– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Participant

Arguments

Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Summary

There is consensus that private sector should increase financial contributions to WSIS processes, given their benefits from the outcomes and the ongoing resource challenges


Topics

Economic | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of comprehensive analysis that goes beyond just documenting achievements to include challenges and comparative assessment for meaningful insights

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight ITU’s effective coordination role and comprehensive approach to WSIS implementation as exemplary practices

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Arguments

ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers are concerned about maintaining government engagement and suggest strategies to encourage continued participation in WSIS processes

Speakers

– Jennifer Corriero
– Mervi Kultamaa

Arguments

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Volunteerism as a sustainable foundation despite funding challenges

Speakers

– Amali De Silva-Mitchell
– Wisdom Donkor

Arguments

Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Explanation

Despite discussing funding challenges, there’s unexpected consensus that volunteerism should remain central while simultaneously advocating for increased private sector funding – showing a balanced approach to resource mobilization


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Need for practical implementation over reporting

Speakers

– Renata Santoyo.
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

WSIS action lines require broader interpretation and should focus on making real difference in people’s lives beyond just reporting


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Explanation

Both speakers, from different perspectives, converge on the need to move beyond documentation to meaningful analysis and real-world impact, showing unexpected alignment on implementation effectiveness


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus exists on leveraging existing WSIS architecture, maintaining multi-stakeholder approaches, increasing private sector funding, and focusing on practical implementation over mere reporting


Consensus level

High level of consensus with constructive alignment on key issues. The agreement spans structural, procedural, and resource-related aspects of WSIS, indicating mature understanding of challenges and shared vision for solutions. This consensus strengthens the foundation for the WSIS Plus 20 review process and suggests good prospects for collaborative implementation of outcomes.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to addressing UN funding constraints and resource mobilization

Speakers

– Mervi Kultamaa
– Wisdom Donkor
– Amali De Silva-Mitchell

Arguments

UN faces financial constraints requiring delivery of more with less while maintaining effectiveness


Private sector should be more involved in funding as they benefit from global policy discussions and processes


Spirit of volunteerism remains important foundation, with private sector encouraged to provide funding support


Summary

While all speakers acknowledge funding challenges, they propose different solutions: Kultamaa focuses on working within reduced UN capacity, Donkor advocates for changing UN policies to allow more private sector funding, and De Silva-Mitchell emphasizes maintaining volunteerism while seeking private sector support for specific activities.


Topics

Economic | Development


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of current reporting and analysis mechanisms

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are discussing the same reporting process, yet they have different assessments of its adequacy. Lesufi, as the Working Group chair, defends the current template and analysis process, while Kremers, as an external expert, questions whether the current approach provides sufficient comparative analysis for meaningful insights.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows minimal direct disagreement, with most differences centered on approaches to resource mobilization and the adequacy of current analysis mechanisms. The main areas of disagreement involve funding strategies and the effectiveness of current reporting processes.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with constructive differences on implementation approaches. The disagreements are primarily about methods rather than fundamental goals, suggesting a collaborative environment where speakers build on each other’s ideas rather than opposing them. This indicates strong consensus on WSIS objectives with healthy debate on optimization strategies.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of comprehensive analysis that goes beyond just documenting achievements to include challenges and comparative assessment for meaningful insights

Speakers

– Cynthia Lesufi
– Horst Kremers

Arguments

Template for reports includes sections on achievements, gaps/challenges, and future vision to enable comprehensive analysis


Analysis and comparison of national reports needed to identify best practices and areas requiring improvement


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlight ITU’s effective coordination role and comprehensive approach to WSIS implementation as exemplary practices

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Participant

Arguments

ITU coordinates implementation with over 50 UN agencies and maintains stocktaking database, WSIS prizes, and annual forum


ITU’s preparation process for WSIS Plus 20 review demonstrates best practice for action line facilitators


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers are concerned about maintaining government engagement and suggest strategies to encourage continued participation in WSIS processes

Speakers

– Jennifer Corriero
– Mervi Kultamaa

Arguments

Canada was heavily involved in early WSIS but current government participation appears reduced, requiring encouragement for continued engagement


Multi-stakeholder contributions at domestic level can help sustain government interest in WSIS process


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The ITU has successfully coordinated WSIS implementation with over 50 UN agencies for 20 years, demonstrating effective multi-stakeholder collaboration


97 submissions were received for the WSIS Plus 20 review, showing good progress in connectivity and infrastructure but highlighting remaining gaps in cybersecurity and capacity building


The existing WSIS architecture should be used to implement Global Digital Compact objectives to avoid duplication of efforts


Multi-stakeholder engagement has significantly improved over the past 20 years, creating better networks and communication channels


Resource mobilization is a critical challenge that requires innovative approaches including greater private sector involvement and volunteerism


The WSIS stocktaking database effectively demonstrates global-to-local implementation of digital development projects


National reports should include comprehensive analysis comparing achievements, challenges, and best practices rather than just listing accomplishments


Resolutions and action items

Continue accepting submissions for the WSIS Plus 20 review process through the template available at wsis.org/review


Submit contributions and national reports to strengthen ITU’s input to the UN General Assembly review in December 2025


Encourage multi-stakeholder participation at domestic levels to sustain government engagement


Connect Canadian civil society representatives with active Canadian government officials involved in WSIS processes


Promote the call for input process and encourage broader stakeholder participation in the review


Continue conversations and express views to governments, ITU, and the Council Working Group on WSIS


Analyze received contributions to highlight successes, challenges, and recommendations for post-2025 implementation


Unresolved issues

How to sustain consistent government participation across all member states in WSIS processes


How to address UN financial constraints and 20-30% budget cuts while maintaining WSIS effectiveness


How to better integrate private sector funding and overcome UN policy barriers to private sector contributions


How to ensure WSIS Forum and processes are properly represented in UN negotiations and elements papers


How to conduct meaningful comparative analysis of the growing number of national reports and submissions


How to ensure different sectors ‘speak the same language’ and improve cross-sector communication


How to balance the need for more resources with the founding spirit of volunteerism in WSIS processes


Suggested compromises

Use existing WSIS architecture to implement Global Digital Compact objectives rather than creating new parallel structures


Combine government and stakeholder contributions into multi-stakeholder national reports to increase engagement


Leverage both paid resources and volunteer contributions to address funding challenges


Focus on delivering more with less through improved efficiency and resource deployment while seeking new funding sources


Encourage private sector funding support while maintaining the inclusive, bottom-up volunteer spirit of WSIS


Provide templates and frameworks that allow for both achievement reporting and honest assessment of challenges and gaps


Thought provoking comments

Jennifer Corriero’s observation about Canada’s declining participation: ‘In 2005, there was over 50 people on the Canadian government delegation to WSIS… But I’ve noticed this week, I haven’t seen any official government representative on the agenda… I don’t want countries like Canada to fall off the map because we have a lot of value to add.’

Speaker

Jennifer Corriero


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it highlighted a critical trend of diminishing government engagement over time, despite initial strong participation. It brought a concrete, personal perspective to the abstract discussion of stakeholder participation and raised concerns about sustaining momentum in international processes.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from theoretical frameworks to practical challenges of maintaining government engagement. It prompted immediate responses from both Gitanjali and William, who provided reassurances about Canada’s continued involvement and offered concrete solutions. The comment also led to a broader conversation about how to encourage multi-stakeholder participation at the national level.


Horst Kremers’ critique of the review process: ‘In a review, in a complete review, there also should be some part of comparison, where are we, what goals are positive, what goals are not so positive… It would be better if some whosoever, person or institution or something, gets a task of seeing the difference, seeing the best practice, seeing, you see this management-oriented thing, not just what you have done.’

Speaker

Horst Kremers


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it challenged the methodology of the entire review process, suggesting that simply collecting reports wasn’t sufficient for meaningful evaluation. It introduced a critical analytical perspective that questioned whether the current approach would actually lead to actionable insights.


Impact

This intervention elevated the discussion from process mechanics to evaluation methodology. It forced the organizers to defend and explain their analytical approach, with both Cynthia and Gitanjali responding to clarify that their templates do include sections for challenges and that analysis is planned. The comment introduced a more critical, academic perspective to the discussion.


Mervi Kultamaa’s connection between geopolitical realities and WSIS planning: ‘The geopolitical situation and the sort of the financial crisis that UN faces at the moment… when the governments are negotiating about the 20 year review, there is also negotiations on the UN 80 reform. And we all know that the UN needs to cut its activities by 20, 30%… it’s kind of a challenge when all this happens during the same year.’

Speaker

Mervi Kultamaa


Reason

This comment was exceptionally insightful because it connected the WSIS review to broader institutional and financial realities facing the UN system. It introduced a sobering external context that the discussion had not previously acknowledged, forcing participants to consider how their idealistic goals might be constrained by harsh budgetary realities.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the tone of the discussion from optimistic planning to realistic constraint acknowledgment. It prompted William to respond with thoughts about ‘delivering more with less’ and leveraging the multi-stakeholder approach for resilience. The comment introduced a strategic planning dimension that hadn’t been present before.


Wisdom Donkor’s systemic critique of UN funding policies: ‘I think there is much funding if we try to involve… everyone… UN has policies on funding. And at most time, those kind of policies, I think makes it difficult for private sector to even come in and say, okay, they want to also contribute… whatever benefit that they are looking for, whatever policies that we are discussing and then putting together. They need to also contribute somehow.’

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it identified structural barriers within UN policies that may be inadvertently limiting funding opportunities. Rather than simply calling for more resources, it diagnosed why resources might not be flowing effectively, suggesting that the UN’s own policies could be part of the problem.


Impact

This comment deepened the funding discussion by moving beyond resource scarcity to examine systemic barriers. It prompted Amali De Silva-Mitchell to respond with reflections on volunteerism and private sector engagement, creating a more nuanced conversation about different models of resource mobilization and participation.


Overall assessment

These key comments transformed what began as a procedural briefing about the ITU’s call for input into a much more substantive discussion about the fundamental challenges facing international digital cooperation. Jennifer Corriero’s personal observation about declining participation opened the door to discussing sustainability of engagement. Horst Kremers’ methodological critique elevated the analytical rigor of the conversation. Mervi Kultamaa’s geopolitical context-setting forced realistic constraint acknowledgment, while Wisdom Donkor’s systemic analysis of funding barriers provided concrete diagnostic insights. Together, these interventions moved the discussion from celebrating achievements and describing processes to critically examining structural challenges, methodological limitations, and external constraints. The comments created a more honest, complex, and strategically-oriented dialogue that better prepared participants for the real challenges ahead in the WSIS+20 review process.


Follow-up questions

How can individual stakeholders encourage their governments to be more involved in the WSIS process and submit national reports?

Speaker

Jennifer Corriero


Explanation

She specifically asked what she could do to encourage the Canadian government to be more involved after noticing reduced official participation compared to previous years


How can comparative analysis and management-oriented evaluation be incorporated into the national reports to identify best practices and areas needing improvement?

Speaker

Horst Kremers


Explanation

He suggested that reports should go beyond listing achievements to include comparative analysis, identifying what works well and what needs improvement, which would be more valuable for society and decision-making


How will the UN’s financial crisis and potential 20-30% budget cuts affect WSIS activities and the implementation of the 20-year review outcomes?

Speaker

Mervi Kultamaa


Explanation

She raised concerns about how simultaneous UN reform negotiations and budget constraints might impact WSIS capacity and activities, especially given the timing coinciding with the review process


How can UN policies be modified to better enable private sector funding and participation in WSIS processes?

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Explanation

He suggested that current UN funding policies may be barriers to private sector contribution and recommended examining these policies to increase private sector engagement


What specific mechanisms can be established to create a sustainable funding model involving member states, private sector, and civil society organizations?

Speaker

Wisdom Donkor


Explanation

He proposed that member states could contribute to a dedicated fund and that there should be better engagement with private sector and civil society for sustainable financing


How can the multi-stakeholder approach be strengthened to ensure different sectors communicate more effectively and ‘speak the same language’?

Speaker

Renata Santoyo


Explanation

She identified communication barriers between different sectors as an area needing improvement for more effective collaboration


How can WSIS action lines be implemented more effectively to create tangible differences in people’s lives rather than just producing reports?

Speaker

Renata Santoyo


Explanation

She emphasized the need to move beyond reporting to actual implementation that creates real impact for people


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Connecting the Unconnected in the field of Education Excellence, Cyber Security & Rural Solutions and Women Empowerment in ICT

Connecting the Unconnected in the field of Education Excellence, Cyber Security & Rural Solutions and Women Empowerment in ICT

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on “Connecting the Unconnected” in education, cybersecurity, and rural solutions, with particular emphasis on India’s digital achievements and their global implications. The event was organized by the CMII Association of India during the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), featuring government officials, ITU directors, and technology experts both in-person and online.


Indian officials highlighted the country’s remarkable digital transformation, including the Aadhaar digital identity system serving 1.3 billion people, the UPI payment system adopted by 17 countries, and the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure initiative connecting rural villages. Speakers emphasized India’s rapid 5G rollout and efforts to provide 4G connectivity to over 640,000 villages, with only a few thousand remaining unconnected. The discussion revealed that India has achieved some of the world’s lowest data rates at less than 10 rupees per GB, making connectivity more affordable for rural populations.


ITU Director Cosmas Zavazava noted that 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected and emphasized the importance of cybersecurity capacity building, particularly for least developed countries that lag 10 years behind in cyber capabilities. Several speakers addressed the persistent digital divides, including urban-rural gaps and gender disparities, with less than 35% of rural Indian women owning mobile phones. The conversation also touched on the challenges of transitioning 300 million Indians from 2G to advanced networks and the need for affordable devices.


Participants discussed the integration of AI in 6G networks, cybersecurity education, and the importance of making newly connected populations aware of digital risks like deepfakes and phishing. The session concluded with calls for India to share its digital success stories more broadly and a proposal for an 18th Sustainable Development Goal focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens.”


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements**: Extensive discussion of India’s successful digital initiatives including UPI (Unified Payments Interface) adopted by 17 countries, Aadhaar digital identity system serving 1 billion people, rapid 5G rollout, and the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic network connecting rural villages.


– **Connecting the Unconnected Through Infrastructure**: Focus on bridging the digital divide by providing 4G/5G connectivity to India’s 640,000 villages, with emphasis on making internet affordable through fiber-to-home broadband connections to complement mobile services.


– **Cybersecurity and Digital Safety**: Concerns about protecting newly connected populations from cyber threats, AI-enabled scams, deepfakes, and the need for cybersecurity education alongside connectivity expansion, particularly highlighting the vulnerability of developing nations.


– **Gender and Rural Digital Divides**: Discussion of persistent gaps where less than 35% of rural Indian women own mobile phones, and approximately 300 million Indians still use 2G technology, emphasizing the need for targeted programs to address these disparities.


– **International Collaboration and Knowledge Sharing**: India’s role in sharing its digital public infrastructure model globally, collaboration with ITU on cybersecurity initiatives, and the potential for developing nations to learn from India’s experiences in digital transformation.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to showcase India’s digital transformation successes while addressing the global challenge of “connecting the unconnected” – bringing digital access, education, and cybersecurity awareness to underserved populations worldwide, particularly in developing nations.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently positive and celebratory tone throughout, with speakers expressing pride in India’s achievements while acknowledging ongoing challenges. The atmosphere was formal yet collaborative, with participants showing mutual respect and enthusiasm for sharing knowledge and best practices. The tone remained constructive and forward-looking, emphasizing solutions and international cooperation rather than dwelling on problems.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **NK Goyal** – President, CMII Association of India


– **Seizo Onoe** – Director, Telecommunications Standardization Bureau (TSB), ITU


– **Niraj Verma** – Deputy Ambassador; Administrator, Digital Bharat Nidhi (DBN)/USO Fund, Department of Communications, Government of India; in charge of Optical Fabric project


– **Anil Kumar Bhardwaj** – Deputy Director General, Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications, Government of India; Strategic Engagement role


– **Ninad S. Deshpande** – Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva


– **Cosmas Zavazava** – Director, Telecommunication Development Bureau (BDT), ITU


– **Tim Unwin** – Emeritus Professor of Geography, Royal University of London; Moderator


– **N Ravi Shanker** – IAS Retd, Principal Advisor, DIT University; former Chief Secretary of Uttarakhand Government, India


– **Lt. Gen. JS Sidana** – AVSM, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers and Senior Colonel Commandant Corps of EME India


– **M. Revathi** – Joint Wireless and Telecommunications Director, Department of Telecommunications Government of India; Spectrum manager and satellite expert


– **Ambika Khurana** – Chief Reg and Corp AFF Officer and Chief External Media Officer, India


– **Ravi Sinha** – VP Tech Dev and Solutions, Reliance Jio; Co-chairman of ORAN in India


– **Chaesub Lee** – Head of Government Affairs and Public Policy, APAC Bulkerspersky


– **Alfredo Ronchi** – Professor (specific institution not mentioned)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Josh B. Lee** – Ex-Director (institution not specified)


Full session report

# WSIS Side Event Report: “Connecting the Unconnected” – Digital Inclusion Discussion


## Event Overview


This side event at the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) was organized by the CMII Association of India, featuring presentations from government officials, ITU directors, and technology experts on digital inclusion challenges and India’s connectivity achievements. The session included both in-person and online participants, though technical difficulties and time constraints affected several presentations.


## Opening Presentations


### India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements


NK Goyal, President of CMII Association of India, opened the session by highlighting India’s significant digital transformation achievements. He emphasized that India has built comprehensive digital systems including the Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Aadhaar digital identity system, and has demonstrated capabilities in space missions, positioning India as having achieved technological sovereignty at scale.


Seizo Onoe, Director of the ITU’s Telecommunications Standardisation Bureau, provided brief opening remarks noting that there is much the global WSIS community can learn from India’s experiences with digital inclusion at speed and scale, and emphasized that security controls should be applied consistently worldwide with standards providing key support to policy objectives.


### Connectivity Infrastructure and Challenges


Niraj Verma, Administrator USO (Universal Service Obligation), provided detailed insights into India’s connectivity initiatives, particularly the BharatNet project—a major fiber optic infrastructure initiative. He noted that India has achieved some of the world’s lowest data rates at less than 10 rupees per gigabyte, making connectivity more affordable for rural populations. Verma emphasized that mobile connectivity alone is insufficient and that affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas.


He reported that India has provided 4G connectivity to over 6.4 lakh (640,000) villages, with only 7-8 thousand villages remaining unconnected. However, he noted that approximately 300 million Indians remain on 2G technology and require support to migrate to 4G for enhanced digital access.


## Government Perspectives


### Department of Telecommunications


Anil Kumar Bhardwaj, Deputy Director General of the Department of Telecommunications, highlighted India’s capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems serving 1.3 billion people through comprehensive digital identity and payment systems. He emphasized the complexity of managing such systems across diverse linguistic, cultural, and economic contexts.


M. Revathi, Joint Wireless and Telecommunications Director at the Department of Telecommunications, introduced a framework for understanding connectivity challenges through three fundamental aspects: availability, accessibility, and affordability, recognizing that successful connectivity requires addressing gaps in network quality, device costs, and service pricing simultaneously.


### International Representation


Aninad Deshpande, Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva, highlighted India’s growing collaboration with the ITU, including hosting the World Telecommunication Standardisation Assembly and proposing to host the Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030.


## ITU Leadership Perspectives


Cosmas Zavazava, Director of the ITU’s Telecommunication Development Bureau, provided global context by noting that 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected, with persistent capacity gaps especially pronounced in least developed countries. He emphasized that the challenge extends beyond mere connectivity to encompass meaningful engagement with digital services, questioning whether connected populations are actually utilizing digital services for e-commerce, government affairs, and other meaningful activities.


Zavazava also emphasized that child online protection requires a multi-stakeholder approach involving parents, teachers, regulators, and industry, recognizing that protecting vulnerable populations online requires coordinated efforts across multiple sectors.


## Key Challenges Identified


### Gender and Rural Digital Divides


Ambika Khurana, Chief Regulatory and Corporate Affairs Officer, highlighted a critical challenge: less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a significant gender-driven digital divide. This statistic illustrated persistent inequalities even within successful digital transformation programs.


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers, reinforced concerns about gender gaps, noting that women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, significantly hindering education and development opportunities. He emphasized that technology must serve as an enabler rather than a divider.


### Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Chaesub Lee, Head of Government Affairs and Public Policy at APAC, highlighted cybersecurity challenges, noting that three out of four people failed to identify AI-generated content in tests. He argued that education about cybersecurity threats must become as fundamental as road safety education for newly connected populations.


The discussion revealed particular concerns about protecting newly connected populations who may lack awareness of digital risks, including AI-enabled threats such as deepfakes and sophisticated phishing attacks.


## Education and Technology Perspectives


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana highlighted the transformative potential of education technology, noting that immersive learning through augmented reality and virtual reality demonstrates 30-40% improvement in delivery effectiveness. He emphasized that technology has democratized education by making high-quality learning resources accessible to previously underserved populations.


Alfredo Ronchi, Professor, provided insights on generational differences in information processing, noting that young generations process information in parallel rather than serial sequences, with implications for educational methodology and technology design.


## Sustainability and Future Development


Seizo Onoe emphasized that sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions, suggesting that the global community should focus on solutions that can be widely deployed and maintained rather than pursuing cutting-edge capabilities that may not be accessible to all populations.


## Development Framework Proposals


NK Goyal proposed the creation of an 18th Sustainable Development Goal focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens,” recognizing that digital access and safety have become fundamental requirements for human development.


Tim Unwin, the session moderator and Professor at Royal University of London, provided a challenging perspective by questioning whether current development frameworks are adequate for addressing contemporary digital challenges, encouraging India to take greater leadership in global digital governance discussions.


## Limitations and Incomplete Information


This report is based on a transcript that contains technical quality issues, including repeated text sections and incomplete presentations. Several speakers, including Ravi Sinha from Reliance Jio, were cut short due to time constraints, and some online participants experienced connectivity difficulties. The event format was primarily a series of individual presentations rather than an interactive discussion, which limited cross-speaker dialogue and debate.


## Key Takeaways


The session demonstrated broad recognition of India’s achievements in digital infrastructure development at unprecedented scale, while acknowledging persistent challenges in gender inclusion, rural connectivity, and cybersecurity education. Speakers consistently emphasized the need to move beyond basic connectivity to “meaningful connectivity” that includes safety, affordability, and relevant content.


The presentations highlighted the complexity of digital inclusion, requiring coordinated efforts across infrastructure development, policy frameworks, education, and social change initiatives. While celebrating progress, speakers maintained focus on significant work that remains, particularly in addressing gender divides and protecting vulnerable populations in the digital space.


The session reinforced that connecting the unconnected requires comprehensive approaches that address not only technical infrastructure but also economic accessibility, social barriers, and digital safety considerations.


Session transcript

NK Goyal: My heartfelt thanks to all of you here. Heartfelt thanks to our VIPs on the dais. We are waiting for ZAVAZAVA, but in the meantime, we will start. We will start by honoring our VIPs, Mr. Niraj Verma, our Deputy Ambassador here, Mr. Onoe, Director, and Mr. Josh B. Lee, who is the Ex-Director here, and Team Admin. I will start giving the slogans. I also want to welcome all the friends who have joined online. I want to say greetings from India, a country with one of the oldest civilisations on the planet, moving into the world to become the third largest economy. India’s civilization dates back to thousands of years before the Roman Empire, before most of the places in Europe. It invented the concept of zero, advanced astronomy, surgery, mathematics. India built all parallel systems quietly, incrementally, and now it is starting to push those in the global areas from UPI to Aadhaar to space missions and diplomatic. UPI is one of the very great things in India with no foreign interventions and adopted by 17 countries. Aadhaar, our system connected by 1 billion people without any bottlenecks, digital ID integrated into various services for the people, welfare, taxation, etc. ISRO, as you know, landed a rover near the moon’s south place at the friction of the cost it costs in other countries. India is starting its own digital architecture. India is now having the second largest mobile base and we have been the fastest rollout for 5G, working on 6G, AI, quantum, as a mission implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project in the world in India. Mr. Niraj is looking after that thing. India is investing billions of dollars in the chip investment. India has passed its own data localization, data privacy laws, and so on. So, thank you for being here. We will start with the opening address by our director, Mr. Ono.


Seizo Onoe: Thank you. Good morning, everyone, and my thanks to the CMAI. Association of India for inviting me to share a few words. Standards help create global access to new tech capabilities. That’s a key services to developing countries, but it’s also fundamental to security. Security controls should be applied consistently around the world. It’s an area where standards provide key support to policy objectives. Trust in digital services is essential to their widespread adoption. With innovations like Acquia Digital Identity and its broader digital public infrastructure, India has become one of the world’s best-known case studies of how we can expand digital inclusion at speed and at scale. With life-changing benefits, there is so much that the global WSIS community can learn from your experiences. Thank you.


NK Goyal: Friends, we have been joined by around 50 people online and I’m sorry we are not able to place chairs for all of you. I will now request Mr. Niraj Verma, who is in charge of the Optical Fabric project. We call it Administrator USO.


Niraj Verma: Thank you, distinguished guests, participants, including those who have connected in this online. It is my privilege to be amongst you all on a topic which is very pertinent to our country, connecting the unconnected. And let me give you perspective that in India, for example, we have 6.4 lakh villages, and we have been grappling with providing connections to those villages. And as we talked today, in last few years, we have connected all villages except a few thousand, maybe 7-8 thousand with at least 4G connectivity. And our mandate is through USO Fund, my mandate is to provide connections to all villages, all hamlets, through at least 4G connections. India also has seen fastest 5G rollout and all the district headquarters now have 5G connections, but we have to reach to the villages. And it is in this context, I would say that again a second part of connecting the unconnected is to provide connection through landline broadband connection. Because as you all know, mobile has a charge, India’s rate is one of the cheapest, it is less than 10 rupees per GB, but it is still not affordable for those in the villages. So, just providing 5G, 4G connections is not sufficient. To make it more affordable means that we have to decrease the rate. And it is where that fibre to the home broadband connections through landline will come handy. We in India are implementing a project called BharatNet, which is a 20 billion project. And through this, we will provide optical fibre network to Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS, H.E. any artisans or the agriculturists, they can sell their produce using UPI without any currency transaction. And this facilitates the transaction, it improves the digital financial inclusion. So I’m very happy that this topic is being used, this is being discussed and I’m sure that we will have a lot of other ideas from distinguished guests. We will listen to them and we’ll also learn from what is the best practices there and we’ll use that in our country also.


NK Goyal: Thank you. Thank you, sir. Friends, online and present here, I want to tell you, as an association, we are dealing with 74 countries and everywhere we go, they ask, how you achieved this thing? How are you connected or unconnected? And UPI, Aadhaar, and every country asks for cooperation. I will now request my leader, Professor Tim Unwin, Emeritus Professor of Geography, Royal University of London, to take over as moderator. We are with him for the last 15 years. Thank you,


Tim Unwin: Tim, and take over now. Namaste, Suprabhat. It’s a great pleasure to be here. I don’t know how Professor N.K. Goyal manages always to run this session with so many speakers. He hands me the difficult task, which is moderating between nine and eleven speakers in the next half hour. Please will you note, gentlemen and ladies, that I have red cards and I haven’t even time to use my yellow cards, but for the participants, we have four-minute presentations, three-minute presentations, and two-minute presentations. If you see me showing a red card and somebody doesn’t actually stop, please sort of make it visible. Anyway, it’s a… Sorry, huge privilege to be here. I first worked in India 50 years ago and it’s a country that I love very dearly. All protocols observed, if I went through everybody who’s so important here, we’d never get to the end. So without more ado, I would like to invite Anil Bhardwaj, Deputy Director General in the Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Communications, Government of India, to speak for five minutes. Four minutes. Thank you.


Anil Kumar Bhardwaj: I’ll make sure I limit myself to three minutes. Mr. Seizo Onoe, Director TSB, Mr. Niraj Verma, Administrator DBN as Digital Bharat Nidhi, as we call it. I see a very senior officer who headed this initiative and Ravi Shankar online and Professor Tim and all other dignitaries. Thank you very much. While already Administrator DBN has outlined the huge work in terms of laying of infrastructure to connect the unconnected, we are doing. I, as in my role of Strategic Engagement of Department of Telecom, would want to take this opportunity to share with some of the friends from Global South who are sitting here. We are not only laying infrastructure, we are laying the foundation of networks for tomorrow. When we talk digital Aadhaar, digital identity for 1.3 billion, we have proven to the world that we can have an end-to-end online ecosystem. Over that digital identity, today our unified payment interface is functioning for payments as small as one cent without any overhead. Every day, billions of transactions are happening. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr Thank you very much. But I am just saying, we are available to engage with you, we are available to help you out, and we are available to create a new connected digital world which is a real meaningful connectivity. Thank you very much.


Ninad S. Deshpande: Thank you, Ash. That’s a round of applause for India’s achievements. Without more ado, I would like to pass the floor to Ms. Aninad Deshpande, Ambassador and Deputy Permanent Representative of India to the WTO in Geneva. Your four minutes starts now. Thank you, Moderator. Mr. Seizo Onoe, Director of Telecommunications Standardization Bureau. Mr. Niraj Verma, who is Administrator for Digital Bharat Nidhi in Department of Communication, Government of India. Mr. Anil Bharadwaj, Professor N.K. Goyal, Dignitaries from Government, Academia and Industry, who have joined today in this room and online. A very good morning to all of you. I take this opportunity to express my sincere gratitude to Professor Goyal for his efforts to organize this event, connecting the unconnected in the field of education excellence, cyber security and rural solutions, and women empowerment in ICT. And thank Mr. Onoe for his kind words of appreciation on India’s programs in these fields. As an active member of ITU since 1869, and consistent member of ITU Council since 1952, India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow both in magnitude and meaningful contribution. In the last two years itself, the relationship has become even more profound. ITU was a knowledge partner to India during India’s G20 Presidency. ITU area office was opened in New Delhi. World Telecommunications Standardization Assembly, WTSA, was held in India last year. Going further, India has proposed to host the Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030. Looking at today’s topic in terms of ICT connectivity, we are aware of the ongoing Giga Connectivity Forum in Geneva, a joint venture of ITU and UNESCO, which focuses on ICT school connectivity. India has senior-level participation in this forum, which shows our deep commitment. In India, our national education policy is laying a robust digital foundation in its schools, ready to scale and create universal digital learning access. The policy focuses on digital equity blended learning models, digital literacy as core skill, and supports TAME AI encoding. India has created digital tools, which offers curriculum-linked e-content, free online courses, including real-time school data tracking system. India’s Meri Panchayat or My Village Council app won the WSIS Champion Prize this week, which is a testimony to our commitment to ICT connectivity to rural governance. On the theme of digital public infrastructure, ladies and gentlemen, Permanent Mission of India in Geneva is in coordination with Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology of Government of India, and ITU and ISPIRIT has the first United Nations Conference on Digital Public Infrastructure, CitizenStack, in January this year in Pali. This event brought together a diverse range of stakeholders, global leaders, technology innovators, and policy experts to explore the global implementation of digital public infrastructure. This event underscored India’s active role in promoting digital public infrastructure as a global public good. The initiative and its progress in terms of ICT connectivity is a topic which has endless success stories in India, some of which were also quoted by Mr Bharadwaj just some time back. With these few words, ladies and gentlemen, I take this opportunity to thank Professor Goyal once again for organizing this side event. Also, to showcase India’s story to the world. My sincere appreciation to the ITU team for taking


NK Goyal: the time out of their busy schedule to join this event. Thank you very much. Friends, we have been joined by Mr Jayawaja, our director, so I would like to honor him. And having put on his shawl, I would like to invite my dear friend Cosmas ZAVAZAVA, who is Director of BDT in the ITU here. Thank you very much for gracing us with your presence.


Cosmas Zavazava: I know you have to leave soon. If you could share just a few words, three minutes max, or you get the red card. I’m sorry. It’s a pleasure to be here and thank you for this opportunity, Excellencies, esteemed colleagues, friends. It is a pleasure to be here with you. This year, as you well know, ITU is turning 160 years of existence. We have demonstrated resilience, having gone through the two world wars, epidemics, natural disasters, etc. And we didn’t turn into, maybe I should say, we didn’t stagnate. We engaged in evolution and innovation. Over those years, security concerns have evolved with the evolution of technology from physical interference with cables to remote cyber attacks and artificial intelligence and quantum computing. Now we bring free security challenges, but we are ready to confront. Part of our role is to meet those challenges. ITU has been at the forefront of cyber security capacity development and building. And as you well know, we received 11 Guinness Book records recently when we brought 136 countries to Dubai under one roof, discussing and engaging in a global cyber drill. And we celebrate that. Through WSIS Action Line C5 and the World Telecommunication Development Conference, which is going to be held this year in Baku from the 17th to the 28th of November, we are going to be looking closely at the issue of connectivity as well as cyber security. And the good news is that a decade of the Global Cyber Security Index shows that countries are evolving and achieving serious results, but challenges still persist. As much as we have challenges with connectivity, as we still have 2.6 billion people who remain unconnected, and we are worried about those that are connected as to what they are doing with their connectivity. Are they engaging in electronic commerce? Are they participating in government affairs, etc.? So we wanted to be able to be measuring that, and that’s why we have rolled out a universal meaningful connectivity agenda. For one thing, there is a persistent cyber capacity gap. The least developed countries and small island developing states are more than 10 years behind other developing countries, according to our findings and statistics, and we want to confront this challenge. Capacity building is fundamentally very important, and coming together with that, of course, we want to bridge the many divides, which include the urban-rural divide, the gender divide, and the digital skills divide. And we want to make sure that, fundamentally, the platforms are secure. Child online protection is very important, and of course, we developed guidelines that we are rolling out. The first part of the guidelines addresses the parents, the second part addresses the teachers, and the third addresses the regulators, and then finally, also, we address industry and private sector, because this is a multi-stakeholder platform, and we have to work together to confront the ills. And connectivity, universal meaningful connectivity…


NK Goyal: Thank you Mr. ZAVAZAVA. First I want to tell everybody on the line and physically here that we are working with Mr. ZAVAZAVA and Mr. Onoe for cyber security awareness program throughout the world. Because ZAVAZAVA has to go, I will request you and Mr. Onoe and Mr. Niraj. No problem, it’s a good sign. I’m quite excited. And I will request you to kindly come on this stage, we want to honour Mr. Bharadwaj and Mr. Niraj. So we’re having an early photo session up there. I’ll just encourage everyone to move as quickly as possible. If you can make space in the aisles so they can run down and we can then get back to the speeches. While the dignitaries are leaving and moving forward, I would like to invite Mr. Seizo Lee to give just three minutes. Did you know you were being invited to speak? You’re looking shocked. Well, you could just keep it to one minute, then, and we can catch up on time.


Seizo Onoe: Yes, thank you, Tim. It’s a great honor for me to attend this meeting again. This connectivity is quite an important subject, but I wish to highlight with your great achievement in India, think about sustainability rather than smart and advanced. Advanced smart is very important. Your report already passed 4G, 5G, you’re already engaged to 6G, but think about what is a really sustainable environment for you, for all of you. Think about the communities. So, I just want to bring up this subject. Sustainability is more important than any others for the future. So, this is my small piece. Thank you.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much, Jason. And now we move to our first online speaker, and hopefully the technology will work. But I would like to invite the first remote speaker is Mr. N. Ravi Shankar, IAS Retd, Principal Advisor, DIT University, but former Chief Secretary of Uttarakhand Government in India. The floor is yours for three minutes. And one of the great things about remote speakers is we can actually cut you off when I say so. So, I hope you will excuse me if


N Ravi Shanker: we do that. Over to you, sir. Dignitaries, Delegates, Greetings to all. I thank you all for this recognition. I would like to put the finger on the spot and say connectivity, cost, economics, content, cyber security. These form the cornerstone of connecting the unconnected and reaching out in whatever manner one could do. There are multiple schemes, there are multiple ways, there are multiple collaborations. All of them can lead to that point. Over to you, sir. Thank you. Thank you very much. Big


NK Goyal: round of applause. Friends, Mr. Ravi Shankar was holding the position which is now held by Niraj Verma. We want to recognize you by the excellent services you have given and started. Mr. Navtej, please put on the slide for the award for him. You’re about to get


Tim Unwin: a virtual award. Thank you, sir. Thank you very much. Brilliant. Thank you very much. And we now move to our next remote speaker, who is Lt. Gen. JS Sidana, AVSM, Director General of Electronics and Mechanical Engineers and Senior Colonel Commandant Corps of EME India. Over to you, sir, for three minutes.


Lt. Gen. JS Sidana: So, first of all, thank you very much, moderator, sir, for introducing me. Hello, panelists, distinguished dignitaries, academic leaders and participants, both online and offline. It’s a matter of privilege and honor for me to be invited as a panelist here. I would like to also thank Professor Goel and the CMI Association for organizing a forum that not only celebrates the excellence, but also poses some very pertinent questions with respect to how do we take this education to the unconnected. Having served in the Indian Army for almost 40 years and led one of the most advanced technology institutions in the country, I have been fortunate to witness and in some measure contribute to the convergence of technology, education, discipline which is associated with the Army and national development. Having spent maximum time in the world where mission readiness and situational awareness dictate the technological precision determination which will determine the outcomes, I believe the same principles apply perhaps more than ever to the world of education today. I would like to say a few words on this movement from the chalkboards to the chipsets. The technology today has been primarily able to define, deliver and democratize education. So, we need to move forward in this arena and I will talk from my personal experience having led an institution where the students outperformed the expectations of the people who were educating them. Just because they were given a little bit of trust, some purpose and the tools. The tools are there for the entire world to see whether it is artificial intelligence, the quantum technologies, blockchain and a variety of improvements that have taken place in the fields of data analytics. I have also introduced our concept of immersive learning through AR and VR and the results were there for all of us to see. We saw a 30 to 40 percent improvement in the entire delivery mechanism just because we were able to provide the students with an immersive environment and that is why one of the speakers before me has talked about the connection and the cyber part which is very, very important. However, to take it further, the Indian Army itself has taken on this huge challenge and today we have a system called Abhyaas, a sort of It can be, if I can loosely translate it, it means experiential learning, where every part of structured or unstructured data can be combined and can evolve through a generative AI into something that can be imbibed by the students. So, we are progressing on this noble initiative. But I would still like to say, I said it in India on one of the forums, that if we have to really get the unconnected to be getting connected, we have to have the technology with compassion. The technology can’t be a divider, it has to be an enabler. And more so, when we are talking about the topic is connecting the unconnected in the field of education excellence, cyber security and rural solutions and women empowerment. And I see only very few women participating in this. We have to get them on board because in most of the global south, somebody was mentioning, the women are the ones which are not able to get hold of this technology and therefore the education and therefore the development. I thank all of you for having initiated this topic. But I would like to hear from other speakers and probably


Tim Unwin: imbibe certain lessons myself. Thank you. Thank you very much indeed. Sir, thank you very much. And I want to inform you that almost half are the women here. And sir, we would like to recognize him for the excellent way they have used IT in defence sector. And you all know the success. So, here’s an award for you, sir. Thank you very much. Thank you. And so, it is with great pleasure that I invite our first lady speaker. We do have two women who are speaking. I was going to make a similar point to the point the general has just made. So, without more ado, I’d like to invite Ms. M. Ravati, who’s joint wireless and telecommunications director at the National Institute of Science and Technology. And I’d like to invite her to come up to the podium. In England, WP stands for Woman Police Officer, but we won’t go into that. Department of Telecommunications Government of India. Thank you for joining us. And three minutes, please. Thank you.


M. Revathi: Thank you, Professor Lim, for a nice introduction. I’m not a police officer. I’m a spectrum manager and I’m a satellite expert. I do spectrum licensing and spectrum management, including satellite orbits in India from the Department of Telecommunications. Jokes apart, coming to the topic, connecting the unconnected. We have seen we are in the 160 years of ITU. Still we are talking of the basic connecting the unconnected. Still there are gaps. We heard from the Cosmos ZAVAZAVA that so many people are still unconnected. For getting connected, what is the fundamental thing? It’s the telecommunication network, the fundamental infrastructure. It’s a critical infrastructure. And there are primary resources to have that infrastructure to work. The wireline, the wireless and the satellite. Everyone should have equitable access to that. Then only that gap you can reduce it. So I just I have three minutes only. I make it very crisp, that three points. The connection, the telecommunication, there should be availability, accessibility, then affordability. It is available. What is available? Some people have 2G connectivity. Some people have 3G connectivity. Why? You need 4G, you need 5G. Why you should be deprived of that? Then accessibility, where the point comes? There is still a little biases to have access within the family. If your affordability is less, only limited people will have access to it. How to work on that to make it more, more, more economical? What India is trying to do it? Your data rate per megabit or gigabit. Then next is affordability, the last. So those services are available, what about your user device? If it is costly, even 4000 rupees, Indian rupees, it is costly for a common person living in the rural and remote areas. How to bridge that gap? The Government of India, we are working to Universal Service Obligation Fund, we call it as Digital Bharat Nidhi and some other mechanisms. Oh, I have already in the red. Thank you. I am also RRB member, I deal with the satellite issues, so I am more attached to it. Thank you for giving me this opportunity.


Tim Unwin: Thank you for being so succinct with three A’s. Without more ado, we move to our second lady speaker, who is joining us remotely online, Ms. Ambika Khurana, who is Chief Reg and Corp AFF Officer in Chief External Media Officer, India.


Ambika Khurana: Thank you. Thank you very much. 32 minutes, I am afraid, you have already seen in the program, so apologies. Okay, thank you very much. I will just take on from what Revati ma’am just said. I think the divide in India is not as much anymore urban versus rural, because like Mr. Neeraj mentioned, there is widespread 4G coverage and connectivity in the villages, which of course needs to be supported and satellite is one of the areas that we are talking about. But I want to touch upon the gender divide that is there in the topic, men versus women, and very prominently the divide between 2G and 4G, 5G, 6G we go ahead. So less than 35% of the women in rural India, which is almost 60% of the country’s population, own a mobile phone. And if you triangulate these constraints of ownership with further constraints in affordability and skills, we are looking at a glaring chasm of gender-driven social economic divide. So this needs to be bridged, for which there can be skills programs and plans to offer more affordable devices. Secondly, approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and it’s critical to enable and empower them to move up the ladder for accessing data towards a truly enriched digital India. And when we talk about India as an example, that would stand for many developing nations at large. So specific device ownership plans, migration of the poor from 2G to 4G for support through devices, government-industry-academia collaborations for skills, many of them are led by Mr. Anil Bhadwaj and other senior leaders from the government sitting here with whom we feel immensely humbled to partner with, will definitely help in accelerating this divide. I rest my points here, but as industry, we are fully committed to the cause and look forward to more deliberations during this forum. Thank you very much.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much indeed. Thank you for keeping to time. I was fearing having to ask you to be quiet, being a white male elderly, because the points you make about gender divide and differences are absolutely essential and something in all of our countries we should emphasize and take forward. So thank you. We now move to another remote speaker. Please, Dr. Ravi Sinha, who’s VP Tech Dev and Solutions Reliance in Jio and co-chairman of ORAN in India. And two minutes from you, please, sir.


Ravi Sinha: Oh, fantastic. Hi, everyone. Greetings from U.S. I represent ORAN Alliance Next Generation Research Group for SIXI Initiative. We started three years back and we are globally collaborating with every country and every company available, 350 plus kind of members over here. Today, I’ll be talking mainly on to the AI flavor for 6G. At present, like the world is moving very fast. And I think based on our understanding, 2030 is the deployment timelines. And, of course, like probably one or two years prior to that, you’ll have kind of pre-standards already getting trialed worldwide. And the major, I think, capabilities you’ll be seeing related to the deployment, energy efficiency, native security, the resilience, then integrated ground, air and space networks. But I think on the top of it, the neural network is going to be the main mantra. Overall, how exactly you will be joining? I think for 60 cloud native auto drive network, connected sustainable world, massive scalable next generation network, compute fabric, highly programmable physical world, massively scalable next generation automotive framework, massively connected intelligent machines, the internet of multi-dimensional senses, and then enormously digitized and native trustworthy systems. These are some of the kind of areas where you can see open source or an alliance along with 3GPP can do a lot of disruptions and make the technology available for everybody. Now, based on all the development I’m seeing, AI agents and then MCP gateway, these are the very two major enablers for the infrastructure. And this infrastructure will be very different than the infrastructure you are deploying at present worldwide. The major difference is… I just say thank you very much. I’m sorry,


Tim Unwin: the time is up. We’re very tight. Please accept my apologies. Fascinating. Really important work the GEO is doing. Thank you. And we now move to our final remote address that is by Mr. Chaesub Lee, who is head of Government Affairs and Public Policy, APAC Bulkerspersky. Over to you, sir. And if you could please keep it to two minutes, I would be very grateful.


Chaesub Lee: Thank you. Thank you very much, Professor. Very good day to distinguished participants from all over the world. I’ll just make a short intervention on the importance of cybersecurity, even as we endeavor to connect the unconnected. The world today is at an inflection point. A new generation, especially from the underprivileged segment of society, is getting digital devices for the first time, just as AI tools are becoming widely available. And this comes with both risks and opportunities. It is dangerous because AI tools have been abused for criminal activity through deep fakes, voice mimicking and generating phishing emails. But there are also huge opportunities. We have the chance to make the newly connected generation a generation of AI savvy digital natives who are aware of the risks of AI and know how to protect themselves, and to be just as good, if not even better, than those who are already connected. Let me just cite one sobering piece of development from my home country in Singapore. Last week, the Cyber Security Agency of Singapore published the results of its Public Awareness Survey. One question asked if respondents were confident of distinguishing between deep fake and legitimate videos. And almost 80% said they were confident, citing telltale signs such as suspicious content, unsynchronized lip movements. But when actually put to a test in the next question, guess how many people actually got it right? 3 out of 4 people actually got it wrong. And we are talking about a highly connected society. So it is all the more important to ensure that complacency doesn’t set in for the newly connected. How do we achieve this? Education is key. Threats such as phishing, scams and caution in clicking links and paying bills need to become part of general knowledge, just like road safety. Good practices like having antivirus on digital devices and using two-factor authorization must become generally understood norms. As we turn the corner, it is a chance for the newly connected to rapidly catch up and learn from the mistakes of those who are already connected. And I’m confident that this can be done. With the help of so many attendees today who are concerned about the cause of connecting the unconnected, I’m sure that we will be able to exchange ideas on how do we do this further. On this note, I would like to thank Professor N.K. Goyal, President of the CMII, Association of India, for the invitation.


Tim Unwin: Thank you very much. And thank you for keeping short and succinct. I’m going to be a little bit naughty now. I’ve never understood why the event happening the other side of this building is called AI for good. I mean, you’ve emphasized that there’s AI for bad as well. You know, if it’s not called AI for bad, maybe at least we can compromise and call AI for question mark. So thank you for raising these very important issues. And finally, thank you to all speakers so far who’ve kept remarkably to time. We have my dear friend Professor Alfredo Ronci to say a few words, a maximum two minutes.


Alfredo Ronchi: So we need to provide proper education. And just jumping to another key word I heard, which is STEM. We know that, we all know that mathematics, for instance, math is usually considered a kind of nightmare for young generations. So in 10 kids, eight of them consider this a nightmare. And professor or teachers, since 20, 40, 50 years, are repeating the same experience, the same experiment, let’s say, in spite to the typical law in physics, that if you are repeating the same experience many times and you are waiting for a different outcome. So the outcome is always that eight of them, or even more, are hating this subject, and we lose quite a lot of, let’s say, brain juice from these people. And this is really something bad. We, since a long time, very well known that young generation have a different mindset. We’re used to process things in parallel. This is due to what someone calls brain or neuroplasticity. So, they modified their own way to elaborate information, no more in a serial sequence, but in parallel. They will probably develop longer times because they are chatting all over the day, and they have a completely different approach to content, to knowledge, even if, unfortunately, this knowledge is on the surface. Down, there’s really far less. Thank you, Tim, and thank you, all of you.


Tim Unwin: Thank you, Alfredo. That brings our proceedings to an end, but there isn’t another session in here afterwards. So, if anyone has a brief, if anyone has a brief comment… I will just order the certificates. Okay. I will like to… I keep getting different messages. Okay, I do feel free to leave if you have to, because I know there are other things happening at 12. Connecting the unconnected is a very interesting theme and it needs to go beyond WSIS and ITU.


NK Goyal: I think what we need is, and particularly in the context of when we talk about AI and cyber security, we need another, maybe proposing an 18th SDG, like a meaningful, safe digital life for the citizens on the planet. A meaningful, safe digital life for the citizens on the planet. I’m sure that AI for Governance Dialogue, they will, we will make a note of it and make sure it goes as India’s submission. Okay. Thank you.


Tim Unwin: That is very good. I would just like to add, I mean, yes, that was a failure. Some of us many years ago tried to get it in there, but we have to recognize, again, be provocative. The SDGs have failed already. We’re not going to deliver them. Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030. The time is now when we should be talking about what follows the SDGs. And I think getting that right is important. One final brief point. Okay. Thank you all for being so patient. Yes, go, go. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Mr. Anil Kumar Lahoti, H.E. Mr. N Ravi Shanker, IAS Prof. Goyal for always bringing it as a presence of India in this place of WSIS. I’ve always felt that, with due respect to everybody here present, the Indian government would do much more in sharing its successes in the international community. You have much to offer, you have achieved much, but having been involved in many Commonwealth, particularly initiatives, but also here in the UN, I would love to see you taking the rightful role that you have. You have the largest population in the world, you have achieved great things, and we need to learn much more from your practices. So this is really just to thank Prof. Goyal, but also encourage you to share your voice more loudly, share your physical presence more strongly, and draw on the rich cultural heritage of your country to move us all forward in the digital age. So thank you for your great presentations, thank you for being a wonderful audience. Go forth and multiply. Thank you very much. Thanks, Arun. Thank you everyone online for joining. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you so much. Thank you.


N

NK Goyal

Speech speed

110 words per minute

Speech length

809 words

Speech time

440 seconds

India has built parallel digital systems including UPI, Aadhaar, and space missions, demonstrating technological sovereignty

Explanation

India has developed its own digital infrastructure systems independently, including the Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Aadhaar digital identity system, and space missions. These systems demonstrate India’s ability to create technological solutions without foreign intervention and establish its sovereignty in the digital domain.


Evidence

UPI adopted by 17 countries with no foreign interventions, Aadhaar system connected 1 billion people without bottlenecks, ISRO landed rover near moon’s south pole at fraction of cost compared to other countries


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


A new SDG focused on “meaningful, safe digital life for citizens” should be considered for future development goals

Explanation

There is a need for an 18th Sustainable Development Goal that specifically addresses ensuring citizens have access to meaningful and safe digital experiences. This would recognize the importance of digital rights and safety as fundamental development objectives.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


A

Anil Kumar Bhardwaj

Speech speed

98 words per minute

Speech length

368 words

Speech time

223 seconds

India has proven capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems for 1.3 billion people with digital identity and payment systems

Explanation

India has successfully demonstrated that it can build comprehensive digital infrastructure that serves its entire population of 1.3 billion people. The system integrates digital identity with payment capabilities, enabling transactions as small as one cent without overhead costs.


Evidence

Digital Aadhaar provides digital identity for 1.3 billion people, unified payment interface handles billions of daily transactions for payments as small as one cent


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


S

Seizo Onoe

Speech speed

102 words per minute

Speech length

230 words

Speech time

135 seconds

India’s digital public infrastructure serves as a global case study for expanding digital inclusion at speed and scale

Explanation

India’s innovations in digital identity and broader digital public infrastructure have created one of the world’s most recognized examples of how to rapidly expand digital inclusion. The country’s approach offers valuable lessons for the global community on achieving widespread digital access efficiently.


Evidence

Innovations like Aadhaar Digital Identity and broader digital public infrastructure have life-changing benefits


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


Security controls should be applied consistently worldwide, with standards providing key support to policy objectives

Explanation

Cybersecurity measures and standards need to be implemented uniformly across all countries to ensure effective protection. International standards play a crucial role in supporting policy goals related to digital security and trust in digital services.


Evidence

Trust in digital services is essential to their widespread adoption


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Chaesub Lee

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions

Explanation

While advanced technologies like 4G, 5G, and 6G are important, the focus should be on creating sustainable environments and solutions that serve communities effectively. Long-term sustainability is more critical than pursuing the latest technological advancements.


Evidence

India has already passed 4G, 5G and is engaged in 6G development


Major discussion point

Future Technology and 6G Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Ravi Sinha

Disagreed on

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability


N

Niraj Verma

Speech speed

89 words per minute

Speech length

417 words

Speech time

278 seconds

India has successfully connected villages with 4G connectivity and is implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project

Explanation

India has made significant progress in rural connectivity by providing 4G access to most of its 640,000 villages, with only a few thousand remaining unconnected. The country is also executing BharatNet, a massive $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure project to enhance connectivity further.


Evidence

India has 640,000 villages, connected all except 7-8 thousand with 4G connectivity, BharatNet is a $20 billion project providing optical fiber network


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas

Explanation

While mobile connectivity provides basic access, it comes with ongoing costs that may not be affordable for rural populations. Fixed broadband connections through fiber-to-home infrastructure offer a more cost-effective solution for sustained internet access in villages.


Evidence

India’s mobile data rates are among cheapest at less than 10 rupees per GB, but still not affordable for village populations


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


N

Ninad S. Deshpande

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

535 words

Speech time

206 seconds

India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow, including hosting WTSA and proposing to host Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030

Explanation

India has strengthened its partnership with the International Telecommunication Union through various initiatives and events. The country has demonstrated its commitment by hosting major ITU conferences and seeking to host future significant events.


Evidence

India has been ITU member since 1869, consistent Council member since 1952, ITU was knowledge partner during India’s G20 Presidency, ITU area office opened in New Delhi, WTSA held in India last year


Major discussion point

India’s Digital Infrastructure Achievements and Global Leadership


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma

Agreed on

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model


M

M. Revathi

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

353 words

Speech time

136 seconds

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs

Explanation

True connectivity depends on three critical factors: ensuring telecommunications infrastructure is available everywhere, that all people can access it without discrimination, and that both services and devices are affordable for common people. Current gaps exist in network quality differences and high device costs.


Evidence

Some people have only 2G or 3G connectivity instead of 4G/5G, device costs of even 4000 Indian rupees are expensive for rural populations, Government working through Universal Service Obligation Fund and Digital Bharat Nidhi


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


C

Cosmas Zavazava

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

491 words

Speech time

209 seconds

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries

Explanation

Despite progress in global connectivity, a significant portion of the world’s population still lacks internet access. The digital divide is particularly pronounced in least developed countries and small island developing states, which lag behind other developing nations by more than a decade.


Evidence

Least developed countries and small island developing states are more than 10 years behind other developing countries according to ITU findings and statistics


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Child online protection requires multi-stakeholder approach with guidelines for parents, teachers, regulators, and industry

Explanation

Protecting children online is a complex challenge that cannot be addressed by any single entity. It requires coordinated efforts from multiple stakeholders, with specific guidelines developed for different groups including families, educational institutions, government regulators, and private sector companies.


Evidence

ITU developed guidelines with four parts: addressing parents, teachers, regulators, and industry/private sector


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Children rights


Agreed with

– Seizo Onoe
– Chaesub Lee

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


N

N Ravi Shanker

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

85 words

Speech time

48 seconds

Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected

Explanation

Successfully connecting unconnected populations requires addressing four key areas: making connectivity affordable, ensuring economic viability, providing relevant content, and maintaining cybersecurity. These elements form the foundation for any effective connectivity initiative.


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Cybersecurity


L

Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

580 words

Speech time

225 seconds

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery

Explanation

Modern technology has made education more accessible and effective by providing tools that can define, deliver, and democratize learning. Immersive technologies like augmented and virtual reality have proven particularly effective, showing significant improvements in educational outcomes.


Evidence

Introduced immersive learning through AR and VR with 30-40% improvement in delivery mechanism, Indian Army developed Abhyaas system for experiential learning using generative AI


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Infrastructure


Women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, hindering education and development opportunities

Explanation

In many developing countries, women face barriers to accessing technology, which limits their educational and developmental opportunities. This gender-based digital divide is a significant obstacle to inclusive development in the Global South.


Evidence

Few women participating in technology discussions, women in Global South are often unable to access technology


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Ambika Khurana

Agreed on

Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue


Technology must be an enabler rather than a divider, requiring compassion in implementation

Explanation

For technology to truly serve society, it must be implemented with compassion and designed to bridge gaps rather than create new divisions. This is particularly important when connecting unconnected populations to ensure technology serves as a tool for inclusion.


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Development | Human rights


A

Ambika Khurana

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

317 words

Speech time

105 seconds

Less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a gender-driven socioeconomic divide

Explanation

There is a significant gender gap in mobile phone ownership in rural India, where women represent a majority of the unconnected population. This digital divide is compounded by constraints in affordability and digital skills, creating broader socioeconomic inequalities.


Evidence

Rural India represents almost 60% of country’s population, ownership constraints combined with affordability and skills constraints create socioeconomic divide


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Inclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Agreed on

Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access

Explanation

A significant portion of India’s population remains on outdated 2G networks, which limits their ability to access modern digital services and participate fully in the digital economy. Supporting their migration to 4G networks is essential for achieving comprehensive digital inclusion.


Evidence

Government-industry-academia collaborations for skills and device ownership plans needed for migration support


Major discussion point

Connecting the Unconnected: Infrastructure and Accessibility Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


R

Ravi Sinha

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

279 words

Speech time

125 seconds

6G will feature AI-native capabilities, energy efficiency, native security, and integrated ground-air-space networks by 2030

Explanation

The next generation of wireless technology will be fundamentally different from current networks, incorporating artificial intelligence as a core component and integrating terrestrial, aerial, and satellite networks. These networks will prioritize energy efficiency and built-in security features.


Evidence

ORAN Alliance Next Generation Research Group working globally with 350+ members, 2030 deployment timeline with pre-standards trials 1-2 years prior


Major discussion point

Future Technology and 6G Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Disagreed with

– Seizo Onoe

Disagreed on

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability


C

Chaesub Lee

Speech speed

169 words per minute

Speech length

412 words

Speech time

146 seconds

AI tools create both risks through deepfakes and phishing, and opportunities for creating AI-savvy digital natives

Explanation

Artificial intelligence presents a dual challenge for newly connected populations, as it can be misused for criminal activities like creating deepfakes and sophisticated phishing attacks. However, it also offers the opportunity to educate new users about these risks and help them become digitally literate from the start.


Evidence

Singapore Cyber Security Agency survey showed 80% confident in detecting deepfakes but only 25% actually succeeded when tested


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Online education


Education about cybersecurity threats must become general knowledge like road safety for newly connected populations

Explanation

Cybersecurity awareness should be treated as essential knowledge that everyone needs, similar to how road safety rules are universally taught. This includes understanding threats like phishing and scams, as well as adopting good practices like using antivirus software and two-factor authentication.


Evidence

Threats such as phishing, scams, caution in clicking links need to become part of general knowledge, good practices like antivirus and two-factor authorization must become understood norms


Major discussion point

Cybersecurity and Digital Safety


Topics

Cybersecurity | Online education


Agreed with

– Seizo Onoe
– Cosmas Zavazava

Agreed on

Cybersecurity Education and Awareness


A

Alfredo Ronchi

Speech speed

116 words per minute

Speech length

230 words

Speech time

118 seconds

Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences

Explanation

Modern young people have developed different cognitive approaches due to neuroplasticity, allowing them to process multiple streams of information simultaneously rather than in traditional sequential patterns. This change in mental processing requires new approaches to education and content delivery.


Evidence

Brain neuroplasticity has modified how young people elaborate information, they process things in parallel due to constant chatting and multitasking


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Mathematics education needs modernization as traditional teaching methods fail to engage students effectively

Explanation

Current mathematics education is ineffective, with approximately 80% of students considering math a nightmare. Teachers have been repeating the same unsuccessful teaching methods for decades, expecting different results, which violates basic principles of learning and adaptation.


Evidence

8 out of 10 kids consider mathematics a nightmare, teachers repeating same experience for 20-50 years expecting different outcomes


Major discussion point

Education Technology and Digital Learning


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


T

Tim Unwin

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

1222 words

Speech time

540 seconds

India should take a more prominent role in international forums, sharing its digital successes more broadly

Explanation

Despite having the world’s largest population and achieving significant digital milestones, India does not sufficiently share its experiences and successes in international settings. The country should leverage its rich cultural heritage and technological achievements to take a more leadership role in global digital development discussions.


Evidence

India has largest population in world, has achieved great things, has rich cultural heritage, but needs stronger physical presence and voice in international forums


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows

Explanation

The Sustainable Development Goals are unlikely to be met by their 2030 deadline, and digital technology alone will not be sufficient to achieve them. It is time to begin planning for what development framework should replace the SDGs after 2030.


Evidence

Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030, SDGs have already failed


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Knowledge Sharing


Topics

Development


Disagreed with

– NK Goyal

Disagreed on

SDG effectiveness and future development frameworks


Agreements

Agreement points

India’s Digital Infrastructure as Global Model

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Anil Kumar Bhardwaj
– Seizo Onoe
– Niraj Verma
– Ninad S. Deshpande

Arguments

India has built parallel digital systems including UPI, Aadhaar, and space missions, demonstrating technological sovereignty


India has proven capability to create end-to-end online ecosystems for 1.3 billion people with digital identity and payment systems


India’s digital public infrastructure serves as a global case study for expanding digital inclusion at speed and scale


India has successfully connected villages with 4G connectivity and is implementing the world’s largest fiber optic project


India’s collaboration with ITU continues to grow, including hosting WTSA and proposing to host Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030


Summary

Multiple speakers consistently praised India’s digital infrastructure achievements, particularly UPI, Aadhaar, and connectivity projects, positioning India as a global leader and model for other countries to follow


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Cybersecurity Education and Awareness

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Cosmas Zavazava
– Chaesub Lee

Arguments

Security controls should be applied consistently worldwide, with standards providing key support to policy objectives


Child online protection requires multi-stakeholder approach with guidelines for parents, teachers, regulators, and industry


Education about cybersecurity threats must become general knowledge like road safety for newly connected populations


Summary

Speakers agreed that cybersecurity requires comprehensive education, standardized approaches, and multi-stakeholder collaboration to protect users, especially vulnerable populations like children


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Gender Digital Divide as Critical Issue

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Ambika Khurana

Arguments

Women are often unable to access technology in Global South countries, hindering education and development opportunities


Less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, creating a gender-driven socioeconomic divide


Summary

Both speakers identified the significant gender gap in technology access as a major barrier to inclusive development, particularly in rural and developing regions


Topics

Gender rights online | Development


Similar viewpoints

All three speakers emphasized that true connectivity requires addressing multiple barriers including affordability, infrastructure quality, and device accessibility, with particular focus on upgrading rural populations from basic to advanced connectivity

Speakers

– M. Revathi
– Ambika Khurana
– Niraj Verma

Arguments

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Both speakers recognized that modern technology and changing cognitive patterns of young people require new approaches to education, moving away from traditional methods to more interactive and adaptive learning systems

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Both speakers acknowledged the massive scale of the global connectivity challenge and the need for comprehensive approaches that address multiple fundamental barriers simultaneously

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– N Ravi Shanker

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries


Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Unexpected consensus

Sustainability Over Advanced Technology

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana

Arguments

Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions


Technology must be an enabler rather than a divider, requiring compassion in implementation


Explanation

Unexpectedly, both a technology director and a military technology leader emphasized the importance of sustainable, compassionate technology implementation over pursuing the latest advanced features, suggesting a shift in priorities from pure technological advancement to human-centered development


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Human rights


Need for New Development Framework

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Tim Unwin

Arguments

A new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’ should be considered for future development goals


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows


Explanation

Both speakers, from different perspectives, agreed that current international development frameworks are insufficient and need fundamental revision, with digital rights and safety becoming central to future development goals


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed strong consensus around India’s digital leadership, the critical importance of addressing gender and rural digital divides, the need for comprehensive cybersecurity education, and the requirement for sustainable, inclusive technology implementation


Consensus level

High level of consensus with speakers consistently supporting each other’s viewpoints rather than presenting conflicting arguments. The agreement spans technical, social, and policy dimensions, suggesting broad alignment on both challenges and solutions. This consensus strengthens the case for India’s digital model as globally applicable and highlights shared understanding of barriers to digital inclusion.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Technology advancement priorities – advanced features vs sustainability

Speakers

– Seizo Onoe
– Ravi Sinha

Arguments

Sustainability should be prioritized over advanced smart features when developing future connectivity solutions


6G will feature AI-native capabilities, energy efficiency, native security, and integrated ground-air-space networks by 2030


Summary

Onoe emphasizes that sustainability should take priority over pursuing advanced smart technologies, while Sinha focuses on the advanced AI-native capabilities and sophisticated features of upcoming 6G networks


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


SDG effectiveness and future development frameworks

Speakers

– NK Goyal
– Tim Unwin

Arguments

A new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’ should be considered for future development goals


The current SDGs have limitations and may not be achievable by 2030, requiring discussion of what follows


Summary

Goyal proposes adding an 18th SDG to the current framework, while Unwin argues that the entire SDG framework has failed and needs to be replaced with something new


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Educational methodology and generational differences

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Explanation

While both speakers discuss educational technology, Sidana focuses on proven technological solutions with measurable improvements, while Ronchi emphasizes the need to fundamentally change teaching methods to match how young people’s brains have evolved. This represents a subtle but significant disagreement about whether technology should enhance existing education or whether education itself needs to be reimagined


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkable consensus on major goals (connecting the unconnected, digital inclusion, cybersecurity) with disagreements primarily on implementation approaches and priorities. Key areas of disagreement included technology advancement priorities, development framework effectiveness, and educational methodologies


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most disagreements were constructive and focused on different approaches to shared goals rather than fundamental opposition. The implications are positive as they suggest multiple viable pathways to achieving digital inclusion, though coordination may be needed to avoid fragmented efforts


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

All three speakers emphasized that true connectivity requires addressing multiple barriers including affordability, infrastructure quality, and device accessibility, with particular focus on upgrading rural populations from basic to advanced connectivity

Speakers

– M. Revathi
– Ambika Khurana
– Niraj Verma

Arguments

Connectivity requires availability, accessibility, and affordability – addressing gaps in network quality and device costs


Approximately 300 million Indians are still on 2G and need support to migrate to 4G for truly enriched digital access


Mobile connectivity alone is insufficient; affordable landline broadband through fiber-to-home connections is essential for rural areas


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Economic


Both speakers recognized that modern technology and changing cognitive patterns of young people require new approaches to education, moving away from traditional methods to more interactive and adaptive learning systems

Speakers

– Lt. Gen. JS Sidana
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Technology has democratized education, with immersive learning through AR/VR showing 30-40% improvement in delivery


Young generations have different mindsets, processing information in parallel rather than serial sequences


Topics

Online education | Sociocultural


Both speakers acknowledged the massive scale of the global connectivity challenge and the need for comprehensive approaches that address multiple fundamental barriers simultaneously

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– N Ravi Shanker

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain unconnected globally, with persistent capacity gaps especially in least developed countries


Connectivity fundamentals include cost, economics, content, and cybersecurity as cornerstones for reaching the unconnected


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Takeaways

Key takeaways

India has successfully demonstrated digital infrastructure at scale, connecting 1.3 billion people through systems like Aadhaar and UPI, serving as a global model for digital inclusion


Connecting the unconnected requires addressing three fundamental pillars: availability, accessibility, and affordability of telecommunications infrastructure


A significant gender digital divide exists, with less than 35% of women in rural India owning mobile phones, requiring targeted interventions


Cybersecurity education must become as fundamental as road safety education, especially for newly connected populations vulnerable to AI-enabled threats like deepfakes


Approximately 300 million Indians still use 2G technology and 2.6 billion people globally remain unconnected, highlighting the scale of remaining challenges


Future 6G networks will be AI-native with integrated ground-air-space capabilities, but sustainability should be prioritized over advanced features


Education technology shows significant promise, with immersive learning through AR/VR demonstrating 30-40% improvement in delivery effectiveness


Multi-stakeholder collaboration between government, industry, and academia is essential for bridging digital divides and ensuring inclusive connectivity


Resolutions and action items

India proposed to host the ITU Plenipotentiary Conference in 2030, demonstrating continued commitment to global telecommunications leadership


Continuation of the BharatNet project – a $20 billion fiber optic infrastructure initiative to connect villages across India


Implementation of programs to migrate 300 million Indians from 2G to 4G connectivity through government-industry partnerships


Development of cybersecurity awareness programs globally in collaboration with ITU directors ZAVAZAVA and Onoe


Proposal for India to submit the concept of an 18th SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens on the planet’ through AI for Governance Dialogue


Unresolved issues

How to effectively address the persistent 10+ year technology gap between least developed countries and other developing nations


Specific mechanisms for making devices more affordable for rural populations where even 4000 rupees ($48) is considered costly


Strategies for overcoming cultural and social barriers that limit women’s access to mobile technology in rural areas


Methods for ensuring newly connected populations don’t fall victim to AI-enabled cybersecurity threats like deepfakes and phishing


How to modernize mathematics and STEM education to align with young people’s parallel information processing capabilities


Determining what framework should replace the SDGs post-2030, given acknowledgment that current SDGs may not be achievable


Suggested compromises

Balancing advanced technology development (5G/6G) with sustainability considerations rather than pursuing smart features at any cost


Combining mobile connectivity with landline broadband infrastructure to provide both coverage and affordability


Implementing multi-stakeholder approaches to cybersecurity that involve parents, teachers, regulators, and industry rather than single-entity solutions


Focusing on ‘technology with compassion’ that serves as an enabler rather than a divider between connected and unconnected populations


Renaming ‘AI for Good’ initiatives to acknowledge both positive and negative potential of AI technology


Thought provoking comments

Standards help create global access to new tech capabilities. That’s a key services to developing countries, but it’s also fundamental to security. Security controls should be applied consistently around the world.

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Reason

This comment was insightful because it connected two seemingly separate issues – digital inclusion and cybersecurity – establishing that they must be addressed together rather than as isolated challenges. It reframed the discussion from simply connecting people to ensuring those connections are secure and standardized globally.


Impact

This set the tone for the entire discussion by establishing that connectivity without security is incomplete. It influenced subsequent speakers to address both aspects, with later speakers like Cosmas ZAVAZAVA and Chaesub Lee extensively discussing cybersecurity challenges alongside connectivity initiatives.


Just providing 5G, 4G connections is not sufficient. To make it more affordable means that we have to decrease the rate. And it is where that fibre to the home broadband connections through landline will come handy.

Speaker

Niraj Verma


Reason

This comment challenged the assumption that advanced mobile technology alone solves connectivity issues. It introduced the critical economic dimension – that true inclusion requires not just technical capability but economic accessibility, and that sometimes older technologies (landline broadband) can be more inclusive than newer ones.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from celebrating technological advancement to examining practical implementation challenges. It led to subsequent speakers like M. Revathi elaborating on the ‘three A’s’ (availability, accessibility, affordability) and Ambika Khurana discussing the 2G to 4G migration challenge.


We are not only laying infrastructure, we are laying the foundation of networks for tomorrow… we are available to create a new connected digital world which is a real meaningful connectivity.

Speaker

Anil Kumar Bhardwaj


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it distinguished between mere connectivity and ‘meaningful connectivity’ – introducing the concept that connection quality and purpose matter as much as connection existence. It elevated the discussion from technical metrics to human impact.


Impact

This concept of ‘meaningful connectivity’ became a recurring theme, with Cosmas ZAVAZAVA later referencing the ‘universal meaningful connectivity agenda’ and other speakers discussing how to ensure connections translate into real socioeconomic benefits.


The divide in India is not as much anymore urban versus rural… But I want to touch upon the gender divide that is there… less than 35% of the women in rural India… own a mobile phone.

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it challenged the dominant narrative about digital divides. While most speakers focused on geographic or economic divides, she highlighted that gender represents a more persistent and complex barrier, requiring different solutions.


Impact

This comment brought gender equity to the forefront of the discussion, prompting Lt. Gen. JS Sidana to emphasize ‘technology with compassion’ and the need to ensure women are included. It also led Tim Unwin to acknowledge the importance of these gender considerations in his moderation.


We have the chance to make the newly connected generation a generation of AI savvy digital natives who are aware of the risks of AI… But when actually put to a test… 3 out of 4 people actually got it wrong. And we are talking about a highly connected society.

Speaker

Chaesub Lee


Reason

This comment was deeply thought-provoking because it revealed the paradox of digital literacy – that even highly connected populations can be vulnerable to digital threats. It challenged the assumption that connectivity automatically leads to digital competence and safety.


Impact

This comment reframed the entire connectivity discussion by highlighting that connection without proper digital literacy and security awareness can be dangerous. It influenced the closing remarks where speakers emphasized the need for education and the proposal for a new SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life.’


The SDGs have failed already. We’re not going to deliver them. Digital is not going to deliver the SDGs by 2030. The time is now when we should be talking about what follows the SDGs.

Speaker

Tim Unwin


Reason

This was perhaps the most provocative comment of the session, directly challenging the fundamental framework that guides most international development work. It forced participants to think beyond current paradigms and consider more realistic or alternative approaches to global development goals.


Impact

This comment created a moment of stark realism that contrasted with the generally optimistic tone about India’s digital achievements. It supported NK Goyal’s proposal for an 18th SDG on ‘meaningful, safe digital life’ and pushed the discussion toward more innovative thinking about global digital governance frameworks.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by progressively deepening and complicating the initial theme of ‘connecting the unconnected.’ The conversation evolved from celebrating technical achievements to examining practical implementation challenges, then to questioning whether connectivity alone is sufficient, and finally to challenging the entire framework of how we measure and pursue digital development goals. The most impactful comments were those that introduced paradoxes or challenged assumptions – such as the idea that advanced technology might not be the most inclusive solution, that highly connected societies can still be digitally vulnerable, or that current global development frameworks may be fundamentally flawed. These interventions prevented the discussion from becoming a simple showcase of achievements and instead created a more nuanced dialogue about the complexities of digital inclusion, the intersection of technology with social equity, and the need for new approaches to global digital governance.


Follow-up questions

How can the global community learn from India’s experiences with digital public infrastructure like Aadhaar and UPI?

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Explanation

Onoe mentioned that there is much the global WSIS community can learn from India’s experiences with digital inclusion at speed and scale, but specific mechanisms for knowledge transfer were not discussed


How can countries achieve meaningful connectivity beyond just providing infrastructure?

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Explanation

Zavazava raised concerns about whether connected people are actually engaging in e-commerce and government affairs, highlighting the need to measure and ensure meaningful use of connectivity


What are the best practices for bridging the persistent cyber capacity gap in least developed countries and small island developing states?

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Explanation

Zavazava noted that these countries are more than 10 years behind other developing countries in cyber security capacity, requiring targeted solutions


How can sustainability be prioritized over advanced technology in connectivity solutions?

Speaker

Seizo Onoe


Explanation

Onoe emphasized thinking about sustainability rather than just smart and advanced technology, suggesting this is more important for future community development


What specific strategies can effectively bridge the gender divide in digital access, particularly for rural women?

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Explanation

Khurana highlighted that less than 35% of women in rural India own mobile phones, indicating need for targeted interventions to address gender-driven digital divides


How can 300 million Indians still on 2G be effectively migrated to 4G/5G networks?

Speaker

Ambika Khurana


Explanation

This represents a significant population still using outdated technology, requiring specific migration strategies and support mechanisms


How can newly connected populations be educated about AI risks and cybersecurity from the beginning?

Speaker

Chaesub Lee


Explanation

Lee emphasized the opportunity to make newly connected generations AI-savvy and cyber-aware, but specific educational approaches need development


What educational methods can effectively teach mathematics and STEM subjects to young generations who process information differently?

Speaker

Alfredo Ronchi


Explanation

Ronchi noted that traditional teaching methods fail for 8 out of 10 students in mathematics, requiring new approaches that align with how young people process information in parallel


Should there be an 18th SDG focused on ‘meaningful, safe digital life for citizens’?

Speaker

NK Goyal


Explanation

Goyal proposed this as a potential new Sustainable Development Goal, recognizing the importance of digital safety and meaningful access beyond basic connectivity


What should follow the SDGs post-2030, particularly regarding digital development goals?

Speaker

Tim Unwin


Explanation

Unwin argued that SDGs have already failed and won’t be delivered by 2030, necessitating discussion about successor frameworks that properly address digital transformation


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South

Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on approaches toward meaningful connectivity in the Global South, examining challenges and opportunities for bridging digital divides across Africa and Latin America. The panel, moderated by Thobekile Matimbe from Paradigm Initiative, brought together experts to analyze research findings and policy recommendations for achieving inclusive digital access.


Bridget Ndlovu presented findings from Paradigm Initiative’s research on Universal Service Funds across 27 African countries, revealing significant implementation challenges. The study found that while policies exist, actual implementation is lacking, with issues including resistance from telecommunications companies, lack of transparency, and insufficient proactive disclosure of fund information. Only three countries—South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria—make their fund amounts publicly known, highlighting widespread accountability problems. However, some positive examples emerged, such as Botswana’s public-private partnerships and Rwanda’s flexible legislation allowing funding through donations and grants.


Paloma Lara Castro from Derechos Digitales shared insights from their “Latin America in a Glimpse” project, which examined connectivity in Amazonian regions. The research emphasized the importance of meaningful participation by indigenous communities in policy design and implementation, noting that existing policies often fail to address intercultural factors and specific community needs. She highlighted how the same inequalities affecting other rights also impact internet access quality, with communities facing barriers including climate-related disruptions, lack of electricity, poor coverage, and high costs.


Pria Chetty from Research ICT Africa presented data showing that even with high smartphone penetration rates, meaningful digital inclusion remains elusive. Their research revealed that among micro-enterprises, despite 65% owning smartphones, only 38% use the internet and 39% are financially included. The situation is worse for female-owned, informal, and rural enterprises. Key barriers identified include affordability, with users often losing connectivity mid-month due to high data costs, affecting job seeking and education access.


Anita Gurumurthy from IT for Change discussed digital public infrastructure, emphasizing the need for publicly accountable systems rather than market-driven solutions. She advocated for rejecting zero-rating services in favor of guaranteed internet access as a right, citing Kerala state’s constitutional right to internet access. The discussion highlighted the importance of local language support and community-based solutions over big tech approaches that often inadequately serve regional needs.


The panel concluded that achieving meaningful connectivity requires comprehensive approaches addressing policy frameworks, community participation, sustainable funding mechanisms, and recognition of connectivity as a fundamental right rather than merely a commercial service.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Universal Service Fund Implementation Challenges**: Research across 27 African countries revealed significant gaps in implementing Universal Service Funds, with lack of transparency, inadequate policy execution, and limited proactive disclosure of fund amounts and usage reports in most countries.


– **Barriers to Meaningful Connectivity in Rural and Marginalized Communities**: Multiple structural barriers prevent true digital inclusion, including high data costs, unreliable electricity, lack of relevant content in local languages, and inadequate infrastructure in rural areas, particularly affecting women and indigenous populations.


– **Indigenous Rights and Inclusion in Digital Policy**: The need for meaningful participation of indigenous communities in policy design and implementation, with emphasis on technological appropriation as part of self-determination rights, particularly highlighted through research in the Amazon region.


– **Moving Beyond Basic Access to Digital Inclusion**: The discussion emphasized shifting from simple connectivity metrics to understanding different levels of digital engagement – from barely online users to those fully embedded in the digital economy, with focus on micro-enterprises and intersectional inequalities.


– **Digital Public Infrastructure and Community Networks**: Exploration of how digital public infrastructure can support meaningful connectivity through accountable public-private partnerships, community networks, and locally-owned technological solutions that respect cultural contexts and linguistic diversity.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to examine approaches toward achieving meaningful connectivity in the Global South, moving beyond basic internet access to address systemic barriers, policy gaps, and the need for inclusive digital participation that serves marginalized communities, particularly in Africa and Latin America.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, research-focused tone throughout, with speakers presenting evidence-based findings in a collaborative manner. While the content revealed sobering realities about digital divides and implementation failures, the tone remained constructive and solution-oriented, with panelists building on each other’s insights and offering practical recommendations for policy improvements and community-centered approaches.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thobekile Matimbe** – Senior Manager for Programs, Partnerships and Engagements at Paradigm Initiative; works on digital rights and digital inclusion across the African continent; Session moderator


– **Bridgette Ndlovu** – Partnerships and Engagements Officer at Paradigm Initiative; based in Zimbabwe; conducts research on Universal Service Fund implementation across African countries


– **Pria Chetty** – Executive Director at Research ICT Africa; based in Johannesburg, Cape Town, and Kenya; works on digital and data justice research across the continent


– **Paloma Lara Castro** – Policy Director at Derechos Digitales (Digital Rights); Latin American organization with 20 years of experience working at the intersection of technology and human rights


– **Anita Gurumurthy** – Executive Director at IT for Change; works on digital public infrastructure and digital rights issues


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions and made contributions during the session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Bridget Lovo** – Partnerships Officer at Paradigm Initiative (mentioned in introduction but appears to be the same person as Bridgette Ndlovu, possibly a name confusion)


– **Revocato Sinkata** – Audience member from Tanzania with experience in the telecom sector


– **Nandini** – Audience member from IT4Change India who asked questions about public access and internet rights


Full session report

# Discussion Report: Approaches Toward Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South


## Introduction and Context


This discussion examined approaches toward achieving meaningful connectivity in the Global South, bringing together experts from Africa, Latin America, and India to analyze research findings and policy recommendations for bridging digital divides. The panel was moderated by Thobekile Matimbe, Senior Manager for Programs, Partnerships and Engagements at Paradigm Initiative.


## Universal Service Fund Implementation Challenges Across Africa


Liz Orembo, Partnerships and Engagements Officer at Paradigm Initiative based in Zimbabwe, presented research findings from their study of Universal Service Fund implementation across 27 African countries. The research revealed significant gaps between policy formulation and actual implementation.


The study found that while policies exist across various countries, there is a fundamental “lack of takeoff” when it comes to implementation. Countries are failing to adequately implement Universal Service Funds despite having established policy frameworks. Universal Service Fund contributions typically range from 1% to 3% of telecommunications companies’ revenue.


Key challenges identified include:


– Some countries, such as the Central African Republic, have failed to establish required committees for fund operation


– Active resistance from telecommunications companies who challenge compliance through legal action, as observed in Namibia


– Widespread lack of transparency in fund management, with 24 out of 27 countries studied not making their fund amounts publicly known


– Only three countries—South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria—demonstrate some level of transparency by making fund information available


The research also identified positive examples: Botswana has successfully leveraged public-private partnerships, while Rwanda and Egypt have shown flexibility in their legislation, allowing funding through diverse sources including donations, grants, and development partner collaborations.


## Indigenous Rights and Connectivity in Latin America


Paloma Lara Castro, Policy Director at Derechos Digitales, shared insights from their “Latin America in a Glimpse” project, examining connectivity challenges in Amazonian regions with particular focus on indigenous communities.


The research revealed that indigenous populations face multiple barriers to meaningful connectivity, including lack of coverage, high costs, climate-related disruptions, insufficient electricity infrastructure, and poor service quality. These barriers represent systemic exclusion from digital participation.


Castro emphasized that technological appropriation is an essential component of indigenous communities’ right to self-determination. Communities must have agency in how technology is adopted and integrated into their cultural contexts. Existing policies often fail to address intercultural factors and specific community needs.


A concerning finding was the absence of indigenous communities from key international policy frameworks. Castro noted that indigenous communities are “nowhere to be found” in the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper, representing a significant gap in global digital governance frameworks.


The research emphasized the importance of meaningful participation by indigenous communities in every stage of policy construction, from initial design through implementation and evaluation. Castro highlighted Chile’s public consultation process as a positive example of state efforts to legalize and support community networks.


## Research Findings on Digital Inclusion


Pria Chetty, Executive Director at Research ICT Africa, presented data challenging conventional understanding of digital inclusion. Her research revealed that high penetration rates often mask digital inequalities and that smartphone ownership does not necessarily translate to meaningful digital participation.


Key findings included:


– Among micro-enterprises, despite 65% owning smartphones, only 38% actually use the internet and only 39% are financially included


– Digital inequalities intersect across multiple dimensions, with female-owned, informal, and rural enterprises facing compounded disadvantages


– Affordability remains the primary barrier, with users frequently cut off mid-month due to high data costs


– Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent meaningful engagement when content is not available in local languages or culturally relevant contexts


Chetty emphasized the need for current, relevant data to inform connectivity interventions, noting that many universal service tenders rely on outdated census data.


## Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights-Based Frameworks


Anita Gurumurthy, Executive Director at IT for Change, presented analysis reframing connectivity from technical infrastructure to fundamental rights. She introduced the concept of the internet as an “experience good,” explaining that meaningful connectivity requires full access rather than limited services.


Gurumurthy cited Kerala state’s constitutional guarantee of internet access as an example of rights-based approaches. She emphasized the need for publicly-owned protocols and strong vendor accountability in public-private partnerships, arguing that local organizations often outperform global technology companies in understanding local needs but lack access to scaling support.


## Key Themes and Recommendations


### Transparency and Accountability


Speakers emphasized the critical need for transparency in Universal Service Fund management and proactive disclosure of infrastructure and barrier data by all stakeholders.


### Meaningful Participation


There was consensus on the essential nature of genuine participation from affected communities throughout policy processes, not merely consultation or token representation.


### Affordability Challenges


All speakers recognized that high costs for devices, data, and services continue to be fundamental barriers preventing meaningful connectivity, particularly affecting vulnerable populations.


### Community Networks


The discussion highlighted the importance of legal protection and recognition of community networks, with Chile’s legalization efforts cited as a positive example.


## Audience Engagement


During the question and answer session, participants discussed:


– The relationship between public access and full internet rights


– Taxation on technological gadgets and advocacy for tax holidays to improve affordability


– The need for holistic approaches that address both infrastructure and digital literacy


## Conclusions


The discussion revealed that achieving meaningful connectivity requires comprehensive approaches addressing policy frameworks, community participation, sustainable funding mechanisms, and recognition of connectivity as a fundamental right. The evidence from multiple regions strengthens the case for coordinated advocacy and policy reform, particularly around reforming Universal Service Fund governance, ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities, and addressing affordability through innovative mechanisms.


The speakers demonstrated that meaningful connectivity in the Global South requires not just technical solutions but fundamental changes in how digital inclusion is conceptualized, measured, and implemented, integrating infrastructure development with human rights frameworks and community-based approaches.


Session transcript

Thobekile Matimbe: All right, good afternoon, everybody. Welcome to our session titled Approaches Towards Meaningful Connectivity in the Global South. And thank you for being still ready to engage in conversations on Thursday. We’ve got one more day to go, so well done to everyone in the room. My name is Tobekile Matimbe, and I work for an organization called Paradigm Initiative as senior manager for our programs, Partnerships and Engagements, and Paradigm Initiative being an organization that works across the African continent, promoting digital rights and digital inclusion. So our work really largely focuses on bridging digital divides, among other work that we do on digital rights. And today, as we are engaging in a very interesting conversation of bridging digital divides, I am joined by several experts who are going to be able to walk us through approaches towards meaningful connectivity in the global south. And that is a very pertinent conversation, at least when we are looking at WSIS and WSIS Action Lines, and where we have come from and where we should be going or where we are at now. So this panel will be able to unpack some of the challenges, some of the gaps, and be able to maybe hopefully come up with some critical recommendations going forward with regards to promoting meaningful connectivity, at least for the global south. Please help me welcome one of our panelists here who is joining online, that’s Bridget Lovo, who is a Partnerships Officer at Paradigm Initiative. She’ll be able to unpack some of the findings from the research that Paradigm Initiative has done. And I’ll allow her, when I hand over to her, to be able to unpack those findings. And also, I’ll ask you to also help me welcome to this panel as well. Right on my immediate left, there is Prya Chetty, who is the Research ICT Africa Executive Director. Welcome to today’s conversation. And next to her is Paloma Lara Castro from Direchos Digitales. And you are welcome to share your perspectives and I’ll allow you as well, as you dive into your reflections, to be able to even unpack further and introduce yourself even much more better than I have done now. And I’ll also ask us to appreciate and welcome as well, Anita Gurumurthy, who is the Executive Director for IT for Change. So welcome, please relax, and let’s have a very good chat and conversation about this very, very important aspect of connectivity in the Global South. So without further ado, I will, I think, start the conversation going. We just have a few, few minutes to unpack this very, very complex subject matter. I will dive right in and ask Bridget Lovell to walk us through. I know that today we are talking about towards meaningful connectivity for the Global South. And I know that you are coming from Paradigm Initiative and you have done some research as an organization unpacking utilization of the. where we are going when we look at that state of affairs. So over to you, Bridget.


Bridgette Ndlovu: Thanks a lot, Thobekile. And as Thobekile indicated, my name is Liz Orembo. I work with Paradigm Initiative. I am the Partnerships and Engagements Officer. I’m based in Zimbabwe. And just to really dive right into aspects relating to the Universal Service Fund, we did conduct a research that covered 27 countries within the African region. And we conduct this research on an annual basis. And key to the findings that we had in the 2024 report also partly reflect on some that came up in the 2023 report as well. So we found that when it comes to the implementation of the Universal Service Fund, there is really a lack of takeoff, if I may put it that way. There are policies that exist within various countries. But when it comes to implementation, there is so much limitations and countries failing to accurately and adequately implement the Universal Service Fund. We did see that there were countries like the Central African Republic in 2023. And also in 2024, they were meant to set up a committee that is meant to run the Universal Service Fund. But this has not happened. And we anticipate that even in 2025, this is something that will come up. Of course, our recommendations to these kind of countries would be that these committees would then need to be set up so that the Universal Service Fund is adequately implemented, and at least implementation takes off. There’s also countries like Namibia, for example, where telecommunications companies have been seen to be resisting compliance through legal action. Because of that, implementation has also not taken off. In 2024, we did find out that there is some bit of progress because Namibia has since gazetted the regulations for the implementation of the Universal Service Fund, but across board, we do see that there are some challenges with implementation of the Universal Service Fund. In countries such as Somalia, for example, there is no Universal Service Fund. In countries such as the Gambia, there are policies that support implementation of the Universal Service Fund, but our thinking is that this should not stop at policy level. Implementation should also take its course. When we look at other issues that have been coming up in our research is that there has been lack of transparency with regard to the implementation of the Universal Service Fund. So, when we looked at all the 27 countries, we did realize that in most of the countries, in fact 24 of the countries, the amount of that particular fund is not known, except in South Africa, Malawi, Nigeria. This already spells out that there is no proactive disclosures when it comes to sharing of information on the Universal Service Fund, and already this translates to lack of meaningful and Ms. Elizabeth Watt, chair of the UKIP. Thank you. Thank you very much. We also noticed that some of the funding that we see is not really being used for the implementation. As we see it, it could then affect how countries achieve meaningful connectivity. We also noted that in some of these countries, the fund exists, but when we really investigate, you find that in countries such as Tanzania, South Africa, Uganda, Nigeria, and Malawi, these are some of the countries that avail their reports, meaning that all the other countries do not avail their reports. And like I said earlier, that means that there is limited proactive disclosure when it comes to the Universal Service Fund. But of course, we noted that it is not all gloom and doom in all of the countries. Some countries have really demonstrated so much opportunities that could help the ensure meaningful connectivity. And we thought that these countries could be model examples of how other countries can take a leap on. For instance, in Botswana, they are already leveraging PPPs, public-private partnerships, and we think that this is something that other countries can do. We think that this is something that other countries can also adopt as well. So just to give an example of how they are doing it, through their Southern District Digital Empowerment Project, they are partnering with telecommunications providers such as Mascom, so that they are able to roll out specific projects under the Universal Service Fund. Of course, there are concerns. I mean, like I said, they do have positive aspects, but there are also some negative aspects. There are concerns also in Botswana relating to transparency, because not all the reports are available and publicly available for everyone to see. And because our research was using a specific index that is juxtaposed against the African Commission on Human and People’s Rights declaration on principles of freedom of expression and access to information, we did realize that proactive disclosures are really not sufficient in countries that we documented. Some key lessons were coming from countries such as Rwanda that are really flexible in terms of their legislation. Countries such as Rwanda have allowed the Universal Service Access Fund to raise funds through donations, grants, and collaborations with development partners. We also saw other strategies from countries such as Egypt. Countries such as Egypt have rolled out road infrastructure contracts. They’ve prepared these and through these road infrastructure contracts, they allow the development of the internet infrastructure. And of course, we have engaged with members of parliament from the DRC as well that have indicated that they are already having such plans to adopt the same strategies, strategies that will enable them to fix their roads, at the same time making sure that whoever gets a road infrastructure development contract should make sure that they also include internet infrastructure development within that aspect. And maybe also just to highlight two other points, I don’t know how I’m doing on time, but… Countries such as Malawi as well have legislation that allows them to be flexible. I’ll give an example of Malawi’s Communications Act, Section 160, which highlights that there should be parliamentary appropriations when it comes to implementation of the Universal Service Fund. So the policy in Malawi allows Malawi to get assistance from the parliament and also through grants, subsidies, gifts, donations, just as it is in Rwanda as well. However, there are major challenges because when we look at Malawi, parliament has so far not appropriated any funds towards the Universal Service Fund, which is really a huge challenge when it comes to implementation of the Universal Service Fund, as well as the broader, bigger picture that we envisage as civil society actors, that picture being achievement of meaningful connectivity by at least 2030. And when we see other countries, for example, as well, just emphasizing on implementation aspects, we do think that countries such as Malawi, for example, they do have the Universal Service Fund supporting community networks through the Yatu Yatu project that they’ve been undertaking. And because of that, I think this is also something to learn from, that other countries within the Global South can also learn from. So I will highlight other points at a later time. I hope I did well on time. Over to you, Tobegule, and thank you so much for your attention.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much for unpacking that, Bridget, and just walking us through some of the key elements of meaningful connectivity, or at least promoting it. And I think financing is one of the things that was coming out really loudly. and the staff member on the front desk where the full day begins. First, as you have talked about, we are looking at digital inclusion as a specific challenge. I would like to pass it on to You.


Paloma Lara Castro: You have been doing a lot on digital inclusion work in dads in America, so please walk us through that. The strides made towards connectivity. What are the gaps and what are the challenges? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you to the team for the invitation to participate in such an important space. I am the policy director. We are a Latin American organization with 20 years of experience working in the intersection of technology and human rights. Within our area of work, we are very actively involved in discussions around policy at a global, regional and local level. Within this work that we are doing, we prioritize in our committee and our evidence-based arguments to all of our interventions in several processes such as the WSIS plus 20 review. Within this area of focus, we also work a lot within inclusion. To link it back to what we are talking about and also to the WSIS plus 20 review, I would like to share with you some of the findings we have had within our project called Latin America in a Glimpse, which focuses on a series of reports that investigates connectivity access in the Amazonian region. We have been working on this for a long time. We did a series of reports on connectivity sector in the Amazonian region. The way we worked in this project is we work with local partners that are actually on the field in Ecuador, Bolivia, Colombia and Brazil. Then we did a comparative report which highlights the commonalities and particularities of the region and the needs. Not only the gaps in access, but also what are the opportunities and opportunities within that broadcasting network. Then we also did a series of a series of collectives and Ms. Liz Orembo. We are looking at the risks and risks of Internet access that are identified by the communities themselves. This was very important to us to really gain perspective on what the communities needs are and then be able to translate that into policy recommendations. What we are recommending in this sense is that we need to take connectivity, again, from a meaningful perspective that takes into account the intercultural factors of this, so that we are thinking about policy in a situated and meaningful way. We are looking at the risks and risks of Internet access. We are looking at different other ways to connect, such as community networks, that are very, very essential to Internet access, but also meaningful access that takes into account what the actual needs of the community are. What we found is that the same inequalities that these populations encounter in the access of rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet. We also found that there is a lack of access to Internet, which is related to climate, for example, with drowns, or things that have to do with electricity provision. Besides that, we also found that there is a lack of coverage, and the costs are very high, so the populations are really unable to connect. What we see, and also is reflected in the communities’ expressions on this matter, is that there is a lack of access to Internet, and there is also a lack of access to access to health, education, freedom of expression, but also the way to organize the community. And look forward to how cultural issues can be taken into account in content production that is mostly Western production, that is leading to some certain effects, specifically on young population on their cultural identity. So, in order for policies to be adequate, and this is a very important matter, because it’s not that there aren’t any policies within the Amazon, but they’re not adequate, they’re not targeted specifically for the needs of the community. So, in order for this to happen, meaningful participation is key, and meaningful participation in every stage of the policy construction, from the design to implementation, that really takes into account not only the perspective, which actually consultation is a human right that is recognized internationally for indigenous communities, but that also looks forward to technological appropriation. And what we’re seeing is that technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of these communities. So in order to actually achieve the human rights that are recognized for these indigenous communities, we have to advance towards technological appropriation that has as a central component meaningful participation. And then when we link this back to the WSIS Plus 20 review, we see that we need to really push forward the need to include these populations within the special recognition. For example, when we see the elements paper, we see that there are certain communities that are named or that are recognized, but indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition. And what this might translate into is that even if we apply international human rights law anyhow, regardless of the special recognition, maybe when we see implementation, this could lead to exclusion in the implementation. So it’s really important that we not only advance to recognition of meaningful connectivity, but also recognition of the vulnerable populations that are deeply affected by the lack of policies that are targeted measures and that take into account the intercultural factors and their needs within this spectrum. So besides the recognition and working to meaningful connectivity, we need to take into account situated policies that, again, integrate meaningful participation as a key element. So I’m going to leave it at this for the time being, but I’m really happy to continue this conversation.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you. Thank you so much, Paloma, for taking us in a direction that is really hammering in on the importance of inclusion. It’s not just about bridging digital divides, but it’s about actually ensuring that people are not left behind. It’s about inclusion, and that is actually a serious human rights issue. And where we have indigenous groups left out, no recognition, then even if we talk about meaningful connectivity, it’ll still be meaningful connectivity for some and not for all. That in itself is a problem, and I think you make a very good, valid point, especially also pointing towards what needs to also be included in the elements paper, at least when we’re looking at the drafting process that’s ongoing. So thank you for those reflections and giving us that overview, and also talking about policy issues as well and what policy should be able to do, how it should be able to be of great


Paloma Lara Castro: service in this conversation of bridging the digital divides.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, and I will ask, you know, a prayer to just walk us through your research findings as well, and I know that you’ve done a whole lot of work on this, and outlining as well priority, concerns for connectivity. I will move, step back again and move back to sub-Saharan Africa, and then just get some of your reflections based on the great work that you’re doing. Feel free as well to add on those good points on your profile that I might have left out.


Pria Chetty: Thanks so much, and thanks again for the invitation, Paradigm, to join this important conversation. And thanks also for painting that picture about the Universal Service Funds, because I think it gives us a reality check on something that we have pinned quite a few hopes on. It was seen as one of the interventions that we hoped could be a local intervention, locally designed and highly responsive to local issues, but clearly is failing to be successful. And so I think already that’s been highlighted. Greetings from Research ICT Africa team, and we are based in Johannesburg, Cape Town, Kenya, and we work across the continent doing various work across themes on digital and data justice. Today I’m really speaking about our after-access research work, and I think directly addresses some of the questions you raised, Tawakile. And in this work, very similar to Directors Digitalis, we have a local research team who also works with partners across the different countries and produces a range of survey instruments and a range of qualitative and quantitative data. And really the need is to try and unpack and maybe disaggregate issues around digital exclusion, moving beyond the connectivity nomenclature. I think we all agree that that’s quite outdated, and we want to move into meaningful connectivity, whatever that means, and to what digital inclusion really means. But it is a vexing challenge, it isn’t easy. This is potentially the wicked challenge of today, is to try and understand how do we go from where we started to where we’d like to be. And when I say this, I mean that we are speaking about, when we disaggregate the data, we’re speaking about populations who may be connected but barely online, those who are using digital services primarily for social uses, those who are using digital services somewhat productively, those who are using them innovatively, so able to tap into the innovation chains, and then those who are completely embedded in the digital economy in their country. And furthermore, and more interestingly to us now, as we look at the links between digital trade and digital inclusion, who are able to actively participate in the digital economy across the continent. And so as we ask these questions about digital inclusion, we perhaps get to a better picture of what it is that we’re striving for. And so what we find is that even where we see high penetration rates in many different African countries, we still see a masking of the intersectional digital inequality. And we speak about the intersection because it can be described in many different permutations and through many different combinations. One of the segments that we take an interest in is micro-enterprises, and because in various digital economy policies you’ll see quite a lot of hopes pinned on the segment and their growth and their trajectory. And so we take an interest in them, but one of the findings we have coming out of our survey is despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning a smartphone, only 38% use the internet, and only 39% are financially included. And this is exacerbated when we speak to the female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises who are not using the internet and who say that they are unlikely to use the internet. Affordability, as colleagues have presented, still remains a primary barrier. So in Uganda, for instance, as we get into some of the qualitative results, when we speak to respondents, they cite data costs as being a top barrier, but also for consistent use. And so one of the challenges that they raise is because of the high data costs, somewhere across mid-month, they are cut off from internet services because of the data costs. So it could have been… and Ms. Elizabeth Nguyen. We have seen a lot of people who have been connected but not fully and consistently over the month, so not accessing the services consistently. This affects job seeking, education obviously, consistent access to online education services. And then as we look at some of the kind of structural gains in countries like Ethiopia, and some transitions in their policy environment, we still see that they are the least connected with 85% of the adult population offline. And this again exacerbated on the basis of gender, income and the urban rural divides and so their location. So even where digital infrastructure exists, when we do a comparative analysis across the reports, adoption and full digital inclusion is still held back by various factors like digital literacy, safety and trust issues, unreliable electricity, gender and also age. So I suppose the point of our work, and there’s very many other statistics and graphs that I can refer to, is to try and understand what we as communities and individuals in the region look like and what our experience of the internet is as you disaggregate the data. What are the barriers that we really face? And these include cultural and linguistic. So unless the content is relevant to us, it’s not appealing enough for us to access it. And unless it’s in a language that we can engage with, we’re not going to engage with it. And so we have this array of educational content in a school that is connected, that is just not being utilized. I think this paints a reality check, I suppose, for universal service funds and the models, but also for the priorities and their engagement within their ecosystem. So the question of proactive disclosure came up when we spoke about universal service funds disclosing and being transparent about how they’re performing. But they also have a huge dependency on proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers and school’s data, all of that. They have this huge dependency on proactive disclosure by others in the ecosystem in order to effectively do their work. So yes, mismanagement and technical capacity will be continuous concerns. But there is this access to data, I think, issue that’s going to be fundamental to how we reimagine these organizations, these institutions, but the local ecosystem that’s going to address this. And I think interesting for me, you know, listening to Paloma, to just say that these results resonate with the research that’s coming out from others in the Global South. And so bringing us here into this global forum, I think we can’t help but feel that our society is underrepresented and our needs are underrepresented. And I suppose the call for us is how do we leverage our rights framework to get closer to the kind of representation we need so that the response to some of these challenges can


Thobekile Matimbe: improve in their relevance. Thank you so much. And for also pointing us towards socioeconomic rights development, economic development, how, you know, the urban-rural divide really continues to, I think, isolate certain groups of women, for instance, looking at all the intersectionalities, women in rural areas, how can they access the digital economy? What is the digital economy if it’s just for a few in an economy, if it’s not for everyone? So I think that’s very valid. And also just, you know, stressing the point on, you know, proactive disclosures that are, you know, so important and not just within the management of the universal service funds, but even other, you know, sectors that are, you know, supposed to be feeding in information to ensure that there’s meaningful connectivity. Electricity, I think Paloma also mentioned the same thing, how does this work and what needs to be happening, you know, multi-sectoral, you know, discussions and synergies even at national level to ensure that, you know, all systems are going for connectivity. Yeah, you sort of touched on, you know, digital infrastructure and I would like to pass it on to Anita to just unpack for us how can digital public infrastructure, I know this is one of the most trending topics, DPIs, I hear DPIs everywhere, it’s very nice and good terminology, but how can that steer us towards meaningful connectivity and I’m hoping maybe there could be some, you know, positive vibes that we can get from your end. I know we’ve sort of, like, you know, moved through and pointed at some of the gaps essentially, but please feel free to go for it.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you very much. I think with that very important but somewhat sobering presentation and the way things are, I’m not very sure I can, all of my vibes will be positive, but I think it’s up to us in the room to take stock of reality and to forge the paths that take us towards a sensible future of meaningful connectivity. Building on these excellent, thoughtful and very, very evidenced presentations, I have very little to add, but maybe I can give you a flavor of where we are headed in the context of India and maybe, you know, some thoughts from my own organization about what is digital public infrastructure and what is public about digital public infrastructure. I think that is really the crucial question. So several years ago, maybe close to 18, 20 years ago, the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India came up with an old economic conception called experience good. They said the Internet is an experience good. So in economistic terms, that means that the value of that particular resource is obtained through continuous use and the way in which you derive value through use. So the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value, which basically means that you need to have it first to be able to make it a resource that can really drive your society, economy in progressive directions. So one of the important things is the way in which research like this is also indicating how redistribution can take place through extremely important centralized schemes and policies that allow us to take connectivity. I think the question is also about the way in which the market bundles in certain content, you know, what is deemed e-health, e-education, e-whatever, in the name of zero services. So I would really think that the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India took a very strong stance on network neutrality, and I think that has stood the country in good stead. And of course, challenges to the neutrality principle of the pipes is constantly emerging in a scenario where mobile operators try, you know, their best to circumvent the law. But zero services need to be rejected. So what we are actually saying is the right to the internet, which is guaranteed as a right in one of the states in India, and in many countries in the world. So nationally we don’t have the right, but because of jurisprudence in one of the subnational state entities in the country, the state of Kerala has a right to the internet, which means that as a society and individually everyone has a right to the internet. That’s a beginning for the experience of the full participation that, Paloma, you were referring to into this world that is shaping opportunities, right? It’s shaping opportunity structures. So I think that we do need to think about what that would mean in the context of mobile connectivity. Could we have data allowances? Could telecommunications authorities use the use of funds to even negotiate with mobile operators? and Mr. Shailendra, the Chair of the National Bank of India. So, we are talking about the two-factor authentication, which is a guarantee that is provided by the Reserve Bank of India through a two-factor authentication, so that there is stability in banking transactions. So, we are actually talking about connectivity, stability, security and progress, which is contextually grounded in the rule of law and accountability. So, the thing is, what would it take to imagine MPSA and re-imagine it as a DPI, right, as a digital public infrastructure? Accountabilities, what kind of publicly-owned protocols may be necessary is a question that I am raising here. Of course, my third point would really be a very obvious state-citizen social contract connection, which is to say that for society-wide delivery of public services and our conceptions of digital infrastructure, meaningful connectivity, a government that is truly at your doorstep rather than you are running behind to establish, you know, through your biometrics that you are indeed you, you know, which is the kind of irony that happens often. What kind of vendor accountabilities can be programmed into public-private partnerships, especially when vendors get into the social welfare delivery system? And this is a big question, not just for developing countries, but for those of us here familiar with the robodebt scandal in Australia, that story is something that would keep you up, you know, it’s like a mystery novel, you read it, and I’m told that many bureaucrats actually spend time really wondering what will happen to their jobs because oftentimes vendors disappear without accountability and it’s really people… Now, my final point really is a bottom-up kind of culture which is then officiated and validated by the policy on the culture of data innovation. Because when you think about digital infrastructure, digital public infrastructure, the state is constantly in the business of digitizing its records. I know that there are ups and downs. Not all countries are at the same level, but it’s an inevitability. And in that context, I’d really like to say that we need to shift to publicly owned systems where we can look at language models and other such data-based AI models. Because research tells us that big tech companies may not consider them a priority, especially when the language is labeled a low-resource language, which is actually referring to women as victims. So it’s not a low-resource language. It’s simply spoken in our regions. And recently, one big company claimed to have an AI language model with state-of-the-art kind of machine translation in 54 African languages. And it was found to have many, many quality issues. And what this really shows, that local organizations in Ghana were outperforming the products. But venture capital usually moves in the direction of bigger companies, because they are seen to deliver on scale. So what really happens to startups and companies in the private sector in the region, which can work much better in the cultural context through, I think, accountable kinds of public tenders and contracts with the public system? and Ms. Elizabeth Koenig. I would like to start by saying that this is a very important question and research will be needed, I think, in the future to integrate what is called GovStack, right? All these different layers of public infrastructural services. So I would, you know, keep this, you know, keep the positivity


Thobekile Matimbe: out there but also say that lots of work remains to be done. Thank you. Thank you for taking us to a lot of work needs to be done which is stakeholders and why it’s important to have, you know, stakeholders coming to onboard and it’s not just, you know, a conversation for governments alone or for governments as well and, you know, in the private sector but also collaboration. You’ve touched on research and how it’s important and I think this panel has demonstrated, you know, findings from research and how that can be also useful to also inform some of the interventions towards meaningful connectivity. So thank you for that and for also articulating, I think, some of the strides in policy. You referenced the rule of law and I know that there’s a lot of jurisprudence as well around digital rights issues at least from India that we continue to find some good lessons there. I will open it up maybe for one or two questions maybe from the audience or contributions towards meaningful connectivity and then I’ll allow you to respond as you give your final remarks. All right.


Audience: Hi, everyone. My name is Revocato Sinkata. I come from Tanzania. So this is just a comment specifically on the issue of universal services and I take note of the first speaker and I really agree with her. And having, you know, worked in the telecom sector for quite a number of time, I would like to add… and Mr. Ndidi. Thank you very much. I would like to share a few of the notable challenges that I think should be looked at when we are speaking of the meaningful connectivity. And mostly actually on the group south, we have to stress in the rural areas, because you know most of the telecom companies, they are concentrating in the urban areas and the rural areas. And the other challenge that I have seen over the issue when it comes to universal service levy is the issue of, you know, data. Most of the data that being used when it comes, you know, to most of the universal service, you know, tenders that are being, for example, in the case of Tanzania, you know, there is universal service authority, which, you know, advertises tenders. But when it comes to data, most of the data that being used, you know, is not being used in the rural areas. So, you know, when you advertise the tenders, and, you know, telecom companies bid, and the telecom, you know, they go on the ground, probably the reality is completely different. So you might be, you know, trying to extend the services, you know, in areas where maybe it’s area for pastoralists and there are no people who are living there. So, you know, there is a need for, you know, to have, you know, to strengthen, you know, the kind of data that, you know, is being provided, because most of them they depend on, you know, sensors, which might have been taken, you know, they are taken in intervals of maybe five to ten years. This is very critical, and I think this should be looked at. The other issue that is very critical is, you know, when it comes to data, you know, when it comes to data, things are very irregular, and I guess with data, you have to be careful about which service you want to offer, but the other critical is, you know, in rural areas, when it comes to UK , Mr. Communications, if I make an inference, no one really addressed it. Without having connectivity in the Global South and more mainly in rural and marginalised areas. Thank you. who pay contribution to the Universal Service Fund in global South countries, in most. All right, I’ll allow. All right. Good afternoon, I’m from IT4Change India and I have two questions to the panel. The first question is, how do you all see the continued importance of public access in the current situation? And my second question is, what new challenges do you see in terms of protecting the right to the full internet given there are zero services and similar restrictions in many contexts?


Thobekile Matimbe: Thanks. Thank you so much for those great questions and contributions. So I’ll allow the panel to answer that you can feel free to pick any specific question, but I know there was a specific question directed to you Anita, so you can always take that but I’ll start with you Bridget and you give your last remarks as well. Thanks a lot everyone for the comments and questions. I’ll just directly respond to questions on the Universal Service Fund. So within the African region,


Bridgette Ndlovu: contributions to the Universal Service Fund are made by telecommunications companies through specific percentages that they’re supposed to contribute. So most of these percentages range between 1% to about 3% where they’re supposed to contribute that specific amount to the Universal Service Fund. And then the other question was on taxation on technological gadgets. I do know that countries such as Malawi are already having specific strategies and advocacy initiatives. and Ms. Elizabeth Ndung’in. I would like to highlight the work that civil society is doing in the various initiatives where they are advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets so that women and vulnerable groups are able to access these at minimal prices. And maybe just in closing, I would also like to highlight that there is a lot of work that we are in and as well as continuing to document such issues within the different countries where we operate in. Thank you so much for today and over to you, Thobekile.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, Brigitte. It’s been very insightful. I’ll hand over. Sure. Okay. Yes,


Anita Gurumurthy: I think the previous speaker answered the question. In the context of India, there is the universal service obligation came into being through the new telecom policy in the late 90s and a percentage of the revenue earned by operators and the various licenses is set aside through a universal access levy that is imposed on them. It has been reasonably successful and it allows us to connect 2.5 lakh village points through broadband optic fiber. So it’s directly used for purposes of connectivity through a levy that’s collected from operators. If I could answer that question. I think I don’t remember the I mean, I think your first question, Nandini, was how do we continue to have connectivity and the second was full internet. I will take the second question, maybe because it’s not much time. I think the access to the full internet is a little bit like access to the rights that people have on all economic, social and cultural goods where there is a duty of the state to provide but it is often true, that states experience structural barriers in being able to fulfill their duty and obligation to cover everybody. So it is indeed a right that everybody carries, but I think in the context of the global politics and geoeconomics, it’s really important that we see that as a structural issue where the capacity of countries to be able to meet the obligations of its citizens is treated not just as a national issue, but as an international issue.


Paloma Lara Castro: Just really quickly, just to follow up on Anita’s point, as we’re seeing lack of or gaps in connectivity, especially in Latin America, what I can highlight is that this is not only deepening structural inequalities but generating new forms of exclusion, especially considering digitalization of public services are conditioning the connectivity to access the service. So that’s when also, not only, like Anita mentioned, they need to comply with international law, and as I mentioned, specific international law regarding indigenous communities, but also to push for community networks. And in this sense, it’s important to point out that there is a need for a legal protection of this access, not only for the recognition of community networks, but also for the sustainability. And just to highlight a very positive example, in Chile, for example, now the state is trying to legalize or to access community networks, and is giving serious public consultations to actually make sure, or at least to try to engage with different populations, which again, as I mentioned in my previous discussion, indigenous communities rarely make it to the policy tables, rarely make it to these type of discussions, not even locally, and even less internationally. So that is, looking back to what we can do as a civil society, it’s important to keep bringing these voices to this discussion, and keep pushing for recognition of rights in the diverse lived communities. And this relates directly to the WSIS core vision. and Ms. Stephanie Amaya. And the third is that we are also looking for the inclusion of people-centered and as well as multi-stakeholder. There is no human rights without multi-stakeholder participation, meaningful participation.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thanks. Thanks so much.


Pria Chetty: I wanted to respond to, firstly, the question around the need for sustainable data. And you said that, how do we make sure that we have current data and that we continue pointing at the national statistical authorities to say, look, you’ve got this sophisticated mechanism. We’re able to access the population. And is it now a time to mature that system and also get this kind of data? But it requires a kind of paradigm shift, which is like really getting to know the population and really ask them the questions that matter in order to make sure that the response is relevant. And that’s the harder problem to solve. So the mechanism exists sometimes in the national context, but not necessarily the willingness to try and get that kind of data to inform the interventions. On the funding of the universal services agencies, I think I would say from the South African experience and from some of the other neighboring countries, the challenge wasn’t actually the funding. And strangely, in that particular institutional context, it wasn’t actually the funding. Similar to India, we had an imposed levy from the operators. And so the money was there. We struggled when it came to governance. We struggled in terms of the choice of technology to be rolled out. There was a very early example of a kind of community network, but choosing the wrong technology, not matching it to the needs of the users in that community. So it goes back to this question of there is some kind of intervention, but it is not designed with the user in mind, or even the terrain, or even the needs. So there’s something in that that needs to be re-looked at. And I wonder also if changes in the partnership model for that could lead to something more sustainable to kind of force an interrogation of how it’s managed. And we have great lessons now from community networks. So maybe on the horizon, there’s something else that’s coming. And then finally, to your question, Anneli, I think I agree with what Anita was saying, is that I suppose we move past access to the internet or access to the data, but access to opportunity, as you mentioned as well. And so in the way that we envision what it is that must be publicly available, it isn’t actually access to the internet or access to data. It’s what that brings for a person to fully experience what it is that we want them to use these things to be able to do and change their life and have that transformative quality. And I think unless government and government’s partners appreciate that transformative nature, or what it is that could be the down the line result. We just don’t get closer. We stay in that infrastructure or policy or connectivity kind of narrative, but we don’t get closer to what it is that a young person in a village with several scenarios and prospects is facing


Thobekile Matimbe: and how they get to a better point. Well, thank you so much for taking us here towards meaningful connectivity. I think there’s a lot of great stuff that came from today’s conversation. And I think what has just come out is the importance of an enabling environment looking at policy and practice as well looking at people in the process, not leaving anyone behind and the role of different stakeholders. So this has been quite enriching. So thank you so much and thank you everyone for joining our session. Thank you. You remember, did you get? Thank you. I think it’s because they’re behind it. No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. Yeah. Thank you in advance for the report that all of you succeeded in your work. Thank you again. That was a lot of fun.


B

Bridgette Ndlovu

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

1366 words

Speech time

643 seconds

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries

Explanation

Despite the existence of Universal Service Fund policies in various African countries, there is a significant gap between policy formulation and actual implementation. Countries are failing to adequately implement these funds, leading to limited progress in achieving meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Central African Republic was meant to set up a committee to run the Universal Service Fund in 2023 and 2024 but this has not happened, and it’s anticipated this will continue to be an issue in 2025


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence


Disagreed with

– Pria Chetty

Disagreed on

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds


Telecommunications companies resisting compliance through legal action in countries like Namibia

Explanation

In some countries, telecommunications companies are actively resisting compliance with Universal Service Fund requirements by taking legal action. This resistance has prevented implementation from taking off, though some progress has been made through regulatory measures.


Evidence

Namibia has since gazetted the regulations for the implementation of the Universal Service Fund in 2024, showing some progress despite earlier resistance


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Lack of transparency with fund amounts unknown in 24 out of 27 countries studied

Explanation

There is a severe lack of transparency in Universal Service Fund management across African countries. The vast majority of countries do not proactively disclose information about fund amounts, which undermines accountability and meaningful participation in connectivity initiatives.


Evidence

Only South Africa, Malawi, and Nigeria make their fund amounts known, while 24 out of 27 countries studied do not disclose this information. Only Tanzania, South Africa, Uganda, Nigeria, and Malawi avail their reports


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions


Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others

Explanation

Some countries are demonstrating positive approaches to Universal Service Fund implementation through innovative partnerships. These successful models could serve as examples for other countries to follow in achieving meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Botswana’s Southern District Digital Empowerment Project partners with telecommunications providers such as Mascom to roll out specific projects under the Universal Service Fund


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Rwanda and Egypt showing flexibility in legislation allowing diverse funding sources

Explanation

Countries with flexible legislative frameworks are better positioned to implement Universal Service Funds effectively. This flexibility allows for multiple funding mechanisms including donations, grants, and innovative infrastructure development approaches.


Evidence

Rwanda allows the Universal Service Access Fund to raise funds through donations, grants, and collaborations with development partners. Egypt has rolled out road infrastructure contracts that include internet infrastructure development requirements


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Taxation on technological gadgets requiring advocacy for tax holidays to improve access

Explanation

High taxation on technological devices creates barriers to access for vulnerable populations. Civil society organizations are advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets to make them more affordable for women and marginalized groups.


Evidence

Countries such as Malawi are already having specific strategies and advocacy initiatives where civil society is advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty
– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


P

Pria Chetty

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

1616 words

Speech time

648 seconds

Need for proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers by ecosystem stakeholders

Explanation

Universal Service Funds have a significant dependency on proactive disclosure of data from various stakeholders in the ecosystem to effectively perform their work. Without access to comprehensive data on infrastructure, barriers, and performance metrics, these institutions cannot adequately address connectivity challenges.


Evidence

Universal service funds depend on proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers and school’s data from others in the ecosystem


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Agreed on

Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge

Explanation

The funding model for Universal Service Funds through operator levies has proven successful in some contexts, but the primary challenges lie in governance, technology choices, and user-centered design. Poor governance and inappropriate technology selection can undermine even well-funded initiatives.


Evidence

South African experience shows that funding wasn’t the challenge as money was available through imposed levy from operators, but struggles occurred in governance and choice of technology, including early community network examples that chose wrong technology not matching user needs


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Agreed on

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence


Disagreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu

Disagreed on

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds


High penetration rates mask intersectional digital inequalities across gender, income, and location

Explanation

Even in countries with high mobile penetration rates, significant digital inequalities persist when data is disaggregated by various demographic factors. These intersectional inequalities are often hidden by aggregate statistics that show overall connectivity progress.


Evidence

Despite high penetration rates in many African countries, intersectional digital inequality persists and can be described through many different combinations, particularly affecting female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning smartphones, only 38% use internet and 39% are financially included

Explanation

There is a significant gap between device ownership and actual internet usage among micro-enterprises, indicating that connectivity goes beyond mere access to technology. This gap is particularly pronounced for female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises who are less likely to use internet services.


Evidence

Survey findings show 65% of micro-enterprises own smartphones but only 38% use internet and 39% are financially included, with the situation exacerbated for female-owned informal and rural micro-enterprises


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Economic | Gender rights online


Affordability remains primary barrier with users cut off mid-month due to high data costs

Explanation

High data costs continue to be a major barrier to consistent internet access, with users experiencing interruptions in service due to inability to afford data throughout the month. This inconsistent access affects critical activities like job seeking and education.


Evidence

In Uganda, respondents cite data costs as top barrier and report being cut off from internet services mid-month due to high data costs, affecting job seeking and consistent access to online education services


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Economic | Development | Online education


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages

Explanation

Content relevance and language accessibility are crucial factors in internet adoption and usage. When educational or other content is not available in local languages or culturally relevant formats, it remains underutilized even when infrastructure exists.


Evidence

Unless content is relevant and in a language that users can engage with, they won’t engage with it, leading to underutilization of educational content in connected schools


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Sociocultural | Multilingualism | Cultural diversity


Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions

Explanation

Effective connectivity interventions require up-to-date and accurate data about populations and their needs. National statistical authorities have sophisticated mechanisms to collect population data but need to mature their systems to gather connectivity-relevant information.


Evidence

National statistical authorities have sophisticated mechanisms to access populations but require a paradigm shift to get current data and ask questions that matter for relevant interventions


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Technology choices must match user needs, terrain, and community requirements

Explanation

Successful connectivity interventions require careful consideration of technology selection based on actual user needs, geographical terrain, and community context. Poor technology choices can lead to failed implementations even when funding is available.


Evidence

South African experience shows struggles with choice of technology and early community network examples that chose wrong technology not matching needs of users in the community or terrain


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Digital standards


P

Paloma Lara Castro

Speech speed

187 words per minute

Speech length

1225 words

Speech time

392 seconds

Same inequalities in rights access reflected in quality of internet access for indigenous populations

Explanation

Indigenous communities face the same structural inequalities in accessing internet connectivity as they do in accessing other fundamental rights. The quality and availability of internet access mirrors broader patterns of marginalization and exclusion experienced by these populations.


Evidence

Research in the Amazonian region covering Ecuador, Bolivia, Colombia and Brazil found that the same inequalities these populations encounter in access to rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Pria Chetty
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Lack of coverage and high costs prevent meaningful connectivity in Amazonian communities

Explanation

Indigenous communities in the Amazon face multiple barriers to internet access including inadequate infrastructure coverage, prohibitively high costs, and infrastructure challenges related to climate and electricity provision. These barriers prevent meaningful participation in digital opportunities.


Evidence

Research found lack of coverage, very high costs making populations unable to connect, and infrastructure issues related to climate (drowns) and electricity provision in Amazonian communities


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity


Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination

Explanation

For indigenous communities to fully exercise their internationally recognized right to self-determination, they must have meaningful control over and access to technology. Technological appropriation becomes a fundamental component of their autonomy and cultural preservation.


Evidence

Technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of indigenous communities, and meaningful participation is required as consultation is a human right recognized internationally for indigenous communities


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Cultural diversity | Rights of persons with disabilities


Indigenous communities absent from recognition in WSIS Plus 20 elements paper

Explanation

Despite international recognition of indigenous rights, these communities are not specifically mentioned or recognized in key digital governance documents like the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper. This omission could lead to their exclusion from implementation of digital inclusion policies.


Evidence

When examining the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper, certain communities are named and recognized but indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition, which could translate to exclusion in implementation


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Disagreed with

– Anita Gurumurthy

Disagreed on

Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks


Need for meaningful participation in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation

Explanation

Effective policies for indigenous communities require their meaningful participation throughout the entire policy lifecycle, not just consultation. This participation must be grounded in their internationally recognized rights and lead to technological appropriation that serves their self-determination.


Evidence

Meaningful participation is key in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation, taking into account not only consultation which is a human right recognized internationally for indigenous communities, but also technological appropriation


Major discussion point

Indigenous Communities and Intercultural Connectivity


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies


Community networks requiring legal protection and recognition for sustainability

Explanation

Community networks represent an important alternative approach to connectivity, but they need legal frameworks that both recognize their legitimacy and ensure their long-term sustainability. Legal protection is essential for these grassroots connectivity solutions to thrive.


Evidence

Chile is trying to legalize community networks and is conducting public consultations to engage with different populations, though indigenous communities rarely make it to policy tables or these discussions


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Human rights principles


Need for situated policies integrating meaningful participation as key element

Explanation

Effective connectivity policies must be contextually grounded and take into account intercultural factors specific to different communities. These situated policies must integrate meaningful participation as a central component rather than an afterthought.


Evidence

Policies need to be adequate and targeted specifically for community needs, taking connectivity from a meaningful perspective that accounts for intercultural factors, requiring situated and meaningful policy approaches


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity | Human rights principles


Importance of bringing marginalized voices to policy discussions at all levels

Explanation

Civil society has a crucial role in ensuring that marginalized communities, particularly indigenous populations, are included in policy discussions from local to international levels. These voices are systematically excluded from decision-making processes that affect them.


Evidence

Indigenous communities rarely make it to policy tables, rarely make it to these discussions, not even locally and even less internationally, requiring civil society to keep bringing these voices to discussions


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Digitalization of public services conditioning connectivity access creating new forms of exclusion

Explanation

As governments digitize public services, they create new barriers for populations without adequate connectivity. This digitalization process can deepen existing structural inequalities and generate novel forms of exclusion for already marginalized communities.


Evidence

Gaps in connectivity are not only deepening structural inequalities but generating new forms of exclusion, especially considering digitalization of public services are conditioning connectivity to access the service


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Digital access


A

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

1334 words

Speech time

514 seconds

Internet as “experience good” requiring continuous use to derive value and shape society

Explanation

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India conceptualized the internet as an “experience good,” meaning its value is obtained through continuous use and the way users shape its utility. This means people need to have access first before they can make it a resource that drives societal and economic progress.


Evidence

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India said the Internet is an experience good, meaning the value is obtained through continuous use and the way you derive value through use – the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Economic


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework

Explanation

The recognition of internet access as a right in Kerala state, India, provides a legal foundation for ensuring everyone has access to participate fully in digital opportunities. This right-based approach represents a starting point for comprehensive digital inclusion that goes beyond basic connectivity.


Evidence

The state of Kerala has a right to the internet, which means that as a society and individually everyone has a right to the internet, providing a beginning for full participation in opportunity structures


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Development


Need for publicly-owned protocols and vendor accountabilities in public-private partnerships

Explanation

Digital public infrastructure requires strong accountability mechanisms, particularly when private vendors are involved in social welfare delivery systems. The lack of vendor accountability can lead to system failures that leave citizens without recourse, as seen in various international examples.


Evidence

Reference to the robodebt scandal in Australia where vendors disappeared without accountability, leaving bureaucrats wondering about their jobs and citizens affected by system failures


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Human rights principles


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support

Explanation

Research shows that local organizations often perform better than large technology companies in providing culturally relevant services, particularly in language processing and cultural context. However, venture capital typically flows to larger companies perceived as having greater scale, disadvantaging local innovation.


Evidence

A big tech company claimed to have AI language model with machine translation in 54 African languages but had many quality issues, while local organizations in Ghana were outperforming the products, yet venture capital moves toward bigger companies seen to deliver on scale


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Economic | Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Structural barriers require treating connectivity obligations as international rather than just national issue

Explanation

While access to the full internet is a right that everyone carries, states often face structural barriers in fulfilling their obligations to provide universal access. These capacity limitations should be addressed through international cooperation rather than treating connectivity as solely a national responsibility.


Evidence

In the context of global politics and geoeconomics, the capacity of countries to meet obligations to citizens should be treated not just as a national issue but as an international issue due to structural barriers


Major discussion point

Digital Public Infrastructure and Rights Framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro

Disagreed on

Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks


A

Audience

Speech speed

166 words per minute

Speech length

517 words

Speech time

186 seconds

Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities

Explanation

Universal service authorities often rely on census data that may be 5-10 years old when designing tenders for rural connectivity projects. This outdated information leads to mismatched interventions, such as extending services to areas where pastoralists move rather than where people actually live permanently.


Evidence

In Tanzania, universal service authority advertises tenders using census data taken at intervals of 5-10 years, leading to situations where telecom companies bid and go to areas that may be for pastoralists with no permanent residents


Major discussion point

Data and Infrastructure Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


T

Thobekile Matimbe

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

1559 words

Speech time

591 seconds

Digital divides require bridging through comprehensive digital rights and inclusion work

Explanation

Paradigm Initiative’s work across the African continent focuses on promoting digital rights and digital inclusion, with bridging digital divides being a central component. This work is essential for ensuring meaningful connectivity reaches all populations rather than creating further exclusions.


Evidence

Paradigm Initiative works across the African continent promoting digital rights and digital inclusion, with work largely focusing on bridging digital divides


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Development | Human rights principles | Digital access


Meaningful connectivity conversations are pertinent to WSIS Action Lines and require unpacking challenges and gaps

Explanation

The discussion of meaningful connectivity is directly relevant to the World Summit on the Information Society framework and its action lines. There is a need to systematically examine current challenges and gaps to develop critical recommendations for advancing connectivity in the Global South.


Evidence

Panel discussion positioned within WSIS and WSIS Action Lines context, aiming to unpack challenges, gaps, and come up with critical recommendations for promoting meaningful connectivity in the global south


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights principles


Multi-stakeholder collaboration essential for meaningful connectivity beyond government and private sector

Explanation

Achieving meaningful connectivity requires collaboration among various stakeholders, not just governments and private sector actors. Research findings and evidence-based approaches are crucial for informing effective interventions and policy decisions.


Evidence

Emphasis on stakeholder collaboration and the importance of research findings demonstrated through the panel’s evidence-based presentations from multiple organizations


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro

Agreed on

Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies


Financing mechanisms are fundamental elements of meaningful connectivity strategies

Explanation

Financial sustainability and appropriate funding mechanisms are critical components that emerged as key themes in discussions about promoting meaningful connectivity. Without adequate financing structures, connectivity initiatives cannot achieve their intended impact.


Evidence

Financing identified as one of the key elements coming out loudly from the Universal Service Fund research findings and discussions


Major discussion point

Universal Service Funds Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Multi-sectoral discussions and synergies needed at national level for comprehensive connectivity

Explanation

Achieving meaningful connectivity requires coordination across multiple sectors including electricity, telecommunications, and other infrastructure providers. National-level coordination is essential to ensure all systems work together toward connectivity goals.


Evidence

Reference to the need for multi-sectoral discussions and synergies at national level, noting how electricity and other sectors need to work together for connectivity


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Importance of inclusion means ensuring no one is left behind in connectivity efforts

Explanation

True meaningful connectivity must be inclusive and ensure that all populations, including indigenous groups and marginalized communities, are included in connectivity initiatives. Without recognition and inclusion of all groups, connectivity efforts will only serve some populations while excluding others.


Evidence

Emphasis on inclusion being not just about bridging digital divides but ensuring people are not left behind, noting that meaningful connectivity for some but not all is problematic


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity Barriers


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Pria Chetty

Agreed on

Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits


Agreements

Agreement points

Universal Service Funds face significant implementation challenges despite policy existence

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Summary

Both speakers agree that while Universal Service Fund policies exist and funding mechanisms can work (through operator levies), the primary challenges lie in implementation, governance, and management rather than policy formulation or funding availability.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Transparency and data disclosure are critical for effective connectivity interventions

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of transparency with fund amounts unknown in 24 out of 27 countries studied


Need for proactive disclosure of data on infrastructure and barriers by ecosystem stakeholders


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that lack of transparency and inadequate data disclosure significantly hampers the effectiveness of connectivity initiatives, whether in Universal Service Fund management or broader infrastructure planning.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Marginalized communities face systemic exclusion from connectivity benefits

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Pria Chetty
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Same inequalities in rights access reflected in quality of internet access for indigenous populations


High penetration rates mask intersectional digital inequalities across gender, income, and location


Importance of inclusion means ensuring no one is left behind in connectivity efforts


Summary

All three speakers agree that existing structural inequalities are replicated in digital access, with marginalized communities (indigenous, rural, women) facing compounded barriers that are often hidden by aggregate connectivity statistics.


Topics

Human rights principles | Development | Cultural diversity


Meaningful participation is essential for effective connectivity policies

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Need for meaningful participation in every stage of policy construction from design to implementation


Multi-stakeholder collaboration essential for meaningful connectivity beyond government and private sector


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that effective connectivity policies require meaningful participation from affected communities throughout the entire policy lifecycle, not just consultation, and that multi-stakeholder approaches are essential.


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Affordability remains a primary barrier to meaningful connectivity

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty
– Paloma Lara Castro

Arguments

Taxation on technological gadgets requiring advocacy for tax holidays to improve access


Affordability remains primary barrier with users cut off mid-month due to high data costs


Lack of coverage and high costs prevent meaningful connectivity in Amazonian communities


Summary

All speakers agree that high costs – whether for devices, data, or services – continue to be a fundamental barrier preventing meaningful connectivity, particularly affecting vulnerable populations.


Topics

Economic | Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize that local, culturally relevant solutions often perform better than global technology solutions, but face systemic disadvantages in funding and recognition despite their superior contextual understanding.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Economic


Both speakers frame connectivity access as a fundamental rights issue, with Paloma focusing on indigenous self-determination and Anita on the right to internet as a foundation for full societal participation.

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Both emphasize that outdated or inadequate data leads to mismatched interventions that don’t address actual community needs, particularly in rural areas where conditions may have changed significantly since data collection.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Audience

Arguments

Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions


Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Universal Service Funds are not primarily constrained by funding but by governance and implementation

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Explanation

This consensus is unexpected because Universal Service Funds are often discussed primarily as funding mechanisms. However, both speakers reveal that when funding is available through operator levies, the real challenges lie in governance, technology selection, and user-centered design rather than resource availability.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Economic


Technology appropriation and local innovation are more effective than global solutions

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Explanation

This consensus is unexpected in a global technology context where scale and standardization are often prioritized. All three speakers independently arrived at the conclusion that locally-developed, culturally-appropriate solutions are more effective than global technology products, challenging dominant narratives about technology deployment.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on fundamental challenges facing meaningful connectivity in the Global South, including implementation gaps in Universal Service Funds, the need for transparency and data-driven approaches, persistent affordability barriers, and the systematic exclusion of marginalized communities. They also agreed on the importance of meaningful participation, cultural relevance, and rights-based approaches to connectivity.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy and practice. The agreement across speakers from different regions (Africa, Latin America, India) and organizations suggests these challenges are systemic across the Global South. This consensus provides a strong foundation for coordinated advocacy and policy recommendations, particularly around reforming Universal Service Fund governance, ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities, addressing affordability through innovative financing mechanisms, and prioritizing local, culturally-relevant solutions over standardized global approaches.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Funding vs Governance as Primary Challenge for Universal Service Funds

Speakers

– Bridgette Ndlovu
– Pria Chetty

Arguments

Lack of implementation takeoff despite existing policies across 27 African countries


Funding mechanisms through operator levies can be successful but governance remains a challenge


Summary

Bridgette emphasizes funding and policy implementation as the main barriers, citing examples where committees haven’t been established and funds aren’t being collected. Pria argues that funding mechanisms can work (citing South African success with operator levies) but governance, technology choices, and user-centered design are the real challenges.


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Scope of Digital Rights Recognition in International Frameworks

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Indigenous communities absent from recognition in WSIS Plus 20 elements paper


Structural barriers require treating connectivity obligations as international rather than just national issue


Summary

Paloma focuses specifically on the exclusion of indigenous communities from international digital governance documents and calls for their explicit recognition. Anita takes a broader structural approach, arguing that connectivity challenges should be addressed through international cooperation rather than specific group recognition.


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Unexpected differences

Technology Approach – Infrastructure vs Rights-Based Framework

Speakers

– Anita Gurumurthy
– Bridgette Ndlovu

Arguments

Internet as ‘experience good’ requiring continuous use to derive value and shape society


Countries like Botswana leveraging public-private partnerships as model for others


Explanation

Unexpectedly, Anita advocates for a more philosophical, rights-based approach viewing internet as an ‘experience good’ that requires continuous access to derive value, while Bridgette focuses on practical implementation models like public-private partnerships. This represents a fundamental difference in approaching connectivity – conceptual vs operational.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers show remarkable consensus on identifying problems (lack of transparency, cultural barriers, inadequate funding) but diverge on root causes and solutions. Main disagreements center on whether funding or governance is the primary barrier, and whether to focus on specific group recognition or structural systemic changes.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers are largely aligned on goals of achieving meaningful connectivity but differ on implementation strategies and priority focus areas. This suggests a healthy diversity of approaches rather than fundamental conflicts, which could strengthen comprehensive policy solutions if integrated effectively.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognize that local, culturally relevant solutions often perform better than global technology solutions, but face systemic disadvantages in funding and recognition despite their superior contextual understanding.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent engagement with irrelevant content not in local languages


Local organizations outperforming big tech in cultural context but lacking venture capital support


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Economic


Both speakers frame connectivity access as a fundamental rights issue, with Paloma focusing on indigenous self-determination and Anita on the right to internet as a foundation for full societal participation.

Speakers

– Paloma Lara Castro
– Anita Gurumurthy

Arguments

Technological appropriation essential for indigenous communities’ right to self-determination


Right to internet guaranteed in Kerala state demonstrates beginning of full participation framework


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Cultural diversity


Both emphasize that outdated or inadequate data leads to mismatched interventions that don’t address actual community needs, particularly in rural areas where conditions may have changed significantly since data collection.

Speakers

– Pria Chetty
– Audience

Arguments

Need for current data from national statistical authorities to inform relevant interventions


Outdated census data used for universal service tenders not reflecting rural realities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Universal Service Funds across Africa are failing to achieve meaningful implementation despite existing policies, with lack of transparency being a major issue (24 out of 27 countries don’t disclose fund amounts)


High mobile penetration rates mask deep intersectional digital inequalities, particularly affecting women, rural populations, and micro-enterprises who remain underconnected


Affordability remains the primary barrier to meaningful connectivity, with users being cut off mid-month due to high data costs, affecting consistent access to education and job opportunities


Indigenous communities face systematic exclusion from connectivity policies and are absent from key international frameworks like the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper


Cultural and linguistic barriers prevent meaningful engagement with digital services when content is not locally relevant or available in local languages


Digital public infrastructure requires publicly-owned protocols and strong vendor accountability mechanisms to ensure equitable access and avoid corporate capture


Meaningful connectivity must move beyond infrastructure provision to focus on transformative opportunities and full participation in digital society


Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential, but marginalized voices, particularly indigenous communities, are systematically excluded from policy discussions at all levels


Resolutions and action items

Civil society organizations should continue advocating for tax holidays on technological gadgets to improve access for women and vulnerable groups


Countries should adopt flexible legislation models like Rwanda and Egypt that allow diverse funding sources including donations, grants, and development partner collaborations


Universal Service Fund committees need to be established in countries like Central African Republic where implementation has stalled


Indigenous communities must be explicitly recognized and included in the WSIS Plus 20 elements paper and other international frameworks


Community networks require legal protection and recognition for sustainability, following positive examples like Chile’s public consultation process


National statistical authorities should be leveraged to collect current, relevant data about population connectivity needs rather than relying on outdated census information


Public-private partnership models like Botswana’s Southern District Digital Empowerment Project should be replicated in other countries


Unresolved issues

How to ensure consistent funding and governance of Universal Service Funds when telecommunications companies resist compliance through legal action


How to address the fundamental mismatch between infrastructure deployment and actual user needs, particularly in rural and pastoral areas


How to balance the digitalization of public services with ensuring that lack of connectivity doesn’t create new forms of exclusion from essential services


How to support local organizations and startups that outperform big tech in cultural contexts but lack access to venture capital


How to move from connectivity metrics to meaningful participation and transformative impact measurement


How to address structural international inequalities that limit countries’ capacity to fulfill connectivity obligations to their citizens


How to ensure meaningful participation of indigenous communities in policy processes when they are systematically excluded from decision-making tables


Suggested compromises

Adopting public-private partnership models that balance private sector efficiency with public accountability and transparency requirements


Using operator levy systems for Universal Service Fund financing while implementing stronger governance and oversight mechanisms


Focusing on ‘access to opportunity’ rather than just ‘access to internet’ as a framework that bridges infrastructure and social transformation goals


Implementing flexible legislative frameworks that allow multiple funding sources while maintaining accountability standards


Treating connectivity obligations as both national and international issues to address structural capacity limitations in Global South countries


Thought provoking comments

The Internet is an experience good… the more you experience the Internet, the more you can shape its value, which basically means that you need to have it first to be able to make it a resource that can really drive your society, economy in progressive directions.

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Reason

This reframes connectivity from a simple access issue to a fundamental prerequisite for societal participation. It challenges the traditional approach of gradual rollout and suggests that meaningful connectivity requires full access from the start, not limited or zero-rated services.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from technical infrastructure challenges to philosophical questions about what constitutes meaningful access. It provided theoretical grounding for rejecting zero-rating services and influenced the conversation toward rights-based approaches to connectivity.


What we found is that the same inequalities that these populations encounter in the access of rights is also reflected in the quality of access to Internet… technological appropriation is an essential part of the right to self-determination of these communities.

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Reason

This insight connects digital exclusion to broader patterns of marginalization and introduces the concept of technological appropriation as a human rights issue. It moves beyond technical solutions to address structural inequalities and cultural self-determination.


Impact

This comment fundamentally reframed the discussion from a technical problem to a human rights and social justice issue. It led other panelists to consider how existing inequalities are reproduced in digital spaces and influenced the conversation toward more inclusive, participatory approaches to policy-making.


Despite 65% of micro-enterprises owning a smartphone, only 38% use the internet, and only 39% are financially included… we’re speaking about populations who may be connected but barely online.

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Reason

This data point reveals the inadequacy of traditional connectivity metrics and introduces the concept of being ‘connected but barely online.’ It challenges assumptions about smartphone ownership equating to meaningful digital participation.


Impact

This statistic became a pivotal moment that shifted the entire panel’s focus from infrastructure availability to actual usage patterns and barriers. It influenced subsequent discussions about the need for disaggregated data and more nuanced understanding of digital inclusion beyond simple connectivity metrics.


There is really a lack of takeoff… There are policies that exist within various countries. But when it comes to implementation, there is so much limitations and countries failing to accurately and adequately implement the Universal Service Fund.

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Reason

This observation exposes a critical gap between policy intention and implementation reality across 27 African countries. It challenges the assumption that having policies in place is sufficient and highlights systemic implementation failures.


Impact

This comment set a sobering tone for the entire discussion and established implementation gaps as a central theme. It influenced other panelists to focus on practical barriers rather than theoretical solutions, and led to discussions about transparency, accountability, and the need for better governance mechanisms.


Indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in this recognition. And what this might translate into is that even if we apply international human rights law anyhow, regardless of the special recognition, maybe when we see implementation, this could lead to exclusion in the implementation.

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Reason

This critique of the WSIS+20 elements paper highlights how policy documents can perpetuate exclusion through omission. It demonstrates how seemingly neutral policy language can have discriminatory effects on specific populations.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical policy advocacy dimension to the discussion and influenced the conversation toward examining who is included and excluded in global policy frameworks. It led to broader discussions about meaningful participation and representation in international policy processes.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed the discussion from a technical infrastructure conversation to a comprehensive examination of digital justice, human rights, and structural inequalities. The panelists’ evidence-based insights created a cascading effect where each contribution built upon previous points to deepen the analysis. Anita’s ‘experience good’ concept provided philosophical grounding, Paloma’s human rights framing added moral urgency, Pria’s data revealed the complexity of the challenge, and Bridgette’s implementation findings grounded the discussion in practical realities. Together, these comments shifted the conversation from asking ‘how do we connect people?’ to ‘how do we ensure digital technologies serve human flourishing and social justice?’ The discussion evolved from technical solutions to systemic change, from universal access to meaningful inclusion, and from policy design to implementation accountability. This progression created a more nuanced understanding of meaningful connectivity as not just a technical challenge, but as a fundamental question of social justice, cultural preservation, and equitable development.


Follow-up questions

How can countries effectively implement Universal Service Funds given the widespread lack of takeoff and implementation challenges across African countries?

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Explanation

Despite policies existing in various countries, there are significant limitations in implementing Universal Service Funds, with countries like Central African Republic failing to set up required committees and others facing resistance from telecommunications companies


How can proactive disclosure and transparency in Universal Service Fund management be improved when 24 out of 27 African countries don’t disclose fund amounts?

Speaker

Bridgette Ndlovu


Explanation

The lack of transparency affects meaningful connectivity achievement, with most countries not making reports publicly available or providing proactive disclosures about fund usage


How can indigenous communities be meaningfully included in WSIS Plus 20 review processes and policy construction when they are currently not recognized in elements papers?

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Explanation

Indigenous communities are nowhere to be found in recognition documents, which could lead to exclusion in implementation even if international human rights law applies


What research is needed to integrate GovStack and different layers of public infrastructural services for meaningful connectivity?

Speaker

Anita Gurumurthy


Explanation

Future research is needed to understand how to integrate various layers of digital public infrastructure services effectively


How can the quality and currency of data used for Universal Service Fund tenders be improved, particularly for rural areas where ground reality differs from census data?

Speaker

Revocato Sinkata (Audience member from Tanzania)


Explanation

Most data used for universal service tenders relies on outdated census information taken at 5-10 year intervals, leading to mismatched service deployment in areas like pastoralist regions


How can community networks be legally protected and sustained, and what models can ensure their recognition and sustainability?

Speaker

Paloma Lara Castro


Explanation

There’s a need for legal protection of community networks access, not only for recognition but also for sustainability, with Chile being cited as a positive example of state efforts to legalize community networks


How can national statistical authorities be reformed to collect more relevant and current data for digital inclusion interventions?

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Explanation

There’s a need for a paradigm shift in data collection mechanisms to really understand populations and ask questions that matter for relevant policy responses


What new partnership models could improve Universal Service Fund governance and technology choices to better match user needs and terrain requirements?

Speaker

Pria Chetty


Explanation

Even when funding exists, challenges in governance and inappropriate technology choices lead to interventions not designed with users, terrain, or actual needs in mind


How can public access continue to be important and protected in the current digital landscape, and what new challenges exist for protecting the right to full internet access given zero services and similar restrictions?

Speaker

Audience member from IT4Change India


Explanation

Questions about maintaining public access importance and addressing new challenges to full internet access rights in contexts with zero services and restrictions


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

From Principles to Practice: Operationalizing Multistakeholder Governance

From Principles to Practice: Operationalizing Multistakeholder Governance

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on operationalizing multi-stakeholder approaches in internet governance, particularly in preparation for the WSIS+20 review process. The session was co-hosted by Global Partners Digital and the Global Network Initiative, bringing together experts from various sectors to examine how multi-stakeholder principles have evolved since the original WSIS summits.


Carl Gahnberg from the Internet Society emphasized that multi-stakeholder governance should be viewed as a principle rather than a rigid model, noting that many successful projects already operate as multi-stakeholder collaborations without being formally labeled as such. He highlighted the functional value of inclusive processes, particularly in internet development projects like community networks that require collaboration across sectors. Jhalak Kakkar from India’s Centre for Communication Governance discussed how multi-stakeholder understanding varies across international and national contexts, emphasizing the importance of meaningful engagement rather than checkbox activities. She stressed the need for genuine consensus-building processes and highlighted challenges in ensuring Global South voices are heard in international negotiations.


Ian Sheldon from the Australian government provided a detailed case study of Australia’s structured multi-stakeholder consultation process for the WSIS review. This process included capacity-building workshops to educate stakeholders about government processes, transparent drafting sessions for policy documents, and ongoing collaboration with both domestic and international communities. Thobekile Matimbe from Paradigm Initiative shared insights from African contexts, noting the disconnect between government participation in global processes and local awareness, emphasizing the importance of transparency and trust-building.


The discussion concluded with recognition that while multi-stakeholder approaches require significant effort, they produce higher-quality policy outcomes and should be expanded beyond traditional internet governance issues to broader digital policy areas.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Evolution and operationalization of multi-stakeholder governance since WSIS**: The panel explored how multi-stakeholder approaches have developed from principles into practice over the past 20 years, emphasizing that multi-stakeholderism is a governance principle that can be implemented through various models rather than a single prescribed approach.


– **Functional versus normative value of multi-stakeholder processes**: Speakers emphasized that multi-stakeholder engagement provides instrumental benefits beyond just being the “right thing to do” – it produces better policy outcomes, reduces blind spots, and improves implementation success through broader buy-in and trust-building.


– **National-level implementation challenges and successes**: The discussion highlighted significant variations in how countries operationalize multi-stakeholder principles, with Australia’s structured WSIS review consultation process serving as a detailed case study of effective government-led multi-stakeholder engagement, including capacity building for participants.


– **Barriers to meaningful participation**: Key challenges identified included the tendency for multi-stakeholder processes to become “checkbox exercises,” limited financial resources for Global South participation in international processes, and the need for transparency, consensus-building, and inclusive representation beyond just having stakeholders “in the room.”


– **Future directions for embedding multi-stakeholder approaches**: The conversation explored how to better integrate these principles into broader digital governance issues beyond traditional internet governance, the importance of documenting and sharing successful models, and the need for continued capacity building and relationship-building between stakeholders.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to examine how multi-stakeholder principles established through WSIS and other processes are being translated into practical governance approaches at national, regional, and international levels. The session sought to identify what has worked well, ongoing challenges, and strategies for strengthening multi-stakeholder engagement in digital governance, particularly in preparation for the WSIS+20 review.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a constructive and collaborative tone throughout, characterized by genuine knowledge-sharing and mutual learning among participants. While speakers acknowledged significant challenges and shortcomings in current multi-stakeholder implementation, the overall atmosphere was optimistic and solution-oriented. The tone became particularly engaged when discussing concrete examples like Australia’s consultation process, with participants expressing enthusiasm about documenting and replicating successful models. The conversation reflected a community of practice dynamic, with speakers building on each other’s insights and expressing gratitude for the learning opportunities.


Speakers

– **Ellie McDonald** – Works for Global Partners Digital, a civil society organisation working to ensure that human rights underpin the development, use and governance of digital technologies


– **Carl Gahnberg** – Director of Policy Development and Research at the Internet Society


– **Ian Sheldon** – Director of the Internet Governance Section at the Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communication, Sport and the Art, Government of Australia


– **Jhalak Kakkar** – Executive Director of the Centre for Communication Governance at the National Law University in Delhi


– **Thobekile Matimbe** – Senior Manager for Partnerships and Engagement at Paradigm Initiative (an organization working across the African region promoting digital rights and digital inclusion)


– **Lea Kaspar** – Works with Global Partners Digital


**Additional speakers:**


– **Eleni Hickok** – Managing Director of the Global Network Initiative (mentioned as online moderator but did not speak in the transcript)


– **Jorge Cancios** – Government representative (mentioned as being with government, from Switzerland based on context)


Full session report

# Multi-Stakeholder Approaches in Internet Governance: Operationalising Principles for the WSIS+20 Review


## Executive Summary


This discussion, co-hosted by Global Partners Digital and the Global Network Initiative as part of their project “Shaping the WSIS+20 Review for a Unified Internet Multi-Stakeholderism,” brought together experts from civil society, government, technical community, and academia to examine practical implementation of multi-stakeholder approaches in internet governance. The session featured speakers from Australia, India, Africa, and Switzerland, providing diverse regional perspectives on translating multi-stakeholder principles into effective governance mechanisms.


The conversation focused on moving beyond theoretical discussions toward practical implementation strategies, with participants sharing concrete examples of successful multi-stakeholder processes and identifying key challenges that remain. The discussion revealed both significant progress in operationalising multi-stakeholder approaches and persistent barriers, particularly around financing meaningful participation and ensuring quality engagement beyond superficial consultation.


## Participants and Context


**Moderator:** Ellie McDonald, Global Partners Digital


**Speakers:**


– **Carl Gahnberg**, Internet Society – providing technical community perspective on multi-stakeholder principles and implementation


– **Jhalak Kakkar**, Centre for Communication Governance, National Law University Delhi – offering insights on Global South participation and transparency requirements


– **Ian Sheldon**, Australian Government – sharing detailed case study of national-level multi-stakeholder consultation processes


– **Thobekile Matimbe**, Paradigm Initiative – presenting African regional perspectives and civil society experiences


The discussion was framed around preparation for the WSIS+20 review process, with participants examining how multi-stakeholder approaches can be more effectively implemented at national, regional, and international levels.


## Key Themes and Discussions


### Multi-Stakeholder Governance as Principle, Not Model


Carl Gahnberg opened with a fundamental reframing, emphasising that “when we talk about multi-stakeholder governance, we’re really talking about a principle of governance, about how we exercise governance… there could be very different models for implementing governance towards the same principle.” This perspective allowed for recognition that different institutions – ICANN, the Internet Engineering Task Force, and the Internet Governance Forum – can all operate according to multi-stakeholder principles while implementing them differently.


Gahnberg stressed that the core goal is “allowing for participation of the users, producers, developers of this digital system to be part of the governance of that system,” providing a clear framework for evaluating different approaches. This principle-based understanding proved valuable throughout the discussion as it enabled speakers to explore contextual variations without being constrained by rigid model requirements.


### Implementation Beyond Formal Meetings


A significant theme emerged around recognising that multi-stakeholder governance extends far beyond formal negotiations. Gahnberg highlighted that “the actual governance process is happening outside of this room, it’s happening after the event, it’s happening at the local, the regional levels.” He emphasised the importance of making existing multi-stakeholder work more visible, noting that many successful projects already exist but aren’t formally labelled as multi-stakeholder governance.


Gahnberg pointed to community networks as a prime example: “Community networks… you cannot do community networks without having a multi-stakeholder approach because you need to have the local community, you need to have the technical people, you need to have some government regulatory framework, you need to have some private sector involvement.” This practical example demonstrated how multi-stakeholder principles are already being successfully implemented in internet development work.


### Australian National-Level Case Study


Ian Sheldon provided a detailed case study of Australia’s comprehensive multi-stakeholder consultation process for the WSIS review, which generated significant interest from other participants. The Australian approach included several innovative elements:


**Transparent Process Design**: Australia established “a standing invitation to our multi-stakeholder community to be part of a working group” and implemented “quite a number of workshops to help educate our local community on the mindset of government. What do these multilateral negotiations look like? How do they work? What are the dynamics at play?”


**Collaborative Drafting**: The process involved “opening the doors to really show some of our internal processes, really help them get their heads around what kind of positioning the Australian government might want to take” and collaborative development of policy documents with stakeholder input.


**Functional Benefits**: Sheldon emphasised practical advantages: “the stronger the process the stronger the outcomes and the more implementable they are… the quality of policy output is immeasurably improved because of the process.” He described the work as “hard work but hugely rewarding” and noted that it helps “de-risk future positioning for governments.”


**Broader Applications**: Sheldon referenced Australia’s participation in ICANN’s Governmental Advisory Committee and the Internet Governance Forum as examples of how these approaches extend beyond single consultations to ongoing multi-stakeholder engagement.


### Global South Perspectives and Challenges


The discussion revealed significant regional variations in multi-stakeholder implementation, with speakers highlighting particular challenges in Global South contexts.


**African Regional Context**: Thobekile Matimbe shared experiences from Paradigm Initiative’s work across Africa, noting that “at African national level, there’s no prioritisation of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance.” However, she also highlighted positive developments, particularly around trust-building through transparency.


Matimbe provided a specific example from Zambia: “there was a disconnect between what government was doing at global level… and what was actually known at local level and there was no trust but once people began to have that openness and exchange of this is what we are doing there’s this process… everybody’s like why don’t you say so so it’s like let’s have a conversation.”


**Participation and Presence Challenges**: Jhalak Kakkar emphasised critical barriers to meaningful Global South participation: “if Global South leaders, thinkers, decision makers are not in the place physically, they are not being able to influence the final outcomes… if you don’t have them in the corridors of Geneva and New York, you’re not actually going to get the outcomes, which truly reflect the needs of those regions.”


**Financing Constraints**: Both Matimbe and Kakkar highlighted that meaningful participation requires adequate financing, particularly for Global South representation in international processes. This challenge has become more acute with reduced funding availability, creating barriers to the physical presence that Kakkar identified as crucial for actual influence.


### Quality of Engagement and Transparency


A critical theme throughout the discussion was distinguishing between meaningful engagement and superficial consultation processes. Jhalak Kakkar particularly emphasised this challenge, noting that “engagement with industry tends to be meaningful while engagement with other communities often becomes a checkbox activity.”


**Requirements for Meaningful Engagement**: Kakkar argued that “true multi-stakeholder models require consensus building and iterative feedback processes, not one-time consultations.” She identified specific transparency requirements including “publishing submissions, consultation summaries, and points of convergence/divergence.”


**Technology Solutions**: Kakkar suggested that “AI technologies can potentially support decision makers in enabling more transparency despite resource constraints,” offering a potential solution to capacity limitations that prevent adequate transparency in consultation processes.


**Inclusivity Considerations**: Speakers emphasised that inclusivity must ensure diversity of perspectives within stakeholder groups, including marginalised voices, moving beyond simple category representation toward genuine diversity of experiences.


## Questions and Discussion


The session included several important questions that highlighted key implementation challenges:


**Documentation and Replication**: Jorge Cancios asked whether Australia would consider “documenting and mapping their process against established guidelines” to enable replication by other governments. He shared a Swiss example of the EID law, where “stakeholders felt excluded from the process” and “the consequences were that the law was challenged through referendum and rejected by the people,” illustrating the risks of inadequate multi-stakeholder engagement.


**Delegation Composition**: Lea Kaspar asked about “including working group members in delegations” to international negotiations. Ian Sheldon responded that Australia is “considering mixed delegations” and noted the value of having multi-stakeholder input directly available during negotiations.


**Expanding Beyond Internet Governance**: Kaspar also raised questions about applying multi-stakeholder approaches “beyond internet governance to AI, cybersecurity, and other digital policy areas.” Sheldon confirmed that the Australian model “is applicable to other policy areas” and represents broader collaborative approaches to policy development.


## Ongoing Challenges and Opportunities


Despite the productive discussion, several significant challenges remain:


**Financing Meaningful Participation**: The question of securing adequate financing for Global South participation in international processes remains critical, especially given the importance of physical presence in key negotiation spaces.


**Scaling Implementation**: While successful examples exist, scaling multi-stakeholder approaches across different regions and contexts requires continued capacity building and adaptation to local circumstances.


**Moving Beyond Consultation**: Ensuring that multi-stakeholder engagement extends beyond formal consultation to meaningful participation in implementation and ongoing governance remains challenging.


**Documentation and Learning**: The need for better documentation of successful processes to enable learning and replication across different contexts was highlighted throughout the discussion.


## Conclusion


This discussion demonstrated significant maturation in thinking about multi-stakeholder governance, moving from theoretical advocacy toward practical implementation strategies. The strong consensus on fundamental principles, combined with diverse regional experiences, provides a solid foundation for continued development of multi-stakeholder approaches.


The Australian case study offered a concrete model of effective national-level implementation, while insights from Global South contexts highlighted both challenges and opportunities for broader adoption. The emphasis on functional benefits – improved policy quality, risk mitigation, and implementation success – provides compelling arguments for expanding multi-stakeholder approaches beyond traditional internet governance issues.


As the global community prepares for the WSIS+20 review, this discussion provides valuable insights into how multi-stakeholder principles can be more effectively operationalised. The commitment by participants to continue sharing experiences and documenting successful models suggests ongoing collaborative efforts to strengthen multi-stakeholder governance for addressing digital policy challenges.


The conversation reinforced that while multi-stakeholder approaches require significant effort and resources, they produce higher-quality policy outcomes and should be expanded to address the full range of digital governance challenges facing the global community.


Session transcript

Ellie McDonald: Thank you for joining our session from Principles to Practices of Regionalisation. My name is Ellie McDonald and I work for Global Partners Digital. We’re a civil society organisation working to ensure that human rights underpin the development, use and governance of digital technologies. We’re co-hosting this session with the Global Network Initiative or GNI, the leading forum for accountability, shared learning, engagement and collective advocacy on government and company policies and practices at the intersection of technology and human rights. So why did we want to have this discussion today? As many of you will know, the original WSIS summits and the Working Group on Internet Governance, which evolved from them, provided a blueprint for multi-stakeholder engagement, consolidating a working definition of multi-stakeholder internet governance and a decentralised approach to the implementation of the action lines, supported by multi-stakeholder collaboration. Since then, the IGF and a range of other technical bodies and processes have continued to practice different models of multi-stakeholder governance. More recently, the NetMundial outcome document effectively captured how multi-stakeholder principles should be integrated across national, regional, multilateral and multi-stakeholder processes, and specifically how broader stakeholder input can enhance multilateral processes. So, to contribute to realising the aim of meaningful multi-stakeholder inclusion in the context of the WSIS review, GNI and GPD are running a project shaping the WSIS plus 20 review for a unified internet multi-stakeholderism, supported by the inaugural ICAN grant programme. This aims to uphold and strengthen a rights-respecting and multi-stakeholder model of internet governance as a foundation for the internet’s global, open and interoperable nature. So, with that scene setting out the way, our workshop today hopes to build on that context. We’d like to discuss how multi-stakeholder approaches are being operationalised in different settings and at different levels. Our aim is to stimulate discussion of what has worked, what challenges remain and what we should do next. So, we’re quite an intimate group, so I hope we should be able to achieve that even in the relatively short time that we have. So, we have an expert panel of speakers joining us. I’ll be relatively brief in my intros. So, starting from my left, I have Carl Ganberg, the Director of Policy Development and Research at the Internet Society. Closest to me on the left, Ian Sheldon, the Director of the Internet Governance Section at the Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communication, Sport and the Art. That is a long one, Ian, of the Government of Australia. And then to my right, I have Jalat Kakar, the Executive Director of the Centre for Communication Governance at the National Law University in Delhi. And then on my far right, Tobekele Matimbe, the Senior Manager for Partnerships and Engagement at Paradigm Initiative. And last but not least, Eleni Hickok, Managing Director of the Global Network Initiative over there is our online moderator. So, in terms of the structure, I’ll start with an initial round of questions to the speakers, but would encourage you to let me know if you’d like to react or respond to anything you’re hearing from the other panellists. And after that, we’ll open the floor for questions. I think with a quick round of questions, we should have time for a good Q&A portion. So, without further ado, I’d like to begin with a question for Karl. So, Karl, from your perspective at the Internet Society, how has the multi-stakeholder approach been operationalised in practice since the original WSIS summits? Perhaps you could focus on some examples of success as well as challenges.


Carl Gahnberg: Okay. Thank you very much. Thank you very much for the introduction and thank you very much for the invitation to join this panel. I wanted to start kind of before getting into the examples to give a little bit of background context that I think plays to the title of this session, which I really like the title of this session because it points out something that I think is really important to keep in mind, that when we talk about multi-stakeholder governance, we’re really talking about a principle of governance, about how we exercise governance. So, sometimes there’s a tendency to kind of get stuck in discussions of, like, what does one model look like versus another model? And I think it’s important to acknowledge that there could be very different models for implementing governance towards the same principle. So, for instance, an institution like the ICANN or the ITF or the Internet Governance Forum or even the WSIS Forum, they might all sort of operate according to a multi-stakeholder principle of governance, but they might implement that principle in a different way and operate in different manners. So, I think that’s just good to keep in mind that what we’re really talking about is a principle around fundamentally allowing for participation of the users, producers, developers of this digital system to be part of the governance of that system. And if that’s the principle, we’re trying to figure out how do we make that happen in practice, so to speak. The second point that I wanted to raise is that, and this also goes a little bit to the fora that we’re in now, I think there’s a tendency that when we’re in fora like this, we tend to think about this being the end all of multi-stakeholder processes, that people have a seat at the table, people are here discussing and so forth. But that’s kind of a very small component of the actual governance process. The actual governance process is happening outside of this room, it’s happening after the event, it’s happening at the local, the regional levels. So, when we’re kind of pushing this message of the importance of multi-stakeholder governance and multi-stakeholder collaboration in WSIS, it’s not only to have a seat at the table at negotiations and discussions such as this one, but it’s really about enabling multiple stakeholders to be part of the implementation process as well. And I think that sometimes gets lost in these discussions. And that’s not only for a normative ideal of having everyone at the table and everyone should be sort of participating in all of that thing, it’s really for a functional perspective as well, an instrumental role of having all the stakeholders involved, because it tends to produce better outcomes if you do that. And when you think about it that way, if you think about multi-stakeholder process, not only as the kind of agenda setting events like the ones that we have today, but really about how it’s practiced out in the real world, so to speak, there’s quite a few examples of multi-stakeholder governance and multi-stakeholder collaborations that don’t necessarily get branded as such. It’s almost like a categorization error that we don’t label it, but they do happen quite frequently. And I would actually argue that the vast majority of the work that we do at the Internet Society, especially in the area of internet development, where we deploy internet exchange points or connect the unconnected, etc., the vast majority of those projects, if not all of them, are de facto multi-stakeholder projects, multi-stakeholder collaborations, and they wouldn’t work if they weren’t. So to give you a very concrete example, the work that we’re doing around community networks, which is this really cool connectivity model that I recommend everyone to learn about, which goes to effectively enabling local communities to build their own networks to then connect to the broader internet. Those community networks are typically a multi-stakeholder collaboration. They tend to be put on the agenda by civil society participants that recognize the gaps in connectivity in a country. They tend to collaborate with governments to ensure that licensing and other sort of regulatory issues are moved out of the way or conducive to deploying such networks. It’s a matter of connecting those stakeholders with private entities that might be providing the backhaul for those networks, etc. And our organization, coming from the technical community, is often involved in capacity building towards those ends, etc. So those types of projects are quite frequent, but we don’t tend to label them as multi-stakeholder collaborations. They just end up being such. So I think that’s important to recognize that they do happen and that they are practiced. And that also goes for, in many cases, countries that might not formally endorse or champion the multi-stakeholder model. We do have a lot of multi-stakeholder processes happening even in those countries. So a big part of the message around multi-stakeholder governance that we try to promote is to make it visible where we can, because that’s one of the important ideas behind ensuring that it’s included in statements around WSIS, around negotiations in the UN, etc., is to make sure that they are made visible also for those governments that might not sort of formally… embrace it today, but to recognize that it’s actually instrumentally very valuable when you’re getting to the practical implementation of digital governance. The final thing that I wanted to mention is that I started off by saying that, you know, there are different ways of how we can implement this principle of multi-stakeholder governance, and I think we’ll get to some of that today. So, how do you move it over to practice? And I think, and we’ll get to that, I’m sure, there has been some really important events of last year, not least with the NetMundial plus 10 event that tried to codify, if you will, guidelines or best practices around how do you actually conduct multi-stakeholder process? How do you sort of live the principle, if you will? And that, again, is not to, you know, saying that there’s only one blueprint that is going to work everywhere and for everyone, but rather a set of guidelines that helps you sort of question, are we actually operating in accordance with this ideal of inclusiveness and participation from all stakeholders? So, looking forward to these discussions here, but I wanted to highlight that I think we should also look at processes that we don’t necessarily call multi-stakeholder process, but are de facto operating according to this vision.


Ellie McDonald: Thanks a lot, Carl. Yeah, really found that emphasis at the end useful, as well as the point and emphasis you put on the functional, not just the normative value. I find that really useful. I’d like to turn next to Jalak. I think Carl’s given us a really helpful, broad and global view. I know you have experience both at the global level, but also in national context. So, my question for you was perhaps reflecting what you’ve heard from Carl. How has the understanding of multi-stakeholder approach evolved over time? And particularly, what kind of differences do you see in how this concept is actualized on an international versus a national level?


Jhalak Kakkar: Multi-stakeholderism in various contexts, whether it’s internationally, domestically, across various domestic jurisdictions, we see a lot of variation, which is contextual to cultural norms, but also shifting socio-political realities. You know, I was talking to a colleague from the EU, and they were talking about how across the EU, they’ve seen a dip in the level of engagement with civil society on various processes. So, I mean, where in the past, sort of in many instances, legislation and policy coming out of there was held to a certain standard of having gone through multi-stakeholder processes. So, I think there, you know, at any given moment in time, there’s an ebb and flow that we constantly see. Of course, there is an ideal of multi-stakeholderism, which is grounded on principles, which all of us in the room know, things like openness, transparency, inclusiveness, the need for consensus building. I think when we talk about openness and transparency, that’s really the process and the foundation of it, which is that you want to ensure that it’s not a checkbox activity, that it’s actually meaningful, because very often in various country contexts, we see that this interaction with, and when we talk about multi-stakeholderism, who are the stakeholders, right? We’re talking about civil society academia, researchers, we’re talking about the technical community, we’re talking about local communities in various instances, but we’re talking about industry as well. And very often, interactions with industry tend to be meaningful, but with a lot of the other communities, it tends to be a checkbox activity. And then the question is, how do we design many of these processes to ensure that they’re actually meaningful engagement? There is sometimes a resistance in certain country contexts because they feel that engaging too deeply in these conversations opens them up to criticism. But I think one sort of approach and tactic that we have increasingly found useful, which goes back to the point made earlier, is to highlight the relevance and value of this engagement, that it’s useful and impactful in operationalizing and the broader objectives that a particular policy or legislation is seeking to live up to. So I think emphasizing on the usefulness, the functionality, is perhaps a hook that we, across the multi-stakeholder community, need to leverage and emphasize to decision makers to make them feel more comfortable around the value of continuing to engage with us. I think in terms of transparency, it’s sometimes challenging because I think it depends on regulatory capacity as well as financial capacity of various regulators and institutions, because a lot of transparency, there’s a certain basic level of transparency you always, of course, want. But many, you know, we, you know, as civil society, we asked, okay, as our academia, we ask, as a very minimum, we want all submissions that go to a government during a public call be published and put online, right? But what we also want is summaries of consultations that are held, points of convergence and divergence. And sometimes some of those things start to become a little more challenging. It can seem like a very small thing, but in a regulator or a government institution that is relatively low-resourced and managing many things, sometimes these kind of things, while the wish may be there, in practice, it becomes difficult to implement. But with increasing availability of AI technologies, I think we can think about how these can be strategically used to supplement and complement and provide, you know, support to decision makers to enable more transparency. I think there’s a question about consensus building, and I think there is where the multi-stakeholder model, sort of the value of it, where it moves beyond checkboxes, where you actually ensure that there is that consensus building happening. Because very often what we’re seeing is, increasingly, that a lot of sort of closed-door meetings between governments and industries, especially in the digital technology space, happening where civil society is not in the room. Fine, we may not always need to be in the room. There may be instances where it makes sense for them to talk one-on-one. But I think it is very often just a space which is created for civil society to share their views. But there is no consensus building that happens. There is no dialogue that happens both ways. It’s a one-time, one-and-done system, rather than a sort of an iterative process of feedback, which, you know, flows into the final decision making. So I think there is a need to really think through mechanisms that enable such consensus building to really, truly operationalize the multi-stakeholder model, many of which are articulated in things like the Sao Paulo Guidelines, the NetMundia, all things that have been mentioned before. But sort of highlighting these practices and systems to governments, regulators, ministries, that actually operationalizing these things on the ground is important, and to sort of highlight to them in a particular instances what are particular steps and actions they can take. Because very often, even if the intention is there, they don’t quite know how to operationalize and facilitate truly multi-stakeholder models. And we see that even within, you know, many UN agencies which have the intentionality but don’t always know how to operationalize it in practice. And the last thing I want to end with is inclusivity, right? And, you know, it’s at the domestic level, what I want to talk about is we need to be mindful of ensuring that there are diversity of perspectives, even within civil society, academia. There’s a whole spectrum of perspectives on the table, and we need to ensure, and governments and regulators need to ensure that they’re not only engaging with those who resonate with ideas of the government, but those who may have a different or critical stance. As well as, you know, engaging with marginalized groups or groups that don’t traditionally have an opportunity to come to the table. And I think at the international level, there’s an increasing recognition, I would say, in the last several years of the need for global voice, South voices to be spotlighted and heard. And it’s interesting that it comes at a moment when there is less funding available than ever before, perhaps, to actually facilitate these voices coming to the table. Of course, hybrid mechanisms are wonderful, but all of us know that the real negotiations and the real decision making doesn’t happen in a And then we have the panel. So in the process of making these conversations, as I said, it actually happens in conversations like this. It happens in the corridors. It happens in those little meeting rooms where if Global South leaders, thinkers, decision makers are not in the place physically, they are not being able to influence the final outcomes, right? So this is a starting point. But this is really not the process that actually finally influences and dictates the outcome in those international processes. So I want us to recognize that, that there is value, of course, in ensuring that, you know, you have voices from different parts of the world, you know, from different stakeholder groups sitting at the table, at public forums. But if you don’t have them in the corridors of Geneva and New York, you’re not actually going to get the outcomes, which truly reflect the needs of those regions, because they are not in the rooms where those decisions and negotiations and those strategy meetings are happening to really influence and shape what the digital world looks like and whether it reflects the realities of the regions they come from. I’ll stop there. Thanks so much. Yeah, I really appreciate your articulation of how the digital world is changing, and I think it’s a really important part of the conversation. I think it’s a really important part of what we’re doing in the region.


Ellie McDonald: It’s a really important part of what we’re doing in the region. And I think it’s a really important part of what we’re doing in the region. I think it’s a really important part of what we’re doing in the region. And I really appreciate your kind of how each of those principles, the kind of sticky point, but the kind of functional value that each of them have on the outcome. I’m really pleased that Ian, you’re speaking next because your government has direct very recent experience of managing a really structured process for input into the WSIS review process. So I wonder if you could reflect a little bit on that, maybe share that experience of how you’re taking the approach, and I’m thinking, you know, it’s not a one-size-fits-all. And I’m wondering if you could share that experience with us. Also, looking forward, yeah, based on having undertaken that structured multi-stakeholder engagement process, how do you think stakeholders could be more effectively integrated into this WSIS review?


Ian Sheldon: Thank you. My name is Ian Sheldon. I’m the director of the intergovernance team in the Australian government. Thank you for the opportunity to speak on this panel. So Australia, as you know, is one of the most diverse countries in the world. So we have a lot of different stakeholders. We have a lot of different stakeholders. And we’re really excited to be here to talk about this panel. So Australia has had a long history of multi-stakeholder processes in our policy development, in the legislative work we do, in the regulatory work we do. A lot of it’s multi-stakeholder consultation. And we were very keen to be as transparent, open, and thorough as possible in our preparation processes for the WSIS review. We’re quite fortunate in Australia. We do have a small but highly engaged community who were following the WSIS review process. So we were very keen to be as transparent, open, and thorough as possible in our preparation processes for the WSIS review process. We do have a small but highly engaged community who were following these issues, who come from a broad suite of the technical community, civil society, academia, other parts of our government system, as well as a strong youth cohort, who are all already following a lot of these things. So we started our process reasonably early, with a couple of principles that underpinned our work. We wanted to make sure that we had a strong youth cohort who were already following a lot of these things. So we started our process reasonably early, with a couple of principles that underpinned our work. We wanted to make sure that the preparatory process was as open as possible. So there was a standing invitation for anybody from our community to join a multistakeholder working group, to take part in the preparatory process, to get briefings from us, as well as share what information they may be hearing from their communities about how the WSIS process is unfolding and what they might have been hearing. So we started our process reasonably early, with a couple of principles that underpinned our work. We wanted to make sure that we had a strong youth cohort who were already following a lot of these things. We wanted to make sure that there was transparency baked in. We know that a lot of this process can be quite murky. Governments don’t particularly do a great job of explaining some of our thought processes, some of the systems that we need to work in, how we structure a lot of our work. So we ran quite a number of workshops to help educate our local community on the mindset of government. What do these multilateral negotiations look like? How do they work together? How do they work together? What do these multilateral negotiations look like? What are the dynamics at play? What does a negotiating mandate look like? A lot of these things were foreign to our community, even though they’ve been following processes like WSIS for a while, opening the doors to really show some of our internal processes, really help them get their heads around what kind of positioning the Australian government might want to take through this work. I think that was a really kind of key piece of what we were trying to do. I think that was a key piece of what we were trying to do. That was a really kind of key turning point, and it really supercharged a lot of our community’s engagement and thought process in helping us structure our thinking. A lot of this culminated in the drafting of our non-paper. So the non-paper is a really good articulation of both the Australian government’s creative kind of forward-leaning thinking, as well as a lot of the ideas that our local community brought to us as well. So that was a key turning point. So that was a key turning point. So that was a key turning point. So it was really important that this document was as multi-stakeholder driven as possible. There was quite a number of drafting sessions. We shared early drafts with our community for their feedback. We had a lot of very frank discussions about what works, what doesn’t. And then we continued to have those discussions, both domestically as well as regionally and in the community. As well as regionally and globally as well. So for us, our multi-stakeholder community is both local and domestic, but we also drew very heavily on our regional and global communities as well. Particularly in a lot of spaces where they may not have those mechanisms in their own countries to provide their thoughts and thinking. And we’re very, very happy to leverage as much of this expertise and knowledge that they were very freely happy to share with us. So I think for us, we will continue to openly collaborate. Our negotiating mandate is still being worked through. A lot of our thinking, a lot of our positioning that will be taken through into the WSIS Plus 20 negotiations are being revised as we speak. Taking in feedback from this community, taking in feedback from our local community and really trying to help shape Australia’s direction to be as robust as possible. I have to say, it was hugely rewarding, but it was a lot of hard work. And I think it very much has paid off. If you haven’t seen the document, please come see me. I’m very happy to share a copy with you and very happy to hear if you get any other thoughts on how to improve some of our positioning for this. So I guess looking forward, and I think it’s hard going third because I think a lot of the comments I was going to make have already been made. Things like the NetMundial multi-stakeholder principles are fantastic starting points. I think there’s a real opportunity here for governments looking at both the review and the implementation of the WSIS review to try and look at opportunities to bring multi-stakeholders into their processes themselves. Sometimes it’s not always feasible. Sometimes there are governments with structures which may be incompatible to community-driven policymaking, but there are lots of opportunities for governments to themselves be part of that multi-stakeholder community to bring their views, their perspectives, and help influence some of those other broader policy discussions as well. The GAC at ICANN is a fantastic example of some of those processes in play. The IGF in Oslo, again, where everybody can come together on equal footing, are really good examples of reasonably accessible mechanisms for governments to take part and learn about the value of multi-stakeholders and see the conversations that can be had, how it can improve functional policymaking and broaden some of those horizons. I think going forward it’s important to find those forums and those bridging mechanisms for government to come to share their views, perspectives, and experience, as well as have that constructive two-way dialogue because I think it’s often hard for some governments to find those sensible points. Certainly, even if ICANN or ITF are too difficult, there are courses that ISOC run to help policymakers get their heads around this fantastic digital world, what might be on offer, and help make some of those personal connections, which I think makes multi-stakeholder participation a lot easier. I think there’s certainly a lot on offer and a lot of the successes and mechanisms in place over the last 20 years are going to be a lot of the same ones that I think will take us forward for the next 20. I might leave it there and we can come back to this later. Thank you.


Ellie McDonald: Thank you so much. I’ll just pick out one element. I find that you did capacity building with the stakeholders at the start, a really cool element. Maybe we could hear a bit more about that later. I’m going to turn to Thobekile now and perhaps Thobekile you could continue on this kind of forward-looking theme and I wonder it’d be lovely to hear from you and I think all of our speakers have already picked up on how multi stakeholder principles can be better embedded so maybe and carrying on with that trend and looking forward to the WSIS review and other digital governance processes and what do you think is important?


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much Ellie, I’ll repeat that I’m Thobekile Matimbe and I work for Paradigm Initiative which is an organization working across the African region promoting digital rights and digital inclusion. I think picking up from I think where Ian left I was just listening to Ian I was like wow this would be super cool where I come from because what we’re seeing I think at national level is that there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and it becomes so such a complex idea for some governments at this level to be able to grasp what we’re discussing because 20 years later we’re still you know trying to you know emphasize the importance of multi-stakeholderism and thankfully because of the NetMundial you know guidelines that are coming out of this it’s quite clear that it’s important what are the benefits they are immense when looking at transparency on policy processes transparency on even you know where government governments are participating in global processes around internet governance it’s very important for trust building and we did a research as Paradigm Initiative a project that we’re working in collaboration with the Global Network Initiative and GPD and we were doing consultations at country level and we particularly focus on Zambia and at that country level what we’re trying to do we brought different stakeholders in one room including the government’s technical community we had civil society organizations in the room and the media as well and you know there was a disconnect between what government was doing at global level it was clear in that meeting it was an open conversation and what was actually known at local level and there was no trust but once people began to have that openness and exchange of this is what we are doing there’s this process there was this process and this is what we’ve been trying to do over the years towards meeting the action lines and then everybody’s like why don’t you say so so it’s like let’s have a conversation so I think multi-stakeholderism is it’s it’s something that is supposed to come on board and build trust foster you know you know buy-in from communities especially when we’re looking at any information it’s a society that is people-centric it’s very important that becomes something that is supported and promoted so that specific engagement I think was just you know a sneak peek into what else is happening other countries at least on the African continent around transparency of you know these processes and engagement and it’s important to actually you know build the capacity as well of communities and on these issues because some of the things that we’re talking about in that engagement trust me people were not aware of what it was the media was also saying look we also left behind we’re not involved and it’s good that you know the government has been at least in Zambia been engaging a lot with the private sector a lot of public private partnerships ongoing but civil society not included in that whole process so inclusion I think it’s something that is very important in the conversation of multi-stakeholderism and not just inclusion in the sense of having you know certain groups of people in a room but actually enabling that there’s meaningful participation and I think that has been elaborated enough in the Sao Paulo guidelines the importance of ensuring that these you know access and also meaningful participation and I know that there was also one of the panelists talked about the importance of ensuring access and I think financing is something finances a very important subject matter to this whole conversation to have meaningful representation and participation of global South actors I think it’s important to talk about the issue of adequate resourcing for that to happen and access is something that is very critical and important I would add and I think one of the key takeaways I think from our specific engagement in Zambia was that it was important for government to be you know more out there reaching out and you know communicating whatever is happening and even consulting even when they do submit you know recommendations at global level those should have been ideally informed by consultations at local level you know where inputs are gathered from diverse stakeholders and yeah this is why I say I was really like saying wow you know when Ian was speaking about what what initiatives that they’ve been running out as well so I think there’s something that can be lent there and obviously in terms of engagement what is having stakeholders in the room what are the immense benefits and I think for me my focus basically was on the importance of you know articulating the importance of transparency at least in the processes in those global processes they would be better shaped with you know the voices of everyone being included.


Ellie McDonald: Thank you so much Ms. Thobekile Matimbe, I think that was really useful to set us up with a few different national and global contexts too for the discussion that will follow and so I think we should have time for some questions but before we open the floor perhaps would any of the panelists like to react to anything that they’ve heard briefly?


Carl Gahnberg: It’s very briefly and I think someone mentioned it but it’s really impressive to hear about the Australian government kind of educating about the process I think that’s something that is sometimes overlooked that we can talk about all we want about participation and ensuring people are included etc but having awareness about how the process is working go a really long way to to ensuring that that can work in practice so I thought that was really interesting to hear.


Ellie McDonald: Yeah, agreed. Elena, do we have any online questions? Great, well done Australia. So participants in the room, maybe we can take a few together, yeah. Jorge, go ahead. I’m sorry but I’m Jorge Cancios with government but this is a very exciting topic and I was very interested, well I found it great how you did things in Australia and I was wondering whether you did some documenting of the process that can be shareable and whether even if you made some mapping of that process with the self-governing multistakeholder guidelines which would be exceedingly great because yeah it’s important to really show how things can be done and we are trying to do that for the Swiss IGF to do some mapping of that and yeah there would be many things to cover but just one thought as a selling point to governments which is the stronger the process the stronger the outcomes and the more implementable they are. So in my country in Switzerland it’s a bit embedded in many processes because we have, if you look at process step 10 of the Sao Paulo multistakeholder guidelines, in Switzerland you have the community powers which is the people can struck down any law if they are not agreeing, if they were not consulted, if they were not included. Obviously it’s not perfect, it’s not everything can be improved and we had a very nice example like four or five years ago we had a EID law being produced in Switzerland with all the consultations, with everything that is in built for 20, 30, 40 years in in the Swiss legislative process but it wasn’t really inclusive in the sense of really incorporating all the interested stakeholders into the process itself so they felt excluded. They garnered 50,000 signatures and in the referendum the the option, the EID option was struck down and now they learned, our friends, our colleagues from the Ministry of Justice, that they had to really include stakeholders in a much more proactive fashion and now they have worked out a different law, a different approach and finally we have again a referendum because other people, because of different reasons, are against that approach which is a more public interest approach and we will have a vote at the end of this year so we will see if this time we got it right. Really interesting. Yeah, would you like to come in?


Ian Sheldon: I mean I think the idea of mapping the process is absolutely a fantastic one. Maybe when we get a bit of breathing room between forums, and we’re back in Australia, we’ll sit down and map out some of this. We had a concept of how we thought it should work going into it, and we tried to map some of that stuff early on, but doing a bit of analysis after we’ve tested some of the products I think is going to be useful, and very happy to compare notes. Just to pick up on your second point, multistakeholderism for us, there are a lot of virtues in inclusivity and making sure we have a breadth of perspectives, but it’s also one of necessity in de-risking. Coming back to more traditional policy-making processes, it’s making sure we didn’t have blind spots, it was de-risking future positioning, and like you said, making sure that the outcome and the output is as robust as possible. For us, we hear about the virtues of multistakeholderism, but really the value is in the product, and we really saw the quality of the product improve when we broadened out our consultation, our engagement, and so I don’t think we stress that point enough when we talk about governments making use of multistakeholder processes, because they are hard work, but the quality of policy output is immeasurably improved because of the process, and I think that’s one that sometimes gets lost in the wash when we talk about this approach. Thanks.


Ellie McDonald: Thanks a lot, Ian. Yeah, I was about to ask if we have questions, so maybe we’ll take Lea’s question, and then maybe the panellists can also wrap in your conclusive remarks too, but Lea, go ahead.


Lea Kaspar: Thank you, Ellie, and thanks, everyone. My name is Lea Kasper, I’m with Global Partners Digital. My question is going to be to you, Ian, as you’re a very rare breed in actually giving us a practical case study for operationalising something we’ve been talking about in theory for many, many years, which is why I think a lot of us are looking at you and really wanting to capture how you’ve been approaching this. As a long-standing member of the UK equivalent of what you’ve been trying to do, so the UK government has a multistakeholder internet governance group that’s a standing body, which also is convened to inform UK positions on internet governance, and goes all the way up to including UK non-governmental stakeholders into their delegations at ITU conferences and elsewhere. So besides the point that it would be really great to do a comparative study on how different governments have been operationalising this when it comes to multilateral processes, because I think that’s what we’re talking about now. As someone said at the beginning, maybe the rep from ISOC, it’s really going to depend, the operationalisation will depend on where you are at the national level, depending on which issue you’re dealing with. But if we’re talking about multilateral processes, and WSIS Review being an example of that, now hopefully it goes well. I have two small questions. One is, have you already considered including members of this working group that you’ve convened to become members of your delegation as we go into WSIS negotiations? So that’s one question. And then the other one is, what are your thoughts on expanding, I want to say, the model beyond internet governance issues, although I would say that all of these issues are internet governance issues, but internet-related public policy issues such as artificial intelligence, such as cybersecurity. If you have any thoughts on how we convince governments to go beyond just, say, WSIS Review and think more broadly about applying the model.


Ellie McDonald: Thank you.


Ian Sheldon: So to the first question, yes, absolutely. It’s something that we’re considering, and I think we’re very much waiting to see what the schedule looks like from here on, and then we can start to make more concrete plans about how we operationalise a mixed delegation. To your second point, I think, yes. So frankly speaking, internally within our system, we strongly champion this model. It’s a good way to approach policymaking. There are quite a lot of other complexities that we need to balance through this process. And also, I guess in other parts of the Australian government system, it’s one that’s been deployed on non-digital issues as well. Before I came to this file, I worked in employment policy, and we used, before I learned about multi-stakeholderism and the internet’s history, we were using a very similar approach to design employment policy using kind of a mixed cohort of a taskforce to go work through these challenges. So I think I bring that up to say that the model we’re talking about here isn’t particularly unique, and I think there’s work to be done to find those common touchpoints with other policy processes that already exist in other parts of government, and try to use language that may be similar or align those processes to show that what we’re talking about here and the successes we’ve had here aren’t necessarily completely foreign to other challenges as well. So I think it’s, in theory, a lot easier to import this model to other digital challenges, but it’s something that we’re certainly turning our minds to domestically.


Ellie McDonald: Thanks. Thanks, Ian. I know we should wrap up, but I want to bring in the other panellists. I wonder if there’s anything you’d like to reflect on from what you’ve heard. But I also think that question of the kind of broader internet-related public policies and embedding these approaches there is a really interesting one. So if you’d like to reflect on that or just anything else you’ve heard, and I can save us some time. I won’t do closing remarks. So, yeah.


Thobekile Matimbe: Thank you so much, Ellie. I think my last reflections will just be that enabling and also strengthening, I mean, stakeholder models is very important. It’s important for fostering trust, and it’s also important for buy-in and support for implementation of whatever outcomes, from global processes all the way to national level.


Jhalak Kakkar: Yeah, I want to say I’m thankful for this community, because every time we sit down and talk about these things, I always learn so much, which is useful to take back into our own domestic context and sort of try to operationalise and seed, so that in future, we have a more robust mechanism feeding into these processes.


Carl Gahnberg: Yeah, thank you very much. I think just kind of concluding remarks, I would say kind of two messages that I want to leave the room with. The first one is really to consider multi-stakeholder process, sort of the value of it really beyond just the agenda setting and also to the implementation. I think that’s really, really important and sometimes get a little bit lost. And the second part is that there is a value of this information exchange that we’re doing now. We learned about the Australian case, for instance, about some practices there. And I think it’s, in a way, it’s kind of to be, I don’t know, have a positive outlook to these efforts and have a little bit of leeway when they’re trying to be implemented. And I think the NetMundial principles are quite, or guidelines are quite helpful in that they’re kind of helping you do better. And the model that worked in Australia for this consultation, I think that can inspire other countries to do something similar. It doesn’t have to be identical, but it might further improve it or try to do something similar. So to kind of have a glass half full type of approach and recognize that I think many actors are trying to do the right thing. It’s not always easy to put multi-stakeholder into practice. The guidelines are helpful for that. But to recognize that it’s kind of a principle that we’re striving for. We might never sort of reach perfection, but getting there is part of the implementation.


Ellie McDonald: Truly thanks to the panelists. I think we’ve had this conversation a lot this week, so it can sometimes feel tedious, but I think you’ve really brought some fresh and new ideas. And I think chronicling how this all goes and hearing more about all of these cases when we do have a breath of fresh air will be really useful. And we hope also that GNI GPD project, which is fostering some national level consultations that Ms. Thobekile Matimbe mentioned, the one in Zambia. We hope we can also share some of the results from that. So thank you, everyone. Wishing you a good rest of your day. Thank you. Recording stopped. Thank you for tuning in.


C

Carl Gahnberg

Speech speed

173 words per minute

Speech length

1452 words

Speech time

502 seconds

Multi-stakeholder governance is fundamentally a principle of governance about how we exercise governance, not just one specific model

Explanation

Gahnberg emphasizes that multi-stakeholder governance should be understood as a principle rather than getting stuck in discussions about specific models. The principle fundamentally allows participation of users, producers, and developers of digital systems in the governance of those systems.


Evidence

Examples of institutions like ICANN, ITF, Internet Governance Forum, and WSIS Forum that all operate according to multi-stakeholder principles but implement them differently


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ian Sheldon

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle rather than a rigid model


Different institutions like ICANN, ITF, IGF can all operate according to multi-stakeholder principles but implement them differently

Explanation

Gahnberg argues that there can be very different models for implementing governance toward the same principle. Various institutions might operate according to multi-stakeholder principles but implement that principle in different ways and operate in different manners.


Evidence

Specific mention of ICANN, ITF, Internet Governance Forum, and WSIS Forum as examples of different implementation approaches


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ian Sheldon

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle rather than a rigid model


Multi-stakeholder governance extends beyond agenda-setting events to real-world implementation at local and regional levels

Explanation

Gahnberg argues that multi-stakeholder processes are not just about having seats at negotiation tables, but about enabling stakeholders to be part of the implementation process. The actual governance happens outside meeting rooms, after events, and at local and regional levels.


Evidence

Points out that the governance process happens outside the room, after events, at local and regional levels, not just in forums and discussions


Major discussion point

Implementation and operationalization challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder processes extend beyond agenda-setting to implementation


Many successful multi-stakeholder projects exist but aren’t labeled as such, particularly in internet development work like community networks

Explanation

Gahnberg argues that the vast majority of Internet Society’s work, especially in internet development, are de facto multi-stakeholder projects that wouldn’t work otherwise. These projects happen frequently but aren’t typically branded as multi-stakeholder collaborations.


Evidence

Community networks as a concrete example – typically involving civil society identifying connectivity gaps, collaborating with governments on licensing/regulatory issues, connecting with private entities for backhaul, and technical community involvement in capacity building


Major discussion point

Implementation and operationalization challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Disagreed with

– Jhalak Kakkar

Disagreed on

Effectiveness of current engagement mechanisms


Multi-stakeholder processes should focus on enabling participation of users, producers, and developers in the governance of digital systems

Explanation

Gahnberg defines the fundamental principle of multi-stakeholder governance as allowing participation of those who use, produce, and develop digital systems in the governance of those systems. This is presented as the core principle that different implementation models should strive toward.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Government education about multi-stakeholder processes and their value is essential for broader adoption

Explanation

Gahnberg emphasizes the importance of making multi-stakeholder processes visible and educating governments about their instrumental value. This includes helping governments that might not formally endorse the model to recognize its practical benefits in digital governance implementation.


Evidence

References the Australian government’s approach of educating stakeholders about processes, and mentions that multi-stakeholder processes happen even in countries that don’t formally endorse the model


Major discussion point

Transparency and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ian Sheldon
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Importance of capacity building and education in multi-stakeholder processes


NetMundial guidelines provide helpful frameworks for improving multi-stakeholder implementation

Explanation

Gahnberg references the NetMundial plus 10 event that tried to codify guidelines or best practices for conducting multi-stakeholder processes. These guidelines help organizations question whether they’re operating according to ideals of inclusiveness and participation, without prescribing only one blueprint.


Evidence

Specific mention of NetMundial plus 10 event and its guidelines for best practices in multi-stakeholder processes


Major discussion point

Future directions and broader application


Topics

Legal and regulatory


J

Jhalak Kakkar

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

1380 words

Speech time

531 seconds

Multi-stakeholder understanding varies contextually based on cultural norms and shifting socio-political realities

Explanation

Kakkar argues that multi-stakeholder approaches vary significantly across different contexts, whether internationally or domestically, influenced by cultural norms and changing socio-political conditions. She notes there’s an ebb and flow in engagement levels at any given time.


Evidence

Example of EU colleague mentioning a dip in civil society engagement levels across EU processes, where previously legislation was held to higher multi-stakeholder standards


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Engagement with industry tends to be meaningful while engagement with other communities often becomes a checkbox activity

Explanation

Kakkar observes that in various country contexts, interactions with industry tend to be meaningful, but engagement with civil society, academia, researchers, technical community, and local communities often becomes superficial checkbox exercises. She emphasizes the need to design processes for meaningful engagement.


Evidence

Notes that there’s often resistance from governments who feel deep engagement opens them up to criticism, and mentions closed-door meetings between governments and industry where civil society is excluded


Major discussion point

Implementation and operationalization challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Carl Gahnberg

Disagreed on

Effectiveness of current engagement mechanisms


True multi-stakeholder models require consensus building and iterative feedback processes, not one-time consultations

Explanation

Kakkar argues that meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement goes beyond creating spaces for civil society to share views. It requires genuine dialogue, consensus building, and iterative feedback processes that actually flow into final decision making, rather than one-time, one-and-done systems.


Evidence

Contrasts current practice of one-time consultations with the need for iterative feedback processes, and references Sao Paulo Guidelines and NetMundial as articulating these practices


Major discussion point

Inclusivity and meaningful participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Inclusivity must ensure diversity of perspectives even within civil society and academia, including marginalized groups

Explanation

Kakkar emphasizes that true inclusivity requires ensuring a spectrum of perspectives within stakeholder groups, not just engaging with those who align with government views. Governments and regulators need to engage with critical voices and marginalized groups who don’t traditionally have opportunities to participate.


Evidence

Mentions the need to engage with those who may have different or critical stances, and groups that don’t traditionally come to the table


Major discussion point

Inclusivity and meaningful participation


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Physical presence in negotiation spaces like Geneva and New York is crucial for actual influence on outcomes

Explanation

Kakkar argues that while there’s increasing recognition of the need for Global South voices, real decision making happens in corridors and small meeting rooms, not in public forums. Without physical presence in places like Geneva and New York, Global South leaders cannot actually influence final outcomes.


Evidence

Points out that real negotiations happen in corridors and small meeting rooms, and notes the irony that recognition of Global South voices comes when there’s less funding available than ever to facilitate their participation


Major discussion point

Inclusivity and meaningful participation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Transparency requires publishing submissions, consultation summaries, and points of convergence/divergence

Explanation

Kakkar outlines specific transparency requirements including publishing all submissions during public calls, providing summaries of consultations, and documenting points of convergence and divergence. She acknowledges this can be challenging for low-resourced regulators but suggests AI technologies could help.


Evidence

Mentions that while basic transparency is expected, more detailed requirements can be challenging for regulators with limited resources, but AI technologies could provide support


Major discussion point

Transparency and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ian Sheldon
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Transparency as a fundamental requirement for meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement


AI technologies can potentially support decision makers in enabling more transparency despite resource constraints

Explanation

Kakkar suggests that with increasing availability of AI technologies, these tools can be strategically used to supplement and complement support to decision makers, helping them provide more transparency even when facing resource constraints.


Evidence

References the challenge of resource-limited regulators managing transparency requirements and suggests AI as a potential solution


Major discussion point

Transparency and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory


I

Ian Sheldon

Speech speed

163 words per minute

Speech length

1819 words

Speech time

665 seconds

Australia implemented a structured multi-stakeholder process for WSIS review with transparency, education, and open participation

Explanation

Sheldon describes Australia’s comprehensive approach to WSIS preparation, including a standing invitation for stakeholders to join a working group, transparent processes, and educational workshops. The process was designed to be as open as possible with transparency baked in from the start.


Evidence

Specific details about standing invitations, multistakeholder working group, briefings, workshops to educate community on government mindset and multilateral negotiations, and collaborative drafting of non-paper


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Transparency as a fundamental requirement for meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement


The Australian process included capacity building to help stakeholders understand government processes and multilateral negotiations

Explanation

Sheldon emphasizes that Australia ran workshops to educate their local community about government mindset, multilateral negotiation dynamics, and what negotiating mandates look like. This educational component was crucial for enabling meaningful participation from stakeholders unfamiliar with these processes.


Evidence

Specific mention of workshops explaining government thought processes, multilateral negotiation dynamics, and negotiating mandates, which were foreign concepts to their community


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Carl Gahnberg
– Thobekile Matimbe

Agreed on

Importance of capacity building and education in multi-stakeholder processes


Multi-stakeholder processes improve policy quality and help de-risk future positioning for governments

Explanation

Sheldon argues that beyond the virtues of inclusivity, multi-stakeholder approaches are necessary for de-risking policy development. They help identify blind spots, improve robustness of outcomes, and ensure better quality policy output, making the extra effort worthwhile.


Evidence

References his experience in employment policy using similar approaches, and emphasizes that the quality of policy output is immeasurably improved through broader consultation and engagement


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


The model can be expanded by finding common touchpoints with existing policy processes in other government areas

Explanation

Sheldon suggests that multi-stakeholder approaches aren’t unique to internet governance and can be applied to other digital challenges. He emphasizes finding common language and aligning with existing policy processes in other government areas to show the approach isn’t completely foreign.


Evidence

His personal experience using similar approaches in employment policy before learning about internet governance multi-stakeholderism, and mention of similar processes existing in other parts of Australian government


Major discussion point

Future directions and broader application


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Carl Gahnberg

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle rather than a rigid model


T

Thobekile Matimbe

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

881 words

Speech time

328 seconds

At African national level, there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance

Explanation

Matimbe observes that 20 years later, there’s still a need to emphasize the importance of multi-stakeholderism to governments at the national level. She notes that multi-stakeholderism becomes a complex idea for some governments to grasp, contrasting this with more advanced approaches like Australia’s.


Evidence

References research by Paradigm Initiative in collaboration with GNI and GPD, specifically consultations in Zambia that revealed disconnect between government global activities and local knowledge


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Carl Gahnberg

Disagreed on

Current state of multi-stakeholder implementation globally


There’s often a disconnect between what governments do at global level and what’s known at local level, creating trust issues

Explanation

Matimbe describes findings from consultations in Zambia where there was a clear disconnect between government participation in global processes and local awareness. This lack of transparency created trust issues, but open conversation helped build understanding and trust.


Evidence

Specific example from Zambia consultation where government, technical community, civil society, and media were brought together, revealing that local stakeholders were unaware of government’s global activities


Major discussion point

Implementation and operationalization challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Ian Sheldon

Agreed on

Transparency as a fundamental requirement for meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement


Meaningful participation requires adequate resourcing and financing, especially for Global South representation

Explanation

Matimbe emphasizes that financing is a critical subject for meaningful representation and participation of Global South actors. Adequate resourcing is essential for enabling access and meaningful participation in multi-stakeholder processes.


Evidence

References the importance of access and financing for Global South participation, though specific examples of funding challenges are implied rather than detailed


Major discussion point

Inclusivity and meaningful participation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder approaches foster trust building and buy-in for implementation of outcomes

Explanation

Matimbe argues that multi-stakeholder models are essential for building trust and fostering buy-in from communities, especially when looking at information society that is people-centric. This support is crucial for successful implementation of outcomes from global processes to national level.


Evidence

References the Zambia consultation experience where openness and exchange led to trust building, and emphasizes the people-centric nature of information society


Major discussion point

Transparency and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Carl Gahnberg

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder processes extend beyond agenda-setting to implementation


E

Ellie McDonald

Speech speed

150 words per minute

Speech length

1705 words

Speech time

678 seconds

The original WSIS summits and Working Group on Internet Governance provided a blueprint for multi-stakeholder engagement with decentralized implementation

Explanation

McDonald argues that the original WSIS summits established a foundational framework for multi-stakeholder internet governance. This blueprint consolidated a working definition of multi-stakeholder internet governance and promoted a decentralized approach to implementing action lines through multi-stakeholder collaboration.


Evidence

References to WSIS summits, Working Group on Internet Governance, IGF, and other technical bodies that have continued practicing different models of multi-stakeholder governance


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


NetMundial outcome document effectively captured how multi-stakeholder principles should be integrated across different governance levels

Explanation

McDonald highlights that the NetMundial outcome document provided guidance on integrating multi-stakeholder principles across national, regional, multilateral and multi-stakeholder processes. She emphasizes how broader stakeholder input can enhance multilateral processes specifically.


Evidence

Specific reference to NetMundial outcome document and its guidance on stakeholder integration across different process levels


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle vs. practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


GNI and GPD project aims to uphold and strengthen rights-respecting multi-stakeholder model as foundation for global, open, interoperable internet

Explanation

McDonald describes a collaborative project between GNI and GPD focused on shaping the WSIS plus 20 review. The project specifically aims to strengthen a rights-respecting and multi-stakeholder model of internet governance as the foundation for maintaining the internet’s global, open and interoperable nature.


Evidence

Reference to the inaugural ICAN grant programme supporting the project and its specific objectives for WSIS plus 20 review


Major discussion point

Future directions and broader application


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


L

Lea Kaspar

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

335 words

Speech time

125 seconds

UK government has established a standing multistakeholder internet governance group that informs UK positions and includes non-governmental stakeholders in delegations

Explanation

Kaspar describes the UK’s approach to operationalizing multi-stakeholder governance through a permanent advisory body. This group not only informs UK government positions on internet governance issues but also includes UK non-governmental stakeholders as members of official delegations to international conferences like ITU meetings.


Evidence

Specific mention of UK multistakeholder internet governance group as a standing body and inclusion of non-governmental stakeholders in ITU conference delegations


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder models should be expanded beyond traditional internet governance to broader internet-related public policy issues

Explanation

Kaspar advocates for applying multi-stakeholder approaches to a wider range of policy areas beyond traditional internet governance. She specifically mentions artificial intelligence and cybersecurity as examples of internet-related public policy issues that would benefit from multi-stakeholder approaches.


Evidence

Specific examples of artificial intelligence and cybersecurity as areas for potential expansion of multi-stakeholder models


Major discussion point

Future directions and broader application


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Comparative studies of how different governments operationalize multi-stakeholder approaches in multilateral processes would be valuable

Explanation

Kaspar suggests that conducting comparative analysis of different national approaches to multi-stakeholder governance would provide valuable insights. She emphasizes the importance of understanding how various governments have been operationalizing these approaches specifically in the context of multilateral processes and negotiations.


Evidence

References to both UK and Australian models as examples for potential comparative study


Major discussion point

National-level multi-stakeholder processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder governance as a principle rather than a rigid model

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Ian Sheldon

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder governance is fundamentally a principle of governance about how we exercise governance, not just one specific model


Different institutions like ICANN, ITF, IGF can all operate according to multi-stakeholder principles but implement them differently


The model can be expanded by finding common touchpoints with existing policy processes in other government areas


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that multi-stakeholder governance should be understood as a flexible principle that can be implemented in various ways across different institutions and contexts, rather than a one-size-fits-all model.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Importance of capacity building and education in multi-stakeholder processes

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Ian Sheldon
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Government education about multi-stakeholder processes and their value is essential for broader adoption


The Australian process included capacity building to help stakeholders understand government processes and multilateral negotiations


Multi-stakeholder approaches foster trust building and buy-in for implementation of outcomes


Summary

All three speakers agree that educating stakeholders about processes and building their capacity to participate meaningfully is crucial for successful multi-stakeholder governance implementation.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Multi-stakeholder processes extend beyond agenda-setting to implementation

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder governance extends beyond agenda-setting events to real-world implementation at local and regional levels


Multi-stakeholder approaches foster trust building and buy-in for implementation of outcomes


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that multi-stakeholder engagement is not just about having seats at negotiation tables but about ensuring stakeholder involvement in actual implementation of policies and outcomes.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Transparency as a fundamental requirement for meaningful multi-stakeholder engagement

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Ian Sheldon
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Transparency requires publishing submissions, consultation summaries, and points of convergence/divergence


Australia implemented a structured multi-stakeholder process for WSIS review with transparency, education, and open participation


There’s often a disconnect between what governments do at global level and what’s known at local level, creating trust issues


Summary

All three speakers agree that transparency in processes, including publishing submissions and maintaining open communication, is essential for building trust and enabling meaningful participation.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers from Global South contexts highlight the challenge of superficial engagement with civil society and other non-industry stakeholders, contrasting meaningful industry engagement with checkbox exercises for other communities.

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Engagement with industry tends to be meaningful while engagement with other communities often becomes a checkbox activity


At African national level, there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasize the critical importance of adequate funding and physical presence for Global South stakeholders to have real influence in international processes, not just token participation.

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Physical presence in negotiation spaces like Geneva and New York is crucial for actual influence on outcomes


Meaningful participation requires adequate resourcing and financing, especially for Global South representation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers represent developed country approaches that have institutionalized multi-stakeholder engagement through formal structures and processes, including stakeholder participation in official delegations.

Speakers

– Ian Sheldon
– Lea Kaspar

Arguments

Australia implemented a structured multi-stakeholder process for WSIS review with transparency, education, and open participation


UK government has established a standing multistakeholder internet governance group that informs UK positions and includes non-governmental stakeholders in delegations


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Multi-stakeholder processes already exist but are not labeled as such

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Ian Sheldon

Arguments

Many successful multi-stakeholder projects exist but aren’t labeled as such, particularly in internet development work like community networks


The model can be expanded by finding common touchpoints with existing policy processes in other government areas


Explanation

Both speakers recognize that multi-stakeholder approaches are already being used in various contexts (community networks, employment policy) without being formally labeled as such. This suggests the model is more widely applicable and already practiced than commonly recognized.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Functional value of multi-stakeholder processes for policy quality

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Ian Sheldon
– Jhalak Kakkar

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder processes should focus on enabling participation of users, producers, and developers in the governance of digital systems


Multi-stakeholder processes improve policy quality and help de-risk future positioning for governments


True multi-stakeholder models require consensus building and iterative feedback processes, not one-time consultations


Explanation

There’s unexpected consensus across different stakeholder perspectives (technical community, government, civil society) that multi-stakeholder processes have clear functional benefits beyond just normative ideals – they actually produce better policy outcomes.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on fundamental principles of multi-stakeholder governance, including its value as a flexible principle rather than rigid model, the importance of transparency and capacity building, and the need for meaningful rather than superficial engagement. There’s also agreement on practical challenges, particularly around funding and inclusion of Global South voices.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on principles and challenges, with constructive differences mainly around implementation approaches based on different national contexts. This strong agreement suggests a mature understanding of multi-stakeholder governance that could inform future WSIS review processes and broader digital governance initiatives.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Current state of multi-stakeholder implementation globally

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Many successful multi-stakeholder projects exist but aren’t labeled as such, particularly in internet development work like community networks


At African national level, there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance


Summary

Gahnberg presents an optimistic view suggesting multi-stakeholder processes are already happening frequently but aren’t recognized as such, while Matimbe presents a more challenging reality where governments, particularly in Africa, struggle to understand or prioritize multi-stakeholder approaches even 20 years after WSIS


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Effectiveness of current engagement mechanisms

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Carl Gahnberg

Arguments

Engagement with industry tends to be meaningful while engagement with other communities often becomes a checkbox activity


Many successful multi-stakeholder projects exist but aren’t labeled as such, particularly in internet development work like community networks


Summary

Kakkar emphasizes systemic problems with current engagement being superficial checkbox exercises, while Gahnberg focuses on successful examples that demonstrate the approach is working in practice


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Optimism vs. realism about multi-stakeholder progress

Speakers

– Carl Gahnberg
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Many successful multi-stakeholder projects exist but aren’t labeled as such, particularly in internet development work like community networks


At African national level, there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are advocates for multi-stakeholder approaches, yet they present fundamentally different assessments of current progress. Gahnberg’s optimistic framing suggests the approach is already working but needs better recognition, while Matimbe’s experience suggests basic understanding and implementation remain significant challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers showed remarkable consensus on principles and goals of multi-stakeholder governance, with disagreements primarily centered on assessment of current implementation effectiveness and regional variations in progress


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers fundamentally agree on the importance and value of multi-stakeholder approaches but differ in their assessment of how well these approaches are currently working in practice. This suggests a mature field where practitioners agree on direction but have different experiences with implementation challenges, which could actually strengthen collective advocacy by providing multiple perspectives on the same goals


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers from Global South contexts highlight the challenge of superficial engagement with civil society and other non-industry stakeholders, contrasting meaningful industry engagement with checkbox exercises for other communities.

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Engagement with industry tends to be meaningful while engagement with other communities often becomes a checkbox activity


At African national level, there’s no prioritization of multi-stakeholderism and governments struggle to grasp its importance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasize the critical importance of adequate funding and physical presence for Global South stakeholders to have real influence in international processes, not just token participation.

Speakers

– Jhalak Kakkar
– Thobekile Matimbe

Arguments

Physical presence in negotiation spaces like Geneva and New York is crucial for actual influence on outcomes


Meaningful participation requires adequate resourcing and financing, especially for Global South representation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers represent developed country approaches that have institutionalized multi-stakeholder engagement through formal structures and processes, including stakeholder participation in official delegations.

Speakers

– Ian Sheldon
– Lea Kaspar

Arguments

Australia implemented a structured multi-stakeholder process for WSIS review with transparency, education, and open participation


UK government has established a standing multistakeholder internet governance group that informs UK positions and includes non-governmental stakeholders in delegations


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Multi-stakeholder governance should be viewed as a principle of governance rather than a single rigid model, allowing for different implementation approaches across various institutions and contexts


Successful multi-stakeholder processes extend beyond agenda-setting meetings to real-world implementation at local and regional levels, with many effective projects already operating under multi-stakeholder principles without being formally labeled as such


Australia’s structured approach to WSIS review preparation demonstrates the practical value of multi-stakeholder processes, including transparency, capacity building for stakeholders, and iterative consultation that improved policy quality and helped de-risk government positioning


Meaningful participation requires more than checkbox consultations – it needs consensus building, iterative feedback processes, adequate financing (especially for Global South participation), and physical presence in key negotiation spaces


Multi-stakeholder approaches provide both normative value (inclusivity, transparency) and functional value (better outcomes, trust building, implementation buy-in), with the functional benefits often being more persuasive to governments


There are significant disparities in multi-stakeholder implementation between regions, with some African countries showing limited prioritization while others like Australia demonstrate comprehensive engagement models


The NetMundial guidelines and São Paulo principles provide helpful frameworks for operationalizing multi-stakeholder processes, offering practical guidance for governments unsure how to implement these approaches


Resolutions and action items

Australia committed to considering including multi-stakeholder working group members in their WSIS negotiation delegation


Australia agreed to document and map their multi-stakeholder process for sharing with other governments, potentially comparing with NetMundial guidelines


GNI and GPD project will continue fostering national-level consultations and share results from ongoing work including the Zambia case study


Participants agreed to continue information exchange and learning from successful models like Australia’s approach to inspire similar efforts in other countries


Unresolved issues

How to secure adequate financing for meaningful Global South participation in international processes, especially given reduced funding availability


How to move beyond checkbox consultations to genuine consensus-building mechanisms in countries with limited multi-stakeholder traditions


How to scale multi-stakeholder approaches beyond internet governance to broader digital policy areas like AI and cybersecurity


How to address the disconnect between global-level government participation and local-level awareness and engagement


How to ensure meaningful inclusion of marginalized groups and diverse perspectives within civil society and academia


How to build regulatory capacity in resource-constrained environments to enable transparency and meaningful consultation processes


Suggested compromises

Recognition that multi-stakeholder implementation doesn’t need to be identical across contexts – countries can adapt the principles to their specific cultural, political, and resource constraints


Acknowledgment that perfect multi-stakeholder processes may not be achievable, but incremental improvements toward the principle are valuable


Suggestion to leverage AI technologies to supplement government capacity for transparency and consultation processes where resources are limited


Proposal to find common touchpoints between multi-stakeholder approaches and existing policy processes in other government areas to ease adoption


Recognition that some closed-door government-industry meetings may be necessary, but these should be balanced with inclusive multi-stakeholder processes


Thought provoking comments

When we talk about multi-stakeholder governance, we’re really talking about a principle of governance, about how we exercise governance… there could be very different models for implementing governance towards the same principle… what we’re really talking about is a principle around fundamentally allowing for participation of the users, producers, developers of this digital system to be part of the governance of that system.

Speaker

Carl Gahnberg


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by distinguishing between multi-stakeholderism as a principle versus specific models of implementation. It moves the conversation away from rigid structural debates toward flexible, principle-based thinking that can adapt to different contexts.


Impact

This foundational insight set the tone for the entire discussion, allowing subsequent speakers to explore contextual variations without getting trapped in ‘one-size-fits-all’ thinking. It enabled Ian to later discuss Australia’s unique approach and Jhalak to explore regional variations as legitimate expressions of the same principle.


The actual governance process is happening outside of this room, it’s happening after the event, it’s happening at the local, the regional levels… it’s not only to have a seat at the table at negotiations and discussions such as this one, but it’s really about enabling multiple stakeholders to be part of the implementation process as well.

Speaker

Carl Gahnberg


Reason

This comment challenges the common assumption that multi-stakeholder governance is primarily about formal meetings and negotiations. It highlights the critical but often overlooked implementation phase where real governance happens.


Impact

This insight shifted the discussion toward practical implementation examples. It directly influenced Thobekile’s later emphasis on national-level engagement in Zambia and Ian’s focus on Australia’s domestic consultation process, moving the conversation from theoretical to practical applications.


We ran quite a number of workshops to help educate our local community on the mindset of government. What do these multilateral negotiations look like? How do they work? What are the dynamics at play? What does a negotiating mandate look like? A lot of these things were foreign to our community… opening the doors to really show some of our internal processes, really help them get their heads around what kind of positioning the Australian government might want to take.

Speaker

Ian Sheldon


Reason

This comment introduces a crucial but rarely discussed element: the need for capacity building and transparency about government processes themselves. It recognizes that meaningful participation requires understanding how the system works.


Impact

This insight became a focal point for the remainder of the discussion. Multiple participants, including Carl and Jorge, specifically praised this approach. It introduced the concept of ‘educating stakeholders about process’ as a prerequisite for meaningful engagement, which hadn’t been explicitly discussed before.


There was a disconnect between what government was doing at global level… and what was actually known at local level and there was no trust but once people began to have that openness and exchange of this is what we are doing there’s this process… everybody’s like why don’t you say so so it’s like let’s have a conversation.

Speaker

Thobekile Matimbe


Reason

This comment reveals a fundamental problem in multi-stakeholder governance: the disconnect between global participation and local awareness. It shows how transparency can immediately build trust and engagement.


Impact

This observation validated and expanded on the Australian model Ian described, showing its relevance across different contexts. It reinforced the importance of transparency and communication, and led to broader discussion about trust-building as a core function of multi-stakeholder processes.


If Global South leaders, thinkers, decision makers are not in the place physically, they are not being able to influence the final outcomes… if you don’t have them in the corridors of Geneva and New York, you’re not actually going to get the outcomes, which truly reflect the needs of those regions, because they are not in the rooms where those decisions and negotiations and those strategy meetings are happening.

Speaker

Jhalak Kakkar


Reason

This comment exposes a critical limitation of current multi-stakeholder approaches by highlighting the gap between formal inclusion and actual influence. It challenges the assumption that hybrid participation or formal representation equals meaningful participation.


Impact

This insight introduced a more critical perspective on the limitations of current approaches, balancing the optimistic examples shared by other speakers. It brought issues of power, resources, and genuine influence to the forefront, adding depth and realism to the discussion about what effective multi-stakeholder governance actually requires.


The stronger the process the stronger the outcomes and the more implementable they are… multistakeholderism for us, there are a lot of virtues in inclusivity and making sure we have a breadth of perspectives, but it’s also one of necessity in de-risking… the quality of policy output is immeasurably improved because of the process.

Speaker

Jorge Cancios and Ian Sheldon


Reason

This exchange shifts the justification for multi-stakeholder approaches from normative (it’s the right thing to do) to functional (it produces better results). This pragmatic framing makes the approach more appealing to skeptical governments.


Impact

This functional framing provided a new lens through which to view all the previous examples and challenges discussed. It offered a practical argument that governments could use internally to justify multi-stakeholder approaches, potentially addressing some of the resistance issues mentioned by other speakers.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it from theoretical advocacy for multi-stakeholder governance toward practical, nuanced implementation strategies. Carl’s opening reframing established multi-stakeholderism as a flexible principle rather than a rigid model, which enabled subsequent speakers to share diverse approaches without contradiction. Ian’s transparency about Australia’s capacity-building approach introduced a concrete model that other participants could reference and adapt. Thobekile’s Zambia example and Jhalak’s critique of Global South exclusion added important reality checks about current limitations, while the functional arguments provided pragmatic justifications for the approach. Together, these comments created a rich, multi-layered discussion that acknowledged both the potential and limitations of multi-stakeholder governance, while providing concrete pathways for improvement. The conversation evolved from ‘why multi-stakeholderism matters’ to ‘how to make it work effectively in different contexts,’ which represents a significant maturation of the discourse.


Follow-up questions

How can multi-stakeholder principles be better documented and mapped against established guidelines like the São Paulo multi-stakeholder guidelines?

Speaker

Jorge Cancios


Explanation

This would help demonstrate practical implementation of multi-stakeholder processes and provide replicable models for other governments to follow


What are the specific mechanisms and steps that can enable true consensus building in multi-stakeholder processes rather than just checkbox consultations?

Speaker

Jhalak Kakkar


Explanation

Many processes currently involve one-way information sharing rather than iterative dialogue and consensus building, which limits the effectiveness of multi-stakeholder engagement


How can AI technologies be strategically used to supplement transparency and support decision-makers in multi-stakeholder processes?

Speaker

Jhalak Kakkar


Explanation

This could help address resource constraints that prevent regulators from providing adequate transparency in consultation processes


How can adequate financing be secured to enable meaningful participation of Global South actors in international processes?

Speaker

Thobekile Matimbe


Explanation

Physical presence is crucial for real influence in international negotiations, but funding limitations prevent Global South participation in corridor conversations where actual decisions are made


How can the Australian multi-stakeholder model be expanded beyond internet governance to other internet-related public policy issues like artificial intelligence and cybersecurity?

Speaker

Lea Kaspar


Explanation

This would demonstrate the broader applicability of multi-stakeholder approaches across different digital policy domains


What would a comparative study of different governments’ approaches to operationalizing multi-stakeholder processes in multilateral contexts reveal?

Speaker

Lea Kaspar


Explanation

This could identify best practices and common challenges across different national approaches to multi-stakeholder engagement


How can multi-stakeholder processes that aren’t formally labeled as such be made more visible and recognized?

Speaker

Carl Gahnberg


Explanation

Many effective multi-stakeholder collaborations exist but aren’t recognized as such, which limits their potential as models for replication


What are the common touchpoints between multi-stakeholder approaches in digital policy and similar collaborative approaches in other policy areas?

Speaker

Ian Sheldon


Explanation

Identifying these connections could help demonstrate that multi-stakeholder approaches aren’t foreign to other government processes and facilitate broader adoption


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Leaders TalkX: Click to govern: inclusive and efficient e-services

Leaders TalkX: Click to govern: inclusive and efficient e-services

Session at a glance

Summary

This panel discussion focused on achieving inclusive and sustainable digital transformation twenty years after the World Summit on the Information Society, examining how governments can ensure universal connectivity and effective e-governance. The session featured representatives from Costa Rica, Kuwait, Colombia, Uruguay, and a global AI ethics expert discussing their countries’ approaches to digital inclusion and the challenges they face.


Costa Rica’s Vice Minister highlighted their journey from 10% to 85% internet connectivity, emphasizing investments in rural and indigenous communities while acknowledging ongoing challenges with 29% of indigenous populations still lacking coverage. Kuwait’s representative showcased their citizen-centered approach through the Sahm application, which serves 2.8 million users and processes over 100 million transactions, demonstrating how co-creation with citizens can drive successful digital services. Colombia’s regulatory expert emphasized the importance of having a comprehensive national digital strategy with eight pillars, including connectivity, AI, and digital security, while implementing flexible regulatory frameworks that support community operators serving fewer than 5,000 users.


Uruguay’s representative drew a crucial distinction between digital inclusion and equity, noting that while 96-98% of citizens have internet access through nationwide fiber optic coverage, only 64% actively use e-government services. This highlighted the challenge of moving beyond mere connectivity to actual digital literacy and meaningful usage. The AI ethics expert from EY emphasized the need for robust assessment frameworks and transparent governance systems, noting that citizen confidence in government AI use remains low across 15 surveyed countries. The discussion concluded that successful digital transformation requires not just infrastructure investment but also comprehensive strategies addressing digital literacy, inclusive design, and transparent governance frameworks to ensure no citizen is left behind in the digital age.


Keypoints

**Major Discussion Points:**


– **Digital Infrastructure and Universal Connectivity**: Countries shared their progress and challenges in achieving universal internet access, with Costa Rica highlighting their journey from 10% to 85% connectivity, while still facing gaps in indigenous communities and low-income populations. The focus was on balancing public and private investment to reach underserved areas.


– **Inclusive and User-Centric Digital Services**: Kuwait presented their approach to designing government digital services that serve all citizens, emphasizing their “Sahm” platform that processes millions of transactions monthly. The discussion centered on making e-government services accessible across different demographics, languages, and digital literacy levels.


– **Regulatory Frameworks for Rural and Community Connectivity**: Colombia outlined their multi-stakeholder national digital strategy with eight pillars, highlighting special regulatory measures for community operators serving fewer than 5,000 users in rural areas, including reduced regulatory burdens and differentiated technical requirements.


– **Digital Inclusion vs. Digital Equity**: Uruguay distinguished between having access to digital infrastructure (inclusion) and actually using digital services effectively (equity), noting that while 96-98% have connectivity, only 60-64% actively use e-government services, emphasizing the need for digital literacy beyond just infrastructure.


– **AI Governance and Assessment in Government**: The discussion addressed the challenges governments face in implementing AI and digital technologies responsibly, with emphasis on the need for transparent assessment frameworks, third-party evaluations, and clear communication to build citizen trust in government AI systems.


**Overall Purpose:**


This panel discussion aimed to evaluate progress made 20 years after the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), examining how different countries are addressing digital transformation challenges while ensuring inclusive, equitable, and people-centered digital governance. The session focused on sharing best practices and identifying ongoing challenges in achieving universal digital access and effective e-government services.


**Overall Tone:**


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with panelists sharing both successes and ongoing challenges in a solution-oriented manner. The atmosphere was professional yet optimistic, with speakers building upon each other’s insights rather than debating. The tone remained consistently forward-looking, emphasizing shared learning and international cooperation, culminating in a collegial photo session that reinforced the collaborative spirit of the discussion.


Speakers

– **Yuhan Zheng**: Moderator/Host of the panel discussion


– **Hubert Vargas Picado**: Vice Minister of Science, Innovation, Technology and Telecommunications from Costa Rica


– **Laial Almansoury**: Chief of the Infrastructure, Operations, Communication and Information Technology Regulatory Authority, Minister of Communication Affairs at Kuwait


– **Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio**: Executive Director of the Commissioners of the CRC (Communications Regulation Commission) in Colombia


– **Daniel Mordecki**: Executive Director of AGESIC (Government Information Society and Knowledge Agency), Uruguay


– **Ansgar Koene**: Global AI Ethics and Regulatory Leader at EY


Additional speakers:


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Report: Achieving Inclusive and Sustainable Digital Transformation – Twenty Years After WSIS


## Executive Summary


This panel discussion, moderated by Yuhan Zheng, brought together government representatives from Costa Rica, Kuwait, Colombia, and Uruguay, alongside a global AI ethics expert, to examine progress in digital transformation twenty years after the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). The session focused on how governments can ensure universal connectivity and effective e-governance while addressing ongoing challenges of digital inclusion and equity.


The discussion highlighted both significant progress in digital infrastructure and persistent challenges in ensuring meaningful digital participation. Speakers shared their countries’ approaches to digital transformation, revealing common themes around citizen-centered design, regulatory innovation, and the need for targeted approaches to reach underserved communities.


## Key Participants and Their Contributions


### Costa Rica’s Investment in Digital Skills


Hubert Vargas Picado, Vice Minister of Science, Innovation, Technology and Telecommunications, explained Costa Rica’s unique strategic approach: “As a small country with no commodities like oil or minerals, we decided that the business of military deterrence was not ours 80 years ago. So, because of that, we abolished our army, and that has allowed us to invest a lot in education and more recently in digital skills, because we believe that our oil, specifically our talent.”


This strategic choice has enabled Costa Rica to advance from 10% to 85% internet connectivity and achieve 99% mobile coverage through public investment. However, significant challenges remain: 29% of indigenous communities are still uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations cannot afford connectivity. Costa Rica has implemented a 5G tender that subsidizes spectrum costs by up to 90% while requiring operators to expand infrastructure to the 134 most unconnected districts.


### Kuwait’s Citizen-Centered Digital Services


Laial Almansoury, Chief of Infrastructure Operations at Kuwait’s Communication and Information Technology Regulatory Authority, emphasized Kuwait’s citizen-centered approach to digital transformation. She noted that “the most impactful digital solutions are built with the citizen, not merely for them,” highlighting the importance of co-creation in service design.


This philosophy has been implemented through Kuwait’s Sahm platform, which serves 2.8 million users and processes over 100 million transactions, offering more than 450 services from 40 government agencies. Kuwait has also launched initiatives like the “Born’s Journey” providing integrated digital services throughout a citizen’s lifecycle, and the Sahel business platform launched in 2022.


### Colombia’s Multi-Pillar Strategy and Regulatory Innovation


Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio, Executive Director of the Commissioners of Colombia’s Communications Regulation Commission, outlined Colombia’s national digital strategy built on eight pillars including connectivity, AI, digital transformation, capacity building, and digital security. The country emphasizes collaborative regulation and multi-stakeholder approaches.


Colombia has implemented innovative regulatory frameworks, including special measures for community operators serving fewer than 5,000 users in rural areas. These operators benefit from differentiated regulatory requirements designed to support digital inclusion in underserved communities. The country also employs regulatory sandboxes to foster innovation while maintaining appropriate oversight.


### Uruguay’s Digital Inclusion vs. Digital Equity Challenge


Daniel Mordecki, Executive Director of Uruguay’s Government Information Society and Knowledge Agency (AGESIC), presented a critical distinction between digital inclusion and digital equity. Despite Uruguay’s achievement of 96-98% digital inclusion through nationwide fiber optic coverage and zero-cost basic internet access, only 60-64% of citizens actively use e-government services.


Mordecki observed: “The problem is equity and equality of access when you look at index of usage of public administration and e-government services, those numbers reach about 60-ish, 64%. So between 30 and 35 people do have the devices, do have the access, do have the connection. They use it every day, but they don’t significantly use it in order to access e-services… That is not resolved with money nor infrastructure. We need to change their chip, their way they think.”


He illustrated this with examples of citizens who use smartphones for entertainment and GPS services but don’t utilize government digital services, highlighting that technical access doesn’t guarantee meaningful participation.


### Global AI Ethics and Citizen Trust


Ansgar Koene, Global AI Ethics and Regulatory Leader at EY, shared findings from research across 15 countries showing consistently low citizen confidence in government AI use. He emphasized the need for robust assessment frameworks and third-party evaluations for AI implementation in government services.


Koene stressed that “clear standards and well-communicated frameworks are essential for AI assessment in government services, with proper risk management and quality assurance systems to ensure technology works for all citizens.” He also highlighted the importance of making AI systems comprehensible to citizens, not just transparent.


## Common Themes Discussed


### Infrastructure as Foundation, Not Complete Solution


Multiple speakers acknowledged that while infrastructure investment is fundamental, it alone is insufficient for meaningful digital participation. Uruguay’s experience particularly illustrated this point, showing that high connectivity rates don’t automatically translate to high usage of digital services.


### Citizen-Centered Approaches


Both Kuwait and other speakers emphasized the importance of designing digital services with citizens rather than simply for them. This involves understanding citizen needs and involving them in the design process of digital services.


### Targeted Approaches for Underserved Communities


Costa Rica and Colombia both demonstrated the need for special measures to reach underserved populations. Costa Rica’s focus on indigenous communities and below-poverty groups, combined with Colombia’s differentiated regulatory measures for rural community operators, showed recognition that universal approaches may not address specific barriers faced by different communities.


## Challenges Identified


### Reaching Marginalized Populations


Despite progress, all countries continue to face challenges in reaching their most marginalized populations, whether due to geographic isolation, economic barriers, or other factors.


### Moving Beyond Access to Usage


Uruguay’s experience highlighted the challenge of ensuring that digital access translates into meaningful usage of government services. This involves addressing not just technical barriers but also behavioral and cultural factors.


### Building Trust in Government AI


The research presented by Koene revealed a significant trust gap between government AI implementation and citizen acceptance, suggesting the need for better communication and governance frameworks around AI use in public services.


## Conclusion


Twenty years after WSIS, this discussion revealed both significant achievements and ongoing challenges in digital transformation. While countries have made substantial progress in expanding digital infrastructure and services, ensuring meaningful digital participation for all citizens remains a complex challenge requiring approaches that go beyond technical solutions.


The distinction between digital inclusion and digital equity emerged as a key insight, while the emphasis on citizen-centered design and regulatory innovation provided examples of how governments are adapting their approaches to address these challenges. The session concluded with a photo opportunity, reflecting the collaborative spirit of international cooperation in addressing digital transformation challenges.


Session transcript

Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much for giving the floor. And now, first, let’s welcome all the distinguished panellists on stage. Yuran? Great. So, we have all the speakers here with us today. And so, Excellency and distinguished delegates and all the digital innovators, 20 years ago, after the WSIS first invention of a people-centred digital future, we stand at an inflection point. The promise of click to governance is more than just connectivity. It requires design to transform the e-services that energise the equity. And also, today, we confront more issues linked with sustainability, AI, and a lot of geopolitical tensions. So, now, our leaders across the world gather here to solve this question together with us together. So, now, we have Excellency Vargas Picado, the Vice Minister of Science, Innovation, Technology and Telecommunications from Costa Rica. And welcome. And then, we have Ms Laial Almansoury, the Chief of the Infrastructure, Operations, Communication and Information Technology Regulatory Authority, the Minister of Communication Affairs at Kuwait. And now, we have from Colombia, Dr Bustamante Osorio, the Executive Directors of the Commissioners of the CRC in Colombia. And also, we have, you will agree, Mr Mordecki, the Executive Directors of AGESIC, the Government Information Society and Knowledge Agency. And also, we have from EY, Dr Koene, the Global EIS and Regulatory Leaders. So, welcome, all. Now, we would like to begin this session by starting with the question to Costa Rica. So, 20 years ago, the World Summit on the Information Society defined a set of action lines aimed at guiding international cooperation towards a more inclusive, equitable, and people-centered information society. In this context, and two decades later, what are the key challenges that Costa Rica still faces in ensuring the minimal and truly universal connectivity? Additionally, how has the country succeeded in striking a balance between public and private investment in the development of the digital infrastructure over the course of the process? Now, you have the floor.


Hubert Vargas Picado: Good morning, everybody. Costa Rica was particularly guided 20 years ago by the C2 action line. We have invested a lot in terms of infrastructure, not only in urban areas, that is quite natural because of market reasons, but investing specifically in indigenous populations, indigenous communities, and the rural areas. Because of geography, besides our small size, we have a lot of communities that are quite remote. As a small country with no commodities like oil or minerals, we decided that the business of military deterrence was not ours 80 years ago. So, because of that, we abolished our army, and that has allowed us to invest a lot in education and more recently in digital skills, because we believe that our oil, specifically our talent. So, guided by that approach, we have guided our policy, even like a state policy, to increase connectivity. To increase from 20 years ago, we had only 10% of our population connected to the internet. We currently have 85%. And in terms of mobile internet, we actually cover 99% of the population. And besides that good news, the challenges remain specifically in the 29% of indigenous communities that we actually don’t cover recently, and 42% of our below-poverty line that it is quite hard for them to actually pay for connectivity. So, we designed 5G tender recently that is specifically focused on increasing industrial use cases, but we subsidize the cost of the spectrum up to 90%, and we obligated the operators to increase one-third of the current infrastructure in the 134 most unconnected districts in our country, focusing on 5G with great downlink and uplink requirements in those communities that currently they basically only have 3G, or even not 3G at all. So, our focus is continuing developing skills, but also reaching the communities that, besides our recent investment, we are lacking to cover in the last two years. And because of that, we will have a change in two, four and six years, really good plan, and I’m excited to update this in at least two years.


Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much for this very informative keynote, and also you mentioned one of the most important elements, indigenous, is also important in every realm, including AI, sustainability, and a lot. And also one more thing is that how you create the empowering environment for the young people, for the future generation, to really have the last, to reach the last mile. So now, my next questions would like to go to Kuwait. So, Ms Almansoury, how can governments ensure that the design and delivery of the digital public service are both inclusive and user-centric, especially in rapidly evolving digital ecosystem like your country?


Laial Almansoury: Thank you. Good morning, everyone. It’s an honor, first, to address this respected forum of the state of Kuwait. To answer this question on how to ensure that digital public services are both inclusive and user-centric, it’s not merely a technical one, it reflects our shared commitment to building fair and resilient societies for the future. In Kuwait, our digital transformation is guided by a clear and consistent principle, technology, that must serve everyone. We consider the delivery of inclusive and efficient e-service not only a matter of convenience, but a social responsibility, and a cornerstone of our International Development Agenda as set forth in Kuwait 2035. So to realize the vision, inclusivity is not an afterthought, it is a fundamental design. Our approach is rooted in a citizen-centered technology and methodology. We actively engage with our citizens to co-create the services they need. We believe the most impactful digital solutions are built with the citizen, not merely for them. So this means ensuring the accessibility for elderly and disabilities, supporting multiple languages and designing interfaces that are user-friendly across all level of digital proficiency. A prime example of this approach is our unified government application called Sahm, which launched in 2021 with 13 government entities offering around 123 services. Sahm has evolved into a thriving digital ecosystem. Today it serves over 2.8 million users, has processed more than 100 million transactions and provides over 450 services from 40 government agencies with an average of 4.5 million transactions per month. We continue to improve users’ experience. One example is the new Born’s Journey, the first integrated digital service that combines seven government procedures into one seamless process. Supporting Kuwait’s dynamic economy, we launched the Sahel business in 2022. So the platform, that’s why the platform as the WSIS are invaluable for us. They allow us to exchange insights, learn from international best practices and collaborate on shaping a global digital future. So thank you everyone.


Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much, it’s very useful and to know the Sahel, it’s good to know that because currently the e-government, of course it’s a trend, but how to make sure that the user’s experience is also good, I think it’s a matter to all, we’re standing here across the different regions. So now I would like to dive deep a little bit further, not only the citizen but also the rural community. So the next questions will go to Columbia, so what do you consider to be the most relevant regulatory and cooperation element to accelerate inclusive and sustainable digitalization, exposing connectivity gaps in rural areas, leveraging those digital services and also improving the relationship between the government and citizens? Thank you.


Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio: Thank you, it’s an honor to be here. I will emphasize two main points. One is to have a national digital strategy, because this is a work for many different entities and it’s a multi-stakeholder approach. Our digital strategy in Columbia has eight pillars, connectivity, data analytics and interoperability, trust and digital security, capacity building, AI and emerging technologies, public sector digital transformation, digital economy or business development, and digital society. With these pillars in mind, all the different entities work to have the goals reached to close the connectivity gap and, of course, increase the digital services. When we talk about regulation, that is the second point, the CRC promotes a flexible, prospective and inclusive approach. We apply state-of-the-art methodologies and regulatory tools to have all the knowledge and the perspective for the evolving ecosystems. For instance, we use regulatory sandboxes, collaborative regulation and promote the digital emerging technologies. Our frameworks are people-centric and we have promoted, for instance, the digitalization of the user protection regime and developed an open data policy to support evidence-based decision making and foster research and innovation within the ICT sector. Also our regulatory framework has differentiated measures with focus in the rural areas and they are less connected because we know they have different economic and societal conditions than the rest of the country. For that reason, we try to reduce the burden for community operators and coordinate our work with the ICT ministry and the spectrum agency to have different technical and process specifications for them in order to help them to thrive. The community providers in Colombia are defined as those who have less than 5,000 users. For that reason, they need support. I think it’s very important also to have the multilateral and international cooperation in mind because these communities and, of course, the government agencies also need more capacity building and more technological tools to improve the kind of situations that they have. In the CRC, we also promote the internal change, the organizational adoption of emerging technologies to help more efficiency in our processes and to have these efficiencies translated to our services to the citizens.


Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much. One of the most important things is about the digital transformation that you mentioned and how to make sure that accessibility is also guaranteed. Also, one of the most interesting things is the internal changes, like you say, within the organization and country. Now, I would like to direct my next question to Daniel Mordecki. Now, we talk a lot about accessibility, capacity building, and now we would like to stress more on the inclusion part. What are the challenges that you think of the service of digitalization in relation to inclusion really works? Thank you.


Daniel Mordecki: Okay. Voy a hablar en español. I will speak in Spanish, so I’ll give you time to get your headphones on. I believe that the question is aiming at that tension that there could be between inclusion and equity, which is not the same. There are different concepts when we look at them, and they require different approaches. In Uruguay, for example, digital inclusion pretty much is between 96% and 98%, and this This is not out of chance. We deployed an FO fiber optic network over 15 years ago. It is small in size. We are not talking about the capital or main cities. All areas, all the country, all the surface area is covered pretty much by fiber optic. Your basic connection to internet is zero. That provides people with enough bytes to get along and that provides inclusion by its nature. The problem is equity and equality of access when you look at index of usage of public administration and e-government services, those numbers reach about 60-ish, 64%. So between 30 and 35 people do have the devices, do have the access, do have the connection. They use it every day, but they don’t significantly use it in order to access e-services. I mean, an individual who nowadays cannot buy a ticket or cannot perform a given transaction or cannot use geopositioning GPS services or that cannot reserve in a hotel, it’s a citizen that we start leaving behind, unfortunately, and we need to change that as a society. The fact that you cannot access a reservation or geoposition, you do it. If you go to the entertainment world in Uruguay, many theaters and many functions are only through internet. So we as policymakers have this new challenge. We cannot leave those people behind. That is not resolved with money nor infrastructure. We need to change their chip, their way they think. And in order to do that, you need to provide the digital literacy. In order to do that, you need to allow that all citizens, men and women, in an equitarian way, use services. We definitely need to move away from 80-20 law and get equity and inclusion all the way down to the last citizen of Uruguay. Thank you so very much.


Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much. And also, thank you for telling how electricity is not, you cannot just guarantee the electricity to people, but not many people can use the electricity for the internet. So it’s kind of like an equilibrium of all those decision makers and leaders that we need to make for the people to let them to really use the resources right to fulfill their own life. So thank you so much for this very, very fresh and unique perspective that bring us to think further step into everybody’s daily life. So after all the different nationals and real perspective, and we know there are some emerging trends that we need to capture as a foresight to look into the future and to advise on the future generation on how we ignite a digital future that we really desire. So now I come to my last but also a very important question to you, Dr. Kilney, because as a global AI ethic, so policy, you know, every day you are observing how different countries, their insights into those governance of the digital transformation. So what are the some key concerns that governments need to address in order to achieve a successful implementation of e-governance? Thank you.


Ansgar Koene: Thank you very much, and it’s a pleasure to be with you here today. EY of course is a global network of professional services firms and as such we try to support governments and private sector in their digital and AI transformations. Now for government especially, there is an added challenge because as we’ve already heard from the other speakers, government has the obligation and public sector services has the obligation to serve everyone in the country. It is important that the services will work for all citizens, not just for those that are most easy to access. This brings with it the extra challenge of making sure that you get the right kind of assessments, that you can really check that as you’re implementing a new technology from whatever provider it is, that you can successfully assess whether or not it will work in the context of your country, in the context of all of the people within your nation. Within EY, we’ve recently run a survey, an AI sentiment survey, across 15 different countries and unfortunately we’ve found that the confidence that citizens have in the use of AI by government is not that high. It should be improved and one way to do that is really to ensure that we have an ecosystem of good assessment providers around how these technologies work, preferably third-party assessments to identify, have good governance frameworks being put in place, is risk management being taken into account, is there a good quality management system in place. This does not have to be a regulatory regime, it can be, it depends on what works best for whatever jurisdiction we’re operating in, but it is important that it is based on clear standards, clear outlined and clearly communicated framework around what exactly is being assessed, what is being confirmed, because if assessments are being provided but the citizenry, the receivers of these reports do not understand how to interpret them, then this could lead to a misunderstanding while the governance process has been assessed, they may interpret it as being guarantees on the performance of the system or vice versa. So it is very important that policies within the country provide clear and well-communicated frameworks around how these systems are both being implemented and how good implementation is being assessed and guaranteed.


Yuhan Zheng: Thank you so much and for the work that you’ve done to clean and link all the dots together and for a more resilient digital future that we really want to drive and also the assessment you mentioned, it’s quite important, it’s just like a global stocktake in terms of the every national determined contribution to transform your own country’s perspective and also the landscape into the future stage. So and the most important thing in addition to inclusion and it’s also transparency and to create the ecosystem to really understand what everybody wants and what is really desirable but not palpable to just use the big data to predict a future that we want. So now I would like to give a round applause of all our panellists. Thank you so much for presenting today and yeah thank you and also for your participation. So now I would like to welcome all of our panellists to stand in the middle so that we can take a good photo together. Do you want us to stand or yeah great thank you so much. Thank you.


H

Hubert Vargas Picado

Speech speed

105 words per minute

Speech length

345 words

Speech time

196 seconds

Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity

Explanation

Costa Rica has made significant progress in digital connectivity over 20 years, increasing from 10% to 85% internet connectivity through strategic investment in infrastructure, particularly in rural and indigenous areas. However, significant gaps remain with nearly one-third of indigenous communities still lacking coverage and affordability issues preventing low-income populations from accessing services.


Evidence

20 years ago only 10% of population was connected, now 85% have internet and 99% have mobile coverage. Recently designed 5G tender with 90% spectrum cost subsidization and requirement for operators to increase infrastructure by one-third in 134 most unconnected districts.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Universal Connectivity


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio

Agreed on

Special attention needed for underserved communities and rural areas


Disagreed with

– Daniel Mordecki

Disagreed on

Infrastructure vs. Digital Literacy Priority


D

Daniel Mordecki

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

378 words

Speech time

213 seconds

Uruguay deployed nationwide fiber optic coverage achieving 96-98% digital inclusion through zero-cost basic internet access, demonstrating that comprehensive infrastructure investment can achieve near-universal connectivity

Explanation

Uruguay successfully achieved near-universal digital inclusion by deploying a comprehensive fiber optic network over 15 years that covers the entire country, not just major cities. The provision of zero-cost basic internet access ensures that all citizens have fundamental connectivity regardless of economic status.


Evidence

Fiber optic network deployed over 15 years covering all areas of the country, basic internet connection provided at zero cost, achieving 96-98% digital inclusion rates.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure and Universal Connectivity


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


While Uruguay achieved high connectivity rates, only 60-64% of citizens actively use e-government services, highlighting that infrastructure access doesn’t guarantee meaningful digital participation and requires digital literacy initiatives

Explanation

Despite Uruguay’s success in providing universal internet access, there remains a significant gap between having connectivity and actually using digital services meaningfully. This demonstrates that digital inclusion requires more than just infrastructure – it needs digital literacy and cultural change to ensure citizens can effectively utilize available services.


Evidence

96-98% digital inclusion but only 60-64% use e-government services. Examples given of citizens unable to buy tickets, make reservations, or access entertainment venues that only offer online booking.


Major discussion point

Digital Equity vs Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Yuhan Zheng

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment is fundamental but insufficient for meaningful digital participation


Disagreed with

– Hubert Vargas Picado

Disagreed on

Infrastructure vs. Digital Literacy Priority


L

Laial Almansoury

Speech speed

90 words per minute

Speech length

325 words

Speech time

214 seconds

Kuwait’s digital transformation follows citizen-centered methodology with co-creation approach, resulting in the Sahm platform serving 2.8 million users with over 450 services from 40 government agencies

Explanation

Kuwait has implemented a comprehensive digital transformation strategy that prioritizes citizen engagement and co-creation in service design. Their unified government application demonstrates the success of this approach through impressive user adoption and service integration across multiple government entities.


Evidence

Sahm platform launched in 2021 with 13 entities and 123 services, evolved to serve 2.8 million users with 450+ services from 40 agencies, processing over 100 million transactions with 4.5 million monthly transactions. Includes integrated services like ‘Born’s Journey’ combining seven government procedures.


Major discussion point

Inclusive and User-Centric Digital Services


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Yuhan Zheng

Agreed on

Citizen-centered design and transparency are crucial for digital governance


C

Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio

Speech speed

97 words per minute

Speech length

358 words

Speech time

219 seconds

Colombia implements a national digital strategy with eight pillars including connectivity, AI, and digital transformation, using regulatory sandboxes and differentiated measures for rural areas and community operators

Explanation

Colombia has developed a comprehensive national digital strategy that addresses multiple aspects of digital transformation through eight key pillars. The strategy emphasizes multi-stakeholder collaboration and uses innovative regulatory approaches to support different types of operators and communities.


Evidence

Eight pillars: connectivity, data analytics and interoperability, trust and digital security, capacity building, AI and emerging technologies, public sector digital transformation, digital economy, and digital society. Uses regulatory sandboxes, collaborative regulation, and differentiated measures for rural areas.


Major discussion point

Inclusive and User-Centric Digital Services


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Laial Almansoury

Agreed on

Comprehensive national digital strategies with multi-stakeholder approaches are essential


Colombia promotes flexible and inclusive regulation using state-of-the-art methodologies, with special focus on reducing regulatory burden for community operators serving less than 5,000 users

Explanation

Colombia has adopted a progressive regulatory approach that recognizes the different needs and capabilities of various types of service providers. By reducing regulatory burden for smaller community operators, they enable local solutions to connectivity challenges while maintaining appropriate oversight.


Evidence

Community providers defined as those with less than 5,000 users receive reduced regulatory burden and coordinated support from ICT ministry and spectrum agency with different technical and process specifications.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Frameworks and Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Hubert Vargas Picado

Agreed on

Special attention needed for underserved communities and rural areas


A

Ansgar Koene

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

388 words

Speech time

189 seconds

Governments need robust assessment frameworks and third-party evaluations for AI implementation, as citizen confidence in government AI use remains low across 15 countries surveyed

Explanation

There is a significant trust gap between citizens and government use of AI technologies that needs to be addressed through proper governance and assessment mechanisms. Independent evaluation and clear frameworks are essential to build public confidence in government AI implementations.


Evidence

EY survey across 15 countries found low citizen confidence in government AI use. Need for third-party assessments, governance frameworks, risk management, and quality management systems.


Major discussion point

Governments need robust assessment frameworks and third-party evaluations for AI implementation, as citizen confidence in government AI use remains low across 15 countries surveyed


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Clear standards and well-communicated frameworks are essential for AI assessment in government services, with proper risk management and quality assurance systems to ensure technology works for all citizens

Explanation

Effective AI governance requires not just having assessment processes, but ensuring these are clearly communicated and understood by citizens. The frameworks must be comprehensive, covering risk management and quality assurance, while being accessible to public understanding to avoid misinterpretation.


Evidence

Emphasis on clear standards, outlined frameworks, and well-communicated assessment processes. Warning that unclear communication can lead to misunderstanding between governance assessment and performance guarantees.


Major discussion point

AI Implementation and Risk Management


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Y

Yuhan Zheng

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1048 words

Speech time

461 seconds

Digital transformation requires moving beyond basic connectivity to design services that transform e-governance and promote equity, addressing modern challenges including AI, sustainability, and geopolitical tensions

Explanation

The moderator emphasizes that achieving a people-centered digital future requires more than just providing internet access. True digital transformation involves designing services that actively promote equity and address contemporary global challenges through collaborative international efforts.


Evidence

References to WSIS 20-year milestone, the need for ‘click to governance’ beyond connectivity, and current issues with AI, sustainability, and geopolitical tensions requiring global leadership collaboration


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation Beyond Connectivity


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Successful digital inclusion requires balancing infrastructure provision with ensuring meaningful usage, moving beyond the ‘electricity analogy’ where access doesn’t guarantee effective utilization

Explanation

The moderator draws an analogy between electricity and internet access, noting that simply providing the infrastructure doesn’t automatically translate to meaningful usage. This highlights the need for comprehensive approaches that include digital literacy and user empowerment alongside infrastructure development.


Evidence

Reference to the electricity analogy and the need for equilibrium among decision makers to help people use resources to fulfill their lives


Major discussion point

Digital Equity vs Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Daniel Mordecki

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment is fundamental but insufficient for meaningful digital participation


Transparency and ecosystem creation are essential for digital governance, requiring understanding of citizen needs rather than relying solely on big data predictions to shape desired futures

Explanation

The moderator advocates for transparent digital governance that prioritizes genuine understanding of citizen needs and desires. This approach emphasizes human-centered design over algorithmic predictions, ensuring that digital futures are built on actual citizen input rather than data-driven assumptions.


Evidence

Emphasis on transparency, ecosystem creation, understanding what people want, and avoiding reliance on big data to predict futures that may not align with citizen desires


Major discussion point

Transparent and Citizen-Centered Digital Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Laial Almansoury

Agreed on

Citizen-centered design and transparency are crucial for digital governance


Agreements

Agreement points

Infrastructure investment is fundamental but insufficient for meaningful digital participation

Speakers

– Daniel Mordecki
– Yuhan Zheng

Arguments

While Uruguay achieved high connectivity rates, only 60-64% of citizens actively use e-government services, highlighting that infrastructure access doesn’t guarantee meaningful digital participation and requires digital literacy initiatives


Successful digital inclusion requires balancing infrastructure provision with ensuring meaningful usage, moving beyond the ‘electricity analogy’ where access doesn’t guarantee effective utilization


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that providing digital infrastructure alone is not sufficient – there must be accompanying efforts to ensure citizens can meaningfully use and benefit from digital services through digital literacy and user empowerment.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Comprehensive national digital strategies with multi-stakeholder approaches are essential

Speakers

– Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio
– Laial Almansoury

Arguments

Colombia implements a national digital strategy with eight pillars including connectivity, AI, and digital transformation, using regulatory sandboxes and differentiated measures for rural areas and community operators


Kuwait’s digital transformation follows citizen-centered methodology with co-creation approach, resulting in the Sahm platform serving 2.8 million users with over 450 services from 40 government agencies


Summary

Both countries demonstrate the importance of having comprehensive, multi-faceted digital strategies that involve multiple stakeholders and government entities working together toward common digital transformation goals.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Special attention needed for underserved communities and rural areas

Speakers

– Hubert Vargas Picado
– Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio

Arguments

Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity


Colombia promotes flexible and inclusive regulation using state-of-the-art methodologies, with special focus on reducing regulatory burden for community operators serving less than 5,000 users


Summary

Both countries recognize that achieving universal digital inclusion requires targeted approaches for underserved communities, including indigenous populations, rural areas, and low-income groups, with differentiated regulatory and support measures.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Citizen-centered design and transparency are crucial for digital governance

Speakers

– Laial Almansoury
– Yuhan Zheng

Arguments

Kuwait’s digital transformation follows citizen-centered methodology with co-creation approach, resulting in the Sahm platform serving 2.8 million users with over 450 services from 40 government agencies


Transparency and ecosystem creation are essential for digital governance, requiring understanding of citizen needs rather than relying solely on big data predictions to shape desired futures


Summary

Both emphasize the importance of putting citizens at the center of digital service design, involving them in co-creation processes, and maintaining transparency in how digital governance decisions are made.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Similar viewpoints

Both countries demonstrate that strategic public investment in digital infrastructure can achieve high levels of connectivity, with both achieving over 85% coverage through comprehensive national approaches that prioritize universal access.

Speakers

– Hubert Vargas Picado
– Daniel Mordecki

Arguments

Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity


Uruguay deployed nationwide fiber optic coverage achieving 96-98% digital inclusion through zero-cost basic internet access, demonstrating that comprehensive infrastructure investment can achieve near-universal connectivity


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both emphasize the need for flexible, well-designed regulatory frameworks that use modern methodologies and clear standards to ensure technology serves all citizens effectively while maintaining appropriate oversight.

Speakers

– Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio
– Ansgar Koene

Arguments

Colombia promotes flexible and inclusive regulation using state-of-the-art methodologies, with special focus on reducing regulatory burden for community operators serving less than 5,000 users


Clear standards and well-communicated frameworks are essential for AI assessment in government services, with proper risk management and quality assurance systems to ensure technology works for all citizens


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Unexpected consensus

The gap between digital access and meaningful digital participation

Speakers

– Daniel Mordecki
– Yuhan Zheng

Arguments

While Uruguay achieved high connectivity rates, only 60-64% of citizens actively use e-government services, highlighting that infrastructure access doesn’t guarantee meaningful digital participation and requires digital literacy initiatives


Successful digital inclusion requires balancing infrastructure provision with ensuring meaningful usage, moving beyond the ‘electricity analogy’ where access doesn’t guarantee effective utilization


Explanation

It’s unexpected that a country like Uruguay, which achieved near-universal connectivity (96-98%), would still face significant challenges with only 60-64% of citizens using e-government services. This consensus highlights a critical insight that the digital divide is not just about access but about meaningful participation, which requires a fundamental shift in how we approach digital inclusion policies.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


The critical importance of trust and assessment frameworks for government AI implementation

Speakers

– Ansgar Koene
– Yuhan Zheng

Arguments

Governments need robust assessment frameworks and third-party evaluations for AI implementation, as citizen confidence in government AI use remains low across 15 countries surveyed


Transparency and ecosystem creation are essential for digital governance, requiring understanding of citizen needs rather than relying solely on big data predictions to shape desired futures


Explanation

The consensus on low citizen confidence in government AI use across 15 countries is unexpected given the rapid adoption of AI technologies by governments. This agreement reveals a significant trust gap that requires immediate attention through transparent governance frameworks and citizen-centered approaches rather than technology-first implementations.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on several key principles: the need for comprehensive national digital strategies, citizen-centered approaches to digital service design, special attention to underserved communities, and the recognition that infrastructure alone is insufficient for meaningful digital inclusion. There was also agreement on the importance of flexible regulatory frameworks and transparency in digital governance.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for digital policy. The agreement suggests a maturing understanding of digital transformation that goes beyond technical infrastructure to encompass social, regulatory, and governance dimensions. This consensus indicates that successful digital transformation requires holistic approaches that balance technological capabilities with human-centered design, regulatory innovation, and inclusive implementation strategies. The shared recognition of the access-versus-usage gap represents a critical evolution in digital policy thinking that could reshape how governments approach digital inclusion initiatives globally.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Infrastructure vs. Digital Literacy Priority

Speakers

– Hubert Vargas Picado
– Daniel Mordecki

Arguments

Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity


While Uruguay achieved high connectivity rates, only 60-64% of citizens actively use e-government services, highlighting that infrastructure access doesn’t guarantee meaningful digital participation and requires digital literacy initiatives


Summary

Costa Rica focuses primarily on expanding infrastructure coverage and affordability as the main challenge, while Uruguay demonstrates that even with near-universal coverage, the real challenge lies in digital literacy and meaningful usage of services.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Sociocultural


Unexpected differences

Success Metrics for Digital Inclusion

Speakers

– Daniel Mordecki
– Hubert Vargas Picado

Arguments

Uruguay deployed nationwide fiber optic coverage achieving 96-98% digital inclusion through zero-cost basic internet access, demonstrating that comprehensive infrastructure investment can achieve near-universal connectivity


Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity


Explanation

Unexpectedly, Uruguay with higher connectivity rates (96-98%) reveals deeper usage problems, while Costa Rica with lower connectivity rates (85%) focuses on coverage expansion. This suggests different definitions of success and different stages of digital maturity between countries.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center around prioritization strategies for digital inclusion – whether to focus on infrastructure expansion versus digital literacy, and different approaches to citizen engagement and regulatory frameworks.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers generally align on goals of inclusive digital transformation but differ in their strategic approaches and priorities based on their countries’ specific contexts and development stages. These differences appear to be complementary rather than conflicting, suggesting different phases of digital maturity rather than fundamental philosophical disagreements.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both countries demonstrate that strategic public investment in digital infrastructure can achieve high levels of connectivity, with both achieving over 85% coverage through comprehensive national approaches that prioritize universal access.

Speakers

– Hubert Vargas Picado
– Daniel Mordecki

Arguments

Costa Rica achieved 85% internet connectivity and 99% mobile coverage through strategic public investment, but still faces challenges with 29% of indigenous communities uncovered and 42% of below-poverty populations unable to afford connectivity


Uruguay deployed nationwide fiber optic coverage achieving 96-98% digital inclusion through zero-cost basic internet access, demonstrating that comprehensive infrastructure investment can achieve near-universal connectivity


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both emphasize the need for flexible, well-designed regulatory frameworks that use modern methodologies and clear standards to ensure technology serves all citizens effectively while maintaining appropriate oversight.

Speakers

– Claudia Ximena Bustamante Osorio
– Ansgar Koene

Arguments

Colombia promotes flexible and inclusive regulation using state-of-the-art methodologies, with special focus on reducing regulatory burden for community operators serving less than 5,000 users


Clear standards and well-communicated frameworks are essential for AI assessment in government services, with proper risk management and quality assurance systems to ensure technology works for all citizens


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital infrastructure investment alone is insufficient – countries need to address both connectivity and digital literacy to achieve meaningful digital inclusion


Successful digital transformation requires citizen-centered design approaches with co-creation methodologies rather than top-down implementation


Rural and indigenous communities require differentiated regulatory approaches and targeted support, including subsidized spectrum costs and reduced regulatory burdens for community operators


National digital strategies must be multi-stakeholder efforts with clear pillars covering connectivity, AI, security, capacity building, and digital transformation


There is a critical distinction between digital inclusion (access to technology) and digital equity (meaningful use of digital services) that requires different policy approaches


Government AI implementation faces low citizen confidence and requires robust third-party assessment frameworks with clear, well-communicated standards


Universal basic internet access (zero-cost connectivity) can achieve near-universal digital inclusion when combined with comprehensive fiber optic infrastructure


Resolutions and action items

Costa Rica committed to updating progress on their 5G tender and connectivity expansion in two years


Costa Rica will continue implementing their plan to cover the 134 most unconnected districts with 5G infrastructure over 2, 4, and 6-year timeframes


Kuwait will continue expanding their Sahm platform services and improving user experience through integrated digital services like the ‘Born’s Journey’


Colombia will continue promoting regulatory sandboxes and collaborative regulation for emerging technologies


Uruguay needs to focus on digital literacy initiatives to bridge the gap between connectivity (96-98%) and actual e-service usage (60-64%)


Unresolved issues

How to effectively reach and serve the remaining 29% of uncovered indigenous communities in Costa Rica and similar populations globally


How to make digital services affordable for below-poverty populations (42% in Costa Rica cannot afford connectivity)


How to improve citizen confidence in government AI systems across different countries and cultural contexts


How to ensure digital literacy programs effectively convert digital access into meaningful digital participation


How to balance rapid technological advancement with inclusive implementation that doesn’t leave vulnerable populations behind


How to establish standardized international frameworks for AI assessment and governance while respecting national sovereignty


Suggested compromises

Costa Rica’s approach of subsidizing spectrum costs up to 90% while requiring operators to expand infrastructure to underserved areas


Colombia’s differentiated regulatory measures that reduce burden for community operators serving less than 5,000 users while maintaining service standards


Uruguay’s model of providing zero-cost basic internet access while allowing paid premium services


Flexible regulatory frameworks that can adapt to emerging technologies while maintaining people-centric focus


Multi-stakeholder approaches that balance public investment with private sector capabilities


Thought provoking comments

As a small country with no commodities like oil or minerals, we decided that the business of military deterrence was not ours 80 years ago. So, because of that, we abolished our army, and that has allowed us to invest a lot in education and more recently in digital skills, because we believe that our oil, specifically our talent.

Speaker

Hubert Vargas Picado


Reason

This comment is deeply insightful because it reframes national resource allocation and strategic priorities. By connecting Costa Rica’s unique decision to abolish its military with its digital transformation strategy, Picado presents a compelling alternative model for national development that prioritizes human capital over traditional security spending. The metaphor of ‘talent as oil’ is particularly powerful in illustrating how countries can leverage their human resources as their primary competitive advantage.


Impact

This comment established a foundational theme for the entire discussion about alternative pathways to digital development. It shifted the conversation from purely technical infrastructure discussions to broader questions of national strategy and resource allocation, influencing subsequent speakers to consider how their countries’ unique circumstances shape their digital transformation approaches.


We believe the most impactful digital solutions are built with the citizen, not merely for them.

Speaker

Laial Almansoury


Reason

This statement encapsulates a fundamental shift in governance philosophy from top-down service delivery to participatory co-creation. It challenges the traditional model of government service provision and introduces the concept of citizens as active partners in designing their own digital experiences rather than passive recipients.


Impact

This comment elevated the discussion from technical implementation details to philosophical questions about the relationship between government and citizens in the digital age. It introduced the concept of co-creation that influenced the moderator’s subsequent questions about user experience and accessibility, steering the conversation toward more human-centered approaches.


The problem is equity and equality of access when you look at index of usage of public administration and e-government services, those numbers reach about 60-ish, 64%. So between 30 and 35 people do have the devices, do have the access, do have the connection. They use it every day, but they don’t significantly use it in order to access e-services… That is not resolved with money nor infrastructure. We need to change their chip, their way they think.

Speaker

Daniel Mordecki


Reason

This is perhaps the most thought-provoking comment of the entire discussion because it challenges the fundamental assumption that digital inclusion equals digital infrastructure access. Mordecki introduces a crucial distinction between inclusion (having access) and equity (meaningful usage), revealing that technical solutions alone are insufficient. His observation that people use technology daily but avoid e-government services exposes a deeper behavioral and trust gap that infrastructure cannot solve.


Impact

This comment created a pivotal turning point in the discussion, shifting focus from infrastructure and technical solutions to behavioral change and digital literacy. The moderator immediately recognized its significance, using the electricity analogy to reinforce the point. This insight reframed the entire conversation’s conclusion, leading to deeper questions about citizen confidence and the need for comprehensive assessment frameworks rather than just technical implementations.


Unfortunately we’ve found that the confidence that citizens have in the use of AI by government is not that high. It should be improved and one way to do that is really to ensure that we have an ecosystem of good assessment providers around how these technologies work, preferably third-party assessments… if the citizenry, the receivers of these reports do not understand how to interpret them, then this could lead to a misunderstanding.

Speaker

Ansgar Koene


Reason

This comment introduces the critical issue of citizen trust in government AI systems and highlights the communication gap between technical assessments and public understanding. It’s insightful because it connects the technical governance of AI with the social acceptance necessary for successful implementation, revealing that transparency without comprehensibility can actually create more confusion.


Impact

This comment brought the discussion full circle by connecting the earlier themes of citizen-centric design and behavioral change with the practical challenges of implementing emerging technologies. It reinforced Mordecki’s point about the gap between access and meaningful usage, while providing a concrete framework for addressing trust through better assessment and communication practices.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what could have been a routine technical discussion about digital infrastructure into a nuanced exploration of the human dimensions of digital transformation. Picado’s opening about Costa Rica’s unique strategic choices set an innovative tone that encouraged other speakers to think beyond conventional approaches. Almansoury’s emphasis on co-creation shifted the focus to participatory governance, while Mordecki’s distinction between inclusion and equity provided the discussion’s most significant conceptual breakthrough – revealing that the real challenge isn’t just connecting people to technology, but ensuring they can meaningfully engage with it. Koene’s closing observations about citizen trust and assessment frameworks tied these themes together, showing how technical governance must be coupled with public understanding. Together, these comments elevated the discussion from operational details to fundamental questions about the relationship between technology, government, and citizens, creating a more sophisticated understanding of what truly inclusive digital transformation requires.


Follow-up questions

How to create empowering environments for young people and future generations to reach the last mile in digital connectivity

Speaker

Yuhan Zheng


Explanation

This was mentioned as an important follow-up after discussing indigenous communities and connectivity gaps, recognizing the need to focus on youth empowerment in digital inclusion efforts


How to ensure good user experience in e-government services across different regions

Speaker

Yuhan Zheng


Explanation

This was identified as a common challenge that all regions represented need to address, following Kuwait’s presentation on their Sahel platform


How to move citizens from having digital access to actually using e-government services effectively

Speaker

Daniel Mordecki


Explanation

Uruguay identified a gap where 96-98% have digital inclusion but only 60-64% use e-government services, highlighting the difference between access and meaningful usage


How to provide digital literacy to change citizens’ mindset about using digital services

Speaker

Daniel Mordecki


Explanation

This was identified as a key challenge that cannot be resolved with money or infrastructure alone, requiring a fundamental shift in how people think about and engage with digital services


How to improve citizen confidence in government use of AI technologies

Speaker

Ansgar Koene


Explanation

EY’s survey across 15 countries found low citizen confidence in government AI use, indicating a need for better governance frameworks and communication strategies


How to develop better assessment frameworks for AI implementation in government services

Speaker

Ansgar Koene


Explanation

There’s a need for clear, well-communicated frameworks for assessing AI systems in government, including third-party assessments and quality management systems


How to ensure AI and digital services work for all citizens, not just those easiest to access

Speaker

Ansgar Koene


Explanation

Government services have the obligation to serve everyone, requiring special attention to ensure new technologies work across all demographic groups and contexts


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS Action Line C5: Building Trust in Cyberspace

WSIS Action Line C5: Building Trust in Cyberspace

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the WSIS Action Line C5 session addressing cybersecurity within ongoing UN intergovernmental processes, featuring experts from various UN agencies and Microsoft. The panel examined recent developments in multilateral cybersecurity frameworks and their implementation challenges. Glen Prichard from UNODC highlighted the successful adoption of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime after three years of negotiations involving 155 member states, emphasizing its significance as a rare example of global consensus in current geopolitical tensions. The convention will be signed in Hanoi, Vietnam in October 2024, marking a transition from negotiation to operationalization.


Melanie Regimbal from UNODA discussed the Open-Ended Working Group on ICT security, which was concluding its five-year process to establish a permanent mechanism for addressing cybersecurity issues. Key achievements included creating a global intergovernmental points of contact directory with over 120 participating states, establishing eight ICT security confidence-building measures, and facilitating dialogue on emerging threats. Motiehi Makumane from UNIDIR reflected on the evolution from voluntary norms to concrete implementation mechanisms, noting how non-binding standards have become integrated into national cybersecurity strategies and UN processes.


Kaja Ciglic from Microsoft presented a more sobering perspective on the threat landscape, citing 600 million daily identity attacks and increasing convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals. The discussion emphasized the need for enhanced multi-stakeholder engagement, capacity building that addresses varying national capabilities, and prevention through secure-by-design approaches. Participants stressed the importance of continuous dialogue and inclusive processes to bridge gaps between state-led negotiations and technical community perspectives in addressing rapidly evolving cyber threats.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **UN Cybercrime Convention Achievement**: UNODC successfully concluded a three-year negotiation process involving 155 member states to adopt the UN Convention Against Cybercrime, representing a significant multilateral achievement despite current geopolitical tensions. The convention will be signed in Hanoi, Vietnam in October 2024.


– **Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security**: UNODA’s five-year process is concluding with the establishment of a permanent mechanism for cybersecurity governance, featuring key achievements including a global intergovernmental points of contact directory with 120+ participating states and eight confidence-building measures.


– **Evolution from Voluntary Norms to Concrete Mechanisms**: The discussion highlighted a significant shift in international cybersecurity governance from voluntary, non-binding norms to more concrete, actionable mechanisms and accountability measures, with states increasingly incorporating these standards into national cybersecurity strategies.


– **Escalating Cyber Threat Landscape**: Microsoft reported alarming statistics including 600 million daily identity attacks and increasing convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals, emphasizing that the threat landscape is evolving faster than multilateral agreements can address.


– **Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building**: Participants emphasized the critical need for inclusive stakeholder participation, targeted capacity building that addresses different national maturity levels, and the importance of starting cybersecurity education at the student level while implementing secure-by-design principles.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to review progress in UN-led intergovernmental cybersecurity processes, assess how the WSIS Action Line C5 (building confidence and security) can support these efforts, and identify opportunities for different stakeholders to contribute to global cybersecurity governance as the international community moves toward more concrete implementation mechanisms.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a cautiously optimistic yet realistic tone throughout. Participants celebrated significant multilateral achievements while acknowledging the substantial challenges ahead. The tone was professional and collaborative, with speakers showing mutual respect for each other’s work. There was an underlying sense of urgency about the rapidly evolving threat landscape, balanced by appreciation for the incremental but meaningful progress being made in international cooperation. The conversation remained constructive and forward-looking, focusing on practical next steps rather than dwelling on obstacles.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Sadhvi Saran** – Moderator/Host from ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


– **Glen Prichard** – Chief of the cybercrime and anti-money laundering section at UNODC (United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime), based in Vienna


– **Melanie Regimbal** – Chief of the UN ODA office in Geneva (UN Office for Disarmament Affairs)


– **Moliehi Makumane** – Researcher with UNIDIR (United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research)


– **Kaja Ciglic** – Senior Director of Digital Peace at Microsoft


– **Wout de Natris** – Representative from the board of the dynamic coalition of the IGF (Internet Governance Forum) on internet standard security and safety


– **Participant** – Professor in cyber security (name given as Nabi during the session)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Participant** – Online participant (name mentioned as Kunle during the session)


Full session report

# Summary: WSIS Action Line C5 Session on Cybersecurity within UN Intergovernmental Processes


## Introduction and Session Overview


This session, moderated by Sadhvi Saran from the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), examined cybersecurity developments within UN intergovernmental processes under WSIS Action Line C5. The discussion brought together representatives from UN agencies, private sector, and civil society to discuss recent progress in multilateral cybersecurity frameworks.


The panel included Glen Prichard from the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), Melanie Regimbal from the UN Office for Disarmament Affairs (UNODA), Moliehi Makumane from the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research (UNIDIR), Kaja Ciglic, Senior Director of Digital Peace at Microsoft, and Wout de Natris representing the board and dynamic coalition of the IGF on internet standard security and safety. Additional contributions came from Professor Nabi and online participant Kunle.


## UN Convention Against Cybercrime: Major Achievement


Glen Prichard presented the successful conclusion of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime after intensive negotiations. As he emphasized: “The fact that we could come together and have member states agree on a common framework to combat and prevent cybercrime shows the importance of this thing, because there’s not many things that the world are agreeing on at the moment.”


The convention involved 155 member states and required “over 421 hours of active negotiations over three years.” Prichard noted the extensive stakeholder participation throughout the process, with input from civil society, private sector, and technical communities. The convention includes strong preventative measures and explicitly calls for cooperation between states, private sector, and civil society organizations.


The signing ceremony is scheduled for October 25-26, 2024, in Hanoi, Vietnam. Following the signing, UNODC will focus on supporting countries with ratification processes and harmonization of legal frameworks.


## Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security Progress


Melanie Regimbal detailed the progress of the Open-Ended Working Group on ICT security, which has been operating for five years and is concluding its mandate. She noted they were “on the penultimate day negotiating the final report” in New York during the session.


The working group has achieved consensus through unanimous agreement, producing three annual reports approved by all participating member states. Key achievements include establishing a global intergovernmental points of contact directory with over 120 participating states, featuring both “diplomatic and technical” designations for incident reporting and communication.


The group has also agreed on eight global ICT security confidence-building measures, with particular focus on critical infrastructure protection and public-private cooperation. As Regimbal noted, the approach emphasizes that “responsible behaviour is always built on trust and confidence.”


## Evolution of Cybersecurity Norms Implementation


Moliehi Makumane highlighted the shift from voluntary norms to more concrete implementation mechanisms. She explained that while “the norms are voluntary and non-binding, a lot of time and effort has gone into raising awareness about what the norms are,” these have become “reasonable standards of expectations for behaviour of member states in cyberspace.”


This evolution includes the development of practical tools such as self-assessment mechanisms and checklists that help states evaluate their readiness for norm implementation. The focus has moved from establishing principles to providing concrete guidance on how states can demonstrate commitment through policy adoption and practical measures.


## Private Sector Perspective on Current Threats


Kaja Ciglic provided a sobering assessment of the current threat landscape, noting that Microsoft observes “close to 600 million identity, just identity attacks per day” and tracks “over 80 trillion signals from across our network again on a daily basis, which is not something that any human could handle.”


She highlighted a concerning trend: “we are seeing increasing convergence between nation state actors and cyber criminals… they’re either tolerating to try to be charitable to a lot of them, and violating the norm of due diligence, cybercrime operators acting outside from their country, attacking other countries, or sometimes actively participating through their cybersecurity apparatus.”


Regarding AI in cybersecurity, Ciglic noted that “AI being used more for defensive purposes while attackers use it primarily as productivity tool rather than for innovative attacks.”


## Challenges in Multi-Stakeholder Engagement


Despite emphasis on multi-stakeholder approaches, significant barriers persist. Ciglic revealed that Microsoft faces access restrictions: “blocked by countries every single time” when applying to participate in certain processes. This creates tension between the need for private sector expertise and political considerations that sometimes prevent meaningful participation.


Regimbal acknowledged the need for “stronger modalities to ensure diverse stakeholder participation in cybersecurity governance mechanisms,” recognizing that current approaches may be insufficient for meaningful engagement from all relevant actors.


## Capacity Building and Development Needs


The discussion revealed consensus on tailored capacity building approaches. Makumane emphasized that “capacity building must be tailored and demand-driven, addressing varying national maturity levels and rapidly evolving threat landscapes.”


Online participant Kunle raised concerns about ensuring “advanced, developing, and least developed countries can progress at similar pace through cooperation.” Prichard responded that the convention “aims to establish common standards globally to eliminate safe havens for cybercriminals and bring all countries to same level.”


## Prevention Versus Mitigation Debate


Wout de Natris introduced a critical perspective, arguing that discussions focus too heavily on “mitigation and not about prevention.” He advocated for “the implementation of long existing security related internet standards into products secure by design.”


This intervention highlighted the tension between reactive approaches that respond to incidents and proactive approaches that prevent vulnerabilities from being introduced initially. De Natris offered assistance from the dynamic coalition with capacity building on secure-by-design implementation.


## Education and Structural Challenges


Ciglic identified fundamental gaps in cybersecurity education, noting that “if you look at university curriculums around the world… the majority of leading universities with pretty much anywhere around the world do not have cybersecurity as a compulsory part of IT curriculums.”


Professor Nabi emphasized starting cybersecurity education early, mentioning his work on creating “unprofitable curriculum” (likely non-profit curriculum) for teaching safe internet and AI usage to students.


## Pace of Progress Versus Threat Evolution


A notable tension emerged between diplomatic optimism and private sector concerns. Ciglic stated: “I think for us, I think we’re a little bit less optimistic than sort of some of the discussions here… oftentimes the progress is very incremental in the desire to have consensus and the threat landscape is getting worse day by day.”


This highlighted the challenge of balancing consensus-building in international processes with the urgency of rapidly evolving cyber threats that require immediate responses.


## Conclusion


The session demonstrated both significant progress in international cybersecurity cooperation and ongoing challenges. The successful conclusion of the UN Cybercrime Convention and progress of the Open-Ended Working Group show that multilateral cooperation is possible despite geopolitical tensions.


However, key challenges remain, including bridging the gap between the pace of international cooperation and rapidly evolving threats, ensuring meaningful multi-stakeholder participation, and balancing reactive mitigation with proactive prevention approaches. The discussion emphasized the continued need for tailored capacity building, improved cybersecurity education, and more effective mechanisms for inclusive global cybersecurity governance.


Sadhvi concluded by mentioning the UN interagency working group on AI and briefly referencing the Digital Emblem Project, indicating ongoing efforts to address emerging technologies within existing cybersecurity frameworks.


Session transcript

Sadhvi Saran: and Mr. Glen Prichard, Mr. Glen Prichard, Ms. Amy Hogan-Burney, Ms. Melanie Regimbal, Ms. Amy Hogan-Burney, Ms. Melanie Regimbal, Ms. Melanie Regimbal, Ms. Melanie Regimbal, Okay, good morning, everyone. Recording in progress! Welcome to the WSIS Action Line C5 session. Thank you very much for being here. We know it’s day four of two very hectic events, and there’s been a lot going on, but hopefully you’ve enjoyed your time here at ICANN. at the WSIS Forum and AI for Good so far. So today we’re going to be focusing a little bit more on the ongoing intergovernmental processes on cybersecurity within the UN. And of course, getting different perspectives on it from our very distinguished panel of experts. I don’t know how many of you are already familiar with the WSIS framework or with the action line, but this particular one on building confidence and security was established as part of the Geneva Plan of Action in 2003 to address growing global concerns regarding the confidence and security of tech with a focus on aspects that were likely to undermine trust, privacy, and security and safety online over the past couple of decades since then. And as we now look forward to the WSIS plus 20 review in December this year, C5 has evolved in scope and importance, keeping pace of course, with the evolving cyber threats, advancements in technology, which have only made the digital ecosystem more complex. And of course, cross-border and transnational in nature, and increasingly intersecting with other issues of peace development and human rights. And so what we have been saying at the ITU, which as many of you may know is the International Telecommunication Union and the UN Specialized Agency for Digital Technologies, as well as the facilitator for Action Line C5, addressing the challenges that we are now facing that requires unified multilateral and multi-stakeholder efforts. We need to have more enhanced collaboration. of course, at the global level, but also the national, regional, subnational levels, with the focus on seeing how we can develop agile, adaptive frameworks, as well as trustworthy technical standards that can help combine government requirements with industry wishes. So with that, you know, let me introduce our panel for today. They have all in one way or another been involved with the intergovernmental processes that have been going on, leading them, coordinating them, or contributing to them. And we will spend some time today, you know, not just reflecting on what’s been going on and how we can all contribute to it, but perhaps a little bit as well on how the WSIS Action Line can support and complement these efforts and what are the avenues and opportunities for different stakeholders to participate and support this work. So with that, let me first introduce the panelists, and then we get into our questions for the day. So we have Mr. Glen Prichard, we’re all scattered around the room to make it more interactive. But we have Mr. Glen Prichard, who is the chief of the cybercrime and anti-money laundering section at UNODC, which is the Office of Drugs and Crime based in Vienna. Thank you, Glen, for joining us. We have Ms. Melanie Rajimbal, I hope I’m saying that correctly, who is chief of the UN ODA office in Geneva, which is the UN Office for Disarmament Affairs. Thank you very much, Melanie, for being here. We have Ms. Motiehi Makumani, who is a researcher with UNODO. Thank you, Motiehi. And we have Ms. Kaya Csiklik, is that correct? Sorry. Who is the senior director of digital peace at Microsoft and has… flown here literally overnight to be here with us today. Thank you very much, Kaya. So perhaps we begin then with the first question. And we start with Glen. What are some of the key updates from the work that, you know, UNODC has been doing on the cybercrime convention? And if you’d like to share some of the main achievements and challenges in that process, and then what we’re now looking


Glen Prichard: forward to next, please. Thank you, Sadhvi Saran. And thank you for the invitation to be here on the panel today. Yes, the United Nations Office of Drugs and Crime have been the secretariat of a process that has evolved and eventuated in the adoption of the UN Convention Against Cybercrime. It has a strong focus on how to combat cybercrime and how to create, you know, harmonise legal frameworks around the world. But it also has strong preventative measures, which I’ll talk about a little bit later if I have a chance, because I think that’s really the focus of most of the group here in terms of how do we create that trust in cyberspace. The process itself definitely had some challenges, and it’s really a really big achievement for multilateralism in this day and age. And if we look at the geopolitical actions that are across the world at the moment and all the disparities that are happening, the fact that we could come together and have member states agree on a common framework to combat and prevent cybercrime shows the importance of this thing, because there’s not many things that the world are agreeing on at the moment, and the fact that they all come together and agreed on that. I just want to talk about some, it took, the process itself took over three years, and it took over 421 hours of active negotiations over those three years. It involved 155 member states and 21 UN entities, 139 civil society groups, academia, private sector. It was a very inclusive process and that really added to the power of the result of the outcome. If I talk about some of the complexities and some of the challenges that got there, you only have to look at the name of the convention to understand how hard it was. And this was the name that we ended up with. The United Nations Convention Against Cybercrime, semicolon, lots of argument over whether it was a colon or a semicolon, means of information and communication technology systems and for the sharing of evidence in electronic form of serious crimes. That’s the full title. We prefer to call it the UN Convention Against Cybercrime. It really is, as I said, a big milestone and heralds a new beginning, we hope. But now we need to operationalise it. And the first step in that is the signing ceremony that’s going to happen in Hanoi, Vietnam on the 25th and 26th of October. The registration for that will soon open on their webpage that’s been created for this convention. And we welcome participation from all stakeholders. Going forward after that, UNODC has put together a methodology in which will support countries to ratify the convention. There’s a large disparity of legal mechanisms and frameworks nationally that need to be addressed in terms so we can harmonise approaches in relation to combating. And we also want to set about promoting the preventative strategies that are involved in it. I think I’ve gone past my four minutes, but I’ll pause there.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. Thank you very much, Glenn. And indeed, we’ve been following very closely. We know exactly how complicated it has been to get to this point, but many congratulations to you again. It is a big milestone and a big achievement that we’re now discussing next steps in operationalising. And we’ll come back in the next round to understand a little bit more on engagement for different stakeholders. But with that, we move to you, Melanie, would you like to give us a little bit of an update on the work that’s been happening with the Open-Ended Working


Melanie Regimbal: Group? Thank you, Swadvi. It’s a pleasure to be here with you this morning and the timing of this event is actually quite auspicious. We are in New York, the Open-Ended Working Group on security of and in the use of information and communication technologies, which was created The IPCC, which was set in 2020 through Resolution 75-240, is on its penultimate day negotiating the final report, which, in principle, if all goes well, will establish a future and permanent mechanism to address these ICT cybersecurity issues. So it would be a mechanism that would, of course, be complementary to the other conventions and other efforts of the United Nations. This open-ended working group operates by consensus, so I have great sympathy for the large and long titles and the semicolon exercises, because this is something that we have gone through also. But over the course of the five years, and although we do not yet have a final outcome that will be reserved for tomorrow, but I understand from our colleagues in New York that the second draft of the report has now been submitted by the chair. This is a working group that has been chaired by Singapore, and so far the three annual reports that have led up to this process have been approved by consensus. And echoing what Glenn has said, anything that gets agreed by consensus in this organization is actually a huge success in the sense that it showcases the importance that this thematic has, but also the importance and the consensus that is being built over these issues. So this, I think, is a key achievement of the process so far. Of course, the big achievement will be if we are able to reach agreement tomorrow and finally establish this permanent mechanism. So maybe if I could just step back before we celebrate in an anticipatory manner for tomorrow and highlight three achievements that I think are particularly interesting for the C5 action lines, in particular Action H and J, so that those that deal with promotion of cooperation, interest in countries and nominating focal points, and interest in in keeping these mechanisms going. So the three achievements that we’ve had in the group and again, milestones that are important that we celebrate and in the context of the geopolitical tensions around the world, each of these milestones are quite significant, even if a standalone face value may seem quite minor. So in July, 2022, the states agreed to establish a global intergovernmental points of contact directory, which is really significant in the sense that we now have the ability to facilitate communication between states and be able to report with greater ease any ICT incident. And what’s interesting about this point of contact is that we have agreed to designate points of contracts from both a diplomatic and a technical standpoint, which also facilitates and deepens the conversation. Since its creation or its launch in May, 2024, so it was first initiated in July, 22, eventually launched in May, 2024, we now have more than 120 states that are participating in this directory and have provided nominations. We, as the Office for Disarmament Affairs, serve as the manager of this directory, and we’ve taken a lot of steps to support states’ participation, including a point of contact 101 online tutorial and series of tailored e-learning modules. And we’ve also concluded simulation exercises for these points of contacts in March, 2025. All of this is available on the website, and you can have a little bit more information on what the simulation exercise was about. The second milestone that has been reached in this open-ended working group was we agreed to eight global ICT security confidence-building measures, which is one of the pillars of the working group. and I will not go through all eight to spare you, but I would like to highlight three in particular. One of them has been the exchange of information and best practices on the protection of critical infrastructures and critical information infrastructure through capacity building, the strengthening of public-private cooperation in the area of ICT, which I think is one of the key standout issues that we have in this forum to understand that the stakeholders are shifting and that we need to have these public-private cooperations. And then the third is the promotion of information exchange, including national strategies, policies and program, legislations and best practices. These measures are important to foster not only transparency and predictability, but also to encourage cooperations and confidence building measures. And the third area of success that we’ve had with this open-ended working group that I’d like to highlight is that the substantive sessions of the group were used to be able to unpack existing and potential threats emanating from state use of ICTs and with a view to try to reach a common understanding, which of course is fundamental to being able to establish a permanent mechanism as it would go. The topics that were discussed went from anything from development of capabilities for military purposes and their use in current conflicts to the impacts on critical infrastructures and the protection of civilians, which is one of the key priorities that we have, and the proliferation of threat actors and convergence with other types of emerging technologies, such as AI and quantums. Of course, the working group over a period of four years has also experienced some challenges, and one of those challenges has been to ensure the broad participation of all stakeholders in this process, and that has been slightly challenging, both because of the heavy burden that most delegates already have and the numerous mandates and processes that are going on, and of course, the financial burdens both to the organizations and to the delegates themselves. So, one of the challenges One of the responses that we’ve had through generous voluntary funding has been the ability to promote sponsorship programs to facilitate the participation in this open-ended working group. And here I’d like to highlight that the sponsorship program focused particularly on the sponsorship of women and female delegates, which has increased our participation and made it much more gender balanced in terms of perspectives that were brought to the forefront. We also offered hybrid options for the informal meetings, thus lessening the burden and our environmental impact. But the main issue is that, of course, as in all of these processes, there has been divergence of views among states, but we are quite happy that everybody stuck to the process and were invested in the long haul and participated in these four years of exchanges. This is, to us, the most important thing is to ensure dialogue, ongoing dialogues, so that we can understand and highlight what could be potential red lines and to try to find solutions through these intergovernmental processes. And so we are quite confident that once a report is adopted, fingers crossed, tomorrow, that we will be able to establish a permanent mechanism that will be tailor-made to the priorities that have been established by this group. And so I think I’ll leave it at that for the time being. Thank you, Sanjeev.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you, Melanie. And congratulations. This is also the conclusion of a five-year process, but yes, all the best for tomorrow. Fingers and toes crossed. I’m sure it’ll go well at this point, but, you know, once again, ITU’s been participating very actively and particularly on the points of contact directory. I know how much work it’s been to set that up and get that going, and so wishing you all the best for what comes tomorrow. Okay. With that, let’s move to Moti Ehi from the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research, UNIDIR. So of course, you know, UNIDIR has been very involved in facilitating dialogue around norms and responsible state behavior in cyberspace. You’ve been following all of these processes very closely as well. What are your reflections on the shift from what we’ve seen before, which is agreements on a more voluntary, normative, high-level principles basis to more concrete mechanisms, such as now, you know, what we’ve just heard from Glenn and Melanie?


Moliehi Makumane: Thanks, Satvi, for inviting UNIDIR to this discussion, and like UNODA, UNIDIR has been able to provide technical expertise to the open-ended working group as well as the preceding six groups of governmental experts. So we’ve got quite a significant amount of experience and can now rightfully, in hindsight, look at the evolution and look forward. So what UNIDIR has been doing as a research institute, we’ve… supported the different GGEs and open-ended working groups with research on national implementation of the norms or how member states can translate the entire framework of responsible state behavior into national commitments. And because the norms are voluntary and non-binding, a lot of time and effort has gone into raising awareness about what the norms are. And I think at the end of the five-year process, member states and stakeholders can equally agree that the norms, though non-binding and voluntary, are reasonable standards of expectations for behavior of member states in cyberspace. And rightfully, like you say, there is a shift towards implementation and accountability, and that was also largely driven by the chair as well in pushing for practical concrete deliverables to come out of this process so that it would not just be another five-year talk shop. And one of them is the Survey of National Implementation, which was adopted in the 2019-2021 OEWG, which UNIDIR hosts. And on that National Survey of Implementation, states can self-assess on their readiness to implement the norms. And some of the readiness indicators include, does a state have a national interpretation of a norm, say, on the norm for cooperation for prosecuting criminal and terrorist use of ICT or even for the integrity of supply chain? Does the state have a national interpretation of that norm? But also, does the state have a POC focal point in case of malicious ICT incidents with a cross-border element? And also, what are the standard operating procedures for international cooperation? So states can go and self-assess to then build their capacities. Also, now, as this open-ended working group concludes one of the key deliverables that we’re hoping to get out of it. It is further discussion on another voluntary checklist for norms, which will then also help states to then again assess their readiness at the national level on whether they’ve got the necessary mechanisms to implement the norms. And then the other issue alongside implementation has been accountability, like you’ve said. And a lot of states, both in this process and the preceding processes, because it’s voluntary, accountability hasn’t necessarily been a big point. But what we’ve seen is member states are incorporating the norms in the national cybersecurity strategies. And so that is one way in which they are demonstrating their commitment towards the norms and against that then can be held accountable to a certain level of standard. But we also see, because there are in the norms themselves expectations of behavior on private sector and the broader multistakeholder community, that by states adopting these norms in the national architecture, they are also having different conversations with the multistakeholder community in terms of the implementation of the norms. I think to conclude, one of the big things has been how the process has also mainstreamed responsible state behavior across the UN. So we’ve had a lot of Security Council meetings also being convened on elements of the issues that were being discussed in the open-ended working group. And so again, the norms, though non-binding and voluntary, have really solidified themselves as good standards of behavior. And because they also run the full gambit from protection of critical infrastructure to supply chain to responsible vulnerabilities, disclosure and human rights, they’ve also been mainstreamed in a lot of other entities. And so that’s the big takeaway, I think, that we can get in UNIDIR is providing capacity building as well to support member states to then also understand what these norms mean for their national legislation, not just on norms, but also on the other elements of the framework, international law, and CBMs. Thanks, Sarfi.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. Thank you. That was a good overview of what’s been happening. And in fact, because we’re here on the sidelines also of AI for Good, a lot of the conversations around AI governance are trying to draw parallels with what has been happening in the cybersecurity space in terms of norms development and respecting, even though non-binding. you know, constituting in certain ways the way that nations are now practicing regulation and policy around that. So with that, I think it’s time to ask Akhaya from Microsoft, you know, from the private sector perspective, what do you see as some of the most urgent risks that, you know, are emerging from the accelerating digital transformation today in light of some of the conversations you’ve heard


Kaja Ciglic: already? Yeah, go ahead. Yeah, thank you. And thank you for having us. I think the, it’s, I think for us, I think we’re a little bit less optimistic than sort of some of the discussions here. I think the, well, obviously in the broader geopolitical environment, it’s important that progress is made, but oftentimes the progress is very incremental in the desire to have consensus and the threat landscape is getting worse day by day. You know, for us, the things that we’ve observed over the past year in particular have been the, I feel like not surprising, continued increase in ransomware operations across the world. I think in connection with that to an extent, but also separate increasing, and also really relevant for the UN discussions here, increasing convergence between nation state actors and cyber criminals. I think much more frequently those groups are working together, which, you know, for all the commitments that states are making in terms of the cyber crime convention or the open-ended working group, they’re either tolerating to try to be charitable to a lot of them, and It’s sort of in our view, violating the norm of due diligence, cybercrime operators acting outside from their country, attacking other countries, or sometimes actively participating through their cybersecurity apparatus. We continue to see a lot of, you know, hybrid war. I feel we all obviously follow the news. I think the state of the world is quite out of balance probably, you know, and whether you look at the Middle East, whether you look at Ukraine, Africa regions, I feel we see conflict in the real world, but we see that reflected in the online world as well. Whether you talk about traditional just cyberattacks against critical infrastructure, whether you look at espionage or pre-positioning attacks, or whether you look at sort of foreign influence operations. And then the other thing I would say is because of the sort of the scale of digital transformation, as you mentioned, we see just the numbers of attacks we see just on Microsoft systems are sort of not something that any human could handle, right? We see close to 600 million identity, just identity attacks per day. We, you know, we track over, I feel like 80 trillion signals from across our network again on a daily basis, which is not, you know, we have to, we use obviously AI to help with that. And so that’s the other, you know, also in the context of the conference, I think what we’re seeing, and that’s a positive story in reality, is we’re seeing a lot more use of AI for defense. The, you know, to search for vulnerabilities, to help. empower to deal with some of the scale and to also help empower with recommendations, with suggestions, the cyber defender community. On the other hand, obviously, we are seeing the attackers also start to use AI, but not consistently, not at scale. Yet, I feel a lot we have seen over the past year, except a few outlier exceptions, have been much more, they use it as a productivity tool, a little bit the way we use it if you use any of the AI tools available to help draft better phishing emails, to help find and collect email addresses, things like that. But it’s not driving innovative attacks per se, which was a fear, I think, earlier on. I think I’ll leave it there. I think we’re going to run out of time. But I’m obviously happy to answer another round of questions.


Sadhvi Saran: Thanks. Thanks. I mean, those are staggering numbers. We’ve also been engaging with the human rights community a little bit at ITU as well through RightsCon. It’s, I think, an important and ongoing conversation in terms of what we can do to really support that work as well. Okay, so we’re moving to the second round. We are running a little behind time. So it would be nice to have a few minutes at the end in case there’s any questions from the audience. But perhaps this can be kind of a final word from all of you. We’ll begin with you, Melanie. Do you have any ideas for how WSIS stakeholders can contribute to and benefit from the processes that UNODA is leading, given that it can be a pretty complex landscape sometimes, and also the motivating factor behind this session? So please, go ahead. Thank you.


Melanie Regimbal: Just to very quickly summarize, I think where the WIFS can help us in the open-ended working group is to support the modalities of the stakeholder engagements. I think that that will be the most important to ensure that we have a wide variety of stakeholders participating in whatever mechanism is finally established. That will be the key thing so that we ensure that the environment in which these discussions take place are not done so in a silo and or on a in an echo chamber where we only hear from states. Obviously the interconnection between all of these topics is necessary to have all the stakeholders around the table and so I think that that would be one of the biggest contributions that we can continue to work on together and then we’ll wait and see what happens tomorrow with the establishment of what we hope will be a


Sadhvi Saran: permanent mechanism. Thank you. Thank you. Glen? If I could just tie it back to the UN Convention


Glen Prichard: Against Cybercrime. As I mentioned before, there are really strong chapter in relation preventative measures and it calls on state parties to develop these cooperation mechanisms not only amongst themselves but also with private stakeholders and also with NGOs and the civil society. I think as a group here we do a lot of work, all the organisations that are part of this working group in relation to prevention. I think we can use this as a powerful mechanism to bring together and work collaboratively together to ensure that we’ve got actually a mandate now that we can actually use as that mechanism to bind people together, pull people together and make us work together. It talks about a range of different areas in which that cooperation can take place. It’s all in Article 53 or there’s a whole chapter six of the convention dedicated to prevention measures and it talks about raising awareness. So I think we need to collaboratively


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you, Moti. I guess the question would be a little bit more also for perhaps how


Moliehi Makumane: the Action Line C5 could evolve, you know, to meet the shifting cybersecurity landscape. I think what we’re hearing from member states is, like Kaya was saying, because of the way the threat landscape is evolving so quick, is that some of these multilateral agreements that were developed 10 plus years ago are not as responsive. But then throwing it back to member states is also to, in any way, get and continue to encourage member states to survey their needs, to understand the national threat landscapes, because alongside the calls for tailored, demand-driven capacity building, which is what we hear a lot, there’s this gap in understanding exactly where member states are at the national level. So any support and calls for that kind of encouragement for states to survey their needs and to identify what capacity needs they do have and what they do need is always helpful. But again, on capacity building, which is a big thing, I think, for any action line or any program of work on capacity building, is everything seems urgent and it is, but then how do we deliver capacity building that addresses today’s needs, as well as help member states prepare for future threats? And I think in the multi-stakeholder type of environments, like WSIS and what the OEWG was trying to do, is creating those touch points where, if member states are not able to do something, there are good ways in which they can engage the multi-stakeholder community to help them with some of those capabilities.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. And finally, back to you, Kaya, in terms of, again, what we’ve discussed today, what can organizations like the UN do to bridge the gap between state-led dialogues and the perspectives of the technical community and industry?


Kaja Ciglic: I think, you know, to what has been said earlier, I think it’s really important that the state-led dialogues actually consult I would say, with the multi-stakeholder community. And, you know, whether that is a link to WSIS or whether there is a, and I think the link with this action should be much stronger to some of the dialogues, but also the, in terms of the processes itself, it’s important that there is an opportunity for continuous conversation. I think the, and sort of we hear that frequently from states, not all states, but I think the recognition that both the private sector as the operators and civil society as the ones that are closest to seeing sort of some of the impact, they have important information and can share experiences on how to address some of the issues. At the same time, we don’t always see the openness and the formats created to enable those conversations. I think we’ve always said, you know, stakeholders should have a voice, not a vote, and I think that that was actually very well implemented through the Cyber Crime Convention negotiations, which had really good modalities. I think in terms of, I’m hopeful that going forward, whatever the new, hopefully permanent mechanism is on the, on sort of the norms discussions, the Future Open and the Working Group, I think borrows heavily from the Cyber Crime Convention. I think for us, you know, we get blocked as Microsoft, we apply every time, we get blocked by countries every single time, normally by one, sometimes by two, I feel most recently by three. And it sort of blocks a level of transparency, right? I think it’s important, like I said earlier, to recognize that not all states have the same voice. and Ms. Mary Hogan. I think we’re all in a room where we’re negotiating. And we’re negotiating in a way that the states always act in good faith. And that is the information that everybody should have in the room when we’re negotiating. When you are negotiating the states, basically. The at the same time, you know, process are slow. Like I said, I think there’s an opportunity for the. You know, there’s an opportunity for the states to sort of have a conversation about, you know, what are some of the new technologies that are being developed? Particular in terms of how some of the norms can be implemented in real life. You know, how some of the new developments like AI. I don’t think they, they, they might be some small. Like outliers where they, you might not need a new norm. The vast majority of the time you can take the existing laws. And, you know, have a conversation about what are the new technologies that are being developed. And, you know, having those conversations as part of the. Sort of multi-stakeholder conversation, not necessarily lawmaking. I think would be a helpful contribution.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. You know, in fact, there’s a UN interagency working group on AI, which is a group that’s been working on AI for a long time. And we’re really excited to see how we can learn from this cybersecurity experience of the past few years, but also to see how we can already interpret existing instruments and apply them to, to governance for AI. And we found that there were over 60 that existed. At least internationally that would directly apply. But with that, let me open up. Thank you again. Colleagues. For engaging in that rapid fire last question. So we do have a few minutes left for any questions from the room. Yes, sir, please. I don’t know if there’s any mics, but I think we could. Yes. Have you up at the table?


Wout de Natris: Thank you. My name is Walter from the board and I represent the dynamic coalition of the IGF here on the internet standard security and safety. What I notice in these discussions that is very often all going about mitigation and not about prevention. And what we’re advocating as a dynamic coalition is the implementation of long existing security related internet standards into products secure by design. And I think when you talk about capacity building, that is something that nations can learn how to procure their ICTs secure by design. And I think that Microsoft is a very good example because they negotiated with the Dutch government that everybody has now DNSSEC, I understand, in Microsoft systems, only because the government started a negotiation. So I think that that is an example with post quantum computing coming towards us, who knows tomorrow or 10 years from now, that is the most urgent problem we’re facing talking about standards deployment, we have the chance to do that before the so called Q day. And that’s actually the next session here in this room. So let me stop there. But I think that this is a topic that we’re working on as a dynamic coalition for five years, we’re ready to assist with capacity building. And everybody interested to work with us, just step up, and then we’ll can discuss further. But I think this is a tremendously important prevention topic and authentication. Thank you.


Sadhvi Saran: Absolutely, we couldn’t agree more with you had the idea you I was I was there at Oslo as well for, you know, a week ago. And there’s a lot to be said on that. But we can take a couple of questions and comments and come back. Yes, please. Yeah. My name is Nabi. I’m professor


Participant: in cyber security. And I need to tell you, actually, I’m doing research in the same area. And what I did last two years, research in, in a student, actually, I didn’t say anyone talk about the these these area of, of research, but I found I had a joke when I found how the student is dealing with the internet and social media. And that’s why I create like an unprofitable curriculum because I do believe that if you need to change the future in terms of digitalizing the future, we need to start from the students. So my message actually, I create a curriculum that have interactive screens to teach the students how you can deal with the Internet and social media and safe mode and how can you use in a fixed way AI and so on. So my message is we need to cooperate to start with stakeholders, with the level of students. So I do believe that we can change the future if we start from this area. Thank you very much.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. That’s an important point indeed. Any other comments, thoughts? So we have someone online. Kunle, would you like to take the floor and unmute yourself, please? All right. Thank you very much.


Participant: And yeah, I think to a large extent, I want to agree with the last speaker. And what I just want to add is the issue of how we are going to ensure that everybody is placed on the same pedestal when it comes to capacity building, knowing fully well that we have advanced country, we have developing countries, and we have less developed country. So we should be looking at a strategy that we ensure that everybody can be on the same pedestal, looking at cooperation. And of course, the issue of multistakeholderism is also very important here. So for me, I think we need to find a way to bring everybody together so that everybody can move at the same pace. I know that that is going to be difficult, but I think that is one of the conversations we need to engage in going forward. Thank you very much.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you, sir. And indeed, that’s one of the main objectives of the WSIS Action Lines as well. So in the interest of time, perhaps we stop here. some great feedback around the question of the importance of technical standards, around skills development, capacity development, and of course, bridging the digital divide. So I open it up for our panelists, whoever would like to go first, if you have any feedback or any thoughts to share.


Kaja Ciglic: Maybe I’ll start and just to sort of build on the sort of the focus on the sort of the next generation. I think, I think you need to do both, right? I think you cannot wait for another sort of 10 years or 20 years before the sort of the young people today come into positions where they can change things. So I think, but I do think it’s important to invest, I continuously, I think this is a particular gripe of ours. If you look at university curriculums around the world, we’ve seen some progress in terms of how cybersecurity is made part of those, but if you look at IT courses in particular, but these are by and large, still voluntary. The fact that the majority of leading universities with pretty much anywhere around the world do not have cybersecurity as a compulsory part of IT curriculums, it demonstrates that there continues to be a disconnect about the importance of how important thinking about security is then, you know, from the effectively developer community. And you know, we talk a lot about the responsibility of states, but, you know, the responsibility of the technical communities, the industry, and I think that’s where also where we need to start. I agree completely.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you.


Melanie Regimbal: Thank you. Well, I agree that capacity building is one of the core issues, but as is dialogue. And so we are quite hopeful that despite the fact that progress may seem very slow. In short, at a frustrating pace, we are confident that as long as we keep these issues at the forefront of the agenda, and we are able to move forward with these types of mechanisms, we will be able to find both mitigating measures and preventive measures as we go forth. Responsible behavior is always built on trust and confidence, and so this is the basis for the dialogue, and we’re hopeful that this topic will continue to be at the forefront of our agenda.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. Glen?


Glen Prichard: I’m just in terms of an uneven approach in terms of capacity building and support across the world. The reason we have these different treaties that are coming into vogue now in terms of the Cybercrime Convention, the Open Ending Working Group, is so we can have a set of common standards that we can work across the world with in terms of how we do investigate, how we combat cybercrime, how we prevent cybercrime, and the idea that sits behind that is getting everyone up to the same level, and that’s really what the whole intent of the convention is about. Of course, we can’t have safe havens for criminals, and the nature of cybercrime is that people can commit it from anywhere in the world now, so we have to bring everyone to that same standard, so I just wanted to leave you with that.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. Udi?


Moliehi Makumane: Thanks, Satvi. Again, on the matter of capacity building, I think what the processes have also agreed on is that states are not starting from the same level, and so they should be very targeted in specific capacity building depending on where states sit on the maturity ladder, if I can call it that, and what we’ve seen is when last year the chair convened a global roundtable on cybercapacity building, that helped us. said, it happens so quickly and the needs emerge so quick. We do a scoping for six months and have to deliver within the next six months. Otherwise, other needs crop up because of the landscape, but it’s something that we’re all keeping an eye on.


Sadhvi Saran: Thank you. And I think we have a few questions online as well, but unfortunately we’re out of time. So I just want to say thank you again. Thank you for taking the time to come and speak with us and thank you for listening and for your feedback and your comments. Hopefully, we can continue this dialogue. It doesn’t have to end here, but there’s also a session tomorrow that I wanted to flag, which speaks a little bit in terms of armed conflicts extending into cyberspace. It’s a project by the International Committee of the Red Cross. It’s called the Digital Emblem Project. It’s in room C at 1130 tomorrow, where the idea is to see how we could potentially flag networks in cases of armed conflicts where they’re being used for civilian purposes, for medical purposes, and so on. So I think an interesting discussion there as well. But with that, thank you very much again and hope you enjoy the rest of the day at WSIS Forum in the air for good. Thank you.


G

Glen Prichard

Speech speed

163 words per minute

Speech length

824 words

Speech time

302 seconds

Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years

Explanation

The UN Convention Against Cybercrime represents a significant multilateral achievement in an era of global disagreements and geopolitical tensions. The process involved extensive participation from 155 member states, 21 UN entities, 139 civil society groups, academia, and private sector over three years with 421 hours of active negotiations.


Evidence

Process took over three years with 421 hours of active negotiations, involved 155 member states, 21 UN entities, 139 civil society groups, academia, and private sector


Major discussion point

UN Cybercrime Convention Development and Implementation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Melanie Regimbal
– Sadhvi Saran

Agreed on

Importance of multilateral cooperation and consensus-building in cybersecurity governance


Convention includes strong preventative measures and calls for cooperation between states, private sector, and civil society organizations

Explanation

The convention has a strong focus on prevention measures beyond just combating cybercrime. It specifically calls for state parties to develop cooperation mechanisms not only among themselves but also with private stakeholders, NGOs, and civil society organizations.


Evidence

Article 53 and chapter six of the convention are dedicated to prevention measures including raising awareness and cooperation mechanisms


Major discussion point

UN Cybercrime Convention Development and Implementation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Melanie Regimbal
– Kaja Ciglic

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive multi-stakeholder engagement in cybersecurity processes


Disagreed with

– Wout de Natris
– Melanie Regimbal
– Moliehi Makumane

Disagreed on

Focus on mitigation versus prevention in cybersecurity approaches


Next steps involve signing ceremony in Vietnam and supporting countries with ratification and harmonization of legal frameworks

Explanation

The immediate next step is the signing ceremony scheduled for October 25-26 in Hanoi, Vietnam. Following this, UNODC will support countries in ratifying the convention and addressing the large disparity in national legal mechanisms to harmonize approaches for combating cybercrime.


Evidence

Signing ceremony on October 25-26 in Hanoi, Vietnam; UNODC has developed methodology to support country ratification


Major discussion point

UN Cybercrime Convention Development and Implementation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Convention aims to establish common standards globally to eliminate safe havens for cybercriminals and bring all countries to same level

Explanation

The convention’s purpose is to create common standards worldwide for investigating, combating, and preventing cybercrime. This is essential because cybercrime can be committed from anywhere in the world, requiring all countries to reach the same standard to prevent safe havens for criminals.


Evidence

Nature of cybercrime allows people to commit crimes from anywhere in the world, necessitating global standards


Major discussion point

Bridging Digital Divides and Ensuring Equitable Progress


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Moliehi Makumane
– Participant

Agreed on

Capacity building must be tailored to different national development levels and maturity


Convention provides mandate for collaborative prevention work between organizations, private stakeholders, and civil society

Explanation

The convention creates a powerful mechanism and mandate for bringing together various stakeholders to work collaboratively on prevention. It provides a binding framework that can unite different organizations, private sector, and civil society in cooperative efforts.


Evidence

Convention talks about cooperation in Article 53 and chapter six on prevention measures, covering areas like raising awareness


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


M

Melanie Regimbal

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1472 words

Speech time

611 seconds

Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation

Explanation

The Open-Ended Working Group on ICT security operates by consensus, which makes any agreement a significant achievement given current geopolitical tensions. Over five years, three annual reports have been approved by consensus, showcasing the importance of cybersecurity issues and the consensus being built around them.


Evidence

Three annual reports approved by consensus over five years; anything agreed by consensus in current geopolitical environment is a huge success


Major discussion point

Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security Progress and Outcomes


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Sadhvi Saran

Agreed on

Importance of multilateral cooperation and consensus-building in cybersecurity governance


Established global intergovernmental points of contact directory with over 120 participating states for incident reporting and communication

Explanation

In July 2022, states agreed to establish a global directory of points of contact that facilitates communication between states and enables easier reporting of ICT incidents. The directory includes both diplomatic and technical contacts, which deepens the conversation capabilities.


Evidence

Directory launched in May 2024 with over 120 participating states; includes both diplomatic and technical points of contact; supported by online tutorials and simulation exercises


Major discussion point

Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security Progress and Outcomes


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Agreed on eight global ICT security confidence-building measures focusing on critical infrastructure protection and public-private cooperation

Explanation

The working group established eight confidence-building measures designed to foster transparency, predictability, and cooperation. Key measures include exchanging information on critical infrastructure protection, strengthening public-private cooperation, and promoting information exchange on national strategies and best practices.


Evidence

Eight measures include protection of critical infrastructures through capacity building, public-private cooperation in ICT, and promotion of information exchange on national strategies and policies


Major discussion point

Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security Progress and Outcomes


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Process aims to establish permanent mechanism for addressing cybersecurity issues complementary to other UN efforts

Explanation

The working group is negotiating to establish a future permanent mechanism that would address ICT cybersecurity issues in a complementary manner to other UN conventions and efforts. This would create an ongoing institutional framework rather than temporary working groups.


Evidence

Working group is on penultimate day negotiating final report to establish permanent mechanism; second draft of report submitted by Singapore chair


Major discussion point

Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security Progress and Outcomes


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Need for stronger modalities to ensure diverse stakeholder participation in cybersecurity governance mechanisms

Explanation

WSIS can help the open-ended working group by supporting better modalities for stakeholder engagement. This is crucial to ensure a wide variety of stakeholders participate in whatever permanent mechanism is established, preventing discussions from occurring in silos or echo chambers with only state participation.


Evidence

Recognition that interconnection between topics requires all stakeholders around the table; need to avoid silo discussions or echo chambers


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Kaja Ciglic

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive multi-stakeholder engagement in cybersecurity processes


Responsible behavior is always built on trust and confidence, and so this is the basis for the dialogue, and we’re hopeful that this topic will continue to be at the forefront of our agenda

Explanation

Despite slow progress that may seem frustrating, maintaining dialogue and keeping cybersecurity issues at the forefront of international agendas is essential. Trust and confidence form the foundation for responsible behavior, making continued dialogue crucial for finding both mitigating and preventive measures.


Evidence

Progress may seem slow and frustrating, but keeping issues at forefront of agenda enables finding solutions


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Kaja Ciglic

Disagreed on

Pace of multilateral progress versus urgency of threat landscape


M

Moliehi Makumane

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

1056 words

Speech time

488 seconds

Shift from awareness-raising about voluntary norms to practical implementation and accountability measures at national level

Explanation

There has been an evolution from spending time raising awareness about what the voluntary, non-binding norms are to focusing on practical implementation and accountability. This shift was driven by the chair pushing for concrete deliverables rather than just another talk shop, moving toward more practical outcomes.


Evidence

Chair pushed for practical concrete deliverables; Survey of National Implementation adopted in 2019-2021 OEWG hosted by UNIDIR


Major discussion point

Evolution from Voluntary Norms to Concrete Implementation Mechanisms


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


States increasingly incorporating cybersecurity norms into national strategies and demonstrating commitment through policy adoption

Explanation

Member states are demonstrating their commitment to voluntary norms by incorporating them into national cybersecurity strategies. This provides a mechanism for accountability even though the norms are non-binding, as states can be held to standards they have adopted in their national frameworks.


Evidence

States incorporating norms in national cybersecurity strategies; having different conversations with multistakeholder community on implementation


Major discussion point

Evolution from Voluntary Norms to Concrete Implementation Mechanisms


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Development of self-assessment tools and checklists to help states evaluate their readiness for norm implementation

Explanation

UNIDIR has developed tools like the Survey of National Implementation that allow states to self-assess their readiness to implement norms. These tools include readiness indicators such as whether states have national interpretations of norms, points of contact for incidents, and standard operating procedures for international cooperation.


Evidence

Survey includes readiness indicators like national interpretation of norms, POC focal points for malicious ICT incidents, standard operating procedures for international cooperation


Major discussion point

Evolution from Voluntary Norms to Concrete Implementation Mechanisms


Topics

Cybersecurity | Development


Capacity building must be tailored and demand-driven, addressing varying national maturity levels and rapidly evolving threat landscapes

Explanation

Member states are calling for tailored, demand-driven capacity building because multilateral agreements developed over 10 years ago are not responsive to the rapidly evolving threat landscape. However, there’s a gap in understanding exactly where member states are at the national level in terms of their capabilities and needs.


Evidence

Multilateral agreements developed 10+ years ago not responsive to current threats; gap in understanding national threat landscapes and capacity needs


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Development


Targeted capacity building required based on where states sit on cybersecurity maturity spectrum

Explanation

The processes have recognized that states are not starting from the same level of cybersecurity maturity, requiring very targeted and specific capacity building depending on where each state sits on the maturity ladder. The challenge is that needs emerge quickly and by the time scoping is completed, new needs may have emerged due to the rapidly changing landscape.


Evidence

Chair convened global roundtable on cyber capacity building; needs emerge quickly requiring delivery within six months or other needs crop up


Major discussion point

Bridging Digital Divides and Ensuring Equitable Progress


Topics

Cybersecurity | Development


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Participant

Agreed on

Capacity building must be tailored to different national development levels and maturity


K

Kaja Ciglic

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

1305 words

Speech time

552 seconds

Threat landscape deteriorating with increased ransomware operations and convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals

Explanation

The cybersecurity threat landscape is getting worse daily, with continued increases in ransomware operations and growing convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals. This convergence involves these groups working together more frequently, with states either tolerating or actively participating in cybercrime operations targeting other countries.


Evidence

Continued increase in ransomware operations; nation-state actors and cybercriminals working together more frequently; states violating due diligence norm by tolerating cybercrime operators


Major discussion point

Current Cybersecurity Threat Landscape and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Cybersecurity


Microsoft observes 600 million identity attacks daily and processes 80 trillion security signals, requiring AI-assisted defense systems

Explanation

The scale of cyberattacks has reached levels that no human could handle, with Microsoft seeing close to 600 million identity attacks per day and tracking over 80 trillion signals from across their network daily. This massive scale necessitates the use of AI to assist with defense and threat detection.


Evidence

600 million identity attacks per day; 80 trillion signals tracked daily across Microsoft network; scale requires AI assistance


Major discussion point

Current Cybersecurity Threat Landscape and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Cybersecurity


AI being used more for defensive purposes while attackers use it primarily as productivity tool rather than for innovative attacks

Explanation

There’s increased use of AI for defense purposes, including searching for vulnerabilities and empowering cyber defenders with recommendations. However, attackers are primarily using AI as a productivity tool for tasks like drafting better phishing emails and collecting email addresses, rather than driving innovative attacks.


Evidence

AI used for defense to search vulnerabilities and empower defenders; attackers use AI for productivity like drafting phishing emails and collecting addresses, not innovative attacks


Major discussion point

Current Cybersecurity Threat Landscape and Private Sector Perspective


Topics

Cybersecurity


Importance of continuous consultation between state-led dialogues and technical community, though access barriers persist for private sector

Explanation

It’s crucial that state-led dialogues consult with the multi-stakeholder community, as private sector operators and civil society have important information and experiences to share. However, access barriers persist, with Microsoft being blocked from participation by countries in various processes, limiting transparency and information sharing.


Evidence

Microsoft gets blocked by countries every time they apply for participation, normally by one, sometimes by two, recently by three countries


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Agreed on

Need for comprehensive multi-stakeholder engagement in cybersecurity processes


University IT curricula worldwide still lack mandatory cybersecurity components, creating gap in developer community security awareness

Explanation

There’s a significant disconnect in cybersecurity education, as the majority of leading universities worldwide do not have cybersecurity as a compulsory part of IT curricula. This creates a gap in security awareness within the developer community, despite some progress in making cybersecurity part of university programs.


Evidence

Majority of leading universities worldwide do not have cybersecurity as compulsory part of IT curricula; cybersecurity courses remain largely voluntary


Major discussion point

Prevention Through Technical Standards and Education


Topics

Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Wout de Natris
– Participant

Agreed on

Critical importance of cybersecurity education and prevention


W

Wout de Natris

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

244 words

Speech time

86 seconds

Emphasis needed on prevention through implementation of existing security standards and secure-by-design procurement practices

Explanation

There’s too much focus on mitigation rather than prevention in cybersecurity discussions. The solution lies in implementing long-existing security-related internet standards into products through secure-by-design principles, which nations can learn to procure through capacity building programs.


Evidence

Microsoft negotiated with Dutch government resulting in DNSSEC implementation in Microsoft systems; post-quantum computing represents urgent standards deployment opportunity


Major discussion point

Prevention Through Technical Standards and Education


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Kaja Ciglic
– Participant

Agreed on

Critical importance of cybersecurity education and prevention


P

Participant

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

329 words

Speech time

118 seconds

Cybersecurity education should start with students through interactive curricula teaching safe internet and AI usage

Explanation

To change the digital future, education must start with students through interactive curricula that teach safe internet and social media usage. The speaker created a non-profit curriculum with interactive screens to teach students how to safely use the internet, social media, and AI technologies.


Evidence

Speaker created interactive curriculum with screens to teach students safe internet, social media, and AI usage; two years of research on student internet behavior


Major discussion point

Prevention Through Technical Standards and Education


Topics

Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Kaja Ciglic
– Wout de Natris

Agreed on

Critical importance of cybersecurity education and prevention


Need for strategies ensuring advanced, developing, and least developed countries can progress at similar pace through cooperation

Explanation

There’s a need to ensure that all countries – advanced, developing, and least developed – can be placed on the same level when it comes to capacity building. This requires finding strategies that enable everyone to move at the same pace through cooperation and multistakeholder approaches.


Evidence

Recognition of different development levels: advanced countries, developing countries, and less developed countries


Major discussion point

Bridging Digital Divides and Ensuring Equitable Progress


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Moliehi Makumane

Agreed on

Capacity building must be tailored to different national development levels and maturity


S

Sadhvi Saran

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

1781 words

Speech time

760 seconds

WSIS Action Line C5 has evolved in scope and importance over two decades, keeping pace with evolving cyber threats and technological advancements

Explanation

Since its establishment in the Geneva Plan of Action in 2003, Action Line C5 on building confidence and security has grown to address the increasingly complex digital ecosystem. The action line now intersects with issues of peace, development, and human rights as cyber threats have become more cross-border and transnational in nature.


Evidence

Established in Geneva Plan of Action 2003; evolved over past couple of decades; digital ecosystem more complex, cross-border and transnational; intersecting with peace development and human rights


Major discussion point

WSIS Action Line C5 Evolution and Framework


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Addressing current cybersecurity challenges requires unified multilateral and multi-stakeholder efforts with enhanced global collaboration

Explanation

The ITU emphasizes that tackling today’s cybersecurity challenges necessitates coordinated efforts across multiple levels – global, national, regional, and subnational. This approach should focus on developing agile, adaptive frameworks and trustworthy technical standards that balance government requirements with industry needs.


Evidence

ITU as UN Specialized Agency for Digital Technologies and facilitator for Action Line C5; need for collaboration at global, national, regional, subnational levels; focus on agile, adaptive frameworks and trustworthy technical standards


Major discussion point

WSIS Action Line C5 Evolution and Framework


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Agreed on

Importance of multilateral cooperation and consensus-building in cybersecurity governance


AI governance discussions are drawing parallels from cybersecurity norms development experience for regulatory and policy frameworks

Explanation

The conversations around AI governance are attempting to learn from the cybersecurity space’s experience in developing norms and standards. Even though cybersecurity norms are non-binding, they have influenced how nations practice regulation and policy in that domain, providing a model for AI governance approaches.


Evidence

AI governance conversations drawing parallels with cybersecurity norms development; cybersecurity norms influencing national regulation and policy practices


Major discussion point

Cross-Domain Learning Between Cybersecurity and AI Governance


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


UN interagency working group on AI has identified over 60 existing international instruments that directly apply to AI governance

Explanation

Rather than creating entirely new frameworks for AI governance, there is significant potential to interpret and apply existing international instruments to AI governance challenges. The UN interagency working group has found that many current international legal and regulatory frameworks can be adapted for AI governance purposes.


Evidence

UN interagency working group on AI found over 60 existing international instruments that would directly apply to AI governance


Major discussion point

Cross-Domain Learning Between Cybersecurity and AI Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


ITU has been actively participating in cybersecurity processes, particularly supporting the points of contact directory development

Explanation

The International Telecommunication Union has been closely following and participating in various cybersecurity initiatives, with particular involvement in supporting the development and implementation of the global points of contact directory. This demonstrates the organization’s commitment to supporting multilateral cybersecurity efforts.


Evidence

ITU participating very actively in cybersecurity processes; particular involvement in points of contact directory setup and operation


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Engagement and Capacity Building Needs


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Importance of multilateral cooperation and consensus-building in cybersecurity governance

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal
– Sadhvi Saran

Arguments

Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years


Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation


Addressing current cybersecurity challenges requires unified multilateral and multi-stakeholder efforts with enhanced global collaboration


Summary

All speakers emphasized the critical importance of multilateral cooperation and consensus-building in cybersecurity governance, highlighting that achieving agreement among nations in the current geopolitical climate represents a significant accomplishment and demonstrates the universal recognition of cybersecurity as a priority issue.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Need for comprehensive multi-stakeholder engagement in cybersecurity processes

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal
– Kaja Ciglic

Arguments

Convention includes strong preventative measures and calls for cooperation between states, private sector, and civil society organizations


Need for stronger modalities to ensure diverse stakeholder participation in cybersecurity governance mechanisms


Importance of continuous consultation between state-led dialogues and technical community, though access barriers persist for private sector


Summary

There is strong consensus that effective cybersecurity governance requires meaningful participation from all stakeholders – governments, private sector, civil society, and technical communities – with proper modalities to ensure their voices are heard in decision-making processes.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Capacity building must be tailored to different national development levels and maturity

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Moliehi Makumane
– Participant

Arguments

Convention aims to establish common standards globally to eliminate safe havens for cybercriminals and bring all countries to same level


Targeted capacity building required based on where states sit on cybersecurity maturity spectrum


Need for strategies ensuring advanced, developing, and least developed countries can progress at similar pace through cooperation


Summary

All speakers agreed that capacity building efforts must recognize that countries start from different levels of cybersecurity maturity and require tailored, targeted approaches to bring everyone to common standards while eliminating safe havens for cybercriminals.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Development


Critical importance of cybersecurity education and prevention

Speakers

– Kaja Ciglic
– Wout de Natris
– Participant

Arguments

University IT curricula worldwide still lack mandatory cybersecurity components, creating gap in developer community security awareness


Emphasis needed on prevention through implementation of existing security standards and secure-by-design procurement practices


Cybersecurity education should start with students through interactive curricula teaching safe internet and AI usage


Summary

There is strong agreement that prevention through education is crucial, starting from university curricula and extending to students at all levels, with emphasis on implementing existing security standards and secure-by-design principles rather than just focusing on mitigation after incidents occur.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized that achieving consensus in cybersecurity governance represents a remarkable accomplishment given current geopolitical tensions, with both processes involving extensive stakeholder participation and demonstrating global commitment to cooperation.

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Arguments

Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years


Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognized that the rapidly evolving threat landscape requires adaptive and responsive approaches, with Makumane focusing on the capacity building response and Ciglic detailing the specific nature of emerging threats.

Speakers

– Moliehi Makumane
– Kaja Ciglic

Arguments

Capacity building must be tailored and demand-driven, addressing varying national maturity levels and rapidly evolving threat landscapes


Threat landscape deteriorating with increased ransomware operations and convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals


Topics

Cybersecurity


Both speakers advocated for prevention-focused approaches, with de Natris emphasizing technical standards implementation and the participant focusing on educational prevention starting with students.

Speakers

– Wout de Natris
– Participant

Arguments

Emphasis needed on prevention through implementation of existing security standards and secure-by-design procurement practices


Cybersecurity education should start with students through interactive curricula teaching safe internet and AI usage


Topics

Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

AI’s current limited role in innovative cyberattacks despite widespread concerns

Speakers

– Kaja Ciglic

Arguments

AI being used more for defensive purposes while attackers use it primarily as productivity tool rather than for innovative attacks


Explanation

It’s unexpected that despite widespread fears about AI enabling sophisticated cyberattacks, the private sector perspective reveals that AI is currently being used more for defense than for innovative attacks, with attackers primarily using it as a productivity tool for basic tasks like drafting phishing emails.


Topics

Cybersecurity


Successful multilateral cooperation despite global geopolitical tensions

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Arguments

Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years


Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation


Explanation

It’s remarkable that in an era of significant geopolitical tensions and global disagreements, cybersecurity has emerged as an area where nations can still achieve consensus and multilateral cooperation, suggesting that cyber threats are universally recognized as transcending political boundaries.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus on the need for multilateral cooperation, comprehensive multi-stakeholder engagement, tailored capacity building, and prevention-focused approaches to cybersecurity. All speakers agreed that cybersecurity challenges require unified global responses that include all stakeholders and recognize different national starting points.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for cybersecurity governance. The agreement across UN agencies, private sector, and civil society representatives suggests a mature understanding of cybersecurity as a global challenge requiring coordinated responses. This consensus provides a strong foundation for implementing the various frameworks and mechanisms discussed, though practical challenges around stakeholder access and capacity building implementation remain.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Pace of multilateral progress versus urgency of threat landscape

Speakers

– Kaja Ciglic
– Melanie Regimbal

Arguments

I think the, it’s, I think for us, I think we’re a little bit less optimistic than sort of some of the discussions here. I think the, well, obviously in the broader geopolitical environment, it’s important that progress is made, but oftentimes the progress is very incremental in the desire to have consensus and the threat landscape is getting worse day by day


Responsible behavior is always built on trust and confidence, and so this is the basis for the dialogue, and we’re hopeful that this topic will continue to be at the forefront of our agenda


Summary

Kaja Ciglic from Microsoft expresses pessimism about the slow pace of multilateral progress compared to rapidly deteriorating threats, while Melanie Regimbal from UNODA emphasizes the importance of maintaining dialogue and consensus-building despite slow progress


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Focus on mitigation versus prevention in cybersecurity approaches

Speakers

– Wout de Natris
– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal
– Moliehi Makumane

Arguments

What I notice in these discussions that is very often all going about mitigation and not about prevention. And what we’re advocating as a dynamic coalition is the implementation of long existing security related internet standards into products secure by design


Convention includes strong preventative measures and calls for cooperation between states, private sector, and civil society organizations


Summary

Wout de Natris argues that discussions focus too much on mitigation rather than prevention through technical standards implementation, while the UN representatives emphasize that their frameworks do include preventative measures, though perhaps not with the technical focus de Natris advocates


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Unexpected differences

Optimism about multilateral cybersecurity progress

Speakers

– Kaja Ciglic
– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Arguments

I think the, it’s, I think for us, I think we’re a little bit less optimistic than sort of some of the discussions here


Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years


Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation


Explanation

Unexpectedly, the private sector representative (Microsoft) is more pessimistic about progress than the UN representatives, despite typically being seen as more agile and solution-oriented. This reverses the expected dynamic where private sector might be more optimistic about technological solutions while government representatives might be more cautious about diplomatic progress


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion reveals moderate disagreements primarily around the pace and effectiveness of current multilateral approaches versus the urgency of evolving threats, and different emphases on technical prevention versus diplomatic frameworks


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. While speakers have different perspectives on approach and pace, they share fundamental agreement on the importance of cybersecurity cooperation, multi-stakeholder engagement, and capacity building. The disagreements are more about methodology and urgency rather than fundamental goals, suggesting potential for constructive dialogue and complementary approaches rather than irreconcilable differences


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized that achieving consensus in cybersecurity governance represents a remarkable accomplishment given current geopolitical tensions, with both processes involving extensive stakeholder participation and demonstrating global commitment to cooperation.

Speakers

– Glen Prichard
– Melanie Regimbal

Arguments

Convention represents major multilateral achievement despite geopolitical tensions, involving 155 member states and extensive stakeholder participation over three years


Working group operates by consensus and has achieved three annual reports approved unanimously, demonstrating global commitment to cybersecurity cooperation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognized that the rapidly evolving threat landscape requires adaptive and responsive approaches, with Makumane focusing on the capacity building response and Ciglic detailing the specific nature of emerging threats.

Speakers

– Moliehi Makumane
– Kaja Ciglic

Arguments

Capacity building must be tailored and demand-driven, addressing varying national maturity levels and rapidly evolving threat landscapes


Threat landscape deteriorating with increased ransomware operations and convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals


Topics

Cybersecurity


Both speakers advocated for prevention-focused approaches, with de Natris emphasizing technical standards implementation and the participant focusing on educational prevention starting with students.

Speakers

– Wout de Natris
– Participant

Arguments

Emphasis needed on prevention through implementation of existing security standards and secure-by-design procurement practices


Cybersecurity education should start with students through interactive curricula teaching safe internet and AI usage


Topics

Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The UN Cybercrime Convention represents a major multilateral achievement, involving 155 member states over three years of negotiations, with signing ceremony scheduled for October 25-26 in Vietnam


The Open-Ended Working Group on ICT Security is concluding its five-year process and aims to establish a permanent mechanism for addressing cybersecurity issues through consensus-based approach


There is a clear evolution from voluntary cybersecurity norms to concrete implementation mechanisms, with states increasingly incorporating norms into national strategies


The cybersecurity threat landscape is deteriorating rapidly, with increased ransomware operations and convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals


Multi-stakeholder engagement remains crucial but faces barriers, particularly for private sector participation in state-led dialogues


Prevention through technical standards implementation and cybersecurity education starting at student level is essential for long-term security


Capacity building must be tailored to different national maturity levels while ensuring equitable progress across developed and developing countries


Resolutions and action items

UNODC to support countries with ratification of the UN Cybercrime Convention and harmonization of legal frameworks


Registration for the Vietnam signing ceremony to open soon on the convention’s webpage


UNODA to continue managing the global intergovernmental points of contact directory with over 120 participating states


Final report of the Open-Ended Working Group to be concluded the day after this session


WSIS stakeholders to support modalities for stakeholder engagement in future permanent cybersecurity mechanisms


Dynamic Coalition on Internet Standards Security and Safety offers assistance with capacity building on secure-by-design implementation


Unresolved issues

How to bridge the gap between slow multilateral progress and rapidly evolving cyber threats


Ensuring equitable participation of all stakeholders, particularly addressing financial and access barriers


Balancing state sovereignty with need for global cooperation in cybersecurity governance


Addressing the convergence between nation-state actors and cybercriminals while maintaining diplomatic relations


Implementing secure-by-design principles across diverse national procurement systems


Making cybersecurity education mandatory in university IT curricula globally


Developing responsive capacity building that addresses both current needs and future threats


Suggested compromises

Stakeholders should have ‘a voice, not a vote’ in state-led cybersecurity dialogues


Hybrid meeting options to reduce financial burden and environmental impact while maintaining participation


Sponsorship programs focusing on women and developing country delegates to improve participation balance


Complementary rather than competing mechanisms between different UN cybersecurity processes


Tailored, demand-driven capacity building that recognizes different national starting points rather than one-size-fits-all approaches


Continuous consultation processes between state-led dialogues and multi-stakeholder community rather than isolated negotiations


Thought provoking comments

The fact that we could come together and have member states agree on a common framework to combat and prevent cybercrime shows the importance of this thing, because there’s not many things that the world are agreeing on at the moment, and the fact that they all come together and agreed on that.

Speaker

Glen Prichard


Reason

This comment reframes the cybercrime convention not just as a technical achievement, but as a rare example of successful multilateralism in an increasingly fragmented geopolitical landscape. It highlights the unique urgency that cybercrime presents, transcending traditional political divisions.


Impact

This observation set a tone of cautious optimism for the discussion and established cybersecurity as a unifying issue that can bridge geopolitical divides, influencing how other panelists framed their own processes as achievements despite global tensions.


We see close to 600 million identity, just identity attacks per day. We track over 80 trillion signals from across our network again on a daily basis, which is not something that any human could handle.

Speaker

Kaja Ciglic


Reason

These staggering numbers provide concrete evidence of the scale mismatch between current threats and human capacity to respond. This shifts the discussion from abstract policy frameworks to the urgent reality of what organizations are facing daily.


Impact

This comment created a stark contrast with the slower-paced multilateral processes discussed earlier, highlighting the tension between the speed of threats and the pace of international cooperation. It reinforced the need for AI-assisted defense and challenged the adequacy of current approaches.


We are seeing increasing convergence between nation state actors and cyber criminals… they’re either tolerating to try to be charitable to a lot of them, and violating the norm of due diligence, cybercrime operators acting outside from their country, attacking other countries, or sometimes actively participating through their cybersecurity apparatus.

Speaker

Kaja Ciglic


Reason

This comment exposes a fundamental challenge to the state-centric approach of UN processes – when states themselves are part of the problem through tolerance or active participation in cybercrime. It questions the basic assumptions underlying international cooperation frameworks.


Impact

This observation added complexity to the discussion by highlighting the limitations of state-led solutions when states themselves may be complicit. It implicitly challenged the optimism of earlier speakers about international cooperation and introduced the theme of accountability gaps.


What I notice in these discussions that is very often all going about mitigation and not about prevention… we’re advocating as a dynamic coalition is the implementation of long existing security related internet standards into products secure by design.

Speaker

Wout de Natris


Reason

This comment fundamentally challenges the entire framing of the discussion by pointing out that much focus is on responding to problems rather than preventing them through better technical implementation. It suggests that solutions already exist but aren’t being deployed.


Impact

This intervention shifted the conversation from high-level policy frameworks to practical technical implementation, introducing the concept that prevention through secure-by-design approaches might be more effective than the mitigation-focused international processes being discussed.


If you look at university curriculums around the world… the majority of leading universities with pretty much anywhere around the world do not have cybersecurity as a compulsory part of IT curriculums, it demonstrates that there continues to be a disconnect about the importance of how important thinking about security is.

Speaker

Kaja Ciglic


Reason

This comment identifies a fundamental structural problem in how the next generation of IT professionals is being trained, suggesting that the cybersecurity crisis is being perpetuated at the educational level. It connects current threats to systemic educational gaps.


Impact

This observation broadened the discussion beyond immediate policy responses to longer-term structural changes needed in education systems. It reinforced the earlier audience comment about starting with students and added urgency to educational reform as a cybersecurity imperative.


Because the norms are voluntary and non-binding, a lot of time and effort has gone into raising awareness about what the norms are… though non-binding and voluntary, are reasonable standards of expectations for behavior of member states in cyberspace.

Speaker

Moliehi Makumane


Reason

This comment highlights a key tension in international governance – the gap between voluntary norms and binding enforcement. It suggests that even non-binding agreements can have normative power, but questions remain about their practical effectiveness.


Impact

This observation provided nuance to the discussion about the effectiveness of international processes, suggesting that progress shouldn’t only be measured by binding agreements but also by the establishment of behavioral expectations and their integration into national policies.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively shaped the discussion by introducing multiple layers of complexity and tension that weren’t apparent in the initial presentations. While the UN representatives presented their processes as achievements in multilateral cooperation, the private sector perspective and audience interventions revealed significant gaps between policy frameworks and operational realities. The discussion evolved from celebrating international cooperation to acknowledging the limitations of state-centric approaches, the scale mismatch between threats and responses, and the need for more fundamental changes in technical implementation and education. The most impactful comments challenged the underlying assumptions of the international processes being discussed, shifting the conversation from ‘how to improve current approaches’ to ‘whether current approaches are adequate.’ This created a more honest and comprehensive dialogue about the true challenges facing cybersecurity governance, moving beyond diplomatic optimism to confront practical limitations and structural problems.


Follow-up questions

How can WSIS stakeholders contribute to and benefit from the processes that UNODA is leading, given the complex landscape of cybersecurity governance?

Speaker

Sadhvi Saran


Explanation

This was posed as a direct question to understand how the World Summit on the Information Society framework can better integrate with and support UN disarmament processes in cybersecurity


How can the Action Line C5 evolve to meet the shifting cybersecurity landscape?

Speaker

Sadhvi Saran


Explanation

This question addresses the need to adapt existing frameworks to respond to rapidly evolving cyber threats and technological changes


What can organizations like the UN do to bridge the gap between state-led dialogues and the perspectives of the technical community and industry?

Speaker

Sadhvi Saran


Explanation

This explores the challenge of ensuring meaningful multi-stakeholder participation in intergovernmental cybersecurity processes


How can existing international laws and norms be interpreted and applied to AI governance?

Speaker

Sadhvi Saran


Explanation

This relates to applying lessons learned from cybersecurity governance to emerging AI governance challenges, building on the finding that over 60 existing international instruments could apply to AI


How can secure-by-design principles and internet security standards be better implemented in government procurement and capacity building?

Speaker

Wout de Natris


Explanation

This addresses the gap between focusing on mitigation versus prevention, emphasizing the need for proactive security measures in ICT procurement


How can cybersecurity education be integrated as mandatory components in university IT curricula globally?

Speaker

Kaja Ciglic


Explanation

This highlights the disconnect between the importance of cybersecurity and its optional status in most university IT programs worldwide


How can capacity building strategies ensure all countries (advanced, developing, and least developed) can progress at a more equitable pace in cybersecurity capabilities?

Speaker

Online participant (Kunle)


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of bridging the digital divide and ensuring inclusive cybersecurity capacity building across different development levels


How can cybersecurity education and awareness programs be developed and implemented at the student level to shape future digital citizens?

Speaker

Professor Nabi


Explanation

This focuses on the need for early intervention in cybersecurity education to build a more security-conscious next generation


How can capacity building programs be made more responsive to rapidly evolving threat landscapes while maintaining effectiveness?

Speaker

Moliehi Makumane


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of delivering timely and relevant capacity building when cyber threats and needs change faster than traditional program development cycles


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

High-Level Dialogue: How a growing space ecosystem can be better leveraged to achieve the SDGs?

High-Level Dialogue: How a growing space ecosystem can be better leveraged to achieve the SDGs?

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on how growing space ecosystems can be leveraged to achieve Sustainable Development Goals, featuring four expert panelists examining different aspects of the space industry. Alexandre Vallet, moderating from the ITU, emphasized that satellite technology has evolved from limited applications to a comprehensive space ecosystem that extends far beyond providing broadband connectivity to underserved areas.


Almudena Azcarate-Ortega from UNIDIR explained that space security involves preventing deliberate harm to space systems, distinguishing it from space safety which addresses unintentional hazards. She highlighted that while the Outer Space Treaty provides a legal framework, there is no specific treaty addressing space security concerns, leading to ongoing multilateral discussions about norms and responsible behavior in space. The lack of common understanding of terminology across different languages and legal systems presents significant challenges in international negotiations.


Dr. Ingo Baumann discussed the practical role of space lawyers, noting that over 50 countries now have national space laws, with Europe proposing the first regional EU Space Act. He emphasized that modern space legislation focuses increasingly on national competitiveness and fostering space ecosystems rather than merely implementing international obligations.


Bruno Bechard from Kineis described how their IoT satellite constellation supports SDGs through wildlife tracking, environmental monitoring, and supply chain optimization, covering 85% of Earth’s surface not served by terrestrial networks. However, he noted that narrowband services face regulatory challenges different from broadband providers.


Chloe Saboye-Pasquier from Ridespace explained their role as launch brokers helping satellite operators navigate complex regulatory requirements across multiple jurisdictions. She identified radio frequency registration delays and the need for consistent international regulations as major barriers for newcomers to space.


The discussion concluded that while space technology offers tremendous potential for achieving SDGs, success depends on addressing security challenges, harmonizing legal frameworks, and ensuring accessible regulatory processes for emerging space actors.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Space Security Framework and Challenges**: Discussion of what constitutes space security (deliberate threats vs. accidental hazards), current governance through treaties like the Outer Space Treaty, and emerging threats including counter-space capabilities, space debris, and cyber attacks on space systems.


– **Legal and Regulatory Frameworks for Space Activities**: Examination of the evolution of national space laws from basic international treaty compliance to competitive frameworks supporting national space ecosystems, including the proposed EU Space Act as a potential model for regional harmonization.


– **Innovative Space Services Supporting SDGs**: Presentation of concrete examples including Kineis’s IoT satellite services for environmental monitoring, wildlife tracking, and supply chain management, demonstrating how space technologies directly contribute to Sustainable Development Goals.


– **Barriers to Space Access and Market Entry**: Discussion of obstacles facing new space companies and countries, including regulatory complexity, radio frequency registration delays, inconsistent national laws, and the need for better coordination between different regulatory frameworks.


– **Future Priorities and Solutions**: Identification of urgent needs including improved international cooperation, standardized terminology in multilateral discussions, enhanced transparency and confidence-building measures, and potential revival of international organizational models for certain space applications.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how the growing space ecosystem can be better leveraged to achieve Sustainable Development Goals, examining both the current state of space security, legal frameworks, and innovative services, while identifying barriers and future priorities for making space technologies more accessible and effective in addressing global challenges.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, collaborative, and forward-looking tone throughout. Speakers demonstrated expertise while acknowledging challenges, and the conversation was constructive rather than critical. The tone remained consistently optimistic about space technology’s potential to address global issues, while being realistic about current obstacles and the complexity of international coordination required to overcome them.


Speakers

– **Alexandre Vallet** – Chief of the Space Services Department in the ITU Radio Communication Bureau, Session Moderator


– **Almudena Azcarate Ortega** – Lead Space Security Researcher at the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research (UNIDIR), Scholar specializing in space security and multilateral discussions


– **Bruno Bechard** – Chief Technical Officer at Kineis (LEO satellite operator), Former CTO of Rivada Space Networks, Background in Orange Group with experience in fixed, mobile, satellite and IT sectors


– **Ingo Baumann** – Founding Partner of BH Oligar (British technology law firm based in Cologne, Germany), Space Law Practitioner specializing in national, European and international high-technology projects, Member of the International Institute of Space Law and the UPN Center for Space Law


– **Chloe Saboye Pasquier** – Multi-launcher Launch Mission Manager at Hyde Space, Specialist in managing cross-field teams and launch campaigns, Expert in regulatory matters including radio frequency registration and compliance


Additional speakers:


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Leveraging Growing Space Ecosystems for Sustainable Development Goals: A Panel Discussion Report


## Executive Summary


This expert panel discussion, moderated by Alexandre Vallet from the ITU Radio Communication Bureau, examined how the rapidly expanding space ecosystem can be leveraged to achieve Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Held on the final day of the YCS plus 20 high level event, the session brought together four distinguished speakers representing different facets of the space industry: space security research, legal frameworks, satellite operations, and launch services.


Vallet opened by noting that 22 years ago, the 2003 World Summit on the Information Society plan of action already recognized satellite technology’s role in development. Since then, the industry has evolved from “a limited set of satellite markets into a full space ecosystem.” The discussion revealed both the tremendous potential of modern space technologies and the significant challenges that must be addressed to fully realize this potential, including regulatory gaps, security vulnerabilities, and the need for enhanced international coordination.


## Space Security Framework and Contemporary Challenges


Almudena Azcarate Ortega from UNIDIR provided foundational clarity by distinguishing between space security and space safety—a distinction critical for understanding the regulatory landscape. She explained that “space security deals more with those intentional threats or intentional harms, and then space safety deals with unintentional harms.”


Contrary to common perceptions, Azcarate Ortega emphasized that space security does not exist in a legal vacuum. The Outer Space Treaty provides a legal framework of principles relevant to space security concerns, though she acknowledged there is no specific treaty addressing space security comprehensively. Current governance relies on various non-binding mechanisms and ongoing multilateral discussions through UN bodies, including the Group of Governmental Experts and the Open-Ended Working Group.


The security challenges facing space systems are increasingly sophisticated, including kinetic attacks (physical destruction of satellites), non-kinetic attacks (jamming, spoofing, cyber attacks), and electronic warfare capabilities. These counter-space capabilities pose significant dangers not only to space systems themselves but also to Earth-based services that depend on satellite infrastructure.


Azcarate Ortega highlighted the connection between terrestrial geopolitics and space security: “Space security is influenced by the geopolitical climate that we have on Earth… The more tense that relations are on Earth, the more tense, or the more lack of trust that we will see when it comes to space activities.”


A significant barrier to effective space security governance is the lack of common understanding of terminology across different languages and legal systems. Azcarate Ortega noted that “in Spanish, for example, the same word is used for both security and safety.” To address this issue, UNIDIR has developed a space security lexicon available at spacesecuritylexicon.org in six official languages.


## Evolution of Legal Frameworks and Regulatory Approaches


Dr. Ingo Baumann provided a historical perspective on the evolution of space law, identifying three distinct phases in national space legislation development. The first phase focused purely on implementing international law obligations. The second phase emerged around university and startup projects, as governments recognized the need to support emerging space activities. The third and ongoing phase represents a shift towards national competitiveness, with space laws increasingly designed to enhance a country’s position in the global space economy.


This evolution reflects how governments now view space activities as a strategic sector requiring active promotion rather than just careful regulation. Baumann noted that more than 50 countries now have national space laws, with 13 out of 27 EU countries having established frameworks.


The proposed EU Space Act represents a significant development as the first supranational space law framework. Baumann suggested this could serve as a model for other regions, potentially offering a middle path between purely national approaches and global governance mechanisms.


Baumann’s professional experience revealed that space lawyers work across three main areas: government consultancy on policy and regulatory matters, public procurement for space programmes, and commercial contracts between space companies. Interestingly, he suggested that international collaboration models from the 1970s-80s satellite organizations might still be relevant for addressing current global challenges, noting that “if we would bring maybe a bit more of international collaboration and mechanisms to that sometimes we may be faster to really find stable solutions for the problems we are looking to.”


## Innovative Space Services Supporting Sustainable Development


Bruno Bechard from Kineis provided concrete examples of how modern space technologies directly contribute to SDGs. Kineis operates 25 nanosatellites at 650 kilometers altitude with 20 ground stations, providing Internet of Things (IoT), localization, and maritime tracking services. This represents a significant upgrade to the 40-year-old Argos system—improving capabilities by a factor of 100.


The scope of applications demonstrates space technology’s potential beyond traditional connectivity services. Kineis’s services enable wildlife tracking for conservation efforts, environmental monitoring including fire detection, and supply chain optimization. These applications cover approximately 85% of Earth’s surface not served by terrestrial networks.


Bechard emphasized that building successful space ecosystems requires comprehensive support structures: “Building ecosystems requires training programs and information sharing to help universities and partners develop applications using new space technologies.”


However, Bechard identified significant regulatory challenges facing narrowband services. Unlike broadband providers, narrowband IoT services require different regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions, with affordable fees that match their smaller business cases. Current regulatory approaches often fail to account for these differences, creating barriers to market entry and service development.


## Market Access Barriers and Operational Complexities


Chloe Saboye Pasquier from Ridespace provided insights into practical challenges facing newcomers to the space industry. As a launch solution broker, Ridespace connects satellite operators with launch providers while managing complex regulatory compliance requirements across multiple jurisdictions. The company achieved “the first completely private launch mission between China and foreign countries.”


The complexity of multi-jurisdictional operations was illustrated through a concrete scenario: “We have to imagine the worst case scenario for us would be to have a satellite for one country launching on a launch vehicle for another country, but actually this launch vehicle use a launch site from a third country. So basically we would be under three different national registration in addition to all the international or regional institutions.”


Radio frequency registration presents particular difficulties for small satellite missions. Saboye Pasquier noted that delays of 4-6 months for APAA registration create significant barriers, especially for missions with short operational lifespans. The inefficiency of current spectrum allocation systems was highlighted through the observation that many registered frequencies remain unused while newcomers struggle to access spectrum for short-term missions.


Looking towards future technologies, Saboye Pasquier identified direct-to-device satellite services using constellation-to-constellation communication as an emerging area requiring new regulatory approaches. These services would eliminate the need for ground stations by communicating through existing constellations.


The need for consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations emerged as a critical priority. Saboye Pasquier emphasized that “we need consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations to enable multi-jurisdictional missions.”


## Key Challenges and Proposed Solutions


The discussion identified several critical unresolved issues requiring continued attention. Regulatory frameworks for narrowband IoT services lag behind those for broadband, creating market access barriers. Radio frequency registration delays continue to impede small satellite missions, particularly in countries without dedicated space agencies.


The absence of mechanisms for sharing unused radio frequency allocations prevents efficient spectrum utilization. Space traffic management and debris mitigation require enhanced international coordination beyond current voluntary guidelines. The growing threat of counter-space capabilities demands improved security measures and international cooperation.


Several concrete solutions emerged from the discussion. Adapting international collaboration models from earlier satellite organizations could provide frameworks for addressing global challenges through space technologies. Building ecosystems through training programs and information sharing could help develop applications using new space technologies.


Creating rental or sharing mechanisms for radio frequency bands could help newcomers access spectrum for short-term missions while improving overall efficiency. Establishing better communication channels between national regulators could address regulatory disparities and improve coordination for multi-jurisdictional operations.


## Implications for Sustainable Development


The discussion revealed that space technologies offer significant opportunities for achieving SDGs, but realizing this potential requires addressing fundamental challenges in governance, security, and accessibility. The evolution from limited satellite applications to comprehensive space ecosystems creates new possibilities for addressing global challenges while demanding more sophisticated regulatory approaches.


The connection between space security and terrestrial geopolitics suggests that achieving sustainable space development requires addressing broader issues of international relations and trust-building. The linguistic and cultural barriers to effective multilateral cooperation highlight the need for enhanced communication between different stakeholders.


The democratization of space access enables more diverse applications and innovations but also creates regulatory complexity that existing frameworks struggle to address.


## Conclusion


This discussion demonstrated that leveraging growing space ecosystems for sustainable development requires a multifaceted approach addressing technical, legal, political, and cultural challenges. The speakers revealed both the tremendous potential of modern space technologies and the significant barriers that must be overcome to fully realize this potential.


The path forward requires enhanced international cooperation, regulatory modernization, and ecosystem building to fully leverage space technologies for global challenges. Success depends on addressing not just technological and regulatory challenges, but also fundamental issues of international cooperation and governance.


The recording of this session will be made available online on the YCIS website, ensuring broader access to these important discussions. The challenge now lies in translating these insights into concrete policy actions and international cooperation mechanisms that enable space technologies to make their full contribution to achieving Sustainable Development Goals.


Session transcript

Alexandre Vallet: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . start and good morning and welcome to the final day of the YCS plus 20 high level event. My name is Alexandre Vallée, I’m the chief of the space services department in the IQ radio communication bureau, and I will moderate this session this morning. We are going to discuss the theme of how growing space ecosystems can be better leveraged to achieve these sustainable development goals. And let me start by providing you with a bit of context. As you may have noted, probably satellite technology is now very often quoted, even in the non-specialized press, as having a crucial role to play in providing connectivity and bridging the digital divide. Interestingly enough, the plan of action that was adopted at the end of the first session of the World Summit on the Information Society back in December 2003 was already recognizing this role by calling to develop and strengthen national, regional, and international broadband network infrastructure, including delivery by satellite and other systems, in order to help in providing the capacity to match the needs of countries and their citizens and for the delivery of new ICT-based services. You see, 22 years ago, this was already a goal of the OASIS. Since 2003, however, thanks to innovation from the satellite industry, satellite applications have considerably evolved and have even transformed from a limited set of satellite markets into a full space ecosystem. And today, satellite technologies cannot be confined anymore to the delivery of global broadband connectivity services for underserved areas. But even if this goal remains extremely difficult, it is not an easy task to achieve in the long term. So, I would like to thank you for your attention, and I would like to invite you to join us next time. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. important, we can see that service innovation and new satellite technologies offer promises of implementing a more comprehensive space ecosystem. We will offer more solutions to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals. The crucial building block of the space ecosystem is law. Not only space law, but a comprehensive and sound legal frameworks that are providing the necessary legal certainty and stability for the space economy to flourish. However, all these initiatives and innovations are in vain if they cannot be deployed, used and commercialized in a peaceful environment. This is why also ensuring security in outer space is crucial in the years to come. Especially if we really want to benefit from the new applications and the space technologies that are currently emerging. This is why these sessions will aim at providing you with an understanding of potential security challenges posed by the growing use of outer space, also give you a better grasp of the diversity of space applications today, and also give you or provide you with more insights into the key legal challenges that remain to create a true full space economy. In this session, I am joined by four wonderful remote panelists. First, Ms. Almudena Skarate-Urtega, the lead space security researcher at the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research, UNIDIR. In her position, she has led UNIDIR’s participation in several multilateral discussions on space security, including the 2022-2023 UN Open-Ended Working Group on Reducing Space Through to spread threats through norms, rules and principles of responsible behaviour. She’s also an eminent scholar who has widely published and briefed UN member states on the topic of space security. So she will provide very useful insights on this matter. The second panelist is Mr Bruno Bechard, the Chief Technical Officer at Kinesis, which is a LEO satellite operator dedicated to low data rate applications like Internet of Things, AIS or localisation services. He will tell us more about what his company is offering during this session. Bruno has spent most of his career with the Orange Group, where he held a number of positions of responsibility in both engineering and operations in the fixed, mobile, satellite and IT sectors. For the past two years, he was also CTO of Rivada Space Networks. A background of both traditional telco and a more space-oriented turn of career recently. Thank you very much for joining me. Dr Ingo Bormann is the founding partner of BH Oligar. It’s a British technology law firm based in Cologne, Germany. He specialises in national, European and international high-technology projects, mostly in the space industry. His customers include leading stakeholders such as the European Commission, European Space Agency, German Space Agency or large satellite operators, but also SME and new space start-ups. He has a broad experience and practice in the field of practical space law, a bit opposed to theoretical space law. He will give us his view as a practitioner in space law. It is worth noting that Dr Bormann is also a member of the International Institute… Institute of Space Law and the UPN Center for Space Law. And finally, Ms. Chloé Saboyer-Pasquier, a multi-launcher launch mission manager at Hyde Space, with more than 15 missions launched or in progress. And Ms. Pasquier will also provide us more information about what exactly what kind of services the company is providing later in the panel. But just to mention that she herself specializes in managing cross-field teams and then to ensure mission readiness and leading the launch campaigns for the customers of Hyde Space. So this includes support for logistics, for regulatory matters, such as radio frequency registration, transportation, to ensure compliance with all national and international regulation of satellite. So let me now start maybe with the topic of space security and turn to Almudena for a first question. Based on your quite rich experience in the field of space security, could you shed for our audience some light on what is space security exactly and how it is currently ensured? Because we don’t really hear in the press that something is going wrong in space. So it should be ensured currently. Please, you have the floor. Thank you.


Almudena Azcarate Ortega: Thank you very much, Alexandre. And thank you also to the ITU for the invitation. It’s such a shame that I couldn’t be there in person. But I’m very pleased to be here today sharing this panel with other wonderful speakers. So when we talk about space security, particularly at the multilateral level, we refer to the relationship that exists among space objects and activities and the maintenance of peace and security and disarmament, including what we call the prevention of unauthorised in outer space, or PAROS, which is the sort of agenda item under which all space. security discussions are held at the UN level. Space security discussions in the United Nations are discussed in different fora, such as the Conference on Disarmament, the First Committee of the General Assembly and the Disarmament Commission. And space security is also commonly understood to refer to measures designed to prevent deliberate harms to space systems. So I do want to highlight that deliberate aspect of the harms include, and when I talk about space system, I talk about the space system as a whole, but also its component parts. And the reason why I underscored the deliberate harms or the intentional threats undertaken by another actor is because this is different to space safety, which is another area of multinatural space security, sorry, multinatural space discussions that we have at the UN. Space safety relates more closely to the peaceful uses of our space. Those are the kinds of conversations that are happening in Copios in Vienna. And it’s understood to refer to the measures aimed at preventing accidental or unintentional hazards to space systems. So to recap, space security deals more with those intentional threats or intentional harms, and then space safety deals with unintentional harms. And those unintentional harms could be anything from natural occurring hazards like solar flares or also human made, but as long as they are unintentional, they fall under the purview of Copios, whereas intentional threats fall under the purview of Paris. And to the second part of your question, what sort of governs space security? How do we control that space is being maintained as a secure environment? It’s interesting because even though the main space treaties that everybody in the room is probably familiar with, such as the Outer Space Treaty and the Subsequent Treaties, actually originated from security concerns during the Cold War. So essentially, states were afraid that the Cold War could extend to outer space because of certain weapons tests that were being conducted beyond the atmosphere. And that’s what prompted the international community to start negotiating the Outer Space Treaty. The text of the Outer Space Treaty and also the Subsequent International Treaties don’t really focus on space security issues. That being said, space security doesn’t actually exist in a legal vacuum. The Outer Space Treaty does provide a robust legal framework of principles that are relevant to space security concerns. Article 4 is an example of this, so the prohibition of the placement, installation or stationing of weapons of mass destruction in orbit, as well as the placement of any types of weapons in intellectual bodies. So that’s an example of that. Article 3 of the Outer Space Treaty also establishes the applicability of international law as a whole to the outer space environment. And this means also arms control treaties, general international laws such as international humanitarian law, law of the sea, air law, all of which are relevant to space security. So all of those apply to space as well. As well as multiple non-legally binding mechanisms such as expert control agreements like the Wassenaar Arrangement, the MTCR and other agreements like the H code of conduct are also relevant to space security. And then we also have the international community realising, OK, because we don’t have a specific treaty or a specific mechanism that deals explicitly with space security, we really want to focus on that in our multi-stakeholder approach. That’s why Paros, the prevention of an armistice in outer space, was born as an agenda item within the United Nations. And in this context of Paros discussions, multiple initiatives have been brought forward, both legally binding treaties as well as non-legally binding mechanisms, a draft treaty on the prohibition of the placement of weapons, as well as the threats and the use of force in outer space, which was proposed by Russia and China a few years ago. And it’s recently brought back as an example of what a legally binding document on space security could look like. There’s also been multiple groups of governmental experts that have recommended the implementation of transparency and confidence building measures for space security. Also you mentioned when you introduced me, Alexandra, the open-ended working group on reducing threats to space that systems through norms, rules and principles are responsible behaviours. So those are proposals of non-legally binding mechanisms to ensure space security. So even though we don’t yet have a concrete treaty on space security issues, there has been multiple conversations and there continue to be multiple conversations about this topic. So this really highlights the importance that states place on space security precisely because of all those reasons that you were mentioning during your introduction, how essential space infrastructure is for humanity and humankind’s daily lives. So we do try to address it at the multilateral level and even at the domestic level or regional level as well. States are also establishing their own doctrines, their own strategies to ensure that space is kept as a secure and peaceful domain. I could say a lot more, but I’m going to leave it at that. I’ll be very interested to hear what the rest of the panellists have to say and eager to continue the conversation. of this discussion. Thank you very much.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much, Sharmilina. And yes, we will discuss more about the future of space security as well in the second part of the panel. Following your presentation and your explanation, I think we have now understood how obviously space security is a key element for ensuring stable operations in space. But this is also true from good legal frameworks. So we can say that for good legal frameworks for space activities. And this is why I would like now to turn to Ingo Bergman to give us an explanation more of more practitioner aspects. And could you explain to us what a space lawyer is doing specifically on a more routine basis, not only the dealing with treaties. And in particular, could you give us some example of your roles and actions, the role of an action of a space lawyer in the development and deployment of a satellite project?


Ingo Baumann: Yeah, good morning, everybody. Alexandra, many thanks for having me. It’s great to be here. Yeah, space lawyer from a law firm point of view, it’s still, it’s let’s say a bit unusual compared to other law firms, et cetera. It’s a lot of academic, a lot of academic activities. Book chapters, book publications, articles, conference panels like today and so on. So that makes a big part. Otherwise, I would say it’s mostly three areas. One is more study consultancy work for governments or governmental agencies. And in our European case, also of course the EU bodies on national space legislation, either for developing it for the first time or reviewing, modernizing, amending them. the development of national industry and technology progress and so on. So we do quite a lot of larger, longer projects for governments, mostly on Europe, but also increasingly in other areas, the Arabian countries, for example, advising on how to establish national space law, or how to solve certain specific legal issues linked to national space programs. That is also an area, and that leads to the second part, is let’s say public procurement of space systems, space services, and you name it, whereby this is split sometimes, and still the majority we work also for governmental agencies to assist in preparation and conduction of public procurement, but it can also be on the commercial side to help to review the conditions, to make sound offers, to do negotiations, and also then the contract management. And the last part is then really commercial, so all the type of, let’s say, contractual arrangements between commercial space companies, starting from NDA up to, let’s say, ordering a whole bunch of satellites or launch service agreements, space insurance contracts, hosted payload, or also looking into new applications like reentry vehicles or in-space manufacturing and on-orbit services, different terminologies here, ISOM, ISOS, and so on. So these are the main areas. Looking to national space law, of course, we have an increasing number of countries with national space law. I think it’s now more than 50 already and constantly increasing within Europe, 27 member states. We have 13 countries, so almost half with national space laws, but many others are working on them. And those with older space laws are also either having already concluded processes of modernizing or in the process of modernizing. So that is worldwide. It’s, of course, a strong and ongoing activity. And what we see here, what I always say also in my more academic works, you can, even if it’s overlapping and so on, but you can have that in phases. The first phase of national space laws was really purely looking to the international law, the treaties, the obligations of states under the treaties and how to implement them. So these national space laws tend to be rather international law focused and rather short. Then we had a whole wave of national space laws surrounding university projects, first spin off, first small companies in a country. So we have, especially in Europe, we have a whole series of national space laws which were built in this 2005, 2012 area. Then the third and still ongoing phase is now really looking into national competitiveness. How can we foster the national ecosystem? How can we support startups, job creation? International competitiveness, both on national as in the industrial level. So the perspective on national space law has changed quite a lot. And now, since a few days, we have something even more new on the table, which is the first proposal for a regional or supranational space law. Many of you may have heard that the European Commission has made a legislative proposal for an EU Space Act. This will be a longer process, but if adopted, we will be able to implement it. would have a first set of a harmonized framework for a whole group of countries and that can, of course, over time also become a good example for other regions. I would mainly think of Africa, but also in Asia, South America. So if it works well in Europe over time, over longer periods, it might be a starting point for this new development. SDG, of course, we see in national space laws, we see a focus on space safety beyond the international obligations of authorization, supervision, liability, registration. This is the core to ensure that also non-governmental activities are safe and over the years, and all of you know it, the international developments of guidelines and technical standards on space debris, mitigation, et cetera, et cetera, but also other methods, they flow also into national space law and become then also binding through the law or through licensing conditions. However, let’s say SDG, so more what’s happening on Earth, typically is not an aspect which is treated under national space laws.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much, Ingo. So as you have noted, the first speakers, the first two speakers, addressed the frameworks necessary to set up a flourishing space ecosystem. I will now turn to a more operational side and introduce you with two examples of innovative actors of this ecosystem. So I will start with Kineis. Bruno, could you… briefly introduce your company, but also the service you are offering and explain how can this service be used to assist in achieving some of the Sustainable Development Goals.


Bruno Bechard: Thank you. Yes, of course, and with pleasure. Thank you, Alexandre, for this invitation. Good morning to everyone. Just to a short presentation of Kinesio, as you told, it’s a nanosat constellation based on 25 nanosatellites flying at 650 kilometers with 20 ground stations around the globe. Kinesio is proposing services, as you said, also IoT services, Internet of Things services based on low power consumption for the devices. Also some localization services and also AIS, Automatic Identification System, for maritime traffic management. So Kinesio has launched its satellites between mid-2024 and March 2025, and right now we are operating services since June. What is interesting also to say is that Kinesio is the heiress of the Argo system that was built 40 years ago and operating, and that is well known for environmental and localization services. So Kinesio constellation upgraded Argo system by a factor of 100. We can allow a factor of 100 more devices on the network. So the services are open, and just to give you some good assets of those. what’s going on right now you know 85% of the earth is not covered but by terrestrial network and the way that we are providing you know services is through this space iot and for the sdg for example we are partnering also with uh with some companies to offer uh i would highlight some some some use cases but for example right now we are with our partner and shareholder cls we are providing some wildlife tracking and also some maritime or fishing monitoring to have a sustainable resources management and also for wildlife to what is interesting it’s not only wildlife tracking and protecting wildlife but it’s also being able to monitor uh some oceanographics parameters or meteorological parameters because you know they are when they are on the on the turtle for example you can monitor many things um all the partnership or other use cases that we are providing are related for example for uh while um for fires and uh fire alerting so we are developing use cases with uh and of course we alert and then protect the forest and uh and by a third uh use case is what we are doing with uh our partners also carling and europort we are following wagons for example and with that innovating for supply chains for optimizing optimization and uh and uh and also the the order the the monitoring that can be done and reducing the costs through this supply chain management. So we are delivering all kinds of service on monitoring, alerting, and tracking on different domains, environmental domains, agriculture, energy, transport, or infrastructure. And we can provide many, many use cases around this. You can imagine water quality or whatever. So this is really interesting. And of course, I think it helps all the SDGs. And it can help all the SDGs in that respect.


Alexandre Vallet: Thanks a lot, Bruno. And thanks, indeed, for giving us some concrete example of services that, indeed, are directly related to some of the SDGs, and for which your services can, indeed, increase or improve, I would say, the quality of monitoring of data collection. Thank you very much. I will now introduce another type of innovative space actor, not providing communications, but making sure that many different missions can go to space. So Chloe, could you introduce Ridespace? And what kind of service do you offer? What types of customers are your main target? And could you explain, in particular, why your offer is different from traditional launch offerings?


Chloe Saboye Pasquier: Yes, thank you very much for having me today. And good morning, everyone. So RIDE is a launch solution broker, which means that we put in relation towards the satellite operator, manufacturer, with the launch provider, and allow them to find the best solution to reach their orbits, depending on the mission constraints. So we are definitely born from the democratization of space. With more launch vehicle solution, it’s, again, a little bit difficult. for some of our customers to find the remaining capacity on the launch vehicle to also find what are the best solution maybe to launch a constellation because we could align to different launch solutions in different countries. The other aspect is that we also support our customer to be able to comply with all the regulation of each launch vehicle, but also each national regulation based on where the launch vehicle take off and also based on where our satellite operator is. So we are doing the link between those two words with different launch vehicle from the USA, Europe, India, but also China, and with a various range of customer. So we have a satellite CubeSat for one kilo and big companies with more than 250 kilogram satellites. So we also see the full range of applications which fall under a different regulation each time. So if we have to differentiate our customer, I would say we can separate them in three different type. We can separate them in newcomers in country having space loads or having regulations. So that would mean startup, that would mean maybe university centers as well or research centers that just want to launch a satellite, but they may not be completely familiar with ecosystems in their own countries and internationally. We also have the second type of customer which are the multi launches constellation planning. So basically those are usually companies with more advance and are looking for solutions to be able to launch multiple satellites on the very specific set of time with specific orbits. So we try to find the best solution combining different launch vehicles. also OCD, or space tax, and everything that is possible in terms of innovations. This can be used, for example, for all the new PNT constellations that are currently in development. And the final one would be to support projects from countries not having any space program. This one is actually a little bit tricky because we may, in some cases, even have to develop with the company or even with the country, some set of regulations, some constraints to be able to comply with international regulation, or at least with the launch vehicle we will launch with. So we are sure that the satellite will respect all the regulations. So this one is mostly the case for countries such as Nepal or Mexico, for example, that we are currently working on. So in this aspect, we have been able to manage the first completely private launch mission between China and foreign countries. So basically exporting a satellite from Europe to China. So also with the importation and all the regulation, the radio frequency that is going on with the specific regulation in China, and be able to comply with all the foreign and international aspects. So in this case, it’s a little bit similar to what Dr. Bowen was saying. We also have a very set part of our activity, which is based in knowledge sharing, being able to advise our clients to what is possible and what is not possible for the mission, not only in terms of technical aspects, because it’s actually quite easy to say that a launch vehicle will be able to launch a very heavy satellite. It’s easy. We just have a look at what are the capabilities. But when we have to look at all the aspects about transportation, export control. radio frequency registrations, and all that is feasible around the mission, this is where we can actually support our clients and coordinate the mission so they are able to successfully launch the satellite on time with all the licenses and certificates that are required for the missions.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much and thank you for offering to us these insights into indeed the new ways of procuring launches. So this first round of questions, as you may have noted, allowed us to better understand the current set of play. So I would like now to pivot to the future and discuss what is currently missing for really leveraging a true space ecosystem and how we could fix what is missing or we could complete that. I will choose a different order of speakers for the first questions and I will start the second one with Bruno. For your company, what are the main obstacles to the pervasive use of your technology all over the world and how do you think these obstacles could be overcome in the next years?


Bruno Bechard: Thank you, Alexandre. I would say that a lot of work has been done on the broadband, as you mentioned at the beginning for your introduction. So a legal framework are there, but for narrowband, like we do for IoT, for example, where we are exchanging very small messages on a few kilohertz, I would say we would need some appropriate regulation and a legal framework and also appropriate license conditions. We’ve got, for example, 20 ground stations, but we cannot multiply them in each country, for example, and definitely our system. is not based for this. So this could be harder. Same for the regulation fees. We can have some issues if we are compared to the broadband service providers because our business case is definitely not the same and we cannot afford some huge regulation fees. So I would say that yes, we need such legal framework to unlock access to the markets. And yes, this could be a good tool. Also, especially for Kinase, but I think for other new space suppliers, we need some information, trainings and also help in terms of building programs because we need to build some ecosystems. And for our example, if our technologies, if we can have some trainings on our technologies, of course, it would unlock the ecosystem so that for a university or whatever would be able to develop upon all our new space technologies. So yes, being more known and so that partners can also recruit and develop on these domains. And of course, as I said, also building programs, because as we say, we can build some use case, we can replicate them. And definitely, for example, if we are developing a solution for flood detection, we can duplicate it in many countries later on. So I would say that could be. this kind of ideas to unlock the access. Thank you.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much. Quite clear. Let me move to Chloé. As you explained, right space is seeing a lot of market potential in new commerce, new companies in, I would say, space-faring nations. But also, new countries that want to enter the space race. And for that, what, in your view, are the main barriers that prevented your services to be accessible by these customers? And how have you managed to overcome this barrier? And what, in your view, are the most pressing challenges for the next years in order to, I would say, improve access to space?


Chloe Saboye Pasquier: Yes. So effectively, we have had some issue, not really for the access of our services, as we are actually a broker. So we put in relation the two words. But we have seen some of our clients not be able actually to launch or to just do their mission as they want it, or at least in the timeline due to all the external factors. So it’s actually today quite easy, if I may say, of course, to buy a satellite platform for a small satellite. We have the possibility of buying a lot of components that are already being used and provided in space. So the actual manufacturing, proper manufacturing, has been defined, a lot of hand works, and can be followed by our clients, which is actually not the most complicated aspect of the launch mission. What we can see is all the overall associated services. to be able to test, to be able to transport, to be able to register the radio frequencies. All of those are actually some of the issue and barrier that our client can face, because either they don’t have the knowledge, the how to know how to do it, or they are blocked in their own country. So this is what we mostly face for the radio frequency registrations for satellite, especially when we are in country without a space agency, because the entity responsible for the communication, for the registration, they sometimes are not trained to register satellites. So the delay for the management of the license can vary from country to country, but sometimes we can just get to four or six months just to get the APAA, for example, which in terms of space or small mission is quite a huge timeline. So this is definitely something that we need to take care of first thing when we have a client coming from a country without space agency. And the second one that we may fear, not today, but maybe tomorrow, is actually the democratization and also the increase in space regulation, which is of course very good. But what we need to be careful is that all of them can comply and recognize each other, because if we have different satellites, we have to imagine the worst case scenario for us would be to have a satellite for one country launching on a launch vehicle for another country, but actually this launch vehicle use a launch site from a third country. So basically we would be under three different national registration in addition to all the international or regional. les institutions. So we have to be very careful that all of them can recognize or compliant with each other in these regulations. So this has been the case for some specific examples. So in France, the French law is actually recognized by New Zealand or by China, which is actually very helpful for us. And this is something we will need in the future so that our mission can be done easier for all the different newcomers and also the country already having a set of regulations. And finally, if I go a little bit in the radio frequency, because this is also the panel of today, for this specific aspect, we have different topics. We have for the newcomers or for people wanting to do some research or just demonstration in orbit. So they only need to use a radio frequency band for a few months or a year. Sometimes it’s very difficult for them to get the allocation for the specific frequency bands, or it would seem to us actually easier to rent, if possible, an available radio frequency band, because we know that some people register them in advance, they don’t use them, so why not share them? But the issue is that we don’t know, we don’t have a database to find the people who would actually accept to rent or to share the frequency band for the clients. So that’s one of the points. And the second that we can foresee in the future, actually very new, is a D-to-D, direct-to-device services. So basically the satellite not needing any ground station, but using the other constellation, because today we have those constellations. that are growing, that are developing, and that actually can provide the services of getting the data back to Earth. So our satellite would only need to communicate with this constellation without the need for registration, sorry, with a ground station. This has been done for re-entry capsule, but it’s not done yet for satellite in orbit. And that could actually be a good solution first to be able to access multiple ground station, but also to help our small newcomers that don’t need a lot of ground station, don’t need a lot of data, to be able just to get back for a few months the data for their research.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much. This is a very rich set of issues that in fact should be addressable in the coming years. So this is very interesting, particularly I like your point on the need for consistency across national law and also between national law and international law. This kind of consistency generally easier to obtain the consistency across international law is something that is indeed challenging and that probably should be the focus on further efforts in the years to come. Ingo, since we are discussing about these issues of consistencies between national laws and the also consistency with international law, in view, in your view as a practitioner in space law, what topics or issues are currently missing in, well, that are currently missing in space laws should be the lawmakers’ and regulators’ priority for the next years?


Ingo Baumann: Alexander, that’s of course is a great question. I think it’s not only one and many things are already ongoing. We heard from Al Mudena, of course, the whole issue of space security. We mentioned space safety and here, of course, we all know more and more objects, more and more collision risks, more and more space debris, but all this is already ongoing. I wouldn’t choose any one of these to be the top priority. They are all priorities. Of course, then this comes together under the overarching term of space traffic management, where also we just had new developments in Corpus. There’s also lots of talks ongoing in diverse bodies and fora, but it’s, of course, extremely difficult. What Chloe very nicely said, the disparity of frameworks, also, let’s say the lack of effective communication channels and contacts between national regulators is certainly an issue. Let’s say the need for mutual recognition in one way or the other, more formal or less formal is certainly also an issue. When I was a bit younger, my PhD topic 25 years ago was on the privatization of the then intergovernmental satellite organizations. What I often reflect is, let’s say, is that really so outdated? Of course, it’s outdated for SATCOM because the international organizations at the time, over three decades, four decades, they allowed, let’s say development of the technology, development of public investment and so on up to a point where privatization, commercialization was feasible. But we have other areas of space technologies and space applications which today are in the starting point where SATCOM was in the late 60s when InterSat was founded or in the early 70s when we saw Inmarsat and UterSat and so on. So of course it’s very difficult to establish an international organization or to come to an international agreement as we also saw it for the ISS. But if I see certain challenges in the broad range of the SDG, climate, fire, disasters and so on and so on, I think we should not totally ignore this old model and sometimes and we also said yes democratization, commercialization, the progress of technology that makes many things easier but we also have counter effects. It means that we have a lot of let’s say systems but somehow let’s say well own national or own commercial initiatives and then for commercial initiatives with all the problems of getting the right investment, making the progress, launching the system etc. etc. If we would bring maybe a bit more of international collaboration and mechanisms to that sometimes we may be faster to really find stable solutions for the problems we are looking to.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much and this is quite interesting to see your reference to this model of international organization because at least in ITU we see some countries in for example, in Africa, thinking about this model also to start their activities in space by joining together and pooling resources in order to be able to have a real first concrete step in space, which probably individually they could not. As you said, this is very, there is a very good parallel with what happened in the 80s and the 70s and 80s on that aspect. That’s so we should not forget this. Finally, back to the opening speaker and the opening topic, Almudena, in your view, what are the most urgent challenges in terms of space security that have now to be addressed? So not necessarily, I don’t ask for a ranking, but maybe the main topics that is now that needs to be addressed in the coming years.


Almudena Azcarate Ortega: Thank you, thank you very much, Alessandro. I think, you know, we could be here all day talking about this is such a complex question, but for the sake of time, I will resist the urge to go on and on about the challenges that exist. I think, first of all, it really depends on who you ask, because obviously states have different priorities, different interests and different objectives when it comes to space operations. So that also contributes to determining what they consider the main challenges or the most urgent challenges. But what we hear about the most in multilateral discussions, and I think some of the things have been mentioned just now by Inga, for example, the whole space debris issue. We hear a lot about the dangers that the development, the testing and the use of counter space capabilities pose. and cancer-based capabilities come in many shapes and forms. They can be kinetic, they can be non-kinetic, like for example, high-powered microwaves, electromagnetic pulses, they can be electronic, and this is particularly important for telecommunications. So they can be jammers or spoofers that affect communications, that cause harmful interference, which is something that’s mentioned explicitly in the Outer Space Treaty, not prohibited in the Outer Space Treaty, although it is prohibited by the ITU rules, but it is mentioned there as something that’s undesirable in the Outer Space Treaty. And then also cyber cancer-based capabilities, which have gained a lot of importance in recent years, particularly due to their use in currently ongoing armed conflict on Earth. And all of these cancer-based capabilities can target any of the segments of a space system, so the ground segment, the space segment, or the data links in between. So there is a lot of conversation going on about them, not just due to the danger that they pose to the space environment itself, but also to the danger that they pose to Earth. So the disabling, the destruction of these space technologies even the temporary interference with the services that these space systems provide can be devastating for Earth, and states and stakeholders in general are becoming increasingly aware of this. So cancer-based capabilities is something that’s definitely a big concern. Then we talked a little bit, Chloe was the one that mentioned it, how do we understand laws? international, national, regional. And I think this goes into another concern that’s very important for security, which is the lack of common understanding that exists, not just necessarily limited to legal interpretation of principles or regulation, but also at the most basic level, the interpretation of terminology. So we often use the same terms when it comes to space security discussions, but states will often mean different things. And these different interpretations, they can be due to many reasons. They can be due to cultural backgrounds, to legal backgrounds. So whether a country has a civil law or a common law background can affect how they interpret different concepts. It can be due to political interests, of course, but the end of the matter is that we use the same terms, but sometimes we mean very different things. So that means that the result of this means that when we sit down to negotiate potential mechanisms to address space security concerns, it’s very difficult to reach consensus because we have different understanding of what these terms actually mean. And space security itself is a good example of this, especially if you consider that at the multilateral level, we speak multiple languages. And there are certain languages where the difference between space security and space safety that I was talking at the beginning actually doesn’t exist. So in Spanish, for example, the same word is used for both security and safety. And so that multilingual aspect of multilateral discussions adds another layer of complexity. But then when it comes to the lack of common understanding related to that is the lack of transparency that we sometimes see when it comes to activities in space or when it comes to the disclosure of space policy doctrines or strategies. I think there’s. improving, I think states are increasingly disclosing their space security strategies, which is seen as a good transparency and confidence building measure. But the other side of that coin is that sometimes it can, so when a state releases their space security strategy, another state, for example, an adversary of that state that has released their space security strategy might perceive that strategy as some form of thing that they have to be concerned about as a threat, especially depending on how the language is used there, the choice of words that is used in that strategy. And so the use of language, again, is something that has to be considered really carefully in these multilateral discussions. Ultimately, to wrap things up, I would say that space security is influenced by the geopolitical climate that we have on Earth. So a lot of the challenges that we see in space security are not isolated, something that’s very far away, you know, beyond the atmosphere, that don’t really concern what’s happening on Earth. That’s definitely not the case. The more tense that relations are on Earth, the more tense, or the more lack of trust that we will see when it comes to space activities. And so working towards achieving greater transparency, communication, all of those things that other panelists talked about, not just in the context of space, but also in the context of earthly relations, can actually really help mitigate potential threats and challenges that are perceived in space as well. So I will leave it at that. I don’t know if we have time for questions, but if we do, I would be very happy to to answer any. Yeah, thank you very much.


Alexandre Vallet: And thank you for highlighting this point about terminology, which is indeed an essential issue. especially in multilateral discussions. Maybe if you could just, I know that UNIDIR has produced a lexicon, a glossary of terms to try to start to address this issue. So maybe if you can, in one minute, mention and explain what it is and where you can, our audience can find it if they are interested.


Almudena Azcarate Ortega: Absolutely. And thank you so much for mentioning that. We are very proud of this lexicon. This lexicon came about precisely because we’ve realized this issue of different stakeholders using the same terms, but oftentimes meaning different things. So the space security lexicon has its own website now, which we recently launched this year. And so it can be found at spacesecuritylexicon.org. And it is essentially a compilation of commonly used terms in space security discourse. Some of them, there is more clarity or more common understanding around their meaning. So it’s just essentially brief definitions of what those same terms are. But there are, again, other times where there is different interpretations. And so we don’t seek to provide what the definition for these terms should be, but rather we seek to highlight these interpretive differences that can come out of the use of these terms. So that when states and other stakeholders sit down to talk about space security issues, they have a resource that they can go to and understand a little bit more what those different interpretations can be. This tool is available in all six official languages. So it’s not translations of each other, but rather different versions, because we do look at the different issues that come up in different languages. So for example, when it comes to the term space security, that I mentioned, and how certain languages don’t have different. different terms for space security and space safety, such as is the case with Spanish. We maybe talk a little bit more in depth about this issue in the Spanish version of the lexicon than we do in the English version. And in French, for example, we have this issue where space security is translated by surte spatial instead of securite spatial. So we talk a little bit about why that is and how different French speaking countries talk about space security. And yeah, we hope that this tool can contribute to creating a little bit more of common understanding. And in that sense, it’s a little bit of a transparency and confidence building measure that can help move space security discussions forward. Over back to you.


Alexandre Vallet: Yeah, thank you. Thank you very much. I see now that time is running up. So we don’t really have time for questions, sorry. So I hope that the audience has learned a good deal about the future of space systems and technologies that in our view, at least will play a role to support the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goal in the next years, hopefully to meet some of the Sustainable Goals by 2030. This is, as you know, we are late in meeting the goals, but probably 2030 should not be seen as the end, but should be also seen as a milestone that could allow us to move forward. At the time of closing, I would like to thank our four panelists for their insights on the topic. Thank you very much. This meeting has been recorded. It will be put also online on the YCIS website. Thank you all for having attended the session and have a good rest of the day. And for those… are going back to their countries after this day of crisis, have a safe trip back. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you very much.


A

Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

2316 words

Speech time

940 seconds

Space security deals with intentional threats while space safety addresses unintentional hazards to space systems

Explanation

Space security refers to measures designed to prevent deliberate harms to space systems by other actors, while space safety relates to preventing accidental or unintentional hazards. This distinction is important because intentional threats fall under PAROS discussions at the UN, while unintentional harms are handled by COPUOS in Vienna.


Evidence

Examples include natural occurring hazards like solar flares (space safety) versus deliberate interference or attacks (space security). Space safety discussions happen in COPUOS while space security is discussed in Conference on Disarmament and First Committee.


Major discussion point

Space Security Framework and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Current space security governance relies on Outer Space Treaty principles and various non-binding mechanisms, with ongoing multilateral discussions through UN bodies

Explanation

While the Outer Space Treaty provides foundational principles like Article 4’s prohibition of weapons of mass destruction in space, there isn’t a specific treaty for space security. Instead, various non-binding mechanisms and ongoing UN discussions through PAROS address these concerns.


Evidence

Article 4 of Outer Space Treaty prohibits weapons of mass destruction in orbit; Article 3 establishes applicability of international law to space; export control agreements like Wassenaar Arrangement and MTCR; draft treaty proposals by Russia and China; UN Open-Ended Working Group on space threats.


Major discussion point

Space Security Framework and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Counter-space capabilities including kinetic, non-kinetic, electronic, and cyber threats pose significant dangers to space systems and Earth-based services

Explanation

Various types of counter-space capabilities can target any segment of space systems and pose dangers both to the space environment and Earth-based services. These capabilities have gained importance due to their use in current armed conflicts and their potential for devastating effects.


Evidence

Examples include high-powered microwaves, electromagnetic pulses, jammers and spoofers affecting communications, and cyber capabilities used in ongoing armed conflicts. These can target ground segments, space segments, or data links.


Major discussion point

Space Security Framework and Challenges


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Lack of common understanding of terminology across different languages and legal systems creates barriers in multilateral space security negotiations

Explanation

States often use the same terms but mean different things due to cultural, legal, or political backgrounds. This creates difficulties in reaching consensus during negotiations of space security mechanisms.


Evidence

In Spanish, the same word is used for both security and safety; in French, space security is translated as ‘sûreté spatiale’ instead of ‘sécurité spatiale’; different legal backgrounds (civil law vs common law) affect interpretation of concepts.


Major discussion point

Space Security Framework and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Chloe Saboye Pasquier
– Ingo Baumann

Agreed on

Importance of international consistency and coordination in space governance


Space security challenges are directly influenced by geopolitical tensions on Earth, requiring coordinated transparency and communication efforts

Explanation

Space security issues are not isolated from earthly relations – the more tense relations are on Earth, the more lack of trust exists in space activities. Working toward greater transparency and communication both in space and earthly contexts can help mitigate perceived threats.


Evidence

States are increasingly disclosing space security strategies as transparency measures, though these can sometimes be perceived as threats by adversaries depending on language used.


Major discussion point

Space Security Framework and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


I

Ingo Baumann

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

1260 words

Speech time

614 seconds

National space laws have evolved through three phases: international law implementation, university/startup support, and national competitiveness enhancement

Explanation

The first phase focused on implementing international treaty obligations with short, international law-focused laws. The second phase (2005-2012) supported university projects and startups. The current third phase focuses on national competitiveness, ecosystem fostering, and job creation.


Evidence

More than 50 countries now have national space laws; in Europe, 13 out of 27 member states have national space laws with others working on them; many countries are modernizing older space laws.


Major discussion point

Legal Frameworks and Regulatory Evolution


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Agreed on

Need for appropriate regulatory frameworks tailored to different space services


The proposed EU Space Act represents the first supranational space law framework that could serve as a model for other regions

Explanation

The European Commission’s legislative proposal for an EU Space Act would create the first harmonized framework for a group of countries. If successful, it could become a model for other regions like Africa, Asia, and South America.


Evidence

The EU Space Act proposal was made by the European Commission just days before this discussion, representing a new development in regional space governance.


Major discussion point

Legal Frameworks and Regulatory Evolution


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Chloe Saboye Pasquier
– Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Agreed on

Importance of international consistency and coordination in space governance


Space lawyers work across three main areas: government consultancy, public procurement, and commercial contracts between space companies

Explanation

Space law practice involves advising governments on national space legislation, assisting with public procurement of space systems and services, and handling commercial arrangements between space companies. This includes both academic activities and practical legal work.


Evidence

Examples include developing national space law for Arabian countries, public procurement assistance, contract management, NDA agreements, satellite orders, launch service agreements, space insurance contracts, and work on new applications like reentry vehicles and in-space manufacturing.


Major discussion point

Legal Frameworks and Regulatory Evolution


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


International collaboration models from satellite organizations of the 1970s-80s could be relevant for addressing current global challenges like climate and disasters

Explanation

The old model of intergovernmental satellite organizations that allowed technology development and public investment before privatization might be applicable to current space technologies that are at early stages. International collaboration could sometimes be faster than individual national or commercial initiatives for addressing global challenges.


Evidence

Historical examples include Intelsat, Inmarsat, and Eutelsat organizations that facilitated SATCOM development over 3-4 decades before privatization became feasible; current challenges in climate, fire, and disaster monitoring could benefit from similar approaches.


Major discussion point

Legal Frameworks and Regulatory Evolution


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Disagreed with

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Disagreed on

Approach to regulatory framework development – international cooperation vs. national competitiveness


B

Bruno Bechard

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

803 words

Speech time

432 seconds

Kineis operates a nanosatellite constellation providing IoT, localization, and maritime tracking services, upgrading the 40-year-old Argos system by a factor of 100

Explanation

Kineis operates 25 nanosatellites at 650 kilometers altitude with 20 ground stations globally, providing Internet of Things, localization, and Automatic Identification System services. The constellation represents a significant upgrade from the legacy Argos system with 100 times more device capacity.


Evidence

25 nanosatellites launched between mid-2024 and March 2025; services operational since June; 20 ground stations around the globe; factor of 100 improvement over 40-year-old Argos system.


Major discussion point

Innovative Space Services and Applications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Space IoT services enable monitoring and tracking across 85% of Earth not covered by terrestrial networks, supporting wildlife protection, fire detection, and supply chain optimization

Explanation

Space-based IoT services fill the connectivity gap in areas without terrestrial network coverage, enabling various applications that support sustainable development goals. These services provide monitoring, alerting, and tracking capabilities across environmental, agricultural, energy, transport, and infrastructure domains.


Evidence

85% of Earth lacks terrestrial network coverage; partnerships with CLS for wildlife tracking and maritime/fishing monitoring; fire alerting and forest protection systems; wagon tracking with Carling and Europort for supply chain optimization; applications in water quality monitoring.


Major discussion point

Innovative Space Services and Applications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Alexandre Vallet

Agreed on

Space technologies enable comprehensive solutions for sustainable development beyond traditional connectivity


Narrowband IoT services need appropriate regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions different from broadband services, with affordable fees for smaller business cases

Explanation

Current regulatory frameworks are designed for broadband services, but narrowband IoT services that exchange small messages over few kilohertz have different requirements and business models. The regulatory fees and licensing conditions need to be appropriate for the smaller scale and different economics of IoT services.


Evidence

Kineis operates 20 ground stations but cannot multiply them in each country due to regulatory constraints; business case differs significantly from broadband service providers; cannot afford huge regulation fees designed for broadband services.


Major discussion point

Market Access and Operational Barriers


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Agreed with

– Chloe Saboye Pasquier
– Ingo Baumann

Agreed on

Need for appropriate regulatory frameworks tailored to different space services


Disagreed with

– Ingo Baumann
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Disagreed on

Approach to regulatory framework development – international cooperation vs. national competitiveness


Building ecosystems requires training programs and information sharing to help universities and partners develop applications using new space technologies

Explanation

To unlock the full potential of new space technologies, there’s a need for educational programs and knowledge sharing that enable universities and partners to understand and develop applications. Building replicable use cases can help scale solutions across multiple countries and domains.


Evidence

Training programs needed for universities to develop on new space technologies; building programs can create replicable use cases like flood detection solutions that can be duplicated across many countries.


Major discussion point

Market Access and Operational Barriers


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


C

Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

1516 words

Speech time

633 seconds

Ridespace serves as a launch solution broker connecting satellite operators with launch providers while managing regulatory compliance across multiple jurisdictions

Explanation

Ridespace acts as an intermediary between satellite operators and launch providers, helping customers find the best launch solutions for their missions while ensuring compliance with various national and international regulations. The company supports the full range of customers from small CubeSats to large satellites.


Evidence

Works with launch vehicles from USA, Europe, India, and China; serves customers from 1kg CubeSats to 250kg+ satellites; manages first completely private launch mission between China and foreign countries; handles importation, radio frequency registration, and compliance with Chinese and international regulations.


Major discussion point

Innovative Space Services and Applications


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Launch brokerage services address the complexity of multi-national regulations when satellites, launch vehicles, and launch sites involve different countries

Explanation

The democratization of space has created complexity where missions may involve satellites from one country, launch vehicles from another, and launch sites from a third country, each with different regulations. Launch brokers help navigate this regulatory complexity and ensure compliance across all jurisdictions.


Evidence

Three types of customers: newcomers in countries with/without space laws, multi-launch constellation planners, and projects from countries without space programs; work with countries like Nepal and Mexico; manage transportation, export control, and radio frequency registrations.


Major discussion point

Innovative Space Services and Applications


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Radio frequency registration delays of 4-6 months in countries without space agencies create significant barriers for small satellite missions

Explanation

In countries without dedicated space agencies, the entities responsible for communications and registration are often not trained to handle satellite registrations, leading to substantial delays. These delays are particularly problematic for small missions with tight timelines.


Evidence

Delays can reach 4-6 months just to get APAA (presumably frequency authorization); communication entities in countries without space agencies lack training for satellite registration; this is a major issue for newcomers from countries without space agencies.


Major discussion point

Market Access and Operational Barriers


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bruno Bechard
– Ingo Baumann

Agreed on

Need for appropriate regulatory frameworks tailored to different space services


Need for consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations to enable multi-jurisdictional missions

Explanation

As space missions increasingly involve multiple countries’ regulations, there’s a critical need for different national frameworks to recognize and be compliant with each other. Without this consistency, missions face complex regulatory barriers when dealing with multiple jurisdictions.


Evidence

French law is recognized by New Zealand and China, which helps mission execution; worst case scenario involves satellites from one country launching on vehicles from another country using launch sites from a third country, creating three different national regulations plus international requirements.


Major discussion point

Future Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Ingo Baumann
– Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Agreed on

Importance of international consistency and coordination in space governance


Disagreed with

– Ingo Baumann
– Bruno Bechard

Disagreed on

Approach to regulatory framework development – international cooperation vs. national competitiveness


Lack of database for sharing unused radio frequency allocations prevents efficient spectrum utilization for short-term research and demonstration missions

Explanation

Many newcomers and researchers need radio frequency bands for only short periods (months to a year), but there’s no system to identify and rent unused frequency allocations. This creates inefficiency as some entities register frequencies in advance but don’t use them while others struggle to get allocations.


Evidence

Researchers and demonstrators often need frequencies for only a few months or a year; some people register frequency bands in advance but don’t use them; no database exists to find people willing to rent or share frequency bands.


Major discussion point

Market Access and Operational Barriers


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Direct-to-device satellite services using constellation-to-constellation communication could eliminate ground station requirements for small missions

Explanation

Emerging direct-to-device services allow satellites to communicate with other constellations instead of requiring dedicated ground stations, potentially simplifying operations for small missions. This approach has been used for re-entry capsules but not yet for satellites in orbit.


Evidence

Growing constellations can provide data relay services; eliminates need for ground station registration; helps small newcomers who don’t need many ground stations or large amounts of data; already implemented for re-entry capsules but not yet for satellites in orbit.


Major discussion point

Future Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


A

Alexandre Vallet

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

2186 words

Speech time

1074 seconds

Growing space ecosystems require comprehensive frameworks addressing both technical capabilities and sustainable development applications

Explanation

The evolution of satellite technology from limited markets to full space ecosystems requires not just technical innovation but also comprehensive legal frameworks and peaceful environments for deployment. Space technologies now offer broader solutions for achieving Sustainable Development Goals beyond just connectivity.


Evidence

2003 World Summit on Information Society already recognized satellite role in bridging digital divide; satellite applications have evolved considerably since 2003; service innovation and new satellite technologies offer comprehensive solutions for SDGs; legal frameworks and space security are crucial building blocks.


Major discussion point

Future Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Bruno Bechard

Agreed on

Space technologies enable comprehensive solutions for sustainable development beyond traditional connectivity


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for appropriate regulatory frameworks tailored to different space services

Speakers

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier
– Ingo Baumann

Arguments

Narrowband IoT services need appropriate regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions different from broadband services, with affordable fees for smaller business cases


Radio frequency registration delays of 4-6 months in countries without space agencies create significant barriers for small satellite missions


National space laws have evolved through three phases: international law implementation, university/startup support, and national competitiveness enhancement


Summary

All three speakers agree that current regulatory frameworks are inadequate for the diverse needs of modern space services, with Bruno highlighting the need for IoT-specific regulations, Chloe pointing to registration delays, and Ingo describing the evolution toward more tailored national frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Importance of international consistency and coordination in space governance

Speakers

– Chloe Saboye Pasquier
– Ingo Baumann
– Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Arguments

Need for consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations to enable multi-jurisdictional missions


The proposed EU Space Act represents the first supranational space law framework that could serve as a model for other regions


Lack of common understanding of terminology across different languages and legal systems creates barriers in multilateral space security negotiations


Summary

All speakers recognize the critical need for harmonized international approaches, whether through mutual recognition of national laws, supranational frameworks, or common terminology in multilateral discussions


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Space technologies enable comprehensive solutions for sustainable development beyond traditional connectivity

Speakers

– Alexandre Vallet
– Bruno Bechard

Arguments

Growing space ecosystems require comprehensive frameworks addressing both technical capabilities and sustainable development applications


Space IoT services enable monitoring and tracking across 85% of Earth not covered by terrestrial networks, supporting wildlife protection, fire detection, and supply chain optimization


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that modern space technologies offer much broader applications for sustainable development than just connectivity, requiring comprehensive approaches to harness their full potential


Topics

Development | Sustainable development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the need for knowledge sharing and ecosystem building to support newcomers and smaller players in the space industry, whether through training programs or regulatory guidance services

Speakers

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Arguments

Building ecosystems requires training programs and information sharing to help universities and partners develop applications using new space technologies


Launch brokerage services address the complexity of multi-national regulations when satellites, launch vehicles, and launch sites involve different countries


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for enhanced international cooperation and coordination, with Ingo suggesting historical models and Almudena emphasizing the need for transparency and communication to address security challenges

Speakers

– Ingo Baumann
– Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Arguments

International collaboration models from satellite organizations of the 1970s-80s could be relevant for addressing current global challenges like climate and disasters


Space security challenges are directly influenced by geopolitical tensions on Earth, requiring coordinated transparency and communication efforts


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Cybersecurity


Unexpected consensus

Value of historical international space organization models for current challenges

Speakers

– Ingo Baumann
– Alexandre Vallet

Arguments

International collaboration models from satellite organizations of the 1970s-80s could be relevant for addressing current global challenges like climate and disasters


Growing space ecosystems require comprehensive frameworks addressing both technical capabilities and sustainable development applications


Explanation

It’s unexpected that both speakers would reference and validate older international cooperation models (like Intelsat, Inmarsat) as potentially relevant solutions for current space challenges, given the strong trend toward commercialization and privatization in the space sector


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Terminology and language barriers as fundamental obstacles to space governance

Speakers

– Almudena Azcarate Ortega
– Alexandre Vallet

Arguments

Lack of common understanding of terminology across different languages and legal systems creates barriers in multilateral space security negotiations


Growing space ecosystems require comprehensive frameworks addressing both technical capabilities and sustainable development applications


Explanation

The consensus on terminology being a fundamental barrier is unexpected because it highlights that even basic communication challenges remain unresolved in space governance, despite decades of international space cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the need for more sophisticated, tailored regulatory frameworks that can accommodate the diversity of modern space services while ensuring international coordination and consistency. There is also agreement on the broader potential of space technologies for sustainable development beyond traditional connectivity applications.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for space governance – all speakers recognize that current frameworks are inadequate for the rapidly evolving space ecosystem and that solutions require both technical innovation and comprehensive international cooperation. The consensus suggests a clear path forward involving regulatory modernization, international harmonization, and ecosystem building to fully leverage space technologies for global challenges.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to regulatory framework development – international cooperation vs. national competitiveness

Speakers

– Ingo Baumann
– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Arguments

International collaboration models from satellite organizations of the 1970s-80s could be relevant for addressing current global challenges like climate and disasters


Narrowband IoT services need appropriate regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions different from broadband services, with affordable fees for smaller business cases


Need for consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations to enable multi-jurisdictional missions


Summary

Ingo advocates for reviving international organizational models for global challenges, while Bruno focuses on adapting existing frameworks for specific service types, and Chloe emphasizes the need for regulatory harmonization across jurisdictions. They represent different philosophical approaches to regulatory development.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected differences

Role of frequency spectrum sharing and allocation efficiency

Speakers

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Arguments

Narrowband IoT services need appropriate regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions different from broadband services, with affordable fees for smaller business cases


Lack of database for sharing unused radio frequency allocations prevents efficient spectrum utilization for short-term research and demonstration missions


Explanation

While both speakers address frequency allocation challenges, they focus on completely different aspects. Bruno emphasizes the need for different regulatory treatment based on service type, while Chloe identifies the inefficiency of unused spectrum not being available for sharing. This represents an unexpected divergence in how they view spectrum management solutions.


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers show remarkable consensus on identifying problems but differ significantly in their proposed solutions. Main disagreements center on regulatory approaches (international cooperation vs. national adaptation vs. harmonization) and spectrum management strategies.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers are largely complementary rather than contradictory, representing different perspectives within the same ecosystem. Their disagreements reflect different professional backgrounds and operational focuses rather than fundamental conflicts. This suggests a healthy diversity of approaches that could be integrated rather than competing solutions that must be chosen between.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the need for knowledge sharing and ecosystem building to support newcomers and smaller players in the space industry, whether through training programs or regulatory guidance services

Speakers

– Bruno Bechard
– Chloe Saboye Pasquier

Arguments

Building ecosystems requires training programs and information sharing to help universities and partners develop applications using new space technologies


Launch brokerage services address the complexity of multi-national regulations when satellites, launch vehicles, and launch sites involve different countries


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for enhanced international cooperation and coordination, with Ingo suggesting historical models and Almudena emphasizing the need for transparency and communication to address security challenges

Speakers

– Ingo Baumann
– Almudena Azcarate Ortega

Arguments

International collaboration models from satellite organizations of the 1970s-80s could be relevant for addressing current global challenges like climate and disasters


Space security challenges are directly influenced by geopolitical tensions on Earth, requiring coordinated transparency and communication efforts


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Cybersecurity


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Space security and space safety are distinct concepts – security addresses intentional threats while safety handles unintentional hazards to space systems


Current space governance relies on Outer Space Treaty principles and non-binding mechanisms, but lacks specific comprehensive space security treaties


National space laws have evolved through three phases: international law implementation, startup support, and national competitiveness enhancement


The proposed EU Space Act represents the first supranational space law framework that could serve as a model for other regions


Space IoT services can cover 85% of Earth not served by terrestrial networks, enabling applications for wildlife tracking, fire detection, and supply chain optimization


Launch brokerage services are emerging to help navigate complex multi-jurisdictional regulatory requirements for satellite missions


Terminology differences across languages and legal systems create significant barriers in multilateral space security negotiations


Space security challenges are directly influenced by geopolitical tensions on Earth, requiring coordinated transparency and communication efforts


Growing space ecosystems require comprehensive frameworks that address both technical capabilities and sustainable development applications


Resolutions and action items

UNIDIR has developed a space security lexicon available at spacesecuritylexicon.org in six official languages to address terminology confusion


The session recording will be made available online on the YCIS website for broader access


Continued multilateral discussions through UN bodies on space security frameworks and mechanisms


Unresolved issues

Lack of appropriate regulatory frameworks and licensing conditions for narrowband IoT services compared to broadband


Radio frequency registration delays of 4-6 months in countries without space agencies creating mission barriers


Absence of database for sharing unused radio frequency allocations for short-term research missions


Need for consistency and mutual recognition between different national space regulations


Challenges in developing direct-to-device satellite services using constellation-to-constellation communication


Space traffic management and debris mitigation requiring coordinated international action


Counter-space capabilities threats including kinetic, non-kinetic, electronic, and cyber attacks on space systems


Lack of common understanding of space security terminology across different stakeholders and languages


Suggested compromises

International collaboration models from 1970s-80s satellite organizations could be adapted for current global challenges like climate and disasters


Building ecosystems through training programs and information sharing to help universities and partners develop new space technology applications


Developing rental or sharing mechanisms for radio frequency bands to help newcomers access spectrum for short-term missions


Creating more formal or informal mutual recognition frameworks between national space regulators


Establishing better communication channels and contacts between national regulators to address regulatory disparities


Thought provoking comments

Space security deals more with those intentional threats or intentional harms, and then space safety deals with unintentional harms… Space security doesn’t actually exist in a legal vacuum. The Outer Space Treaty does provide a robust legal framework of principles that are relevant to space security concerns.

Speaker

Almudena Azcarate Ortega


Reason

This comment was insightful because it provided crucial conceptual clarity by distinguishing between space security (intentional threats) and space safety (unintentional hazards), while also establishing that existing legal frameworks do provide some foundation for space security governance. This distinction is fundamental to understanding the regulatory landscape.


Impact

This comment established the foundational framework for the entire discussion, providing the conceptual vocabulary that other panelists could build upon. It shifted the conversation from abstract concerns about space governance to concrete categories of threats and existing legal mechanisms.


The perspective on national space law has changed quite a lot… The first phase of national space laws was really purely looking to the international law… Then we had a whole wave of national space laws surrounding university projects… Then the third and still ongoing phase is now really looking into national competitiveness.

Speaker

Ingo Baumann


Reason

This evolutionary framework for understanding national space law development was particularly insightful because it revealed how space governance has matured from compliance-focused to innovation and competitiveness-focused, showing the dynamic nature of space law adaptation.


Impact

This comment introduced a historical perspective that contextualized current challenges and suggested future directions. It helped frame the discussion around the evolution of space governance rather than just current static challenges.


We have different satellites, we have to imagine the worst case scenario for us would be to have a satellite for one country launching on a launch vehicle for another country, but actually this launch vehicle use a launch site from a third country. So basically we would be under three different national registration in addition to all the international or regional institutions.

Speaker

Chloe Saboye Pasquier


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it illustrated the practical complexity of multi-jurisdictional space operations with a concrete scenario that highlighted how the democratization of space access creates unprecedented regulatory challenges.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from theoretical legal frameworks to practical operational challenges, demonstrating how the new space economy creates regulatory complexity that existing frameworks weren’t designed to handle. It prompted discussion about the need for regulatory harmonization.


Space security is influenced by the geopolitical climate that we have on Earth… The more tense that relations are on Earth, the more tense, or the more lack of trust that we will see when it comes to space activities.

Speaker

Almudena Azcarate Ortega


Reason

This observation was particularly insightful because it connected terrestrial geopolitics to space security, challenging any notion that space can be treated as a separate domain from earthly conflicts and tensions.


Impact

This comment broadened the scope of the discussion beyond technical and legal solutions to include geopolitical considerations, suggesting that space security cannot be solved in isolation from broader international relations.


If we would bring maybe a bit more of international collaboration and mechanisms to that sometimes we may be faster to really find stable solutions for the problems we are looking to… we should not totally ignore this old model [of international organizations]

Speaker

Ingo Baumann


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it challenged the prevailing narrative of space commercialization and democratization by suggesting that older models of international cooperation might still be relevant for addressing current challenges.


Impact

This comment introduced a counter-narrative to the dominant theme of privatization and national competition, suggesting that some challenges might require collective international approaches rather than purely market-driven solutions.


We often use the same terms when it comes to space security discussions, but states will often mean different things… in Spanish, for example, the same word is used for both security and safety.

Speaker

Almudena Azcarate Ortega


Reason

This insight about linguistic and conceptual barriers in multilateral discussions was particularly valuable because it identified a fundamental communication challenge that underlies many policy disagreements and negotiation difficulties.


Impact

This comment highlighted a meta-level challenge affecting all space governance discussions – the need for common terminology and understanding before substantive progress can be made on policy issues.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively shaped the discussion by establishing a multi-layered understanding of space governance challenges. The conversation evolved from basic definitional clarity (security vs. safety) to historical context (evolution of space law), practical operational challenges (multi-jurisdictional complexity), geopolitical realities (Earth-space connection), alternative governance models (international cooperation), and fundamental communication barriers (terminology issues). The comments created a comprehensive framework that moved beyond technical solutions to encompass legal, political, linguistic, and historical dimensions of space governance. This progression demonstrated that achieving sustainable space development requires addressing not just technological and regulatory challenges, but also fundamental issues of international cooperation, communication, and governance philosophy.


Follow-up questions

How can legal frameworks be better adapted for narrowband IoT services compared to broadband services, particularly regarding licensing conditions and regulation fees?

Speaker

Bruno Bechard


Explanation

Bruno highlighted that while broadband services have established legal frameworks, narrowband IoT services face challenges with inappropriate regulation and licensing conditions that don’t match their business model, creating barriers to market access.


How can consistency be achieved across different national space laws and between national and international space law?

Speaker

Chloe Saboye Pasquier and Alexandre Vallet


Explanation

Chloe raised concerns about satellites operating under multiple national jurisdictions, and Alexandre emphasized this as a challenging issue that should be the focus of further efforts in coming years.


How can a database or system be created to facilitate sharing or renting of unused radio frequency allocations for short-term research and demonstration missions?

Speaker

Chloe Saboye Pasquier


Explanation

Chloe identified that newcomers often need frequency bands for only a few months but face difficulties accessing them, while some registered frequencies remain unused, suggesting a need for a sharing mechanism.


What regulatory framework is needed for direct-to-device satellite services that communicate through other constellations without ground stations?

Speaker

Chloe Saboye Pasquier


Explanation

This represents an emerging technology area where satellites would communicate with existing constellations rather than ground stations, requiring new regulatory approaches.


Should the international organization model from the 1970s-80s be reconsidered for certain space applications, particularly for addressing SDG-related challenges?

Speaker

Ingo Baumann


Explanation

Ingo suggested that while this model is outdated for SATCOM, it might be relevant for newer space technologies that are at early development stages, potentially enabling faster solutions through international collaboration.


How can common understanding of space security terminology be improved across different languages and legal systems in multilateral discussions?

Speaker

Almudena Azcarate Ortega


Explanation

Almudena identified that the same terms often mean different things to different stakeholders due to cultural, legal, and linguistic differences, creating barriers to effective negotiation and consensus-building.


How can transparency in space activities and policy disclosure be balanced with security concerns to build confidence without creating new threats?

Speaker

Almudena Azcarate Ortega


Explanation

Almudena noted that while transparency is improving, disclosed space security strategies can sometimes be perceived as threats by other states, requiring careful consideration of language and approach.


What training and capacity building programs are needed to develop ecosystems around new space technologies?

Speaker

Bruno Bechard


Explanation

Bruno emphasized the need for information, training, and building programs to help universities and partners develop applications using new space technologies, which would unlock broader ecosystem development.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.